Skip to main content

Full text of "A glossary of terms used in English architecture;"

See other formats


....       -  .  • 


LIBRARY 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 

SANTA  BARBARA 


PRESENTED  BY 


ADELAIDE  WALKER  NUGENT 


A  GLOSSARY   OF 
ENGLISH   ARCHITECTURE 


A    GLOSSARY 

OF    TERMS    USED     IN 

ENGLISH 
ARCHITECTURE 

''         BY 

THOMAS     DINHAM  ATKINSON 

ARCHITECT 
WITH   265   ILLUSTRATIONS 


THIRD    EDITIOS     REVISED 


NEW  YORK 
THE  WILLIAM  T.  COMSTOCK  CO. 

LONDON:    METHUEN  &  CO.  LTD. 


PRINTED    IN    GREAT    BRITAIN 


TO 

MY  MOTHER 


PREFACE 

THIS  little  book  is  limited  to  the  historical  aspect 
of  Architecture,  and  only  deals  incidentally  with 
words  used  in  art  and  art  criticism  and  in  building. 
But  at  the  same  time  many  technical  terms  are  to  be 
found,  and  constructional  terms  in  particular ;  for  con- 
struction lies  at  the  very  root  of  the  matter. 

More  attention  than  is  usual  in  books  of  this  kind  is 
devoted  to  that  part  of  the  subject  which  bears  on 
social  and  religious  life.  Thus  more  space  is  given  to 
houses  and  churches  and  proportionately  less  to  purely 
architectural  terms  such  as  capitals  and  vaults. 

Definitions  are  in  most  cases  unnecessary ;  they  are 
sometimes  given,  as  in  ARCH,  because  it  is  interesting 
to  work  out  a  definition ;  and  this  particular  instance, 
by  the  by,  illustrates  the  importance  I  attach  to  con- 
struction. Derivations  are  given  where  they  are  illu- 
minating or  curious.  When  there  has  been  a  choice 
the  most  familiar  word  or  form  of  word  has  generally 
been  adopted  without  much  regard  to  philology  on  the 
one  hand  or  to  medieval  use  or  monkish  slang  on  the 
other. 

Many  terms  used  in  Greek  and  Roman  architecture 
are  included  because  they  are  necessary  to  a  proper 
understanding  of  Renaissance  architecture  and  church- 
building.  For  this  reason  the  general  principle  has 
been  to  include  those  terms  which  have  a  direct  bear- 
ing on  English  architecture,  whether  they  deal  with 
decorative  forms  or  with  the  planning  of  buildings. 


viii  PREFACE 

Thus  the  Orders  and  Basilicas  are  described,  but  not 
Roman  baths.  A  few  other  words  of  this  class  are 
included  on  account  of  their  intrinsic  interest  and 
because  they  are  omitted  from  many  books. 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  say  that  I  am  deeply  indebted 
to  the  published  works  of  others.  I  have  briefly  but 
I  trust  sufficiently  acknowledged  this  in  each  case. 
Where  I  am  more  peculiarly  indebted  to  any  one  work 
I  have  made  a  fuller  acknowledgment  at  the  end  of 
the  article. 

I  have  to  thank  the  following  gentlemen  for  lending, 
or  for  giving  me  permission  to  copy,  illustrations  : 
Messrs.  Batsford,  Messrs.  A.  and  C.  Black,  J.  W.  Clark, 
M.A.,  F.S.A.,  W.  M.  Fawcett,  M.A.,  F.S.A.,  W.  H. 
St.  John  Hope,  M.A.,  Mr.  J.  T.  Micklethwaite,  F.S.A., 
Mr.  William  Poel,  E.  S.  Prior,  M.A.,  F.S.A.,  Mr. 
Quaritch,  the  Right  Reverend  the  Lord  Bishop  of 
Winchester,  the  Presidents  and  Councils  of  the  Alcuin 
Club,  of  the  Society  of  Antiquaries  of  London,  of  the 
Cambridge  Antiquarian  Society,  of  the  Royal  Archaeo- 
logical Institute,  of  the  Hellenic  Society,  of  the 
Yorkshire  Archaeological  Society  and  the  Syndics  of 
the  Cambridge  University  Press.  Where  no  statement 
to  the  contrary  is  made  the  illustrations  are  from 
drawings  old  and  new  made  by  myself. 

I  have  to  thank  my  father  for  the  use  of  an  un- 
published paper  on  the  development  of  the  English 
play-house.  To  several  other  friends  I  am  very  grate- 
ful for  their  kindness  in  reading  proofs  and  in  making 
valuable  suggestions  and  criticisms. 

T.  D.  A. 

Cambridge,  July,  1906. 


PREFACE   TO  THE   SECOND  EDITION 

E  text  has  been  carefully  revised  for  the  present 
edition,  and  some  new  articles  have  been  added. 
I  have  to  thank  many  friends  for  corrections  and 
suggestions.  I  am  especially  indebted  to  the  Reverend 
A.  M.  G.  Baylay,  M.A.,  the  Reverend  D.  H.  S.  Cran- 
age, M.A.,  Mr.  F.  C.  Eeles,  who  has  kindly  contributed 
the  article  on  Scottish  Church  Architecture  printed  in 
the  Appendix,  the  late  Mr.  Clement  Gutch,  M.A., 
M.  R.  James,  Litt.D.,  M.B.A.,  the  Rev.  Professor 
Nairne,  M.A.,  Mr.  E.  S.  Prior,  M.A.,  F.S.A. 

T.  D.  A. 

CAMBRIDGE 


PREFACE    TO    THE    THIRD    EDITION 

THE   text   has  been   again   revised.      Material    in- 
cluded in  the  Appendixes  of  the  Second  Edition 
has    been    brought    into    the    text,   and   an   additional 
illustration  lias  been  supplied. 

T.  D.  A. 

WINCHESTER 
May,  1922 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

PREFACES  .  »  .  .  .  •  .  .  vii 
LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS  .  .  .  •  .  xiii 
LIST  OF  AUTHORITIES  .  .  .  xxv 

GLOSSARY    .....«••! 

APPENDIXES  : 

I.  ADDITIONAL  ARTICLES  .  ...     297 

II.  LIST  OF  SAINTS,  WITH  THE  MANNER  IN  WHICH 

THEY    ARE    REPRESENTED       .  .  .  .110 

III.  LIST  OK  ENGLISH  ARCHITECTS        .         .         .116 

IV.  TABLE  OF  THE  PERIODS  OF  ENGLISH   ARCHI- 

TECTURE  .         .         .         .         .         .        .319 

V.  TABLE  or  THE  RELIGIOUS  ORDERS         ,        .     320 
INDEX  .         ,  ,         «  323 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 


FIG.  PAGE 

1.  Abacus  of  Corinthian  capital i 

2.  Norman  abacus  ;  section r 

3.  Gothic  abacus,  13th  century  ;  section  i 

4.  Greek  acanthus     ........  2 

5.  Roman  acanthus 2 

6.  Acroteria 2 

7.  Annulet,  St.  Peter's  Church,  Northampton           .         .  6 

8.  Apophyge      .                                   6 

9.  Arabesque  on  a  half-column  in  the  church  of  S.  Trinita, 

Florence,  1520-1550 7 

10.  An  arch  in  form  only,  being  cut  in  a  single  stone         .       7 

11.  An  archi  n  form  only,  Treasury  of  Atreus,  Mycenae, 

Greece ;  a  dome  formed  by  corbelling  in  horizontal 
courses ;  section •    .       8 

12.  Relieving  arch,  Boxford  Church,  Suffolk      .         .         .10 

13.  Diagrams  of  arches  of  various  forms    .        .         .         .11 

14.  Ball-flower 13 

15.  Barge-board,  the  Close,  Winchester      .        .        .        .14 

16.  Bartizan 14 

17.  Classical  bases  ;  sections 15 

1 8.  Ionic  base,  Temple  on  the  Ilisus,  Greece      .         .         .15 

1 9.  Attic  base,  Temple  of  Jupiter  Olympus,  Athens.    From 

Stuart  and  Revett 15 

20.  Twelfth-century  base 16 

2 1 .  Thirteenth-century  base ;  section ;  the  column  is  1  foot 

10  inches  in  diameter 16 

22.  Fourteenth- century  base ;  section         .        .        .         .16 

23.  Fifteenth-century  base 17 

24.  Pagan  basilica  :  plan  of  Basilica  Ulpia,  Rome.     From 

J.  H.  Middleton's  "Remains  of  Ancient  Rome'"         .     18 

25.  Battlements 18 

26.  Stone  bell-cote 20 


xiv          LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 

FIG.  'ACE 

27.  Wood  bell-cote 20 

28.  Billet .        .  21 

29.  Bird's-beak  ornament,  St.  Chad's  Church,  Stafford      .  21 

30.  Blocking  course z  \ 

31.  Selection  moulding ;  section 21 

32.  English  bond  ;  plans  of  two  courses  and  elevation       .  22 

33.  Flemish  bond  ;  plans  of  two  courses  and  elevation       .  2.2. 

34.  Braced  door 23 

35.  Principle  of  the  flying  buttress ;  diagram  section  of  an 

aisled  building;   the  directions  of  the  thrusts  are 

shown  by  arrows 27 

36.  Greek  Doric  capital 29 

37.  Cushion  capital,  12th  century 30 

38.  Scolloped  capital,  12th  century 30 

39.  Scolloped  capital :   a  variation ;   monastic  infirmary, 

Ely ;  12th  century 30 

40.  Capital  with  rude  volutes,  Ely  Cathedral,  north  tran- 

sept, r.  1090.    Drawn  by  Miss  II.  A.  S.  Atkinson     .     30 

41.  Reversed  volute 30 

42.  Early  foliage,  St.  Leonard's  Priory,  Stamford      .         -31 

43.  Capital  with  volute-like  foliage 31 

44.  Moulded  capital,  Westminster  Abbey  .        .        .        .31 

45.  Fifteenth -century    capitals,    St.    Andrew's    Church, 

Norwich 32 

46.  Cartouche 33 

47.  Casement  moulding ;  section 33 

48.  The  square  Norman  keep,  White  Tower,  Tower  of 

London ;  plan.  From  G.  T.  Clark's  "  Mediceval 
Military  Architecture " 37 

49.  The  sheh1  keep  and  dwelling-house,  Farnham  Castle, 

Surrey ;  plan.  Most  of  the  buildings  dute  from  about 
1150.  The  plan  shows  walls  actually  existing,  con- 
jectural restorations  being  distinguished  by  dotted 
lines.  A  staircase  and  many  walls  and  partitions 
erected  soon  after  the  Restoration  are  omitted.  The 
columns  of  the  hall  are  conjecturally  restored ;  one 
of  them,  at  least,  remains  in  position  ;  it  is  of  wood, 
and  has  a  scolloped  Norman  capital.  The  column 
between  the  nave  and  aisle  of  the  chapel  is  of  stone 
and  dates  from  the  13th  century.  The  chapel  is  at  a 
higher  level  than  the  other  rooms,  and  it  is  suggested, 
as  shewn  by  the  dotted  lines,  that  the  screens  pas- 
sage passed  under  the  chancel.  The  15th-century 


LIST  OF   ILLUSTRATIONS          xv 

FIG.  PAGE 

work  is  of  brick  (see  fig.  133).  The  drawbridge  has 
been  replaced  by  a  permanent  raised  causeway. 
The  walls  of  the  keep  act  as  '  retaining  walls '  to  a 
mound  of  earth.  The  ditch  surrounding  the  keep  (fig. 
.30)  and  the  bank  dividing  the  conrt  are  conjectural. 

The  general  outline  is  taken,  by  the  kind  permis- 
sion of  the  Lord  Bishop  of  Winchester,  from  a  rough 
plan  preserved  in  the  Castle,  showing  the  buildings 
approximately  in  their  present  state.  For  details 
and  conjectural  restorations  the  author  is  responsible  39 

50.  Farnham  Castle ;   general  plan  (see  above,  notes  on 

fig.  49) 42 

51.  Chalice  and  paten,  Hamstall  Ridware,  Staffordshire, 

15th  century.     Communion  cup,  Sail,  Norfolk,  1568    46 

52.  The  chamfer  ;  sections 47 

53.  Chequer-work 48 

54.  Chimney-stack  of  moulded  brick ;  time  of  Henry  VIII.     50 

55.  The  Basilica  plan,  Wing  Church,  Buckinghamshire. 

From  "  The  Archceological  Journal,"  vol.  liii.    .         .     52 

56.  Plan  of  Confessio,  Wing  (enlarged).     From  the  same  .     52 

57.  Basilica  plan  and  western  altar,  Old  St.  Peter's,  Rome. 

From  O.  O.  Scoffs  "English  Church  Architecture"1  .     52 

58.  Romano  -  British    Church,    Silchester  ;    plan.      From 

"  Archceologia  " 54 

59.  Church  of  Basilica  type,  St.  Gall,  Switzerland.     The 

aisle  round  each  apse  is  named  Paradise  in  the 
original.  From  0.  O.  iScott's  "  English  Church 
Architecture " .  -55 

60.  Transitional  plan,  Worth  Church,  Sussex.    From  "  The 

Archcpological  Journal,'''  vol.  liii.  "Transitional  in 
type,  uniting  elements  from  the  Italian  and  the 
Scottish  [or  Irish]  traditions,  and  leading  up  to  the 
purely  English  cross  church." — Micklethioaite  .  .  56 

61.  The  Celtic  plan,  Escomb  church,  Durham.  From  "The 

Archceological  Journal"  vol.  liii 57 

62.  The  small  Norman  Church  with  apse,  Bengeo,  Herts.     57 

Church  with  east  end  of  French  type  :  aisled  apse  and 

radiating  chapels,  Norwich  Cathedral        .         .        .58 
64,    Church  with  east  end  of  Oriental  type,  with  '  parallel 
apses,'  St.   Alban's  Abbey,   Hertfordshire.     From 
E.  S.  Prior's  "  History  of  Gothic  Art  in  England  "  .     58 

b 


xvi         LIST  OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 

no  PAGE 

65.  The  two  types  of  apse  and  the  eastward  extension, 

Canterbury  Cathedral  (diagram  plan). 

The  original  termination  in  "parallel  apses  "(shown 
black);  the  later  addition  ending  in  an  aisled  ;ipsc 
and  chapels  (hatched) ;  further  extension  ending  in 
an  aisled  apse  (in  outline) 58 

66.  The  French  plan,  Westminster  Abbey 

67.  Coffered  half-dome  over  an  alcove         ....     <>.=; 

68.  Coffin-lid,  Little  Shelford,  Cambridgeshire  . 

69.  College,  Cambridge  type :  Queens';  plan.    /'Vow  Willis 

and  Clark's '•"Architectural  J/utory  of  Cambridfft"  .  68 

70.  College,  Oxford  type  :  New  ;  plan.     From  the  wme    .  68 

71.  Haddon  Hall,  Derbyshire  ;  plan  .         .        .        .         .  69 

72.  Plans  of  columns,  13th  and  Uth  centuries   .         .         .73 

73.  Plan  of  column,  1.5th  century 74 

74.  Internal  painted  consecration  cross,  Landwade  Church,  75 

75.  External  consecration  cross  of  flint,  Fordham  Church.  7" 

76.  External  carved  consecration  cross,  Exeter  Cathedral     76 
76.A  External  painted  consecration  cross,  Helion  Bumpstead 

Church,  Essex 76 

77.  Console 76 

78.  Corbel  under  inner  order  of  the  chancel  arch,  Kinnerslry 

Church,  Salop 77 

79.  Brick  corbelling  of  a  house  at  a  street  corner       .         -77 

80.  Corbel-table,  Beaumaris  Castle 77 

8 1.  Corbie-stones 78 

82.  Crockets 79 

83.  Types  of  cross 80 

84.  Head  of  a  churchyard  cross,  Reepham  Church,  Norfolk. 

On  the  other  side  are  carved  representations  of  St. 
Michael,  St.  Andrew,  and  St.  Christopher.  The  top 
of  the  cross  is  broken  off  and  is  here  conjecturally  re- 
stored. Originally  about  two  feet  four  inches  High. 
From  a  photograph  by  the  Rev.  O.  B.  Atkinson  .  .  80 

85.  Cross  of  Celtic  character  near  Penmon,  Anglesea        .     81 

86.  Cusped  arch,  15th  century 83 

87.  Trefoil  arch,  13th  century 83 

88.  Dentil  enrichment          .......     84 

89.  Diaper,  Westminster  Abbey,  13th  century  .         .        -85 

90.  Dog-tooth  enrichment,  13th  century     .        .        .        .85 


LIST   OF  ILLUSTRATIONS        xvii 


PAGE 


91.  Doorway  with  double  hood-mould,  15th  century  .  88 
t>2.  Eaves  with  plaster-cove,  IfiTO  .  .  .  .  -9' 
93  Egg-and-dart  enrichment  .  ...  92 

94.  Egg-and-dart  enrichment  with  enriched  bead  below. 

From  Stinirt  and  Rrrrtt,  ml.  ii.  fhap.  it.  pi.  xrli.  .       92 

95.  GuiQoche enrichment.    From  Sfiiarf  and  Rt-reff,  rol.  i. 

clmp.  Hi.  ........       93 

96.  Honeysuckle  enrichment,  temple  at  Bassae.     From 

Stuart  <uul  llf.-i'ftt''s,tlA>it!(jnitifs  of  Athens,"  rol.  v.       93 

97.  Leaf  and  spear  enrichment.   From  Stuart  ami  Rrrett, 

vol.  it.  elmp.  ii.  pi.  rill 93 

98.  Fanlight Q5 

99.  Internal  cornice  with  festoons,   University  Library, 

Cambridge,  east  room,  1758 95 

100.  Bowtel  moulding  with  fillet        .....       96 

101.  Flint-and  stone  work,  Swanington  Church,  Norfolk. 

The  letter  u,  crowned,  under  a  canopy,  forming 
part  of  the  inscription  MAIU;AI»F.TA.    15th  century  .       96 

102.  Doric  column  ;    Ionic  and  Corinthian  column  with 

cabled  flutes  in  one  quarter  ;  plans         ...       97 

103.  Carved  capital  of  the  13th  century,  Berkley  Church      98 

104.  Foliage  of  the  13th  century,  Raunds  Church,  North- 

amptonshire   ........       99 

105.  Foliage  of  the  13th  century        .         .         .         .         .100 

106.  Natural    foliage    of    the    14th   century,    Southwell    . 

Minster.     From  a  photograph  by  the  Rev.   G.  B. 
Atkinson 100 

107.  Carved  capital  of  the  15th  century    ....     100 
108..  Free  carving  of  the  18th  century       .        .        .        .     102 

109.    Frets 104 

no.   Curved  gable 105 

in.    Curved  gable,  Fen  Ditton,  Cambridgeshire       .        .     106 

112.  Lattice  glazing,  probably  17th  century,  Coniston      .     108 

113.  Lead  glazing,   probably   of   the    18th    century,   in 

the  head  of  a   15th-century  window,   Sudbury, 
Suffolk 108 

1 14.  Herring-bone  brick-work  at  the  back  of  a  fireplace  .     117 

115.  A  hipped  roof 117 

116.  A  medieval  hospital :  The  Great  Hospital,  Norwich ; 

plan  of  the  buildings  previous  to  the  Reforma- 
tion           1 19 


xviii       LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

Hi,.  PAT.F. 

117.  A  typical  medieval  hous<-  plan,  Horham  Hall,  Essex. 
l-'rom  the  "  TVorvW/;///*  of  flw  Cambridge  ./////• 
(/imriiin  Sorii'/i/,"  fill,  rii.  .  .  .  .  .12 

u 8.    A  medieval  manor-house,  Horham  Hall    .         .        .12. 

1 19.  Haddon   Hall,   Derbyshire ;  diagram  plan  showing 

the  normal  arrangements  or  the  l.>th -century 
central  block,  extensions  forming  courts* and  Eliza- 
bethan galleries.  The  chapel  is  Norman  .  -124 

120.  The  18th-century  plan,  Goodwood  House,  Sussex  ; 

a  central  block  with  advanced  pavilions  con- 
nected by  quadrant  corridors.  Never  built,  i'rutn 
"  Vitrurhis  ISritunnicus"  .  .  .  .  .126 

121.  Impost  and  arch,  Alsop-in-the-Dale,  Derbyshire       .     127 

122.  An  interpenetration.     From  W.  II.  St.  Joint  IInj>i'.i 

" Engluh  Altar"  (A Icuin  Club)      .        .        .        .129 
122  A  Swastica 129 

123.  A  13th-century  hinge,  Reepham,  Norfolk.     Missing 

parts  are  restored  in  the  drawing  from  the  marks 
on  the  woodwork  ;  the  design  of  the  central  band 
is  not  so  clear  ;  the  scroll  at  the  top  of  the  door  is 
obviously  misplaced  and  may  have  been  one  of  a 
pajr  of  scrolls  at  the  end  of  the  central  band. 
From  a  photograph  by  the  Rw.  O.  B.  Atkinson  .  130 

1 24.  Chest,  Meole  Brace  Church,  Salop ;  perhaps  13th  cent.     1 3 1 

125.  A  lock  plate,  King's  College  Chapel,  Cambridge; 

early  16th  century.     Pierced  work  with  red  cloth 

at  tne  back 132 

126.  A  keyhole  escutcheon,  Coton  Church,  Cambridge- 

shire; dated  162-2 133 

127.  Head  of  gateway,  Clare  College,  Cambridge;  18th 

century i^ 

128.  An  18th-century  scroll 134 

129.  A  book -case  of  the  '  stall '  type,  Hereford  Cathedral 

Library 143 

130.  Linen  pattern 146 

131.  Long-and-short  quoins 147 

132.  Ordinary  quoins 147 

133.  Machicolations,  Farnham  Castle;  early  16th  century  149 

134.  Mask-stop;  14th  century 150 

135.  Carved  modillion 152 

136.  Plain  modillions 152 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 


xix 


137.   Cathedral  church  and  Benedictine  monastery,  Ely  .     155 


EXPLANATION    OF    REFERENCES 


DJ=West  door  and  Galilee 

Porch 

D2= Bishop's  door 
Ds  =  Door  to  church  of  St. 

Cross 

D4  =  Door  from  W.  part  of 
cloister  to  the  nave, 
called  the  Prior's 
Door 

Df  =  Door  from  the  E.  part 

of  cloister  to  the  choir 

D9=Door  from  cloister  to 

transept 

D7  =  Door  from  transept  to 
the  passage  leading 
from  the  cloister  to 
the  cemetery.  (See 
SCC  below) 

T=Part  of  W.  transept  de- 
stroyed or  not  finished 
D8— Door  from  Presbytery 
to  Lady  Chapel.    The 
passage     had     rooms 
over  it 
P=Pulpitum 
N  A  =  Nave  altar 
CA  =  Choir  altar 
HA  =  High  altar 
R  A  =  Relics  altar 
"ATA"=  "Ad  Tria  Altaria" 
BVM  =  Old  chapel   of  the 

Blessed  Virgin 
SE  =  Shrine  and  altar  of 
St.  Etheldreda 


B  A  =  Chapel    of     Bishop 

Alcock 
BW  =  Chapel  of  Bp.  West 

C  —  Chapel 
ME  =  Monks'  entrance  to 

Lady  Chapel 
PE  =  Prior's   entrance   to 

Lady  Chapel 
GPE  =  Gallery  to  PE 

V  =  Vestry 
SCC  =  St.      Catherine's 

chapel,    formerly 
passage   from 
cloister  to  monks 
cemetery 
A  =  Armarium 
L  =  Lavatory 
CH  =  Prior's  chapel 
ST  =  Prior's  study 
PR  =  Parlour  attached  to 

the  Great  Hall 
BY  =  Buttery  of  Great  Hall 
CL  — Cellarer's  lodging 
DC ="  Dark   Cloister" 

leading  from  great 
cloister  to  Infirm- 
ary ;  with  Singing 
School  over 

S  =  Stairs  to  Dormitory 
Necess™  =  Necessarium 

SS  =  Stairs  to  Fair  Hall 
A  CH  =  Almonry  chapel  on 
upper   floor   with 
seven  shops  below 


The  foundations  of  the  original  east  apse  are 
shown  in  outline. 

138.  Entrance  to  the  chapter-house,  St.  Radegund's  Priory, 

now  Jesus  College,  Cambridge;  about  1180  .        .     157 

139.  Lectern  in  refectory,  Chester  Cathedral    .        .        ,158 


xx          LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 

no.  PAGE 

140.  The  Cistercian  plan,  Fountains  Abbey,  Yorkshire, 

Diagram  plan  reduced  from  a  large  detailed  plan 
by  Mr.  W.  H.  St.  John  Hope  in  The  Yorkshire 
Arch&ological  Journal,  Vol.  xr 161 

EXPLANATION    OF    REFEU  KATES 
RA  -  Rood  altar  B  =  Book  closet 

BVM  =  Chapel  of  Our  Lady  P=  Parlour     (next     to 

SB -Chapel  of  St.  Ber-  chapter-house) 

nard  P-  Pulpit  (in  refectory) 

C  =  Chapel  WH  =  Warming-house 

S  =  Sacristy  Yd  --  Yard 

SC  =  Sacrist's  Checker  Necess"™  —  Necessaritua 

XX  -  Form  of  original  east          OP  =  Outer  parlour 

end  Bu  —  Buttery 

The  foundations  of  the  original  east  end  are  shown  in  outline. 

141.  Church  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre,  Cambridge  ;  plan     .     163 

142.  Gravestone,  Little  Shelford  Church,  Cambridgeshire ; 

llth  century 165 

143.  Cross  on  gravestone,  Little   Shelford ;   early   13th 

century 166 

144.  Cross  on  grave-slab,  Rhuddlan  Church,  Flint   .         .  166 

145.  Gravestone,  Rhuddlan  Church  ;  llth  century  .         .  166 

146.  Norman  arch-mould 177 

147.  Norman  arch-mould 177 

148.  The  bowtel :  its  development 177 

149.  Pointed    bowtel    and    plain    hood-mould    of   early 

character ;  capital  and  base ;  Hadstock  Church, 
Essex;  late  12th  century 178 

150.  Mouldings  on  recessed  orders  and  with  wide  hollows ; 

abacus  and  base ;  doorway,  Heacham  Church, 
Norfolk;  late  12th  century 179 

151.  Bold  mouldings  of  the  13th  century          .        .        .180 

152.  Elaborate  mouldings  of  the  14-th  century  and  loss  of 

the  recessed  orders 1 80 

153.  The  hollow  chamfer;   arch  and  hood-mould  of  a 

recess  on  one  stone ;  Swanington  Church,  Norfolk  180 

154.  The  bowtel  pushed  back  from  the  angle ;  14th  century  180 

155.  Arches  with  square  edges  and  with  splayed  faces     .  181 

156.  The  wave  moulding 181 

157.  The  sunk  chamfer 181 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS  xxi 

PIG.  PAGE 

1 58..  Moulding  of  a  small  arch  over  a  tomb  recess ;  church 

of  St.  Mary  the  Great,  Cambridge;  14th  century  181 

159.  Mouldings  on  the  splayed  face  ;  church  of  St.  Mary 

the  Less,  Cambridge ;  14th  century       .        .        .  182 

160.  Arch-mould;  15th  century 182 

161.  The  casement  moulding ;  15th  century      .         .         .  182 

162.  Norman  abacus 182 

-163.  String  courses  ;  12th  to  15th  centuries       ,        .        .182 

164.  Norman  base 183 

165.  Transitional  base 183 

166.  Thirteenth-century  base  ;  Ely  Cathedral  .        .         .  183 

167.  Fourteenth-century  base 183 

1 68.  Fifteenth-century  base ;  the  Deanery,  Norwich        .  183 

169.  Capital  and  base ;  13th  century          .         .         .         -183 

170.  Capital,  Wilby  Church,  Northants;  late  13th  century  185 

171.  Simple  capital ;  14th  century 185 

172.  Elaborate  capital ;  14th  century        ....  185 

173.  Capitals ;  15th  century 185 

174.  Internal  wood  cornice  with  battlement  enrichment,  185 

175.  Astragal  and  apophyge 185 

176.  Bead 185 

177.  Bird's-beak  moulding;  Coragic  monument  of  Thra- 

syllus.     From  Stuart  and  Hevett,  vol.  v.         .        .187 

178.  Cavetto 187 

179.  Cyma  :  recta  and  reversa 187 

1 80.  Ovolo  :  Greek  and  Roman 187 

181.  Architrave  moulding 187 

182.  Scotia  and  torus 187 

183.  Ogee 187 

184.  Quirk 187 

185.  Reeding 187 

186.  Mullions  :  Gothic  and  Elizabethan    ....  189 

187.  Wood  mullion ;  15th  or  early  16th  century        .         .  189 

188.  Niche,  Bishop's  Palace,  Ely  ;  about  1490  .         .        .  190 

1 89.  Intersecting  arches  and  other  arcades ;  west  transept, 

Ely  Cathedral;  about  1170 191 

190.  Norman  enrichments 192 

191.  Ogee  arch  :  diagram           ......  192 

192.  The  Greek  Orders 194 


xxii        LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

PAGE 

193.  Corinthian  capital 

194.  Composite  capital,  arch  of  Titus,  Rome    . 

195.  Methods  of  framing  panelling   .... 

196.  Parapet  with  stepped  battlements 

197.  Broken  pediment 

198.  Dome  on  pendentives,  which  are  marked  with  a  P 

199!  Pigeon-house,  Haslingfield  Hall,  Cambridgeshire     .     ^14 

200.  Plinth,  Cockfield  Church,  Suffolk,  15th  century 

201  Banqueting  House,  Whitehall,  London  ;   by  Inigo 

Jones,  1620 

202.  Trussed-rafter  roof,  partly  ceiled 

203.  Trussed-rafter  roof,  with  rudimentary  principal 

204.  Fourteenth-century  roof,  with  arched  principals  and 

intermediates 

205.  Roof  with  wind-braces,  porch,  Con  way  Church 

206.  Hammer-beam  roof,  Cochwillan,  Carnarvonshire 

207.  Hammer-beam  roofs,  diagrams 

208.  Double  hammer-beam  roof,  diagram 

209.  King-post  roof 

210.  Queen-post  roof 

211.  Mansard  roof 

212.  Saxon  tower,  St.  Benedict's  Church,  Cambridge      . 

213.  Plans  of  Saxon  windows 

214.  Early  form  of  sedile  . 

215.  Shop  of  medieval  form,  North  Elmham,  Norfolk     . 

216.  Splockets 

a  1 7.   Norman  base  with  spurs 

218.  Squinch  arch 

219.  Spire,  probably  of  Saxon  form,  Sompting,  Sussex  . 

220.  Shingle-covered  wood  spire 

221.  Broach  spire,  King's  Cliff,  Northamptonshire   . 

222.  Greek  stele.    From  Stuart  and  Revetf s  "  Antiquities 

of  Athens"  vol.  iv.,  chap,  vi.,  pi.  vii.      . 
221    Strap-work  over  oriel,  St.  John's  College,  Cambridge, 
about  1600 

224.  String  course,  Renaissance 

225.  String  course,  Gothic 

326.    Portico  in  antit,  distyle 

aa;.   Temple  with  two  porticoes  in  antit,  distyle       .        . 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS       xxiii 

PAGE 

Prostyle  portico,  tetrastyle ;  temple  of  Empedokles, 

Selinus.    Sicily 261 

Hoxastyle  peripteral  temple  of  Poseidon,  Paestum. 

Italy' 262 

Tetrastyle  pseudo-peripteral  temple  of  Fortuna 
Virilis,  Rome.  From  J.  JI.  Mirldhtons  "Ancient 

Rome  in  1885 " 262 

Octastyle  peripteral  temple;  the  Parthenon,  Athens. 
From  J.  H.  Middletonx  " JTelltnir  Soc.  Suppl. 

1'aper  Jfo.  3"          .  262 

Decastyle   dipteral    temple    of  Apollo   Diclymaeus, 

Miletus,  Asia  Minor 262 

Tenon  and  mortice     .......     264 

Interior  of  the  Fortune  Theatre,  Golden  Lane, 
Cripplegate,  London,  as  built  in  1600.  From  a 
model  made  l<\i  Mr.  William  Poel  based  on  the 

original  contract 268 

Red  and  buff  paving  tile  ;  13th  century  .  .  .  269 
Tile  paving,  Icklingham  Church,  Suffolk.  From 

a  drawing  by  Mr.  \V.  M.  Fawcett  ....     269 
Pavement  of  incised  tiles,  Bangor  Cathedral,  prob- 
ably 14th  century 270 

Detail  of  ornamental  timber  framing  .  .  .  272 
Timber  house,  Market  Place,  Shrewsbury  .  .  273 
Framing  of  the  floor  of  a  corner  house  .  .  .  274 

Round  cusped  window 276 

Triforium  arcade,  St.  Bartholomew's  Church,  Smith- 
field,  London 276 

Earliest  plate-tracery,  Great  Abington,  Cambridge  .     277 
Developed  plate-tracery,  Balsham,  Cambridgeshire     278 
Early  bar-tracery.  Castor,  Northamptonshire   .        .     278 
Soffit  cusping  and  later  cusping         ....     279 

Geometrical  tracery,  triforium  arcade,  Westminster 
Abbey     ......        .  .     279 

Geometrical  tracery  with  soffit  cusping,  cloisters, 

Westminster  Abbey  ;  late  13th  century         .        .     279 
Geometrical  tracery,  Lichfield  Cathedral;  early  14th 

century 280 

Flowing  tracery,  Grantchester  Church,  Cambridge- 
shire, middle  of  the  14th  century  ....     280 
Flamboyant  tracery,  Elsing  Church,  Norfolk;  late 
14th  century 280 


xxiv       LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

PIC.  PACE 

252.  Reticulated  tracery,  Merton  College,  Oxford  ;   1  l-tli 

century 281 

253.  Kentish  tracery,  Bcauniaris  Church.  Anglesey          .  28^ 
2154.    Flowing  tracery  approaching  to  Flamboyant,  Chestci 

Cathedral 283 

^255.    The  beginning  of  Perpendicular  tracery    .         .         .  283 

256.  Advance  towards  Perpendicular  tracery    .         .         .  283 

257.  Perpendicular  tracery;   late    l.itli  century  ;   School, 

Highain  Ferrers,  Northamptonshire       .         .         .  284 

258.  Tudor  flower  or  brattishing 286 

259.  Plans  of  vaults .  289 

260.  Vaulting  ribs  ;  plan 290 

261.  Vaulting  surfaces :  arrangement  of  courses      .        .  290 

262.  Lierne  vaulting 29 1 

263.  Plan  of  fan-vaulting 292 

264.  Weathering  of  a  buttress  ;   1 1th  century  .        .        .  294 

265.  Coffin-lid  ;  13th  century     ......  296 


LIST  OF   AUTHORITIES 


B.  =  Professor  G.  Baldwin  Brown  :  Various  works. 
Bl.  =M.    H.    Bloxnm :    Essays   on    Church    Vestments,   the 
nrraiu/emenl   of  Churches    and    Sepulchral    Monu- 
ments, 1903.     (A  reprint  of  the  third  volume  of 
Principles    of    (lotlilc     Ettdefiattical    Architecture, 
1888.) 
Bu.  —  W.    Burgess:    Contributions   to   Sir   G.    G.    Scott's 

'•'liinntii/x  from  Westminster  Abbey,  1863. 
C.=J.  VV.  Clark  :   The  Care  of  Books,  1901. 
Cl.  —  G.  T.  Clark  :  Med!a>i'al  Mil  itari/  Architecture  in  Eng- 

l<i  ud,  188k 

Cr.  rrW.  J.  Cripps  :  Old  English  Plate,  1903. 
D.  =  Tin-  Kites  of  Durham,  Surtees  Society,  1903.    (The 

quotation  on  p.  90  is  abbreviated.) 
G.  =  J.  Gwilt :  Encyclojjcedia  of  Architecture,  1903. 
Ga.  =J.  Starkie  Gardner:  Ironwork,  1893,  1896. 
H.  =  W.  H.  St.  John  Hope:   The  English  Altar,  Alcuin 

Club,  18f)!>. 

Ha.  —  H.  Haines  :  Manual  of  Monumental  Brasses,  1861. 
Hn.  =  J.  F.  Hodgson  :  Archa'ologia  A^liana,  xxiii. 
K.  =C.  E.  Keyser  :  List  of  Build int/s  !>i  'irt-at  Britain  and 
Ireland  liarimi  Mural  and  other  Painted  Decorations, 
1883. 
L.  =  Professor  W.  R.  Lethaby  :  Leadwork,  old  and  orna- 

mentdl  and  for  the  most  part  English,  1893. 
M.  =  J.  T.  Micklethwaite  :  Ornaments  of  the  Rubric,  Alcuin 
Club,  1898.    Something  about  Saxon  building,  Arch- 
aeological Journal. 

Ma.  =H.  W.  Macklin  :  Monumental  Brasses,  1891. 
N.E.D.  =J.  A.  H.  Murray:  New  English  Dictionary. 


xxvi          LIST  OF  AUTHORITIES 

P.  =  Glosiary  of  Terms  used  in  Grecian,  Roman,  Italian, 

and  Gothic  Architecture,  Parker,  1850. 
Pr.  =E.  S.  Prior,  History  of  Gothic  Art  in  England,  1900. 
English  Mediaeval  Figure  Sculpture  (Architectural 
Review,  1902-3). 

S.  =  Professor  W.  W.  Skeat:   Concise  Etymological  Dic- 
tionary of  the  English  Language,  1890. 

Schultz  and  Barnsley-=R.  W.  Schultz  (now  Weir)  and  S.  H. 
Banisley :  The  Monastery  of  Saint  Luke  of  Stirit. 
(Britith  School  at  Athtnt,  1901 J 

W.  =  H.  C.  Windley :  Journal  Ryl  Inst.  Brit.  Archts.,  1905. 
W.&C.  =  Professor  R.  Willis  and  J.  W.  Clark:  Architectural 
History  of  the  University  of  Cambridge,  1886. 


A   GLOSSARY   OF 
ENGLISH   ARCHITECTURE 


ABACUS  (pi.  ABACI).  Lit.  a  table,  a  slab ;  in  architec- 
ture the  top  member  of  a  capital/  In  Greek  Doric  it 
is  square  in  plan  and  has  square  edges  (fig.  36) ;  in  Greek 
Ionic  and  in  Roman  Doric  and  Tuscan  it  is  square  in 
plan  and  the  lower  edge  is  moulded  ;  in  the  remaining 


FIG.   I.      ABACUS   OF   CORINTHIAN  FIG.  2.      NORMAN  FIG.  3.     GOTHIC 

CAPITAL  ABACUS  ABACUS 

orders*  it  has  concave  sides  and  the  angles  are  cut  off, 
the  face  is  moulded  and  sometimes  enriched  (fig.  1). 
The  Norman  abacus  (fig.  2)  is  always  square  in  plan 
in  small  capitals  and  generally  in  large  capitals ;  the 
upper  edge  is  square  and  the  lower  edge  chamfered. 
In  Gothic  work  it  is  round  or  octagonal  on  plan  and  has 
mouldings.* 

ABBEY.     A  monastery*  ruled  over  by  an  abbot  (lit. 
a  father)  or  abbess.  (See  also  PRIORY.) 

ABUTMENT.    A  mass  of  masonry  or  other  material 
to  resist  a  thrust  such  as  that  of  an  arch. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


ACANTHUS 


ACANTHUS.  The  leaf  of  the  Corinthian  capital 
(figs.  4,  5)  copied,  according  to  Vitruvius,  from  the 
variety  of  thistle  found  in  Greece.  Called  in  English 
'  Bear's-breech '  (p.). 


FIG.  4.   GREEK  ACANTHUS 


He,.  5.   ROMAN  ACANTHUS 


FIG.  6.  ACROTBRIA 


ACROPOLIS.  The  citadel  of  a  Greek  city,  usually 
a  naturally  defensive  position,  rendered  stronger  by 
works ;  on  it  were  placed  the  principal  buildings. 

ACOUSTIC  JAR.  .^RESONATOR. 

ACROTERION  (pi.  ACROTERIA)- 
An  ornament  on  the  apex  and  at 
the  lower  angles  of  a  Greek  or 
Roman  pediment  (fig.  6). 

AISLE.  A  wing  of  a  building 
separated  from  the  central  part  by  a  row  of  columns. 

ALABASTER.  A  soft,  slightly  translucent,  white 
and  pink  limestone  (sulphate  of  lime)  used  for  sculpture 
and  for  conversion  (by  burning)  into  Plaster  of  Paris 
(gypsum). 

ALCOVE.  A  semi-circular  or  semi  elliptical  recess 
in  a  wall.  A  building  of  the  form  of  an  alcove  or  apse, 
erected  over  the  grave  of  a  saint  or  martyr  near  Rome 
in  early  Christian  days. 


ALTAR  3 

ALLEY.  A  narrow  lane  in  a  town.  An  enclosed 
walk  in  a  garden.  A  narrow  part  of  a  building,  such 
as  an  aisle  or  cloister. 

ALLURE.  The  walk  along  the  top  of  a  castle 
wall. 

ALMERY,  AUMBRY.  A  cupboard  in  the  thickness 
of  a  wall  (medieval).  Besides  those  of  ordinary  size,  a 
church  sometimes  has  a  very  high  one  (generally  near 
the  west  end)  to  contain  a  processional  cross  or  its  staff. 

ALMONRY.  A  place  in  which  alms  were  distri- 
buted, e.g.  the  place  in  a  religious  house  in  which  food 
was  given  to  the  indigent. 

ALTAR.  In  Greek  and  Roman  buildings  a  stone 
pedestal-like  table  for  sacrifices ;  in  Christian  churches 
a  table  for  the  celebration  of  the  Sacrament  of  the 
Holy  Eucharist. 

Christian  altars  in  the  earliest  times  were  generally 
of  wood,  but  in  A.D.  509  it  was  ordered  that  they  were 
to  be  of  stone  (P.).  The  top  was  often  if  not  always  a 
single  slab  of  stone  or  marble,  and  was  supported  on 
walls  of  masonry  or  on  columns.  The  altar  was  gener- 
ally raised  on  one  or  more  steps ;  there  seems  to  have 
been  no  rule  as  to  the  number.  The  masonry  was 
always  hidden  by  a  frontal  of  drapery  or  metal,  and 
was  covered  by  a  white  linen  cloth.  It  seems  that  the 
shelf  now  often  placed  at  the  back  of  the  Holy  Table 
and  generally  called  a  super-altar  or  retable,  was  not 
used  in  the  middle  ages. 

"  From  the  time  that  Stone  Altars  were  introduced,  it 
was  usual  to  enclose  the  relics  of  saints  in  them,  so  that 
in  many  cases  they  were  the  actual  tombs  of  saints,  and 
they  were  always  supposed  to  be  so,  some  relics  being 
considered  indispensable  "  (p.)  ;  but  it  was  not  universal 
in  England.  There  were  sometimes  small  niches  in 
the  end,  in  which  to  place  the  cruets  (H.).  The  slab 


4  ALTAR 

was  marked  with  five  small  crosses,  one  in  the  centre 
and  one  at  each  angle,  cut  in  the  stone  at  the  places 
anointed  by  the  bishop  at  the  consecration. 

The  number  of  altars  in  a  church  depended  upon  cir- 
cumstances; even  the  smallest  churches  appear  to  have 
had  two  besides  the  high  altar,  and  the  piscinas  belong- 
ing to  them  may  generally  be  seen  at  the  east  end  of 
each  aisle.  A  large  parish  church  seems  usually  to 
have  had  five  altars  (M.),  while  a  cathedral  church  had 
many  more.  Saint  Gregory,  so  early  as  590,  mentions  a 
church  with  thirteen  altars  (P.).  There  was  often  an 
altar  in  the  sacristy  or  vestry,  at  least  a  piscina  is  often 
found,  and  in  early  times  in  the  porch. 

The  destruction  of  altars  by  the  Reformers  appears 
to  have  begun  in  1548,  and  an  order  for  the  removal  of 
those  that  remained  and  for  providing  ' an  honest  table ' 
was  issued  in  1550.  The  stone  altars  were  restored  by 
Queen  Mary,  and  again  removed  under  Queen  Elizabeth. 
It  was  then  ordered  that  a  table  should  be  set  in  the 
place  of  the  altar  "and  so  to  stand,  saving  when  the 
communion  of  the  sacrament  is  to  be  distributed ;  at 
which  time  the  same  shall  be  so  placed  in  good  sort 
within  the  chancel  as  whereby  the  minister  may  be 
more  conveniently  heard  of  the  communicants  in  his 
prayer  and  ministration,  and  the  communicants  also 
more  conveniently  and  in  more  number  communicate 
with  the  said  minister."  It  is  thought  that  the  result 
of  this  order  was  that  the  table  was  brought  from  the 
east  end  and  placed  lengthwise  down  the  centre  of  the 
chancel.  Many  good  plain  tables  of  this  period  and  of 
the  times  of  the  Stuarts  still  remain,  though  very  many 
have  been  destroyed  in  the  last  few  years  during  the 
'  restoration '  of  the  churches. 

SUPER -ALTAR    OR     PORTABLE    ALTAR.        A     tablet    about 

twelve  inches  by  six,  used  for  the  consecration  of  the 
elements  in  places  where  there  was  no  fixed  altar.     A 


ANGLO  SAXON    ARCHITECTURE     5 

licence  from  the  Pope  seems  to  have  been  necessary  to 
entitle  any  to  the  use  of  a  portable  altar  (p.). 

For  the  modern  use  of  the  term  super-altar,  see 
ALTAR,  above. 

ALTAR-CLOTH.  A  cloth  of  white  linen  placed 
upon  an  altar.  An  altar-frontal  (rare). 

ALTAR-FRONTAL.  An  ornamental  cloth  of  velvet, 
silk  or  other  rich  material  hung  in  front  of  an  altar. 

FRONTLET.  A  short  frontal  hung  from  the  edge  of  the 
altar  over  the  frontal. 

ALTAR-PIECE.     See  REREDOS. 

ALTAR-TOMB.  A  modern  term  for  a  tomb  or 
monument  resembling  an  altar  in  form  and  -height ; 
formerly  called  a  'high-tomb.' 

ALTO-RELIEVO.     See  RELIEVO. 

AMBO.  A  stone  or  marble  lectern  of  pulpit-like 
form  in  early  churches.  There  were  two— one  on  the 
north  side  for  the  epistle,  and  one  on  the  south  for  the 
gospel. 

AMBULATORY.  A  path:  a  place  in  which  to  walk, 
such  as  a  cloister  or  an  aisle ;  sometimes  more  particu- 
larly applied  to  an  aisle  round  an  apse. 

AMPHIPROSTYLE.     See  TEMPLE. 

AMPHITHEATRE.  An  elliptical  (rarely  circular) 
building  with  tiers  of  seats  rising  round  a  central 
arena.  Used  by  the  Romans  for  gladiatorial  fights 
and  so  forth. 

ANCONE.  See  CONSOLE. 
ANDIRON.  A  fire-dog. 
ANGLO-SAXON  ARCHITECTURE.  See  SAXON 

ARCHITECTURE. 


6 


ANNULET 


FIG.  7.    ANNULET 
ST.  PETER'S,  NORTHAMPTON 


ANNULET.  A  ring,  e.g.  one 
of  the  fillets  round  the  lower 
part  of  the  Greek  Doric  capital ; 
a  moulded  band  round  a  Nor- 
man column  (fig.  7)  or  connect- 
ing a  group  of  shafts  in  Gothic 
architecture.  (See  also  MOULD- 
ING.) 

ANT  A  (pi.  ANTAE).  A  short 
wall  enclosing  or  partly  enclosing 
the  side  of  a  portico ;  a  pilaster 
projecting  from  the  back  wall 
of  a  portico  behind  the  angle 
column.  (See  also  TEMPLE.) 

ANTE-CHAPEL.  The  western  part  of  a  chapel, 
separated  from  the  rest  by  a  screen,  and  often  not 
consecrated. 

ANTEFIX.  A  marble  or  terra-cotta 
ornament  placed  on  the  top  of  the  cor- 
nice along  the  side  of  a  Greek  build- 
ing, opposite  the  covering  tile  over  the 
joint  between  two  rows  of  flat  tiles. 

APOPHYGE  (escape).  A  slight 
concave  expansion  at  the  top  and 
bottom  of  Greek  and  Roman  columns 
(fig.  8,  a).  Not  used  in  Greek  Doric. 

APSE,  APSIS.  A  semi-circular  or 
polygonal  wing  of  a  building.  Much 
used  in  Roman  buildings  and  at  one  or 
both  ends  of  early  Christian  churches  * 
in  which  it  was  of  semi  -  circular 
form,  and  in  Gothic  churches  on  the 
Continent,  in  which  it  is  more  often 
polygonal. 


C 


*  See  article  thereon. 


FIG.  8.      AFOPHYGI 


ARCH 


ARABESQUE.  A  decorative  scroll 
carved  in  low  relief  or  painted ;  so 
called  after  a  somewhat  similar  form 
of  ornament  in  Arabian  architecture. 
Though  the  ornament  is  much  used  in 
all  styles  the  term  is  generally  applied 
only  to  Classical  and  Renaissance  archi- 
tecture (fig.  9). 

AR^OSTYLE.     See  TEMPLE. 
AR^OSYSTYLE.     See  TEMPLE. 
ARCADE.     A  row  of  arches. 
ARCH  (Lat.  arcus,  a  bow).     A  struc- 
ture consisting  of  several  wedge-shaped 
pieces  so  arranged  as  to  be  supported 
by  their  mutual  pressure  without  the 
aid    of   a    cementing    material.      This 
definition  limits  the  term  to  a  system 
of  construction  and  disregards  the  form. 
The  term  is  often  applied  to  a  structure 
which  is  an  arch  in  form  only, 
as  a  single  stone  (fig.  10)  or  a 
mass  of  concrete  shaped  like 
an  arch,  but  such  are  essenti- 
ally lintels  in  their  function. 
Another  arched   form  which 
does  not  fall  within  the  defini- 
tion given  above  is  the  dome 


AN  AkCH  IN  ,rr>  C    *  .  » 

over  the  '  1  reasury  ot  Atreus 


•ct 


FIG.  9.      ARABESQUE 


FORM  ONLY 


(fig.  11),  which  is  really  a  system  of  corbelling. 

The  Orientals  have  a  saying  that  '  the  arch  never 
sleeps';  this  agrees  with  what  has  been  said  above,  for  it 
follows  as  a  corollary  to  our  definition  that  the  true 
arch  always  exerts  an  outward  pressure  on  its  supports. 

Voussoirs  are  the  stones  or  bricks  which  go  to  make 
up  an  arch.  The  upper  or  outer  surface  of  an  arch  is 
called  the  extrados,  as  distinguished  from  the  inner  or 


8  ARCH 

lower  surface  which  is  called  the  intrados  or  soffit. 
The  haunch  is  the  part  between  the  springing  and  the 
apex,  more  particularly  (in  common  speech)  the  portion 
about  half-way  between.  In  a  rough  brick  arch  in 
which  the  bricks  are  not  wedge-shaped,  the  n  ortar 
in  each  joint  assumes  the  form  of  a  wedge  and  acts 
as  a  '  voussoir.' 

The  arch  was  known  to  the  Greeks  but  hardly  ever 
used  by  them.  The  Romans  employed  the  arch  or 
the  arched  form  extensively,  always  for  constructive 
reasons,  never  for  decoration ;  many  of  their  arches 
and  vaults  are  such  in  form  only,  being  really  masses 
of  concrete ;  the  form  is  always  semi-circular. 

Both  round  and  pointed  arches  with  radiating  joints 
were  used  in  the  East  in  remote  times  :  in  Assyria 
and  in  Ethiopia  and  elsewhere  centuries  before  the 
Christian  era.  It  is  possible  that  the  pointed  arch  is 
the  earliest  form,  for  it  seems  not  unlikely  that  the 
primitive  construction  consisted  of  corbelling  in  hori- 
zontal courses,  as  in  the  '  Treasury  of  Atreus '  (fig.  1 1  ) 


FIG.  II.   AN  ARC«  IN  FORM  ONLY 
TREASURY  OF  ATKKUS 


and  an  arch  or  dome  of  this  construction  would  be 
more  easily  brought  to  a  pointed  apex  than  to  a  semi- 
circle.1 However  that  may  be,  the  pointed  form  and 
the  true  arch-construction  with  radiating  voussoirs 

1  I  owe  this  suggestion  to  my  Father. 


ARCH  9 

continued  in  use  and  is  found  in  various  lands  and  of 
various  centuries  of  the  Christian  era.  It  was  used  by 
the  Mahometans  and  was  probably  introduced  by  them 
into  Sicily  and  other  countries  which  they  conquered 
in  the  eighth  and  ninth  centuries ;  it  is  found  in  Spain 
in  the  ninth  and  tenth  centuries.  In  the  south  of 
France  it  was  used  early  in  the  eleventh  century,  but 
not  in  the  north  of  France  for  at  least  a  hundred  years 
later,  and  it  was  not  brought  over  to  England  till  about 
1 1  30.  Many  other  theories,  which  it  is  unnecessary  to 
notice  here,  have  been  put  forward  to  account  for  the 
invention  of  the  pointed  arch.  Its  adoption  when 
once  introduced  was  no  doubt  due,  in  great  part,  to 
the  facilities  it  gave  in  the  construction  of  vaults. 

Ogee  (der.  thro'  O.Fr.  and  Span.  fr.  Arab,  divj, 
summit — s)  arches,  also  probably  of  Oriental  origin,  were 
used  in  England  from  the  first  quarter  of  the  fourteenth 
century  (fig.  1 3  K). 

Arches  struck  from  four  centres  (fig.  13  H)  are  found 
in  English  work  of  between  1350  and  1370  onwards; 
after  1500  they  became  very  flat,  especially  in  narrow 
spans  such  as  doorways.  On  the  introduction  of  Re- 
naissance architecture  about  1550,  the  round  arch 
gradually  superseded  the  pointed.  Elliptical  arches 
were  used  a  good  deal  in  the  latter  part  of  the 
eighteenth  century  (fig.  13  u). 

RELIEVING  ARCH.  A  plain  arch  built  over  a  lintel  or 
over  an  arch  which  is  not  strong  enough,  in  order  to 
relieve  it  of  some  of  the  weight  of  the  superstructure 
(fig.  12).  Called  also  a  'discharging  arch.' 

RERE-ARCH.  One  which  supports  the  wall  over  the 
recess  of  a  window  or  door  as  distinct  from  the  outer 
arch. 

SCONCHEON  or  scoiNsoN  ARCH.    The  same  as  a  rere-arch. 

SKEW-ARCH.  One  in  which  the  axis  is  not  at  right 
angles  to  the  face,  as  when  a  railway  passes  obliquely 


10 


ARCH 


over  a  road ;  in  this  case  the  courses  are  kept  at  right 
angles  to  the  face  of  the  arch  and  not  parallel  with  the 
axis ;  they  are  in  consequence  inclined  to  the  horizon. 

SQU1NCH-ARCH.       See  SQUINCH. 


FIG.  12.      RELIEVING   ARCH 


Names  of  various  forms  of  arch 

A  Round  M 

B  Stilted  N 

C  Horseshoe  O 

D  Segmental  P 

E  Equilateral  Q 

F  Acute  R 

G  Drop  S 

H  Four-centred  T 

I  Three-centred 

J  Elliptical  U 

K  Ogee  V 

L  Round  trefoil 


(fig-  13): 

Pointed  trefoil 
Cinquefoil 
Round  cusped 
Pointed  cusped 
Italian  pointed 
Italian  round 
Stepped 
Joggled  lintel,  with 

relieving  arch 
Straight 
Triangular 


ARCHITECT  (Gk.  o.p\i-,  chief;  T«KTO>V,  builder,  crafts- 
man).   "A  master  builder ;  especially  a  skilled  professor 


12  ARCHITECTURE 

of  the  art  of  building,  whose  business  it  is  to  prepare 
plans  of  edifices,  and  exercise  a  general  superintend- 
ence over  the  course  of  their  erection"  (N.  E.  D.). 

ARCHITECTURE.  "  The  art  or  science  of  building 
or  constructing  edifices  of  any  kind  for  human  use.  .  .  . 
But  Architecture  is  sometimes  regarded  solely  as  a  fine 
art,  and  then  has  the  narrower  meaning  explained  .  .  . 
below  (N.  E.  D.). 

"  1849.  RUSKIK,  Seven  Lamps,  i.  §  1,  7.  Architecture  is  the 
art  which  so  disposes  and  adorns  the  edifices  raised  by  man  .  .  . 
that  the  sight  of  them  contributes  to  his  mental  health,  power 
and  pleasure.  1879.  G.  SCOTT,  Lect.  Archit.,  n.  292.  Architec- 
ture as  distinguished  from  mere  building  is  the  decoration  of 
construction." 

ARCHITRAVE.  The  lowest  division  of  the  entabla- 
ture in  Classical  architecture.  When  an  entablature  was 
used  over  a  doorway  or  window  the  mouldings  of  the 
architrave  were  carried  down  the  sides  and  are  often 
thus  used  when  the  rest  of  the  entablature  is  omitted. 
Similar  mouldings  were  applied  to  an  arch  in  Classical 
and  Renaissance  architecture  and  are  also  called  the 
architrave.  (See  also  MOULDING  and  ORDER.) 

ARCH  I  VOLT.  Architrave  mouldings  applied  to  an 
arch. 

ARCISOLIUM,  Lat.  (pi.  ARCISOLIA).  A  recess  for  a 
tomb  in  the  confessio  *  or  crypt  of  an  early  Christian 
church,  or  in  a  catacomb.* 

ARMARIUM.  A  cupboard;  in  a  monastic  cloister  a 
cupboard  for  books,  usually  near  the  entrance  to  the 
church.  (See  also  LIBRARY.) 

ARRIS.     A  sharp  edge  of  stone  or  wood   or  metal. 

ASHLAR.  Masonry  of  rectangular  blocks  accur- 
ately worked  and  in  continuous  and  equal  courses. 

ASTRAGAL.     See  MOULDING  (fig.  175). 

ATRIUM.  The  first  court  of  a  Roman  house,  sur- 
rounded by  rooms,  and  serving  both  as  a  court  and  as  a 


BALL-FLOWER 


hall  ;  it  was  partly  covered  in,  but  in  the  centre  of  the 
roof  there  was  an  opening  under  which  was  a  tank ; 
sometimes  wholly  covered. 

ATTIC.  A  garret*  or  chamber  constructed  in  the 
roof.  (See  ATTIC  ORDER.) 

ATTIC  BASE.  The  most  common  moulding  for  the 
base*  in  the  Ionic  and  Corinthian  orders. 

ATTIC  ORDER  OR  STOREY.  In  Classical  and 
Renaissance  architecture  a  storey  above  the  main  en- 
tablature. (See  ORDER,  CLASSICAL.) 

AULA  (Lat.).     A  hall. 
AUMBRY.     See  ALMERY. 

BAILEY.  The  court  of  a  castle*  between  the  keep 
and  the  outer  wall. 

BALDACHINO  (Ital.).  A  canopy  over  an  altar  in 
Italian  churches.  The  original  meaning  was  "a  rich 
embroidered  cloth  of  gold  and  silk  used  for  copes,  palls, 
etc. ;  also  the  portable  canopy  which  was  borne  over 
shrines,  etc.,  in  processions.  The  .,. 

bronze  nuoniuM  of  St.  Peter  at 
Rome  was  termed  the  Baldachino, 
and  hence  the  modern  applica- 
tion of  this  word  to  a  fixed 
CANOPY  over  an  altar  or  throne, 
whether  supported  on  pillars  or 
suspended  from  above"  (P.). 

BALISTRARIA.  A  loophole 
in  the  wall  of  a  fortress. 

BALL -FLOWER.  An  en- 
richment carved  in  the  hollow 
of  a  moulding  in  the  latter  part 
of  the  thirteenth  and  during  the 
greater  part  of  the  fourteenth 
centuries  (fig.  14). 

*  See  article  thereon. 

FIG.  14.      BALL-FLOWER 


14 


BALUSTER 


BALUSTER.     A  small  shaft,  round  or  square,  the 
diameter  of  which  varies  at  different  levels. 

BALUSTRADE.   A  row  of  balusters. 

BAPTISTERY.  A  building  or  part  of  a  building  set 
aside  for  the  sacrament  of  baptism.  In  Italy  it  was 
sometimes  a  distinct  building  which  served  for  the 
whole  town.  It  was  never  used  in  England,  the  font 
always  standing  in  a  conspicuous  position  in  the  church, 
and  generally  in  the  centre  of 
the  nave  near  the  west  end. 

BARBACAN,     BARBICAN. 

An  advance  work  defending  the 
entrance  to  a  castle  or  fortified 
town. 

BARGE-BOARD.  A  board, 
often  decorated,  under  an  over- 
hanging gable  (fig.  15). 

BARTIZAN.  A  small  turret 
projecting  from  the  angle  of  a 
building  (fig.  16). 

BASE.  The  projecting  foot 
of  a  wall  of  column.  It  was 
used  in  all  the  Greek  and  Roman 
orders  except  the  Greek  Doric, 
and  is  ornamented  with  mould- 
ings.* The  commonest  form  for 
Ionic  and  Corinthian  was  what 
is  called  the  Attic  base  (fig.  1 7  a 
and  fig.  1 9),  but  the  forms  shown 
at  fig.  176  and  fig.  1 8  were  also 
used.  The  Tuscan  base  is  shown 
at  fig.  17  c.  The  Romans  used 
the  section  d  for  pedestals. 

*  See  article  thereon.  Fir,.  16.    BARTIZ,. 


FIG.  15.      BARGE-BOARD 


d 


FIG.   17.     CLASSICAL  BASES 


FIG.    l8.      IONIC   BASK 


FIG.    19.      ATTIC   BASE 


16 


BASE 


The  Norman  base,  though 
derived  from  the  Classical 
base,  was  of  slight  projection, 
rude,  and  undeveloped ;  the 
plinth  was  square  (fig.  20), 
the  angle  being  often  filled 
with  a  spur*  of  carving. 

Karly  Gothic  profiles  ap- 
proximated more  to  the  Attic 
base  (fig.  21).  About  the 
middle  of  the  thirteenth  cen- 
tury (though  sometimes  ear- 
lier) the  bold  hollow  which 
separated  the  upper  and  lower 


FIG.  20.      TWELFTH-CENTURY    BA« 


FIG.  21.      THIRTEENTH-CBNTUKY  FIG.  22.      FOURTEENTH-CENTURA 

BASE  KASE 


BASILICA 


17 


rolls  was  omitted  and  a  third 
roll  took  its  place  (fig.  22). 
The  base  mould  of  a  wall  was 
most  commonly  a  simple  cham- 
fer, though  mouldings  were 
also  used.  (See  PLINTH.)  In  the 
latter  part  of  the  fourteenth 
century,  and  during  the  fif- 
teenth, the  base  of  the  column 
gradually  became  higher,  the 
mouldings  being  more  elon- 
gated and  of  less  projection 
(fig.  23).  The  Renaissance 
base  of  course  followed  Classical 
precedent. 

BASE-COURT.  The  lower 
or  outer  court  of  a  large 
medieval  house,  generally  sur- 
rounded by  stables  and  offices. 

BASEMENT.  1  (Classical 
and  Renaissance).  A  storey 
or  high  plinth  below  the  main 
order  (see  PODIUM).  2  (Modern). 
A  storey  partly  below  ground. 


<* 


FIFTEENTH-CENTURY    BASE 


BASILICA  (Gk. 
royal).  A  large  hall.  The 
origin  of  the  term,  as  applied 
to  a  building,  is  obscure.  The 
Roman  basilica,  primarily  an 
exchange  and  secondarily  a 
law-court,  was  of  various  forms  : 
enclosed  by  solid  walls,  or  by  columns  and  screens 
(cancelli)  only  ;  rectangular  or  with  an  apse  at  one  or 
each  end.  Most  examples  have  one  or  two  aisles  on 
each  side,  with  galleries  above  them.  The  seat  of  the 
judge  was  in  the  apse,  and  in  front  of  it  there  was  an 
c 


18 


BASSO-RELIEVO 


altar.     The  hall  of  a  private  house  was  also  sometimes 
called  a  basilica.   (See  also  CHURCHES.) 


FIG.  24.      PAGAN   BASILICA 

BASSO-RELIEVO.     See  RELIEVO. 

BASTILE.  A  fort,  castle  or  bulwark ;  often  used 
as  a  prison  (P.). 

BASTION.  A  bulwark  projecting  from  the  outer 
wall  of  a  castle  or  fort. 

BATTERING  WALL.  A  wall  the  face  of  which 
slopes  back,  generally  used  for  sustaining  the  pressure 
of  earth  or  water.  (See  RETAINING  WALL.) 

BATTLEMENT.  A  parapet*  with  a  succession  of 
rectangular  notches  called  crenels  or  embrasures,  the 
higher  parts  being  called  merlons.  Originally  used  in 
castles  for  defence,  but  from  the  fourteenth  century  in 


FIG.    25.      BATTLEMENTS 

parapets  of  other  buildings  and  also  on  a  diminutive  scale 
as  an  enrichment  on  mouldings,  etc.  In  the  early  battle- 
ments the  sides  of  the  merlons  are  plain  (fig.  25  A),  but 
in  later  examples  the  moulding  of  the  coping  is  often 
carried  down  them  (fig.  25  B). 

*  See  article  thereon. 


BELL-COTE  19 

BAY,  SEVERY.  A  compartment  of  a  building 
between  two  columns,  roof  principals,  buttresses  or 
other  repeated  constructional  feature. 

BAY-WINDOW.  The  same  as  bow-window  (p.). 
A  window  in  a  recess ;  not  the  same  as  bow-window 
(s.).  Possibly  a  window  occupying  a  whole  bay. 

BEAD.  A  small  convex  moulding  of  semi-circular 
section  (fig.  176). 

BEAK-HEAD    ORNAMENT.      See    BIRD'S -BEAK 

ORNAMENT. 

BED-MOULDING.  A  moulding  or  series  of  mould- 
ings under  the  corona  of  a  cornice  or  other  similar  pro- 
jection. 

BED  OF  A  STONE.  The  lower  surface  of  a  stone ; 
the  upper  surface,  if  prepared  to  receive  another  stone, 
is  called  the  top  bed.  The  natural  bed  is  the  natural 
stratification. 

BELFRY,  (l)  The  chamber  of  a  tower  in  which 
the  bells  are  hung;  (2)  a  bell-tower.  Properly  a 
watch-tower ;  corrupted  from  Mid.  Eng.  berfray ;  no 
connection  with  '  bell ' ;  originally  a  guard  tower,  one 
on  wheels  used  in  sieges  (s.)  Seldom  used  in  England 
except  in  connection  with  churches.  The  tower  was 
sometimes  detached  from  the  building,  as  at  Salisbury, 
Norwich  (both  destroyed),  and  Chichester,  and  at  some 
parish  churches,  and  was  intended  to  be  so  at  King's 
College,  Cambridge. 

BELL  OP  A  CAPITAL.  The  body  of  the  capital  be- 
tween the  astragal  or  necking  (p.  186)  and  the  abacus. 

BELL-COTE,  BELL-TURRET.  A  small  bell-tower ; 
a  bell-house.  The  most  common  forms  are  the  follow- 
ing :  (l)  The  west  or  east  wall  of  the  nave  is  carried 
up  and  has  one  or  two  piercings,  occasionally  three,  in 


BENCH -TABLE 


which  the  bells  are  hung ;  it 
is  finished  with  a  steep  gable 
(fig.  26) ;  examples  of  this  type 
at  the  west  end  of  the  church 
and  forming  the  only  belfry, 
are  common  in  the  southern 
midlands  ;  the  same  sort  is  used 
in  other  parts  for  a  special  small 
bell  over  the  chancel  arch. 
(2)  A  low  timber  framing 
covered  with  boarding  or  shing- 
les and  having  a  pyramidal  roof, 
is  supported  on 
the  west  wall  and 
the  west  part  of 
the  nave  roof  (fig. 
27) ;  it  is  used  in 
the  west  and  in 
the  south-east  of 
England. 

BENCH-TABLE. 
A  bench  of  solid 
masonry  against 
the  inside  of  the 
wall  of  a  medieval 
building. 


TIG.    26.      STONE   BELL-COT! 


t  .;» 


FIG.  27.      WOOD  BELL-COTE 

BEVEL.  The  plane  formed  by  cutting  off  the  edge 
of  a  surface  at  a  slight  angle,  e.g.  a  bevelled  mirror. 
(See  also  CHAMFER.) 

BILLET  ORNAMENT.  An  enrichment  used  in 
Romanesque  architecture,  consisting  of  short  cylinders 
or  square  block*  at  intervals  in  a  hoi  low  moulding  (fig.  28). 


BOLECTION    MOULDING  21 


BIRD'S-BKAK  ORNAMENT.  An  enrichment  used 
in  Romanesque  architecture  consisting  of  a  series  of 
grotesque  beaked  heads  crossing  the  mouldings  (fig.  29- 
See  also  p.  188). 


FIG.   28.      BILLET 


FIG.  29.    BIRDS-BEAK  ORNAMENT 

BLIND-STOREY.     See  TRIFORIUM. 

BLOCKING  COURSE.     A  plain  course  of  masonry 
over  a  cornice  (fig.  30). 


FIG.    30       BLOCKING  COURSE  KIG.    31.      BOLECTION    MOULDING 

BOLECTION  MOULDING.  A  moulding  placed 
round  a  panel  and  projecting  beyond  the  face  of  the 
framing  (fig.  31). 


22  BOND 

BOND.  The  overlapping  of  the  courses  of  stones 
or  bricks  in  a  wall.  In  masonry  the  method  depends 
upon  the  regularity  or  otherwise  of  the  stones.  In" 
brickwork  there  are  two  systems  :  (l)  English  bond 
(fig.  32) ;  all  the  bricks  in  one  course  are  laid  as 
'  headers/  that  is,  showing  their  ends,  and  in  the  next 


JJ_ 


t 


FIG.    32.      ENGLISH   BONO 


FIG.    33.      FLEMISH   BOND 


course  as  'stretchers/  showing  their  sides,  and  so  on 
alternately.  This  system  is  the  strongest ;  it  was  in 
use  in  England  from  the  sixteenth  century  to  the  end 
of  the  seventeenth,  and  was  revived  in  the  nineteenth. 
(2)  Flemish  bond  (fig.  33) ;  in  every  course  the  bricks 
are  laid  as  headers  and  stretchers  alternately. 

BONE   HOUSE.     See  CHARNEL  HOUSE. 

BOSS.  A  carved  stone  at  the  meeting  of  any  of  the 
ribs  of  a  vault,  or  at  the  termination  of  some  architec- 
tural feature. 

BOUDOIR.  A  private  room  for  a  lady;  literally,  a 
place  to  sulk  in ;  from  French  bonder. 

BOW-WINDOW.  A  projecting  window,  semi-circu- 
lar or  polygonal  on  plan.  In  the  middle  ages  seldom 
used  but  in  the  hall,  where  it  was  on  one  or  both  sides 


BRETASCHE 


near  the  dais  end.    In  Elizabeth's  reign  it  became  com- 
mon in  other  rooms.    Corrupt  form  of  bay-window*  (p.). 
BOWER.     (Medieval.)     A  lady's  private  room. 

BOWTEL.  A  projecting  moulding*  of  cylindrical 
form  or  approximating  to  a  cylinder. 

BRACE.    In  carpentry  a  short  piece  of  timber  placed 
in   the   angle    formed    by   two    principal 
timbers  in  order  that  the  angle  may  be 
kept  true  and  the  shape  of  the  framework 
preserved  (fig.  34i). 

BRACKET.  A  support  projecting  from 
a  wall  or  column.  In  medieval  work,  if 
of  stone,  it  is  usually  called  a  corbel  ;*  in 
Classical  and  Renaissance  architecture,  a 
console*  or  modillion;*  in  modern  build- 
ings, if  of  iron,  a  cantilever. 

BRANDR1TH.  A  fence  or  rail  round 
the  opening  of  a  well  (o.). 

BRASS  (SEPULCHRAL).     See  MONUMENT. 

BRASS  (METAL).  An  alloy,  consisting  of  one  part  of 
zinc  and  from  three  to  seven  parts  of  copper. 

BRATTISHING.  A  cresting,  e.g.  a  pierced  or 
ornamented  parapet  of  a  wall ;  a  row  of  upright  leaves 
on  the  cornice  of  a  fifteenth-century  screen  or  round  a 
ducal  coronet.  (See  TUDOR-FLOWER). 

BREAST-SOMMER,  BRESSUMMER.  A  beam  or 
summer  supporting  the  front  of  a  building,  etc.,  after 
the  manner  of  a  lintel.  It  is  distinguished  from  a  lintel 
by  its  bearing  the  whole  superstructure  of  wall,  etc., 
instead  of  only  a  small  portion  over  the  opening ;  thus 
the  beam  over  a  common  shop-front  which  carries  the 
wall  of  the  house  above  it  is  a  bressummer  (P.). 

BRETASCHE.     See  CASTLE. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


FIG.    34. 
BRACED   DOOR 


24  BRICK,   BRICKWORK 

BRICK,  BRICKWORK.  Bricks  were  much  used  by 
the  Romans ;  in  Britain  Roman  bricks  vary  in  size 
from  about  6  inches  square  to  about  18  inches  by 
12,  the  smaller  sizes  being  more  commonly  used 
for  the  pillars  of  hypocausts  (see  ROMAN  ARCHITECTURE) 
and  the  larger  sizes  for  walls.  The  thickness  varies 
from  1^  inches  to  If  inches.  They  were  frequently 
used  for  bonding  courses  and  as  quoins  in  walls  of  flint 
and  small  stones.  The  practice  of  brick-making  seems 
to  have  died  out  after  the  departure  of  the  Romans, 
and  the  bricks  used  by  the  Saxons  and  Normans  were 
apparently  taken  from  Roman  buildings.  In  the 
eastern  counties  bricks  were  occasionally  used  from 
the  thirteenth  century ;  they  were  perhaps  imported 
from  the  Netherlands ;  they  measure  about  9  inches  by 
4^  by  2  to  L2\  thick.  In  the  fifteenth  century  they 
became  fairly  common  especially  in  fireplaces,  because 
they  will  stand  the  heat  better  than  stone :  they  are 
generally  about  10  inches  by  5,  and  are  \\  to  2  inches 
thick.  In  other  parts  of  England  where  good  stone 
was  obtainable  they  were  not  much  used  till  a  century 
later,  nor  generally  till  the  eighteenth  century.  In 
the  nineteenth  century  the  thickness  increased  to  2J 
and  3  inches  (figs.  114,  133). 

Bricks  were  laid  without  method  till  the  sixteenth 
century  when  English  bond*  was  introduced.  Orna- 
mental brickwork  then  became  very  elaborate  and 
was  practised  with  skill,  as  in  chimney*  stacks  (fig. 
54).  These  forms  gave  way  to  a  simpler  and  more 
appropriate  treatment  in  the  seventeenth  century. 
Moulded  cornices  with  carved  enrichments  were  used 
with  good  effect  in  the  eighteenth  century.  On  the 
invention  of  Roman  cement  and  the  general  decay  of 
taste  early  in  the  nineteenth  century,  brickwork^ 
as  a  means  of  architectural  expression  fell  into  dis- 
credit. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


BUHL  WORK  25 

BRICK-NOGGINO.  Brickwork  filling  the  spaces  between 
the  timbers  of  a  framed  partition. 

BRIDGE.  A  few  medieval  bridges  still  remain. 
The  arches  are  generally  of  small  span  and  pointed, 
and  they  are  strengthened  by  a  number  of  parallel 
ribs.  The  piers  are  sharply  pointed  especially  up 
stream,  forming  a  '  cut-water.'  A  bridge  approaching  a 
town  was  defended  by  a  gateway  tower  in  the  middle, 
as  at  Monmouth,  or  at  one  end,  as  at  Sandwich.  In 
some  instances  there  is  a  chapel,  perhaps  endowed  be- 
fore the  bridge  was  built,  that  travellers  might  pray 
for  protection  in  crossing  the  ford  or  ferry ;  examples 
may  be  seen  at  Wakefield,  Rotherham,  St.  Ives  (Hunts). 
Houses  were  also  built  over  the  roadway,  as  on  London 
Bridge,  the  rents  from  them  being  of  value  to  the  town. 

BRITISH  ARCHITECTURE.  The  architecture  of 
pre-Roman  times.  The  houses  are  said  to  have  each 
consisted  of  a  single  room,  round  or  square.  Stone- 
henge  is  far  the  most  important  work  extant. 

BROACH.  When  a  square  tower  is  surmounted  by 
an  octagonal  spire  each  angle  is  covered  by  a  half- 
pyramid,  the  apex  of  which  is  in  the  centre  of  one  of 
the  sides  of  the  spire  (fig.  221);  these  half-pyramids 
are  called  broaches  ;  the  spire  is  called  a  broach  spire  ; 
usually  its  cardinal  faces  rise  from  the  faces  of  the 
tower  without  a  parapet.  The  term  is  alse  occasionally 
applied  to  the  spire  itself. 
BRONZE.  See  L.VTTEN. 

BUHL  WORK.  Formerly  called  'Boule'  work 
from  the  name  of  its  inventor.  It  consists  of  one  or 
more  metals  inlaid  upon  a  ground  of  tortoiseshell,  or 
tortoiseshell  inlaid  upon  a  ground  of  metal.  The  process 
is  as  follows  :  Two  pieces  of  veneer  are  placed  together, 
with  paper  between  them,  each  being  glued  to  the 
paper.  Upon  the  surface  of  the  upper  one  is  placed 
the  drawing  of  the  pattern  to  be  cut,  and  then  the  out- 


26  BURH 

lines  of  it  are  cut  through  by  means  of  a  very  fine 
watch  spring  saw.     The  parts  are  then  separated,  that 
which  is  taken  from  the  darker  material  is  let  into  the 
lighter  and  vice  versa  (o.). 
BURH.     See  CASTLE. 

BUTTERY.  A  '  butlery/  a  room  at  the  lower  end 
of  a  medieval  hall  in  which  victuals  and  especially 
liquors  were  kept.  It  opened  into  the  screens  passage. 
The  door  was  in  two  heights  like  a  stable  door,  the 
lower  part  having  a  shelf  on  the  top  for  convenience  in 
serving  out  provisions.  (See  HOUSE.) 

BUTTRESS.  A  mass  of  masonry  or  other  like 
material  built  up  against  a  wall  (or  at  a  short  distance 
from  it,  and  connected  with  it  by  an  arch)  in  order  to 
resist  the  thrust  of  a  roof  or  vault,  or  otherwise  to 
strengthen  the  building. 

The  Romanesque  buttress  derived  from  Roman  archi- 
tecture was  wide  and  of  slight  projection,  and  was  of  nc 
structural    use.      The  angles  were   often   ornamente' 
with    abowtel   moulding.      When   the   pressures 
roofs*  and  vaults*  began  to  be  concentrated  at  par- 
ticular  points   it   became   necessary   to   increase    the 
projection  of  the  buttress,  and  at  the  same  time  th< 
thickness  of  the  wall  was  reduced.     At  the  beginning 
of  the  thirteenth  century  the  projection  at  the  bast 
was  about  ecfual  to  the  width  ;  it  was  gradually  reducec 
by  weathered,  i.e.  sloping,  offsets,  the  top  being  finishe 
with  a  weathering  or  with  a  gablet,  or,  in  large  builc 
ings,  with  a  pinnacle;   the  angles  were   chamfered 
at  the  corner  of  a  building  there  were  two  buttresse 
at  right  angles  to  the  walls.     At  the  end  of  the  thii 
teenth  century  the  projection  had  increased  and  the 
corners  were  not  chamfered.    In  the  fourteenth  centur 
one  buttress  was  placed  diagonally  at  the  corner  of 
*  See  article  thereon. 


CALEFACTORY 


building.  The  projection  increased  still  more  in  the 
fifteenth  century ;  the  corners  of  buildings  had  either 
one  diagonal  buttress  or  two  placed  square ;  pinnacles 
were  used  more  often  than  formerly. 

FLYING  BUTTRESS.  In  order  to  carry  the  thrust  of  a 
nave  vault  over  an  aisle  or  cloister,  a  '  flying  buttress ' 
was  used  (fig.  35).  A  vertical  buttress  was  built  on  the 
further  side  of  the  aisle,  and  a 
half-arch  was  thrown  from  this 
to  the  point  at  which  the  thrust 
had  to  be  met.  This  half-arch 
carried  the  pressure  across  the 
space,  producing  an  oblique 
thrust  on  the  buttress  some  little 
distance  below  its  head.  The 
weight  of  the  head  of  the  but- 
tress and  of  the  pinnacle  which 
generally  crowned  it  gave  to 
the  oblique  thrust  a  direction 
more  nearly  vertical, as  indicated 
by  the  arrows  in  the  diagram 
(fig.  35).  As  the  pressure  de- 
scended it  became  more  vertical, 
owing  to  the  weight  of  the 
masonry  itself,  so  that  when  the  ground  was  reached," 
the  direction  of  the  pressure  fell  within  the  foot  of  the 
buttress,  which  was  a  necessary  condition  of  stability. 

BYZANTINE  ARCHITECTURE.     See  APPENDIX. 

CABINET.  A  small  room  used  as  a  study  or  for  the 
preservation  of  curios. 

CABLE  MOULDING.  A  spiral  moulding  like  a 
cable,  used  in  Romanesque  architecture  (fig.  7). 

CALEFACTORY.  A  warming  room;  a  room  in  a 
monastery  where  a  fire  was  kept  burning  in  cold 


FIG.    35.      PRINCIPLE   OF   THB 
FLYING   BUTTRESS 


28  CAMBER 

weather,  to  which  the  monks  were  occasionally  allowed 
to  resort  when  chilled  by  the  church  services  or  by 
study  in  the  cloister. 

CAMBER.  The  upward  rise  towards  the  centre  in 
the  tie-beam  of  a  roof,  or  in  other  similar  beam,  or  in  a 
straight  arch, 

CAMPANILE  (Ital.).     A  bell-tower. 

CANCELLUS  (Lat.).  A  lattice-work  screen  be- 
tween the  columns  of  a  portico  or  round  the  altar  in 
a  basilica*  or  early  Christian  church.* 

CANDLESTICK.  In  the  middle  ages  the  use  of 
lights  varied  in  different  churches ;  one  or  more  lights 
were  placed  on  the  altar  during  mass ;  well-furnished 
churches  commonly  had  a  pair  of  tall  candlesticks  on 
each  side  in  front  of  the  high  altar  (M.).  The  Pascal 
candlestick  stood  on  the  north  side  of  the  presbytery 
(M.)  ;  at  Durham  it  was  in  the  middle,  and  was  set  up 
on  the  Thursday  before  Easter  and  removed  on  the 
Wednesday  after  Ascension  Day. 

CANOPY.  A  roof  or  projection  to  protect  a  door, 
altar,  statue,  or  other  object.  Canopies  over  doors 
have  been  in  general  use  in  domestic  architecture  at 
all  times ;  they  are  usually  of  wood,  supported  on 
brackets,  and  are  finished  with  a  gable  or  with  a  flat 
roof  or  otherwise.  They  were  also  placed  over  altars 
in  the  middle  ages  and  were  either  of  wood  or  con- 
sisted of  curtains  hung  on  iron  rods.  Similar  canopies 
sometimes  projected  over  the  high-table  in  a  medieval 
hall,  the  original  object  in  both  cases  being  to  afford  a 
protection  from  falling  dust  and  from  draughts.  From 
the  thirteenth  to  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  cen- 
turies canopies  were  also  placed  over  important  sepul- 
chral monuments."  They  were  also  used  above  niches  * 
during  the  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  centuries. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


CAPITAL  29 

CANT.  An  oblique  face ;  the  term  is  usually 
applied  to  large  objects,  e.g.  a  bow -window  which 
is  a  half  octagon  or  half  hexagon  on  plan  is  said  to 
have  canted  angles,  whereas  the  terms  chamfer*  and 
bevel*  and  splay*  are  applied  to  small  solid  objects. 

CANTILEVER.     A  bracket. 

CAPITAL.  A  stone  placed  on  the  top  of  a  column 
to  make  a  wider  bearing  for  the  superstructure,  or  to 
effect  a  transition  from  a  round  column  to  a  square 
superstructure.  It  consists  of  two  principal  parts,  the 
bell*  and  the  abacus.* 

The  Greek  Doric  capital   consists   of   an   echinus,1 
circular   in    plan,   surmounted    by   an   abacus,   square 
in  plan  and  with  square  edges  (fig.  36). 
The  capital  of  the  Ionic  order*  is  rect- 
angular  in  plan,  with  two  large  spirals  or 
volutes  in    front  and  two  behind  ;    the 
Corinthian   capital    has  a  high   circular 
bell  ornamented  with  acanthus*  leaves,     FIG  36    GREEK 
the   abacus  having  four  concave  sides ;      DORIC  CAPITAL 
the  Roman  Doric  has  a  moulded  capital ; 
the  Roman  Ionic  and  Corinthian  have  a  general  resem- 
blance to  the  Greek  ;  the  Tuscan  is  like  the  Doric ; 
the  Composite  combines   the  acanthus   leaves  of  the 
Corinthian  with  the  volutes  of  the  Ionic. 

In  Saxon  architecture  the  capital  is  a  rude  imitation 
of  Roman  Work,  with  mouldings  or  with  leaf  forms  and 
volutes  disposed  somewhat  at  random.  In  the  Norman 
capita],  as  in  the  Saxon,  the  bell  and  the  abacus  are 
worked  on  separate  stones.  In  plan  the  abacus  of  a 
large  pier  generally  follows  approximately  the  plan  of 
the  pier  itself ;  for  small  shafts  it  is  invariably  square ; 
in  section  the  upper  edge  is  square  and  the  lower  edge 
is  chamfered.  The  lower  part  of  the  bell  is  made  round 
to  fit  the  column,  while  the  upper  part  is  square  to  fit 

*  See  article  thereon.        l  See  MOULDING,  p.  188. 


so 


CAPITAL 


the  abacus ;  this  gives  a  form  which  is  known  as  the 
cushion  capital  (fig.  37).  The  most  common  way  of 
decorating  this  plain  block  is  by  cutting  vertical  flu  tes 
producing  the  scolloped  capital  (figs.  38,  39).  Some 


FIG.    37- 
CUSHION   CAPITAL 


FIG.  38. 
SCOLLOPED  CAPITAL 


FIG.  3Q. 
SCOLLOPED  CAPITAL 


times  it  is  covered  with  involved  interlacing  scroll 
work.  Other  varieties  are  a  rude  imitation  of  the 
volute  (fig.  40),  and  a  curious  reversed  volute  formed 
by  a  leaf  curling  upwards  under  the  corner  of  the 
abacus  instead  of  bending  downwards  (fig.  41). 


FIG.    40. 
CAPITAL  WITH   RUDE   VOLUTES.      ELY 


FIG.  4t. 
REVERSED  VOLUT« 


Some  Norman  capitals  have  foliage  which  shows  very 
clearly  its  derivation  from  the  Roman  acanthus,  and 
this  gradually  developed  into  the  characteristic  foliage* 
of  the  thirteenth  century,  forming  a  succession  of  very 

*  See  article  thereon. 


CAPITAL 


31 


FIG.  42.    EARLY  FOLIAGE 
ST.  LEONARD'S  PRIORY,  STAMFORD 


free  sprays  (figs.  42, 
103).  In  another  type 
the  foliage  is  gathered 
up  into  knobs  (fig. 
43). 

During  the  latter  part 
of  the  twelfth  century 
another  form  was  de- 
veloped, namely  the 
moulded  capital  which 
is  ornamented  with 
rings  of  mouldings* 
round  the  upper  part 
of  the  bell  (fig.  44). 
This  form  soon  became 
more  common  than  the  carved  capital 
and  eventually  superseded  it  entirely. 
At  first  the  mouldings*  are  simply  treated, 
but  afterwards  become  more  coplex. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  fourteenth  cen- 
tury the  remarkable  change  in  the  foliage* 
from  forms  of  abstract  beauty  to  close 
imitations  of  particular  species  is  seen 
in  the  carved  capital.  The  leaves  are 
disposed  in  a  wreath-like  man- 
ner round  the  bell  (fig.  106) 
and  they  lose  the  bold  lights 
and  shadows  of  the  earlier 
wor  k  The  moulded  capital 
has  .not  the  deep  hollows 
of  the  thirteenth  century. 
In  the  fifteenth  century  the 
mouldings  became  weaker, 
and  sculpture  is  rarely  used 
except  as  little  rosettes  and 
leaves  stuck  round  the  bell ; 
*  See  article  thereon. 


FIG.  43.      CAPITAL 

WITH  VOLUTE-LIKB 

FOLIAGE 


FIG.  44.      MOULOBD  CAPITAL 


32  CARRELL 

the  top  of  the  abacus  is  some- 
times surrounded  by  a  row 
of  battlements.  The  capital 
was  a  less  important  feature 
and  in  some  cases  had  ceased 
to  be  functional,  many  of 
the  arch  -  mouldings  being 
tarried  down  the  column  (fig. 
45). 

The  capitals  of  the  Renais- 
sance were  copied  from  the 
Roman  varieties  of  the  classi- 
cal orders/  with  slight  varia 
tions. 

CARRELL.  Asmall  boarded 
enclosure  erected  in  a  monastic 
cloister  to  serve  as  a  study 
for  a  monk;  one  was  placed 
against  each  window  or  each 
light,  according  to  the  char- 
acter of  the  window,  and  was 
just  large  enough  to  contain  a 
seat  and  a  desk  for  one  person. 
Their  object  was  to  afford  the 
monks  some  protection  from 
the  cold  of  the  cloister  during 
the  long  hours  of  reading  or 
transcribing.  The  date  of  their  introduction  i 
known,  but  they  were  in  use  in  the  latter  half  of  the 
thirteenth  century.  At  Gloucester  Cathedral  provision 
was  made  for  them  when  the  cloister  was  built,  between 
1370  and  1412,  by  recessing  the  windows  in  a  peculiar 
way;  or  these  recesses  were  themselves  the  carrels  and 
were  fitted  with  doors. 

CARTOUCHE  (Fr.,  a  roll  of  paper),     (l)  A  tablet, 
most  often  used  for  an  inscription  or  for  a  coat  of  arms, 
*  See  article  thereon. 


FIG.   45. 
FIFTEENTH-CENTURY  CAPITAIS 


CASTLE  33 

resembling  a  sheet  of  paper  with  the  edges  curled  up 
(fig.  46).    (2)  A  modillion  of  a  cornice  with 
a  scroll-like  form. 

CARVING.     See  FOLIAGE  and  SCULPTURE. 

CARYATID.  Columns. in  the  form  of 
human  figures,  as  in  the  porch  of  the  Erech- 
theum,  Athens ;  or  pilasters  as  satyrs,  half 
man  and  half  goat;  or  human  bodies  growing 
out  of  square  tapering  columns,  or  other  grotesque  forms. 

CASEMENT.  (1)  A  window;  (2)  that  part  of  a 
window  which  opens  on  hinges  at  the  side.  A  French 
casement  is  continued  to  the  floor  and  is  divided  down 
the  middle  so  as  to  make  a  pair  of  glass  folding-doors. 

CASEMENT  MOULDING.     A  wide  shallow  mould- 
ing much  used  in  the  fifteenth  cen- 
tury, especially  in  the  internal  arches 
and  jambs  of  windows  (fig.  4-7). 

CASTLE.  There  is  much  differ- 
ence of  opinion  on  the  subject  of 
Saxon  and  Norman  strongholds. 

Till  recently  it  has  been  held  that 
the  Saxon  '  burh '  was  a  conical 
mound  surrounded  by  a  ditch  and 
wooden  palisade,  and  that  these  CASEMENT  MOULDING 
burhs  were  numerous  and  occupied 
good  strategic  positions,  so  that  the  Conqueror  possessed 
himself  of  them  and  gave  them  to  his  followers, 
and  he  and  his  successors  simply  strengthened  them 
and  gradually  substituted  stone  walls  for  the  wooden 
palisades  (CL.).  Thus  there  was  created  a  type  of 
Norman  castle  known  as  the  shell  keep  consisting  of  a 
high  circular  wall  containing  sufficient  buildings  to  serve 
the  garrison  when  the  place  was  besieged,  in  marked 
contrast  to  the  'square  keep'  which  was  the  type 
chosen  by  the  Norman  when  he  occupied  a  new  site. 

P 


34  CASTLE 

The  Round  Tower  at  Windsor  and  the  White  Tower  of 
the  Tower  of  London  are  examples  of  these  two  types, 
which  will  be  more  fully  described  presently. 

The  later  view  is  that  the  Saxon  'burh'  was  a 
fortified  town,  that  the  circular  'shell  keeps'  of  the 
Normans  were  entirely  new  creations  on  new  sites, 
that  palisades  were  first  put  up,  and  that  these  were 
replaced  by  stone  walls  when  the  artificial  mound  had 
become  sufficiently  consolidated  to  bear  their  weight  (H.). 

Many  of  the  castles  begun  by  his  father  and  brother 
were  completed  by  Henry  I.,  and  perhaps  most  of  our 
square  keeps  may  be  attributed  to  him.  Many  castles 
were  in  private  hands,  having  been  rebuilt  by  the 
barons  in  the  preceding  reigns.  These  strong  private 
castles  were  objectionable  to  both  the  king  and  people, 
as  they  made  the  owners  powerful  and  too  independent 
of  the  one,  while  they  gave  them  too  much  opportunity 
of  tyrannizing  over  the  other.  The  old  English  fortified 
house,  besides  being  owned  and  garrisoned  by  a  fellow- 
countryman  of  the  surrounding  population,  had  not  been 
strong  enough  to  give  much  consequence  to  its  lord. 

Castle-building  was  always  considered  a  royal  pre- 
rogative, and  though  circumstances  sometimes  com- 
pelled the  king  to  wink  at  its  infringement,  a  subject 
could  fortify  his  house  only  under  special  licence.  An 
immense  number  of  unlicensed  castles — castra  adul- 
terina — were  erected  during  the  troubles  of  Stephen's 
reign  by  the  lesser  nobility  and  used  by  them  for 
purposes  not  far  removed  from  brigandage.  One  of 
the  first  acts  of  Henry  II.  was  to  order  the  destruction 
of  these  and  of  some  castles  of  the  greater  nobility. 
This  measure,  although  necessary,  gave  great  and 
undue  prominence  to  the  great  old  castles.  After  the 
suppression  of  the  rebellion  of  1173,  therefore,  Henry 
dismantled  many  castles  or  took  them  into  his  own 
hands  and  strengthened  them  whenever  opportunity 
offered. 


CASTLE  S5 

The  Norman  keeps  were  succeeded  in  the  latter  part 
of  the  twelfth  century  and  the  first  half  of  the  thir- 
teenth by  round  towers,  known  as  Donjons  or  Juliets. 
They  were  entered  on  the  first  floor  by  stone  steps  or  a 
drawbridge.  Conisborough  in  Yorkshire  is  a  remarkable 
example  ;  it  measures  only  25  feet  in  diameter  internally 
and  as  much  as  52  feet  externally,  the  walls  being  14 
feet  thick,  and  it  is  near  90  feet  high.  These  towers 
did  not  contain  dungeons*;  the  basements  were  above 
ground  and  were  not  used  as  prisons. 

With  Henry  II.  the  great  period  of  castle-building 
ends,  at  least  so  far  as  quantity  goes.  At  the  close  of 
his  reign  there  were,  it  is  estimated,  more  than  a  thou- 
sand castles  in  England  and  Wales.  Henry  III.  gave 
his  attention  chiefly  to  repairing  and  improving  halls, 
chapels  and  outer  wards.  The  strong  rule  of  Edward  I. 
very  much  minished  the  value  of  castles.  Those 
which  he  himself  built  in  Wales  were  a  new  type  and 
show  a  great  advance  in  the  science.  They  have  been 
called  ' Concentric'  castles  (see  p.  39).  But  even 
these  ceased  to  be  of  use  and  fell  into  decay  when  once 
the  country  had  been  subdued. 

Castles  gradually  gave  place  to  more  or  less  fortified 
houses,  for  which  a  great  number  of  licences,  called 
Licences  to  Crenellate,  were  granted  by  the  three  Ed- 
wards and  by  Richard  II.  In  Richard's  reign  also  the 
royal  castles  were  handed  over  to  the  county  authori- 
ties to  serve  as  prisons. 

THE  SQUARE  KEEP.  This  type  was  used  by  the  Nor- 
mans, both  in  Normandy  and  in  England,  during  the 
eleventh  and  twelfth  centuries.  A  large  and  strongly 
walled  outer  court,  generally  of  irregular  shape,  con- 
tained the  hall,  the  kitchen  and  other  domestic 
buildings  ordinarily  in  use,  the  size  and  arrangement 
of  which  varied  according  to  circumstances.  The 
keep  was  used  only  during  a  siege.  It  was  placed  on 

*  See  article  thereon. 


36  CASTLE 

the  highest  part  of  the  site  and  was  itself  much  higher 
than  any  of  the  other  buildings.  It  was  rarely  in  the 
centre  of  the  castle  and  was  sometimes  very  near  to,  or 
even  formed  part  of,  the  enceinte. 

The  square  keeps  vary  in  size  from  25  feet  to  80  feet 
or  even  100  feet  along  each  side  (externally),  and  are 
usually  from  one  and  a  half  to  two  diameters  high. 
Broad  flat  pilasters  are  placed  on  the  sides  and  at  the 
angles,  those  at  the  angles  being  carried  up  above  the 
parapet  as  turrets.  The  walls  are  from  7  feet  to  14  feet 
thick,  and  at  the  base  20  feet  or  even  more.  The  allure 
or  walk  on  the  top  of  the  wall  behind  the  parapet  is 
6  or  8  feet  wide. 

The  keep  was  invariably  entered  at  the  level  of  the 
first  floor.  The  door  was  reached  through  a  small  and 
strongly  defended  building  running  along  one  side  of 
the  keep  and  containing  a  straight  stone  staircase.  In 
the  smaller  keeps  and  sometimes  in  the  larger,  the 
staircase  is  of  wood  and  has  no  enclosure. 

Internally  the  keep  was  divided  by  a  cross  wall 
which,  on  the  principal  floor,  was  pierced  by  one  or 
more  large  arches.  All  keeps  have  a  basement,  used  as 
a  store-house,  above  ground.  In  the  small  keeps  there 
was  only  one  storey  above  this,  forming  a  large  general 
room,  but  in  the  larger  keeps  this  room  formed  a  barrack, 
and  the  chief  room  or  hall,  some  30  feet  high,  was  on 
the  second  storey,  and  sometimes  there  was  a  third 
floor  over  this  (fig.  48).  The  staircase  was  generally  a 
spiral  in  one  angle,  the  whole  height  of  the  building. 
The  basement  walls  are  usually  solid,  but  those  of  the 
upper  storeys  contain  numerous  small  chambers,  about 
5  feet  wide,  used  as  sleeping-rooms,  and  as  an  ora- 
tory, a  well-chamber,  and  privies.  The  smaller  keeps 
had  generally  a  single  high-pitched  roof,  probably 
covered  with  shingles  or  with  stone  tiles,  but  in  the 
larger  examples  the  roof  was  double,  forming  an  inverted 
W  resting  on  the  side  walls  and  on  the  dividing  wall 


CASTLE  87 

mentioned  above.  The  external  walls  were  carried  up 
to  the  level  of  the  ridge.  Flat  lead-covered  roofs  were 
substituted  for  these  high-pitched  roofs  at  an  early  date. 
The  square  keep  was  not,  it  must  be  remembered,  a 
residence,  except  during  an  actual  siege,  when  it  formed 
a  secure  refuge  till  relief  came  from  outside.  And  it 
was  not  in  a  military  sense  a  scientific  building.  It 
was  not  easily  defended  ;  in  order  to  reply  to  the  attack 
the  garrison  had  to  expose  themselves ;  there  were  no 


FIG.  48.   THE  SQUARE  NORMAN  KEEP 
WHITE  TOWER,  TOWER  OF  LONDON 

'salients'  or  flanking  projections  commanding  the  base 
of  the  wall.  But  its  mere  passive  strength  made  it 
almost  impregnable  if  well  provisioned  and  defended  by 
faithful  retainers.  Mercenaries  could  not  be  entirely 
trusted.  "  Indeed,  the  builders  of  some  keeps  seem  to 
have  mistrusted  their  own  troops  as  much  as  they  feared 
those  of  the  enemy.  The  staircases  and  galleries  are 
often  contrived  quite  as  much  to  check  free  communi- 
cation between  the  several  parts  of  the  building  as 
between  its  inside  and  its  outside."  (CL.) 

Notable  examples  are  the  White  Tower,  London; 


8ft  CASTLE 

Colchester  and  Hedinghain,  Essex  ;  Dover  and  Roches- 
ter in  Kent;  Norwich  and  Castle  Rising,  Norfolk; 
Kenilworth,  Warwickshire;  Porchester,  Hampshire; 
Carlisle,  Cumberland ;  Scarborough,  Yorkshire  ;  Nor- 
ham,  Durham  ;  Hamburgh,  Northumberland. 

THE  SHELL  KEEP.  This  was  the  type  of  keep  which 
is  found  on  sites  which  had  been  already  defended 
by  earthworks  and  timber  buildings,  whether  of  Saxon 
or  Norman  origin.  These  it  appears  were  found  to  be 
very  defensible,  and  the  necessity  of  replacing  the 
timber  by  stone  often  did  not  arise  till  long  after  the 
Conquest,  in  some  cases  not  for  a  century.  Thus  it 
happens  that  the  shell  keep,  though  it  may  be  said  to 
be  the  earlier  type,  is  generally  later  than  the  square 
keep.  (CL.) 

As  the  castles  occupying  old  sites  were  more  numerous 
than  those  founded  on  new  sites,  it  follows  that  the 
shell  keep  formed  the  largest  class ;  but  being  less 
massive  they  have  suffered  more  from  the  ravages  of 
time  and  are  now  less  common  than  the  square  keep. 

The  shell  keep  like  the  square  keep  forms  the  nucleus^, 
of  a  large  irregular  base-court  containing  the  usual 
buildings  (fig.  49).  It  is  generally  placed  upon  and 
forms  a  part  of  the  outer  line  of  defence.  It  is  how- 
ever entirely  surrounded  by  its  own  ditch  across  which 
the  outer  wall  of  the  castle  is  carried.  Occasionally 
the  keep  occupies  a  central  position,  and  then  it  is 
placed  on  the  line  of  a  ditch  which  divides  the  base- 
court  into  two  wards. 

The  configuration  of  the  mound,  which  is  always 
entirely  or  partly  artificial,  governs  the  size  and  shape 
of  the  keep.  Most  keeps  are  polygons  of  ten  or  twelve 
sides ;  some  are  round.  The  diameter  varies  from  30  to 
100  feet.  The  walls  are  usually  8  or  10  feet  thick  and 
from  20  feet  to  25  feet  high. 

The  keep  was  approached  by  a  wooden  bridge  across 
the  ditch  on  the  side  within  the  base  court  and  thence 


49-      THE   SHELL    KEEP  AND   DWELLING   HOUSE 
FARNHAM   CASTLE 


(See  List  of  Illustrations) 


40  CASTLE 

by  steps  up  the  mound  ;  the  actual  entrance  was  a  mere 
door  in  the  wall.  There  was  also  another  entrance  from 
the  top  of  the  wall  surrounding  the  base-court. 

The  shell  keep,  except  in  the  smaller  examples,  was 
an  open  court,  and  the  various  buildings  were  built  up 
against  the  inner  face  of  its  wall.  The  ramparts  were 
reached  by  an  open  internal  staircase  of  stone  or  wood. 

Notable  examples  are:  Windsor;  Berkeley,  Glouces- 
tershire; Arundel,  Sussex;  Warwick;  Cardiff;  Pickering, 
Yorkshire;  Farnham,  Surrey  (figs.  49,  50.  See  also  List 
of  Illustrations). 

TRANSITION.  The  castl e -building  of  the  reign  of 
Henry  III.  consisted  chiefly  of  the  addition,  enlarge- 
ment and  improvement  of  the  outer  wards  of  already 
existing  castles.  It  seems  probable  that  it  was  from 
these  that  the  succeeding  type,  the  concentric  castle, 
was  developed. 

The  castles  of  this  period  show  an  advance  in  refine- 
ment and  comfort.  A  feature  which  seems  to  be  peculiar 
to  them  is  the  bretasche,  or  temporary  timber  gallery 
corbelled  out  from  the  top  of  the  wall  in  time  of  siege ; 
from  this  missiles  could  be  showered  on  an  enemy  at- 
tacking the  base  of  the  wall.  The  machicolations  of 
the  Edwardian  castle  would  appear  to  take  its  place. 

THE     EDWARDIAN    OR    CONCENTRIC    CASTLE.       This    type 

was  not  actually  invented  or  introduced  by  Edward  I., 
for  the  earliest  and  grandest  example,  Caerphilly,  was 
built  in  the  reign  of  Henry  III.  while  Edward  was  still 
in  the  Holy  Land. 

The  castle  of  this  type  consisted  of  a  series  of  defen- 
sive walls  forming  concentric  rings  ;  the  inner  court 
contains  the  domestic  buildings ;  the  keep  is  abandoned ; 
the  parts  are  so  disposed  as  give  every  advantage  to  the 
defenders. 

The  outer  line  of  defence  consisted  of  a  wall  with 
salients  or  projecting  towers  which  enfiladed  the  curtain 


CASTLE  41 

or  length  of  wall  between  two  towers ;  and  the  whole 
of  this  line  of  defence  was  enfiladed  by  the  inner  and 
higher  ring  of  towers.  Sometimes  however  there  was 
a  very  large  third  ward  for  the  protection  of  the  neigh- 
bouring peasantry  and  their  cattle ;  this  contained  a 
ditch  or  even  a  small  lake  formed  by  damming  up 
a  streamlet,  the  dam  itself  being  well  defended. 

The  middle  ward — that  between  the  innermost  ring 
and  the  next — was  too  narrow  to  give  scope  for  a  large 
number  of  attackers  or  for  them  to  work  a  catapult, 
and  the  projecting  towers  were  often  mere  half-circles 
open  in  the  rear,  so  that  when  captured  they  could  not 
be  held.  The  gatehouse  is  usually  flanked  by  round 
towers  with  loops,  and  is  so  planned  that  it  could  be 
defended  independently  against  attack  from  within  if 
the  outer  ward  was  taken.  The  parapet  is  corbelled 
out  on  machicolations.*  Outside  the  gate  there  was  a 
barbican,  which  was  sometimes  a  mere  walled  enclosure, 
sometimes  a  detached  building  on  the  further  side  of 
the  moat.  The  postern  or  smaller  gateway  is  often 
elaborate ;  that  at  Windsor  was  intended  for  tht  use  of 
cavalry.  Sometimes  the  postern  is  a  water-gate. 

The  walls  of  an  Edwardian  castle  are  from  25  feet 
to  40  feet  high  and  from  6  to  8  feet  thick.  The 
parapet  has  wide  merlons  or  battlements  and  narrow 
embrasures  with  wood  shutters ;  often  each  merlon  is 
pierced  with  a  loop. 

The  buildings  of  the  inner  ward,  consisting  of  hall, 
kitchen,  chapel,  and  general  living  and  sleeping-rooms 
and  storehouses,  were  large  and  handsome ;  they  were 
usually  built  up  against  the  curtain.  Very  complete 
arrangements  were  made  for  sanitation.  The  castles 
of  this  period,  indeed,  were  part  palace  part  fortress, 
though  the  latter  characteristic  is  always  the  more 
pronounced. 

Notable  examples  are:  Caerphilly,  Glamorganshire, 
*  See  article  thereon. 


e  t-& 

VIC.   50.      FARNHAM   CASTLE.      GENERAL  1'LAN 


CATACOMB  43 

the  largest  in  Wales ;  Beaumaris,  Anglesey,  very 
complete  and  regular ;  Conway,  Carnarvonshire,  where 
the  castle  and  town  "  form  together  the  most  complete 
and  best  preserved  example  of  mediaeval  military 
architecture  in  Britain.  The  works  are  all  of  one  date 
and  design,  apparently  by  one  engineer,  at  the  com- 
mand of  a  monarch  specially  skilled  in  the  art  of  war" 
(CL.);  Kidwelly,  Caermarthenshire ;  Harlech,  Merioneth; 
Leeds  or  Ledes  in  Kent ;  Caernarvon,  of  the  noblest 
architecture,  is  not  concentric.  The  Tower  of  London 
has  by  successive  additions  become  a  good  example 
of  the  concentric  type ;  to  Farnham  also  (fig.  50)  the 
outer  wall  and  ditch  give  something  of  the  character 
of  a  concentric  castle.  (G.  T.  Clark,  Mediaeval  Military 
Architecture?) 

CATACOMB  (Gk.  KOTO,  down;  KVfiftrj,  a  hollow 
place).  A  system  of  underground  passages  formed 
by  the  early  Christians  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Rome 
as  a  secret  place  of  burial  during  the  age  of  perse- 
cution. There  are  about  sixty  of  such  cemeteries 
round  the  city  and  they  are  of  very  great  extent,  some 
of  them  occupying  an  area  of  several  acres.  They 
are  of  various  ages,  from  the  time  of  the  martyrdom  of 
St.  Peter  to  the  middle  of  the  second  century,  but 
they  continued  in  use  as  cemeteries,  as  places  of 
worship  and  as  objects  "*of  pilgrimage  till  the  sixth 
century. 

The  catacombs  are  excavated  in  the  dry  spongy 
volcanic  stone  called  tufa.  The  passages  are  about 
8  feet  high  and  from  3  to  5  feet  wide,  and  they  are 
generally  at  right  angles  to  one  another.  The  sides  of 
the  passages  contain  loculi  or  graves,  one  above  another, 
generally  five  in  a  tier.  The  recesses  were  closed  with 
slabs  of  marble  or  with  tiles,  bearing  inscriptions  and 
pictures.  There  are  occasional  larger  arched  recesses 
called  arcisolia  (see  ARCISOLIUM).  Besides  these,  there 
are  distinct  chambers  opening  out  of  the  passages 


44  CATHEDRAL 

called  cubicula,  in  the  sides  of  which  ordinary  loculi 
were  cut.  There  were  also  larger  chambers  which 
were  used  as  places  of  meeting  and  for  worship ;  one 
catacomb  contains  a  large  and  complete  church,  with 
nave  and  aisles,  apse  and  narthex.  In  some  catacombs 
there  are  several  distinct  series  of  galleries  at  different 
levels. 

In  later  times  oratories  and  churches  were  erected 
over  the  entrances  to  the  principal  catacombs,  to  which 
more  convenient  access  was  made,  thus  St.  Peter's  was 
built  over  the  cemetery  of  the  Vatican. 

The  catacombs  are  rich  in  inscriptions,  sculptures, 
paintings  and  utensils  of  great  beauty  and  extra- 
ordinary interest.  (Murray's  Handbook  of  Rome.) 

CATHEDRAL  (from  Kad&pa,  a  seat).  A  church  in 
which  there  is  the  throne  of  a  bishop. 

CATHERINE-WHEEL  WINDOW.  A  circular 
window  with  mullions  radiating  from  the  centre.  (See 

TRACERY.) 

CAULICOLE  (pi.  CAULICOLI).  A  stalk;  in  the 
Corinthian  capital  the  thick  stalk  (of  which  there  are 
two  on  each  side  of  the  capital)  from  which  spring  the 
leaves  which  support  the  volutes  (fig.  193). 

CAVETTO.     See  MOULDING  (fig.  178). 

CEILING.  In  the  middle  ages  church  ceilings  were 
either  of  stone  vaulting*  or  of  wood  in  imitation  of  vault- 
ing; or  they  were  plastered  or  boarded  and  followed 
the  cants  of  a  trussed  rafter  roof/  forming  a  sort  of 
polygonal  tunnel ;  this  was  sometimes  divided  into 
square  panels  by  small  ribs  and  decorated  with  gilding 
and  colour.  In  domestic  buildings  the  most  common 
plan  for  the  lower  rooms  seems  to  have  been  to  mould 
the  joists  of  the  floor  above,  and  either  to  let  the  floor- 
boards be  seen  from  below  or  to  plaster  them.  The 

*  See  article  thereon. 


CHALICE  •         45 

plaster  was  laid  on  a  mass  of  reeds.  In  the  time  of 
Elizabeth  the  ceiling  was  covered  with  a  rich  pattern 
in  plaster  work,  forming  panels  of  various  shapes.,  en- 
riched with  scrolls  of  vine  in  low  relief.  In  the 
seventeenth  century  the  pattern  was  given  up,  the 
ceiling  was  formed  into  coffers  *  or  into  a  few  large 
divisions  consisting  of  a  central  circle,  oval  or  other 
form  with  smaller  panels  disposed  round  it,  the  decora- 
tion consisting  of  acanthus,  lotus  and  so  on,  in  bold 
relief,  and  the  usual  mouldings  and  enrichments. 

CELL.  (1)  A  small  room  in  which  to  confine  a 
prisoner.  (2)  A  small  chamber  or  set  of  chambers  for 
one  occupant  in  a  religious  house ;  in  England  required 
only  by  the  Carthusian  Rule.  (3)  A  small  religious 
house,  the  offshoot  from  a  larger  house,  and  continuing 
in  some  respects  in  subordination  to  it. 

CELLA.  The  part  of  a  Greek  or  Roman  temple* 
which  was  enclosed  by  walls. 

CELLAR.  Now  an  underground  room  used  for 
storage,  but  in  the  middle  ages  a  store-room  often 
entirely  above  ground. 

CEMETERY  (from  Greek,  a  sleeping-place).  The 
practice  of  associating  a  burial  ground  with  a  place  of 
worship  appears  to  be  of  Christian  origin.  The  church- 
yard usually  lay  to  the  south  of  the  church ;  it  was 
entered  through  a  lych-gate*  and  contained  a  large 
cross.* 

CENSER  OR  THURIBLE.  A  small  metal  cup  hung 
on  chains  and  with  a  perforated  cover,  in  which  to 
burn  incense. 

CHALICE,  COMMUNION   CUP.      A  cup  for  the 

sacramental  wine.  In  847  it  was  ordered  that  chalices 
should  be  of  gold  or  silver.  The  examples  of  the 
twelfth  and  thirteenth  centuries  have  a  bowl  of  a  flat 

*  See  article  thereon. 


CHALICE 


hemispherical  form,  a  knob  in  the  centre  of  the  stem, 
and  a  round  foot.  In  the  fourteenth  century  the  bowl 
becomes  conical  and  the  foot  is  a  hexagon  with  concave 
sides  (fig.  51  a).  Towards  the  close  of  the  fifteenth  cen- 
tury the  bowl  is  more  hemispherical,  the  tendency  con- 
tinues in  the  reign  of  He'nry  VIII.,  and  the  foot  has  six 
convex  lobes.  A  chalice,  generally  of  tin  or  pewter, 
was  placed  on  the  breast  of  everv  priest  at  his  burial. 
Orders  for  the  destruction  of  '  chalices '  and  for  the 
provision  of  '  communion  cups '  were  issued  during  the 
reigns  of  Edward  VI.  and  Elizabeth ;  in  consequence 
of  the  inquiries  by  Archbishop  Parker  many  cups  were 


a 

FIG.  51.     O.   CHALICE  AND  PATBN.      b.  COMMUNION  CUP 

made  in  or  about  1570  (fig.  51  6).  The  bowl  is  larger 
than  that  of  the  chalice  as  the  wine  was  now  received 
by  the  laity ;  it  is  cylindrical  with  a  swelling  lip,  and  is 
often  inscribed  with  the  name  of  the  parish ;  the  stem 
is  concave  and  the  foot  a  very  flat  dome  with  mouldings. 
At  the  beginning  of  the  following  century  a  cup  with 
a  somewhat  conical  bowl  and  a  baluster  stem  was  in 
vogue  for  a  time.  From  1630  to  1640  (CR.)  the  bowl 
was  tumbler-shaped  and  the  stem  of  the  form  of  a 
trumpet  with  the  mouth  downwards.  In  the  latter 
part  of  the  seventeenth  century  and  during  the 
eighteenth  century  cups  were  shaped  somewhat  like 
the  Elizabethan  cup  but  taller  and  plainer,  often  very 
rude  and  of  enormous  size. 


CHAPEL  47 

CHAMFER.  A  plane  formed  by  cutting  off  the 
edge  made  by  two  surfaces. 

LLL 

a  b  c 

FIG.   52.      THE  CHAMFER 

a  Plain  chamfer,    i  Hollow  chamfer,    c  Sunk  chamfer 

CHANCEL.  The  part  of  a  church  which  was  till 
recently  separated  from  the  rest  by  a  screen.  The 
word  is  derived  from  Latin  caneelli  (pi.),  a  lattice-work 
screen ;  compare  cancel,  chancellor,  etc.,  (s.). 

CHANTRY.  An  endowment  for  the  singing  of 
masses  for  the  dead. 

CHANTRY  CHAPEL.  A  chapel,  generally  consisting  of 
an  enclosure  within  a  church,  provided  for  such  masses. 

CHAPEL  (Low  Lat.  capella,  orig.  a  shrine  in  which 
was  preserved  the  capa  or  cope  of  St.  Martin, — s.). 
(1)  A  small  church  other  than  a  parish  church  or 
conventual  or  cathedral  church,  such  as  in  the  middle 
ages  had  "no  proper  priest  attached  to  it  or  in  which 
the  sacrament  of  baptism  was  not  to  be  administered 
or  had  no  burying  ground  annexed  to  it  or  which  was 
dependent  on  a  superior  church "  (p.).  (2)  A  church 
for  the  particular  use  of  a  college*  or  other  similar  body 
or  of  a  household  (see  HOUSE).  (3)  A  small  building  at- 
tached to  a  larger  church,  or  to  a  particular  part  of  a 
church  or  monastery,*  and  used  for  a  special  purpose 
or  dedicated  to  some  particular  saint.  (4)  A  building 
provided  for  the  services  of  Nonconformists  (recent). 
*  See  article  thereoa. 


CHAPTER-HOUSE 


CHAPTER-HOUSE.  A  room  in  a  monastery*  or 
attached  to  a  cathedral  for  meetings  of  the  chapter  or 
governing  body. 

CHARNEL  HOUSE  OR  BONE  HOUSE.  A  build 
ing  in  or  near  a  churchyard  and  often  attached  to  a 
church,  for  the  preservation  of  bones  disturbed  in 
digging  graves.  It  was  often  partly  below  ground  and 
was  generally  vaulted ;  there  was  sometimes  a  chapel 
over  it.  Examples  :  The  Cathedral  School,  Norwich, 
with  a  chapel  above  and  a  house  for  priests  to  the 
west ;  St.  Mary  the  Less,  Cambridge,  under  the  vestry. 

CHECKER.  The  office  of  one  of  the  obedientiaries 
or  heads  of  departments  in  a  monastery.  So  called  from 
the  checker  or  chequer  pattern  marked  011  the  table  on 
which  accounts  were  reckoned  by  means  of  counters ; 
or  abbreviated  from  exchequer,  which  has  the  same 
derivation  (s.). 

CHEQUER- WORK.     Walling  built  of  two  materials, 
usually   flint   and   stone  or 
brick  and  stone,  so  arranged 
chess-board 


as  to  make  a 
pattern  (fig.  53).  The  con- 
struction, and  perhaps  the 
appearance  also,  is  improved 
by  making  the  stones  longer 
than  the  blocks  of  other  "G- S3-  CHKQUER-WORK 

material,  so  that  they  overlap  and  the  '  straight  joints ' 
are  avoided,  as  shown  on  the  right  of  the  figure. 

CHEST.  An  important  piece  of  furniture  in  the 
middle  ages  in  which  was  kept  bulky  goods  such  as 
clothing  and  also  money;  hence  an  endowment  or  fund 
was  called  a  chest.  In  early  times  to  the  thirteenth 
century  the  woodwork  was  generally  very  simple  and 
was  strengthened  with  ornamental  ironwork  (fig.  124)  ; 
in  the  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  centuries  the  woodwork 
*  See  article  thereon. 


CHIMNEY  49 

was  more  elaborate,  being  panelled  and  decorated  with 
tracery  and  carving  and  sometimes  with  paintings,  and 
the  ironwork  was  simpler ;  in  the  sixteenth  and 
seventeenth  centuries  the  work  was  much  plainer, 
consisting  of  moulded  panelling,  plain  or  ornamented 
with  shallow  and  poor  carving.  The  rude  chests 
with  barrel-shaped  lids  often  seen  in  churches  are 
believed  to  be  generally  of  the  sixteenth  or  early 
seventeenth  centuries.  The  medieval  chest,  as  for 
instance  the  chest  for  parish  registers,  was  often 
secured  by  two,  three  or  more  padlocks,  the  keys  being 
kept  by  different  persons,  and  many  ingenious  contri- 
vances were  resorted  to  for  concealing  the  keyhole  and 
so  forth. 

CHEVET.  An  apsidal  east  end  of  a  church,*  in 
which  the  aisle  is  continued  round  the  end  of  the 
presbytery,  with  chapels  radiating  from  it.  A  form 
common  in  France  and  introduced  into  England  at  the 
Conquest  but  soon  abandoned  by  the  English ;  adopted 
by  Henry  III.  at  Westminster  Abbey  (fig.  66)  but  with- 
out effect  on  the  national  style. 

CHEVRON.  A  Norman  enrichment  formed  by  two 
zigzags  deeply  cut  (fig.  190);  not  to  be  confounded  with 
the  shallow  zigzag.*  Compare  chevron,  an  heraldic 
bearing  and  (Fr.)a  pair  of  rafters. 

CHIMNEY,  CHIMNEYPIECE,  FIREPLACE.     It 

appears  that  before  the  Conquest  the  fire  was  in- 
variably in  the  middle  of  the  room  and  that  therefore 
there  were  no  chimneys.  In  Norman  castles  and 
houses  these  are  fairly  common.  In  the  twelfth  and 
thirteenth  centuries  the  recess  was  generally  shallow 
and  the  smoke  was  caught  by  a  projecting  hood  or 
mantle  (whence  '  mantel-piece ')  carried  on  corbels 
and  sloping  back  to  the  wall ;  they  were  generally  at 
the  side  of  the  room,  so  that  a  tall  chimney-shaft  rose 
*  See  article  thereon. 


50 


CHIMNEY 


from  the  eaves  of  the  roof.  In  the  fourteenth  century 
the  same  form  continued,  though  the  work  was  rather 
more  elaborate  ;  the  chimney-stack  was  sometimes  short 
and  rose  from  the  gable,  and  was  commonly  octagonal ; 
it  is  frequently  crowned  with  a  spire  and  has  openings 
at  the  side  for  the  escape  of  the  smoke.  In  the 
fifteenth  century  the  hood  was  gradually  discarded  and 
the  lintel  of  the  fireplace  becomes  highly  ornamental. 
The  recess  is  commonly  about  six  feet  wide.  It  is 
remarkable  that  generally  the  hall  had  still  a  central 
hearth,  even  when  every  other  room  in  the  house  had  a 
fireplace  at  the  side  ;  if  the 
hall  had  a  side  fireplace  it 
was  large,  often  12  feet 
wide.  Towards  the  end  of 
the  fifteenth  and  at  the 
beginning  of  the  sixteenth 
century  clustered  chimneys 
became  common,  each  flue 
in  the  stack  being  taken 
up  a  separate  shaft,  which 
was  often  richly  decorated 
(fig.  54).  Hitherto  the  flue 
had  been  excessively  large, 
being  the  whole  width  of  tZr* 
the  fireplace  recess  at  the  f 
bottom  and  gradually  nar- 
rowing as  it  rose.  The 
fireplace  became  much 
smaller  but  more  elaborate 

in  the  latter  part  of  the  sixteenth  century  and  in  tl 
seventeenth,  and  the  chimney-stack  was  simpler,  beii 
generally  a  group  of  plain  octagons  and  squares. 
the  eighteenth  century  the  use  of  iron  grates  brougl 
about  a  further  reduction  in  the  size  of  the  fireplac 
and  the  chimney-stack  ceased  to  be  an  architectui 
feature. 


CHURCH  51 

CHOIR.  Strictly  the  part  of  a  church  occupied  by 
the  singers,  the  part  east  of  this  being  the  presbytery. 
The  term  is  often  applied  to  the  whole  of  the  eastern 
limb  and  also  to  the  whole  of  the  space  east  of  the 
great  screen.  In  cathedral  and  monastic  churches 
the  choir  as  a  rule  included  a  large  part  of  the  nave. 

CHOIR    SCREEN.       See    SCREEN. 

CHURCH.  (G reek  Ku/aiciKos,  belonging  to  the  Lord,s.). 
The  English  church  plan  is  the  result  of  a  gradual 
development  from  two  primitive  types,  one  of  southern, 
the  other  of  northern  origin.  These  types  are  generally 
known  as  the  Basilican  and  the  Celtic.  It  will  be 
necessary  to  give  some  account  of  these  before  describ- 
ing their  introduction  into  England  and  their  effect 
ion  English  architecture. 

The  Basilican  church  varies  in  some  important  re- 
spects in  different  examples,  but  the  normal  plan  may  be 
thus  described.     The  building  consists  of  a  nave  with 
one  or  sometimes  two  aisles  on  each  side,  with  spacious 
galleries  for  women  above  them.     It  is  entered  from 
the  east,  as  will  be  more  particularly  noticed  presently. 
At  the  west  end  of  the  nave  there  is  a  semi-circular 
apse  forming  the  presbytery,  with  a  stone  bench  for  the 
clergy  round  it,  the  middle  seat  being  a  raised  chair  for 
*the  bishop.     In  front  of  the  bishop's  chair,  and  nearly 
Ion  the  chord  of  the  apse,  is  the  altar.     The  western 
[part  of  the  nave  is  enclosed  by  screens  (cancelli,  whence 
lour  word  '  chancel,'*  )  and  forms  a  quire  for  the  singers. 
The  presbytery,  and  perhaps  the  quire,  are  raised  con- 
siderably above  the  nave  over  a  crypt  called  a  confessio* 
the  burial-place  of  saints  (rigs.  55,  56).     There  are  two 
•entrances    from    the    church   to   the   confessio,   and  if 
•possible  there  is  a  window  in  the  wall  between  the  con- 
nfcssio  and  the  nave.     There  are  sometimes  transepts ; 
Im  some  cases  these  are  as  long  as  the  nave,  while  in 

*  See  article  thereon. 


FIG.  55 
BASILICA  PLAN 

WING 


Wing-. 
Confessio 
enlarged. 


FIG.    56 

FLAN   OF   CONFESSIC 

WING 


FIG.  & 
BASILICA  FLAM  ANI 
WESTERN  ALTA8 
OLD  ST.  PETER'S,  RC 


CHURCH  53 

others  they  hardly  project  beyond  the  aisles.  The 
church  is  entered  by  three  doors  through  a  narthex*  or 
large  porch  extending  across  the  east  end.  On  this 
side  of  the  church  there  is  a  forecourt  surrounded  by 
a  cloister  and  with  a  laver  in  the  middle.  Occasionally 
the  entrances  to  the  church  are  at  the  sides  and  there 
is  an  apse  at  the  east  end  as  well  as  at  the  west. 

The  development  of  this  plan  in  its  main  outlines 
may  be  traced  back  to  several  sources,  but  the  exact 
degree  to  which  it  was  influenced  by  each  of  these  is 
still  a  matter  of  dispute.  It  has  a  general  resemblance 
to  the  secular  basilicas/  or  large  halls,  both  public  and 
private,  of  the  Romans. 

When  at  the  end  of  the  third  century  and  in  the 
time  of  Constantine  the  increased  number  of  converts 
made  large  buildings  necessary,  the  simplest  way  of 
providing  them  was  by  a  hall  with  nave  and  aisles, 
with  a  gallery  over  the  aisles  and  with  a  clear-storey, 
like  the  secular  basilicas  and  other  pagan  buildings. 
The  apse  with  its  seats  and  altar  had  without  doubt 
long  since  become  stereotyped.  The  cloistered  fore- 
court had  always  been  familiar  in  the  atrium  of  the  pri- 
vate house.  The  alcove*  or  cella  erected  in  the  ceme- 
tery outside  the  town  over  the  tomb  of  the  saint,  was 
rebuilt  as  a  confessio,  when  the  great  numbers  who 
visited  the  spot  made  it  necessary  to  provide  a  large 
church.  The  end  of  the  church  at  which  the  apse  was 
placed  was  sometimes  enlarged  by  the  addition  of  tran- 
septs, thus  forming  a  T-shaped  plan  (fig.  57),  from  which 
the  cruciform  plan  was  afterwards  developed ;  thus  in 
this  as  in  so  many  other  instances,  a  symbolical  mean- 
ing was  attached  to  what  was  at  first  purely  practical 
and  utilitarian.  The  great  halls  of  palaces  as  well  as 
public  buildings  had  been  called  basilicas,  and  the  term 
was  applied  to  the  typical  church  plan  early  in  the 
fourth  century. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


64  CHURCH 

The  Basilican  church  plan  was  introduced  into 
England  by  the  Romans.  A  good  example  of  a  small 
church  is  that  at  Silchestcr,  though  unfortunately  only 
tin-  foundations  and  part  of  the  pavement  remain 
(fig.  58).  It  consists  of  a  nave  with  an  apse  at  the 
west  end,  aisles,  transepts  and  a  narthex  or  portico. 
The  foundation-walls  between  the  nave  and  aisles 


Vfc-l— t 

s 

D 


Scale    of  Feet 

FIG.  58.      ROMANO-BRITISH   CHURCH,  SILCHESTER 

doubtless  supported  a  row  of  columns,  but  one  at  least 
of  the  transepts  appears  to  have  been  separated  by 
walls  from  the  rest  of  the  church ;  the  narthex 
probably  was  an  open  portico  with  three  doorways 
leading  into  the  church.  The  pavement  is  a  mosaic  of 
tesserae  made  of  red  tiles  cut  into  one-inch  squares  in 
the  manner  common  in  Roman  work.  In  the  middle 
of  the  apse  however  there  is  a  square  with  a  pattern 
of  black,  white  and  red  iesserac,  on  which  stood  a  wood 
altar.  To  the  east  of  the  church  there  was  a  laver  at 
which  the  worshippers  washed  before  entering,  and 
near  it  was  a  well.  There  are  no  distinct  remains  of 
the  iitrium  which,  it  has  been  suggested,  surrounded 
the  church  instead  of  lying  to  the  east  of  it  as 
usual  (n.). 

The  eastward  position  of  the  entjrance  is  an  arrange- 
ment which  the  earlier  Christian  churches  share  with 


CHURCH 


55 


the  places  of  worship  built  by  peoples  of  other  faiths 
(see  ORIENTATION).  The  subsequent  turning  round  of 
the  church  is  involved  in  obscurity.  It  has  been  sug- 
gested that  churches  with  two  apses  \vere  fairly  com- 
mon (fig.  59),  and  that  the  western  apse,  which  had 
originally  contained  the  high  altar,  was  gradually 
superseded  in  importance  by  the  east  apse,  and  that 
then  its  altar  was  moved  to  the  east  part  of  the  nave. 


Po?ch 


FIG.    59.      CHURCH   OF    BASILICA   TYPE,  ST.   GALL 


The  cruciform  plan  was,  it  would  seem,  developed  in 
England  more  or  less  independently  of,  though  no 
doubt  influenced  by,  the  Continental  development. 
The  north  and  south  porches  were  not  porches  only, 
but  also  contained  altars.  These  projecting  wings,  it 
has  been  argued,  were  then  moved  farther  east  and 
their  outer  doors  omitted,  thus  forming  small  transepts 
(fig.  60)  with  very  narrow  arches  towards  the  nave  (M.). 
The  Basilican  plan  was  again  introduced  in  598  by 
St.  Augustine. 

Something  must  now  be  said  about  that  other,  and 
perhaps  more  important,  influence  on  English  church 
architecture,  namely,  the  Celtic  tradition. 

The  Irish  church  has  worked  out  for  itself  a  simple 


56 


CHURCH 


but  quite  definite  system  of  architecture.  Its  build- 
ings were  a  development,  it  would  appear,  of  ;i  pagan 
cell  or  tomb,  circular  in  plan,  and  in  section  of  the 
form  known  as  '  bee-hive,'  that  is  with  a  stone  roof 


feet 

T   T 


I  Scale 

FIG.   60.      TRANSITIONAL  PLAN,   WORTH 

made  by  corbelling  out  every  course  beyond  the  one 
below  it  till  the  opposite  sides  met  at  the  top.  This 
cell  the  Christians  gradually  made  square  in  plan. 
Sometimes  there  is  an  oblong  sanctuary  at  the  east 
end ;  this  perhaps  originated  in  a  rectangular  recess 
for  the  altar.  The  towers  are  narrow  and  lofty. 

St.  Aidan  and  his  fellow-missionaries  arrived  in 
Northumbria  from  St.  Columba's  Irish  settlement 
in  lona  in  635,  and  were  established  at  Lindisfarne. 
They  naturally  continued  to  build  in  the  style  to  which 
they  had  been  accustomed,  and  the  tradition  was 
carried  on  by  the  great  building  abbot,  Benedic  Biscop, 
and  to  some  extent  by  St.  Wilfrid,  in  the  latter  half  of 
the  century.  Their  churches  are  small  and  without 
aisles,  they  have  a  square-ended  chancel  opening  into 
the  nave  by  a  narrow  archway  (fig.  6l).  There  are 


CHURCH 


57 


FIG.  6l.      THE  CELTIC  PLAN,  ESCOMB 


often  side  porches  and  a  western  tower.  This  northern 
influence  was  far  more  widely  felt  and  of  greater 
permanence  than  that  of  St.  Augustine,  although 
coming  thirty  or  forty  years  later. 

In  the  second  half  of  the  seventh  century  the 
Basilican  and  Celtic  types 
were  combined  into  some- 
thing of  a  compromise,  with 
a  balance  in  favour  of  the 
Celtic.  The  apse  is  aban- 
doned for  the  square  pres- 
bytery ;  the  tall  west  tower  is  adopted ;  side  entrances 
are  preferred  to  one  at  the  west  end.  The  confossio, 
the  result  of  the  peculiar  conditions  at  Rome,  is 
dropped ;  nor  are  aisles  required  in  such  small  churches 
as  are  at  first  built.  There  is  a  central  tower  in  addi- 
tion to  that  at  the  west  end  in  some  cases. 

Immediately  after  the  Conquest  Norman  influence 
of  course  made  itself  felt 
for  a  time.  The  apse  ap- 
pears again  (fig.  62) ;  some- 
times even  the  smallest 
churches  have  a  central 
tower  and  often  tran- 
septs ;  also  the  western 
door  becomes  more  com- 
mon. 

Two  types  of  east  end  were  introduced  by  the 
Normans.  In  one  the  aisle  is  carried  round  the  apse, 
and  from  it  chapels  project,  as  at  Norwich  (fig.  63). 
This  plan  which  came  to  be  called  a  chevet  continued, 
with  modifications,  to  be  the  typical  French  ending 
(fig.  66).  The  other  or  Normandy  type  has  a  Lom- 
bardic,  and  perhaps  primarily  an  Oriental  origin 
(fig.  64).  The  aisles  terminate  in  apses  on  a  line 
with  the  chord  of  the  great  apse.  Outside  these  short 
aisles  project  from  the  transepts,  and  beyond  these 


FIG.   62.      THE   SMALL   NORMAN  CHURCH, 
BENGEO 


•  •  •  •  •  m<*=m  •  •f^r^TrBj    p  rmnr+rjb 

j^p^™4^LE^LlO 


*  f  f» 


h,!f>!,i 


FIG.    63.      THE  CHEVET,    NOKW1CH 


I  1070 .      WZl  1096  ;  rebuilt  1174 .      [Z]  1180 . 

FIG.   65.      THE   TWO   TYPES   OF   APSE   AND  THE   EASTWARD 
EXTENSION,   CANTERBURY 


CHURCH  59 

again  other  apses.  St.  Albans  is  given  as  an  instance. 
The  English  however  soon  abandoned  both  these 
typ  in  favour  of  the  indigenous  square  east  end, 
an  es  Iso  at  an  early  period  began  to  lengthen  the 
presbytery  (fig.  65.) 

The  vast  Norman  naves  on  the  other  hand  have 
been  little  altered,  and  they  have  to  a  great  extent 
given  the  keynote  to  work  of  a  later  period.  This 
is  especially  noticeable  in  the  proportions  of  the  three 

;  storeys  of  the  building :  main  arcade,  triforium  and 
clear-storey.  The  Norman  church  still  gave  to  the 
triforium  that  importance  which  it  had  inherited  from 
the  basilica.  When  a  presbytery  was  rebuilt  or 
lengthened  the  same  proportions  were  preserved,  so 
that  the  new  work  might  range  with  the  old.  A  tra- 
dition was  thus  established  which  influenced  English 
design  even  where,  as  at  Salisbury,  there  was  no  earlier 
work  to  hamper  the  artist.  Consequently  in  England 

!  the  triforium  dies  hard.  But  it  does  gradually  dwindle, 
is  incorporated  with  the  clear-storey  as  a  mere  wall 
j)assage  and  finally  disappears. 

The  east  end  retained  for  some  time  after  the 
Conquest  something  of  the  Basilican  arrangement ; 
the  altar  was. placed  somewhat  in  advance  of  the  apse; 

I  behind  it  were  ranged  the  seats  of  the  clergy ;    the 

i  central  seat  was  considerably  raised  and  was  reached 
by  a  flight  of  steps,  which  projected  in  a  semi-circle 
towards  the  west.  The  arrangement  probably  con- 
tinued till  the  general  enlargement  of  presbyteries  in 

•  the  thirteenth  century,  when  the  seats  were  moved  to 

I  the  south  side  of  the  altar  (M.).  In  one  instance 
only,  namely  Norwich,  are  the  remains  of  the  ancient 

f  throne  preserved  in  situ  (fig.  C3). 

The  choir  of  the  monks  generally  occupied  the  cross- 
ing and  often  the  east  part  of  the  nave  ;  that  of  the 

j,canons  was  east  of  the  crossing.  The  screen  which 
separates  choir  and  nave  varies  in  details  in  different 


60 


CHURCH 


examples.  In  its  simplest  form  (for  the  monastic  and 
cathedral  churches)  it  consisted  of  the  following  parts. 
(1)  A  wall  against  which  the  choir  stalls  are  'returned' 
and  in  the  centre  of  which  there  is  a  doorway.  (2)  A 
second  wall  one  bay  further  west,  also  with  a  doorway 


CHURCH  61 

in  the  centre  ;  the  space  between  these  two  walls  was 
covered  by  an  upper  floor  forming  a  gallery  or  loft 
called  the  pulpitum,  supporting  the  great  cross  or  rood 
and  containing  the  organs.  (3)  A  screen  wall  one  bay 
further  west  forming  a  reredos  to  the  principal  nave 
altar  on  each  side  of  which  was  a  doorway. 

In  the  ordinary  parish  churches  a  variety  of  causes 
have  led  to  a  gradual  and  remarkably  uniform 
series  of  alterations.  The  first  of  these  was  the  sub- 
stitution of  a  square  east  end  for  the  apse.  The  re- 
moval of  the  central  tower  generally  followed  next, 
the  reason  in  most  cases  perhaps  being  that  it  had 
become  unsafe,  though  the  fact  that  it  was  never 
rebuilt  in  the  same  place  seems  to  indicate  a  change  of 
fashion ;  the  new  tower  was  almost  invariably  built  at 
the  west  end  of  the  nave.  As  the  population  grew  it 
became  necessary  to  add  an  aisle  if,  as  was  more 
commonly  the  case,  the  Norman  church  had  not  aisles. 
It  was  usually  more  convenient  to  do  this  on  the  north 
side  because  there  were  more  graves  to  the  south.  The 
aisle  wall  was  built  first  and  then  the  arches  were 
made,  being  often  cut  through  the  nave  wall  without 
taking  it  down.  Thus  it  comes  about  that  the  upper 
part  of  the  wall  is  sometimes  older  than  the  arches. 
Soon  it  was  found  necessary  to  enlarge  the  building 
still  further,  and  a  south  aisle  was  built  in  the  same 
way ;  then  the  aisles  were  made  wider,  and  as  this 
required  a  corresponding  increase  of  height,  flat  lead 
roofs  were  put  over  them  level  with  the  eaves  of  the 
nave  roof,  and  so  we  find  the  small,  early  clear-storey 
windows  of  the  nave  look  into  the  aisle ;  a  new  clear- 
storey  was  then  built  above  the  old  one. 

In  the  aisleless  church  there  had  been,  at  the  end  of 
the  nave,  an  altar  enclosed  by  screens  on  each  side 
of  the  chancel  arch.  Sometimes  the  altar  stood  against 
the  chancel  screen.  When  aisles  were  added  these 
altars  were  moved  into  them  and  enclosed  by  screens  ; 


62  CHURCH 

the  marks  of  the  screens  are  generally  visible  on  the 
responds  and  on  the  first  columns.  Finally,  the  aisles 
were  often  continued  up  to  the  extreme  east  end  and 
arches  made  through  into  the  chancel.  One  of  the 
chancel  aisles,  or  a  part  of  it,  was  sometimes  used  as  a 
sacristy  in  which  were  kept  the  vessels  and  vestments 
and  other  things  required  in  the  service.  When  the 
chancel  has  not  aisles  there  often  still  remains  on  its 
north  side  a  sacristy,  which  also  generally  contained  an 
altar.  There  is  sometimes  a  vaulted  chamber  below  it, 
half  underground,  in  which  might  be  placed  any 
human  bones  disturbed  in  making  graves  or  in  digging 
the  foundations  of  any  additions  to  the  church.  (6ee 
CHARNEL  HOUSE.)  Over  the  porch  there  is  very  often  a 
chamber  communicating  by  a  winding  staircase  with 
the  church.  Its  uses  seem  to  have  been  various; 
sometimes  it  appears  to  have  contained  an  altar,  but 
more  often  to  have  been  a  living-room,  presumably 
either  for  a  priest  or  for  the  guardian  of  the  church, 
and  it  is  not  unlikely  that  it  was  used  for  occasional 
meetings  and  other  purposes. 

The  first  of  the  changes  made  in  churches  during  the 
sixteenth  century  was  the  destruction  of  images,  relics 
and  shrines  between  1538  and  1541.  The  suppression 
of  the  gilds  and  chantries  in  1545  and  1517  caused  the 
discontinuance  of  many  services  and  ceremonies  and 
the  extinguishing  of  the  lights  which  had  been  main- 
tained by  the  payments  of  the  gild  brethren  and  by  the 
chantry  endowments.  Candles  were  definitely  forbidden 
by  the  Injunctions  of  1547  except  two  upon  the  altar, 
and  these  appear  to  have  been  disallowed  soon  after- 
wards. A  pulpit  was  to  be  provided  and  the  Epistle 
and  Gospel  were  to  be  read  from  there  or  other  con- 
venient place.  It  would  seem  that  it  was  at  this  time 
that  the  Royal  Arms  were  first  put  up. 

In  1550  orders  were  issued  to  destroy  all  altars,  and 
to  provide  one  table  in  their  stead.  It  appears  that 


CHURCH  68 

texts  from  Scripture  were  painted  on  the  walls  in  place 
of  the  destroyed  pictures,  for  in  the  reign  of  Queen 
Mary  orders  were  issued  (1 554)  that  these  should  be 
obliterated.  The  old  ornaments  were  then  of  course 
restored  so  far  as  possible,  with  "a.  rood  of  a  decent 
stature,  with  Mary  and  John  and  an  image  of  the  patron 
of  the  same  church." 

In  the  first  year  of  Queen  Elizabeth  injunctions  very 
similar  to  those  of  Edward  VI.  were  issued.  The  open 
decay  and  ruin  of  churches  at  this  time  (1560)  is  de- 
scribed in  a  letter  issued  by  the  Queen,  in  which  she 
instructs  commissioners  to  determine  some  means  of 
reformation,  "  and  among  other  things  to  order  that  the 
tables  of  the  commandments  may  be  comlye  set  or  hung 
up  in  the  east  end  of  the  chauncell."  The  old  service- 
books  were  ordered  to  be  defaced  and  abolished  in  the 
following  year. 

In  1569  Archbishop  Parker  issued  inquiries  as  to 
whether  baptism  was  ministered  in  a  basin  or  in  the 
font,  and  "  whether  the  roode  lofte  be  pulled  down  ac- 
cording to  the  order l  prescribed ;  and  if  the  partition 
between  the  chauncel  and  church  be  kepte." 

The  position  of  the  altar  or  communion  table  was 
still  a  burning  question  in  the  reign  of  Charles  I.  Laud 
decided  in  favour  of  altars  as  against  tables.  He  also 
introduced  altar-rails  and  the  credence."  His  party 
were  accused  of  taking  down  galleries,  some  of  which 
had  been  built  early  in  the  seventeenth  century,  and  of 
restraining  the  building  of  them  in  parishes  which  were 
very  populous. 

During  the  Civil  War  arid  the  Commonwealth  the 
ornaments  and  other  improvements  introduced  by 
Laud,  and  also  much  of  the  older  work  which  the 
first  reformers  had  spared,  were  destroyed. 

After  the  Restoration  matters  improved,  but  the 
process  of  repair  was  very  slow  in  the  poorer  villages, 
*  See  article  thereon.  l  Issued  in  1561-2. 


64  CIBORIUM 

and  for  years  afterwards  many  churches  were  reported 
to  be  in  a  state  of  ruin.  The  most  characteristic  work 
of  the  eighteenth  century  is  seen  in  the  high  pews,  the 
west  gallery  for  the  choir  and  band,  and  the  'three- 
decker' — clerk's  desk  and  seat,  parson's  desk  and  seat, 
and  pulpit — forming  a  strange  but  often  picturesque 
composition. 

CIBORIUM.  (l)  A  canopy  supported  on  four 
columns  over  an  altar  (see  BALDACHINO)  ;  (2)  a  receptacle 
for  the  reservation  of  the  Eucharist. 

CINQUE- CENTO.  Lit.  five  hundred.  A  short  ex- 
pression for  the  century  which  began  in  1501,  used 
especially  in  connexion  with  art. 

CINQUE- FOIL.  A  five-leaf  form  in  the  head  of  a 
window  or  in  a  circle,  produced  by  cusping. 

CLEAR-STOREY  (also  spelt  clere-storey  but  pron. 
clear  storey).  A  part  of  a  building  lighted  with  windows 
above  the  roof  of  some  other  part,  e.g.  in  a  church  the 
windows  of  the  nave  which  are  above  the  aisle  roof. 

CLOISTER.  Lit.  an  enclosure.  A  covered  way, 
open  at  the  sides,  round  a  court,  as  in  a  monastery. 
The  monastic  cloister  was  introduced  into  England  with 
monachism  from  Italy.  It  was  the  place  of  study, 
and  in  short  the  living-place  of  the  monks.  For  such 
a  purpose,  though  quite  suited  to  the  Italian  climate, 
it  was  singularly  unsuitable  to  that  of  England. 
At  first  it  was  enclosed  by  a  low  wall  on  which 
stood  columns  of  wood  or  stone,  single  or  in  couples, 
supporting  arches  or  lintels  carrying  a  lean-to  roof. 
Probably  all  Norman  cloisters  were  of  this  character. 
The  form  of  the  arches  changed  as  architecture  ad- 
vanced and  were  converted  into  windows  with  stone 
tracery  but  without  glass.  Not  till  the  thirteenth  and 
fourteenth  centuries,  and  in  some  cases  perhaps  not  till 
the  fifteenth  century,  were  the  windows  entirely  glazed. 


COFFER 


65 


The  alleys,  ambulatories,  panes,  or  walks,  as  they 
are  called,  of  the  cloisters  of  the  larger  monasteries 
were  also  vaulted  in  later  times.  The  cloister  served 
the  several  purposes  of  a  passage  connecting  the 
various  buildings,  a  place  of  study  for  the  monks  (see 
AHMARIUM,  CARRELL,  LIBRARY)  and  a  place  of  instruction 
for  the  novices.  There  was  a  stone  seat  against  the 
wall  on  which  are  often  to  be  seen  the  marks  of  the 
'  morris '  game,  a  sort  of  '  fox-and-geese.'  Burials  were 
sometimes  made  in  the  alleys  of  the  cloister,  but  never 
in  the  cloister-garth  till  after  the  Reformation. 

CLOISTER-GARTH.     The  space  enclosed  by  the  cloister. 

CLUSTERED  COLUMN.  A  group  of  small  shafts 
surrounding  a  large  column,*  much  used  in  the  thirteenth 
century. 

COB-WALL.  A  wall  built  of  blocks  called  'clay- 
bats  '  made  of  unburnt  clay  or  chalk  mixed  with  straw. 


FIG.  67.      COFFERED   HALF-DOME 

COFFER.     (1)  A  chest.*     (2)  A  lacunar  or  deeply- 
sunk  panel  in  a  ceiling,  vault  or  dome  (fig.  67)  origin- 

*  See  article  thereon. 

r 


fifi 


COFFIN 


ally  formed  by  the  beams  of  a  ceiling  crossing  one 
another. 

COFFIN.  In  the  middle  ages  coffin  meant  coffer, 
from  which  word  it  is  derived.  "Burial  in  a  coffin 
was  the  exception,  but  many 
churches  had  one  with  a  hinged 
lid  which  used  to  be  lent  to 
bring  bodies  to  the  grave  in" 
(M.).  Stone  coffins  may  have  been 
comparatively  common,  as  their 
sculptured  lids,  mostly  of  the 
thirteenth  and  fourteenth  cen- 
turies (fig.  68),  have  been  so  often 
found,  though  some  of  these  may 
be  merely  gravestones.  Stone 
coffins,  it  is  said  (P.),  were  never 
deeply  buried  and  were  fre- 
quently so  close  to  the  surface  that  the  lid  formed 
part  of  the  pavement.  (See  MONUMENT  and  fig.  265.) 

COIGN  OR  COIN.     See  QUOIN. 
COLLAR-BEAM.     See  ROOF. 

COLLEGE.  "A  number  of  persons  incorporated 
as  colleagues  for  certain  common  purposes  "  (w.  &  c.). 
The  term  is  also  commonly  applied  to  the  buildings  in 
which  the  members  of  the  college  are  housed.  It  is 
this  secondary  sense  only  with  which  we  are  here  con- 
cerned, and  we  shall  confine  our  remarks  to  the  ancient 
collegiate  buildings  of  Oxford  and  Cambridge,  with 
those  of  the  allied  foundations  of  Winchester  and  Eton. 

"  It  may  be  assumed  that  at  first  the  University  took 
no  cognisance  whatever  of  the  way  in  which  students 
obtained  lodgings.  The  inconvenience  and  discomfort 
of  this  system  soon  led  to  the  establishment  of  what 
were  afterwards  termed  Hostels,  apparently  by  volun- 
tary action  on  the  part  of  the  students  themselves" 


COLLEGE  67 

(w.  &  c.).  These  hostels  were  therefore  mere  private 
houses  hired  by  the  students,  but  before  long  they  were 
to  some  extent  regulated  by  the  University  authorities. 
A  further  step  was  made  by  the  bequest  to  each  Uni- 
versity of  sums  for  the  maintenance  of  scholars,  and  by 
the  purchase  on  the  part  of  the  University  of  Oxford 
of  houses  in  which  such  scholars  should  live. 

The  collegiate  system  was  however  really  inaugu- 
rated somewhat  later  by  Walter  de  Merton,  Lord 
Chancellor  and  Bishop  of  Rochester,  who  founded  at 
Oxford  in  1264.  the  college  called  by  his  name.  His 
example  was  soon  afterwards  followed  at  Cambridge  by 
Hugh  de  Balsham,  Bishop  of  Ely. 

In  these  two  colleges  and  in  all  the  early  foundations 
the  scholars  were  at  first  placed  in  already  existing 
private  houses,  to  which  necessary  additions,  such  as  a 
hall  and  kitchen,  were  afterwards  made.  The  devotions 
of  the  scholars  "  were  performed  in  the  parish  church, 
their  books  were  kept  in  a  chest  in  the  strong  room, 
and  the  master  .  .  .  occupied  an  ordinary  chamber,  so 
that  the  chapel,  the  library,  the  master's  lodge,  and  the 
stately  gateways,  which  supply  so  many  distinctive 
features  in  the  later  colleges,  were  wholly  wanting  in 
the  earlier  ones"  (w.  &  c.).  As  the  collegiate  system 
developed  these  were  gradually  added  and  grouped 
round  a  rectangular  court  as  convenience  might  re- 
quire, until  certain  recognisable  types  of  plan  were 
evolved ;  a  similar  process  was  going  on  at  about  the 
same  period  in  the  analogous  case  of  the  manorial 
house.  But  neither  college  nor  hall  was  started  with 
the  idea  of  a  quadrangle. 

It  is  to  be  noted  that  neither  at  its  inception  nor  in 
its  later  development  does  the  collegiate  arrangement 
owe  anything  to  monastic  influence.  The  fact  that  we 
have  two  communities  each  living  a  life  in  common 
might  lead  us  to  expect  a  similarity  of  plan  in  their 
buildings,  but  a  little  consideration  will  show  that  there 


68 


COLLEGE 


were  many  points  of  divergence.  A  convent  began  by 
building  the  church,  but  a  private  chapel  was  not  con- 
templated by  the  founders  of  early  colleges  and  was 
generally  the  last  thing  to  be  added  ;  colleges  did  not 
require  a  chapter-house  nor  a  guest-house.  In  the  one 
case  all  the  inmates  occupied  a  common  dormitory  and 
studied  together  in  the  cloister,  while  in  the  other  the 
principle  was  adopted  of  dividing  up  the  community 


FIC.  69.    THE  CAMBRIDGE  PLAN 
QUEENS'  COLLEGE 


FIG.  70.      THE  OXFORD  PLAN 
NEW  COLLEGE 


into  groups  of  about  four  students  who,  under  the  car 
of  a  senior,  occupied  a  single  room  both  as  a  sleeping 
place  and  for  study.   And  finally  the  student  had,  befor 
the  foundation  of  colleges,  learned  habits  of  indepen- 
dence unknown  to  the  monk.     The  requirements  of 


COLLEGE 


69 


college,,  therefore,  more  nearly  approached  the  require- 
ments of  the  large  private  establishment  of  a  great 
manorial  lord  than  those  of  a  monastery. 

As  the  college  plan  became  fully  developed  the  re- 
semblance to  the  manor  house  became  very  marked. 
This  was  especially  the  case  at  Cambridge.  The  strong 
likeness  between  the  plan  of  Queens'  College  (fig.  69), 
founded  in  the  middle  of  the  fifteenth  century,,  and  that 
of  Haddon  Hall  in  Derbyshire  (fig.  71)  is  very  striking. 


FIG     71.      HADDON    HALL 


Both  are  built  round  courts.  The  hall  is  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  court  to  the  gateway ;  at  one  end  is  the 
'  screens  passage '  with  buttery  and  kitchen  beyond  ;  at 
the  upper  end  of  the  hall  are  the  common  parlour  and 
master's  lodging,  in  a  position  analogous  to  that  of  the 
solar  or  withdrawing- room  of  the  private  house.  The 
library  is  in  proximity  to  these,  and  beyond  it  is  the 
chapel  which  occupies  a  part  of  the  north  side  of 
the  court  as  at  Haddon.  A  second  court  on  the  other 
side  of  the  hall  was  subsequently  formed  by  the  ad- 
dition of  other  buildings,  the  most  remarkable  of  which 


70  COLLEGE 

was  the  long  Klixubethan  gallery  attached  to  the  mas- 
ter's lodge,  built  in  imitation  of  those  which  were  beinu 
added  at  that  time  to  large  private  houses.  St.  John's 
College  was  almost  the  counterpart  of  Queens',  and 
other  colleges  had  the  same  arrangement  but  have 
since  been  altered. 

At  Oxford  the  similarity  to  the  manor-house  is  not 
so  close.  The  building  of  New  College  (fig.  70)  by 
William  of  Wykeham  in  the  latter  part  of  the  four- 
teenth century  on  a  very  original  plan  formed  a  new 
departure  in  collegiate  arrangement  which  was  followed 
in  several  respects  by  some  of  the  later  colleges.  The 
principal  features  of  this  plan,  which  Wykeham  also 
adopted  to  some  extent  in  his  foundation  of  Winchester 
College,  were  as  follows.  A  large  chapel,  with  an  ante 
chapel  in  the  form  of  a  western  transept,  was  included 
in  the  original  design  and  forms  an  important  feature 
in  the  quadrangle.  Continuous  with  the  chapel  and 
abutting  on  its  east  wall  is  the  hall ;  there  is,  therefore, 
no  east  window  to  the  chapel.  Beyond  the  hall  is  the 
kitchen  without  the  usual  intervening  screens  passage. 
The  lodge  of  the  master,  here  called  the  warden,  is  near 
the  gate.  To  the  west  of  the  chapel  and  separate  from 
the  principal  quadrangle  is  a  cloistered  cemetery.  Each 
of  these  features  was  a  departure  from  the  normal  ar- 
rangement. The  plan  was  copied,  in  respect  of  the 
relative  positions  of  the  chapel  and  hall,  at  St.  John's, 
All  Souls'  (in  a  modified  form),  and  Magdalen  Colleges ; 
the  transeptal  ante-chapel  was  adopted  at  All  Souls', 
Magdalen,  and  Wadham  ;  and  the  detached  cloister 
cemetery  at  the  colleges  of  All  Souls'  and  Corpus 
Christi.  King  Henry  VI.  was  strongly  influenced  by 
Wykeham's  foundations  in  his  college  at  Eton  and  his 
King's  College,  Cambridge  ;  the  latter  was  to  have  had 
a  cloistered  cemetery.  Otherwise  the  influence  of  New 
College  was  not  felt  at  Cambridge. 

It    remains    to    notice    a    few   details.     The    early 


COLLEGE  71 

colleges  had  made  use  of  the  parish  church  with 
which  they  were  sometimes  connected  by  a  raised 
gallery ;  in  one  or  two  instances  the  parish  church 
seems  to  have  been  rebuilt  with  a  specially  large  choir 
to  accommodate  the  members  of  the  college.  When 
colleges  began  to  have  chapels  of  their  own  they 
were  fitted  with  stalls  facing  north  and  south  like 
a  choir. 

The  hall  was  very  much  like  the  hall  of  a  private 
house.  There  were  no  rooms  over  it,  and  it  had  an 
open-timber  roof  with  a  louvre  or  lantern  on  the  ridge 
for  the  escape  of  the  smoke  from  the  fire,  which  was 
generally  on  a  hearth  in  the  centre.  The  tables  ran 
lengthways  down  the  hall  except  the  high  table  which 
ran  across  on  a  dais  or  platform  raised  one  step  above 
the  general  floor  level.  At  this  end  of  the  hall  there 
was  an  oriel  or  bow-window  011  one  or  both  sides.  At 
the  other  or  lower  end  of  the  hall  there  was  a  wooden 
screen  to  cover  the  outer  doors  and  the  doors  to  the 
kitchen  and  buttery,  and  to  allow  passage  through 
the  building  without  entering  the  hall  itself.  Over 
this  passage-way  was  a  gallery. 

The  library*  was  not  often  a  detached  building,  but 
consisted  of  a  large  room  on  the  upper  floor.  It  may 
usually  be  distinguished  by  its  range  of  windows  which 
are  larger  and  more  uniformly  spaced  than  the  windows 
of  chambers. 

The  chambers  were  arranged  in  groups  in  such  a 
way  that  a  single  staircase  gave  access  to  two  rooms  on 
each  floor.  The  rooms  were  of  fair  size  and  ran 
through  the  building,  so  that  they  were  lighted  by 
windows  on  opposite  sides.  In  each  corner  of  the 
room  wood  partitions  were  put  up  so  as  to  form  a  small 
rectangular  closet  which  would  serve  as  a  study  for  a 
single  scholar,  the  closets  being  lighted  by  windows 
somewhat  smaller  than  those  of  the  large  chamber  and 
*  See  article  thereon. 


72  COLONNADE 

staircases.  The  chamber  served  as  a  general  living- 
room-  and  bedroom  for  about  four  persons.  The 
senior  who  was  placed  in  charge  of  the  scholars 
slept  in  a  large  bed,  while  the  boys,  who  it  must 
be  remembered  were  mere  children  of  fourteen  or 
fifteen,  had  small  truckle  beds  which  could  be  pushed 
away  under  the  larger  one  in  the  daytime.  (Willis 
and  Clark,  Architectural  History  of  the  University  oj 
Cambridge.) 

COLONNADE.  A  row  of  columns,  generally  ap- 
plied to  one  bearing  an  entablature  rather  than 
arches. 

COLUMBARIUM  (Lat.  columba,  a  dove).  A  pigeon- 
house.* 

COLUMBARIA.  A  term  applied  to  any  small  recesses 
resembling  pigeon-holes. 

COLUMN,  PIER,  PILLAR,  SHAFT.  Column  and 
pillar  may  be  considered  as  synonymous  terms,  including 
all  varieties  except  very  large  piers  ;  the  tenn  pier  is 
usually  applied  to  those  large  masses  of  masonry  form- 
ing in  fact  short  walls,  such  as  the  great  divisions 
between  the  nave  and  aisles  in  a  Norman  cathedral ; 
shaft  is  used  in  Gothic  architecture  for  a  very  slender 
column. 

Saxon  columns  are  round  and  are  sometimes  orna- 
mented with  vertical  or  spiral  flutes,  or  they  are  baluster 
shaped  and  are  spoken  of  as  '  turned,'  though  it  may 
be  doubted  if  they  were  actually  shaped  by  that  pro- 
cess ;  large  piers  are  generally  plain  rectangular  masses 
of  masonry. 

Norman  piers  are  even  more  massive,  and  have 
merely  a  facing  of  ashlar  with  a  rubble  core  ;  they  are 
rectangular,  either  plain  or  with  a  series  of  recesses  at 
the  angles  corresponding  with  the  orders  of  the  arch, 
or  they  are  circular,  or  a  combination  of  the  circle  and 

*  See  article  thereon. 


COLUMN  73 

square  :  round  columns  sometimes  have  spiral  or  chevron 
flutes ;  in  the  nave  arcades  of  a  church  piers  of  two 
patterns  are  often  used  alternately  ;  shafts  are  round 
and  sometimes  have  an  annulet  in  the  centre. 

In  the  latter  part  of  the  twelfth  century  piers  are 
abandoned  and  true  columns  are  built,  that  is  they  are 
composed  of  large  blocks  of  dressed  stone  carefully  laid, 
instead  of  an  ashlar  facing  with  a  core  of  rubble.  They 
are  much  more  slender  and  are  generally  round  ;  in  the 
nave  arcade  of  a  church  round  and  octagonal  columns 
are  frequently  used  alternately. 

O-0-  O  * 

a  b  c  d 

Thirteenth  ceatuiy  Fourteenth  century 

FIG.   72.      PLANS   OP   COLUMNS 

About  the  middle  of  the  thirteenth  century  this 
alternate  arrangement  is  abandoned.  Columns  often 
are  in  the  form  of  a  quatrefoil  of  four  semi-circles  (fig. 
72  a).  In  the  Norman  compound  pier  the  shafts  had 
been  placed  more  often  in  recesses  than  on  the  face ; 
they  are  now  grouped  round  a  circular  column  (fig. 
72  6)  ;  the  small  shafts  are  generally  of  Purbeck  marble 
and  about  four  inches  in  diameter  ;  they  are  connected 
with  the  central  stone  column  by  one  or  more  annulets. 

In  the  latter  part  of  the  thirteenth  century  and  in 
the  fourteenth  century  the  grouped  arrangement  con- 
tinued, but  the  shafts  are  of  stone  and  are  worked  on 
the  same  piece  as  the  central  column  (fig.  72  c]  ;  mould- 
ings are  also  introduced  (fig.  72  d),  and  both  mouldings 
and  shafts  have  fillets  ;  the  general  outline  makes  a 
square  or  a  lozenge  set  diagonally  to  the  general  line 


0 


74  COMMON   HOUSE 

of  the  columns.     The  round  column  is  less  med  but 
octagons  are  common. 

In  the  fifteenth  century  the  composition  becomes 
meagre,  the  shafts  are  separated  by  wide  shallow 
f  casement '  mouldings  corresponding  with 
those  of  the  arch  (figs.  45,  73).  Each  shaft 
has  a  separate  capital,  the  mouldings  between 
i*,hem  running  uninterrupted  into  the  arch. 
The  whole  column  generally  makes  a  lozenge 
with  the  shorter  diagonal  from  east  to  west. 

^.L  ill  •  f         1  FIFTEENTH 

1  he  simple  column  is  comparatively  rare.  CENTURY 

The  Classical  and  Renaissance  styles  have  no 
compound  column.  The  large  pier  is  a  mass  of  masonry 
with  pilasters  or  half-columns  placed  against  it  and  is 
surmounted  by  an  entablature.  The  column  instead  of 
being  of  uniform  diameter  throughout  diminishes  as  it 
rises,  and  the  rate  of  diminution  gradually  increases ; 
thus  the  sides  are  convex.  This  counteracts  the 
tendency  the  shaft  would  have  to  look  concave  when 
seen  against  a  bright  sky.  (See  ORDERS.) 

COMMON-HOUSE.     See  CALEFACTORY. 
COMMUNION-CUP.     See  CHALICE. 
COMMUNION-TABLE.     See  ALTAR. 
COMPOSITE  ORDER.     See  ORDER,  CLASSICAL. 

CONDUIT.     (1)  A  cistern.     (2)  A  pipe  for  the  con- 
veyance of  water. 

CONFESSIO.  A  crypt  for  the  burial  of  martyrs 
and  saints  under  the  presbytery  of  a  church*  (fig.  56). 
It  has  been  suggested  (B.)  that  shrines  or  alcoves  were 
erectett  over  the  graves  of  early  Christian  martyrs  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Rome,  and  that  afterwards 
churches  were  built  over  these,  and  that  thus  a  custom 
was  established.  There  are  many  examples  of  con- 
fessios  in  Italy.  They  were  introduced  into  England 
*  See  article  thereon. 


CONSECRATION  CROSS  75 

with  the  Basilican  form  of  church  by  St.  Augustine 
(A.D.  598).  They  arc  partly  below  ground  and  partly 
above,  so  that  the  floor  of  the  presbytery  under  which 
they  were  placed  is  raised  considerably  above  that  of 
the  nave.  The  wall  between  the  nave  and  confessio 
sometimes  contains  a  window,  and  there  is  a  staircase 
leading  down  to  the  confessio  from  the  east  end  of 
each  aisle.  The  confessio  consists  of  a  central  place 
for  a  tomb,  surrounded  by  walls  or  columns  to  support 
the  vault;  outside  these  there  is  a  passage-way  running 
round  the  confessio ;  in  the  outer  walls  there  are 
recesses  (arcisolid)  for  other  tombs.  This  plan  and  the 
provision  of  the  two  staircases  are  probably  an  arrange- 
ment to  allow  for  the  convenient  and  rapid  passage  of 
large  numbers  of  pilgrims.  Examples  may  be  seen 
at  Wing,  Bucks ;  Repton,  Derbyshire ;  Brixworth, 
Xorthants  ;  Ripon  ;  Hexham. 

CONFESSIONAL.  A  small  enclosure  formerly 
called  the  '  shriving  pew,'  in  which  the  priest  sits  for 
hearing  confession.  It  is  in  use  in  Roman  Catholic 
churches  ;  it  is  usually  of  wood,  and  has  a  door  in  front 
and  a  small  window  on  one  or  both  sides  for  penitents 
to  speak  through.  Nothing  appears  to  be  known  of  its 
form  in  England  in  the  middle  ages.  "  It  seems  to 
have  been  common  in  London,  and  existed  in  other 
places,  but  I  do  not  think  it  was  in  general  use.  It  is 
sometimes  called  the  shriving  house  and  the  shriving  stool. 
We  do  not  know  anything  of  its  form 
beyond  what  is  suggested  by  the  names  " 
(M.).  But  in  the  middle  ages  the  word 
pew*  often  meant  a  high  enclosure,  and 
does  not  preclude  the  idea  of  an  erection 
like  a  modern  confessional. 

CONSECRATION  CROSS.     A  cross  FIG.  74 

carved  or  painted  or  otherwise  marked  on    INTERNAL  PAINTED 

CONSECRATION  CROSS 

*  See  article  thereon. 


76 


CONSOLE 


the  wall  of  a  church  and  anointed  by  the  bishop  with 
holy  water  or  oil  at  the  consecration  of  the  building. 
There  were  to  be  twelve  such  crosses  inside  and  twelve 
outside,  enclosed  in  circles  ten  palms  (7  ft.  5  in.)  from 


Fro.  75.     OUTSIDE 
CROSS,   FORDHAM 


FIG.   76.      OUTSIDE 

CROSS,  EXETER 

CATHPDRAL 


the  ground  ;  in  practice  they  were  often  placed  loxver 
and    not   in    circles.     Inside    crosses    were  almost  in- 
variably, and  outside  crosses  generally,  painted  ;  so  nios 
of  the  latter  have  perished.     The  circles  are  about 
foot  in  diameter.     Sometimes  the  crosses  were  of  metal, 
as  at  Glastonbury  on  the  outside  of  St.  Joseph's  Chapel, 
where  the  pin-holes  for  fixing  them  remain. 

CONSOLE  OR  AN  CONE.  A 
deep  bracket  of  slight  projection, 
consisting  of  two  reversed  volutes 
supporting  the  end  of  the  cornice 
of  an  Ionic  doorway  (fig.  77,  and 
see  MODILLION). 

CONVENT,  CONVENTUAL 
CHURCH.  See  MONASTERY. 

COPING.  A  covering  of  stone 
or  other  material  on  the  top  of  a 
wall  to  protect  it  from  the  weather. 

FIG.    77.      CONSOLS 


CORBEL 


CORBEL.  A  projection  from 
a  wall,  generally  of  stone,  to 
carry  a  weight  (figs.  78,  79). 

CORBEL  -  TABLE.        A     TOW     of 

corbels  supporting  lintels  or 
small  arches  (fig.  80),  gener- 
ally used  to  carry  a  slightly 
overhanging  parapet  (see  also 
MACHICOLATIONS). 

CORBIE  -  STEPS.  (Scot 
tish).  The  stones  used  for 
covering  the  stepped  gables 
which  were  introduced  from 
Holland  in  the  fifteenth  cen- 
tury (fig.  81,  next  page). 

CORINTHIAN    ORDER. 

See  ORDER,  CLASSICAL. 

CORNICE.  The  uppermost 
of  the  three  parts  of  the  en- 
tablature. (See  ORDER.) 


FIG.    7>.     CORBEL 


FIG.   79.      BRICK  CORBELLING 


FIG.    So.     CORBEL-TABLB 


78 


CORONA 


CORONA.  The  middle  member  of  the  cornice  ;  it 
has  a  vertical  face  and  a  wide  horizontal  soffit,  some- 
times '  sunk  '  or  recessed.  (See  OHOER,  CLASSICAL). 


FIG.    8l.      CORBIE    STE1S 

CORPORAS.  A  folded  linen  cloth  with  which  to 
cover  the  chalice.  "The  square  of  pasteboard  cased 
in  linen  which  has  been  introduced  from  abroad  into 
a  few  of  our  churches  lately  and  is  called  a  pall  has  no 
English  authority,  and  the  use  of  pasteboard  or  paper 
in  the  place  of  linen  about  the  Blessed  Sacrament  is 
contrary  to  some  ol  the  oldest  canons  "  (M.). 

COUPLED  COLUMNS.  Columns  grouped  in  pairs. 
In  the  classical  orders  they  are  half  a  diameter  apart ; 
this  arrangement  allows  the  other  intervals  to  be 
wider  than  they  otherwise  might  be  without  giving 
an  appearance  of  weakness.  Good  examples  may  be 
seen  at  St.  Paul's  Cathedral  in  the  west  portico. 

COVE.  A  large  concave  moulding  such  as  is  used 
in  the  cornice  of  a  room  or  under  the  eaves  of  a  roof. 

CREDENCE.  (Ital.  credenza,  a  side  table).  A  small 
table  in  a  church  near  the  altar,  generally  on  the 
south  side  near  the  piscina.*  On  it  the  Bread  and 
Wine  are  kept  previous  to  their  consecration.  It  is 
rather  rare  in  medieval  churches,  and  even  a  shelf  in 
*  See  article  thereon. 


CROSS 


79 


the  recess  of  the  piscina,  though  common,  is  the 
exception,  as  it  was  the  practice  to  place  the  elements 
on  the  altar  at  the  beginning  of  the  service.  It  was 
introduced  into  the  English  church  by  Laud.  There 
are  some  seventeenth-century  examples  made  of  wood, 
now  they  are  usually  of  stone. 

CRENEL,  CRENELLE.  A  battlement  for  defensive 
purposes.  (See  CASTLE,  p.  35.) 

CRESSET  (lit.,  'a  cup  for  holding  grease' — s).     A 
small  lamp  in  the  form  of  a  cup, 
of  metal,  stone,  or  earthenware, 
in  which  fat  was  burnt ;  used  in 
churches  in  the  middle  ages. 

CREST.  Brattishing  ;  *  also 
ornamental  ridge-tiling. 

CROCKET.  Probably  the 
same  word  as  crochet,  a  little 
hook ;  a  hook-shaped  bunch  of 
foliage  placed  at  intervals  on 
the  coping  of  a  gable  (fig.  82), 
on  the  angles  of  a  spire  or  pin- 
nacle, or  round  a  capital.  Before 
the  end  of  the  thirteenth  century 
they  lose  the  hook-form. 

CROMLECH.  A  prehistoric  building  consisting  of  a 
stone  of  great  size  supported  on  others  in  a  vertical 
position  and  often  partly  sunk  in  the  ground. 

CROSS.  The  simple  cross  was  used  in  the  earliest 
times  as  the  symbol  of  the  Christian  faith,  the  crucifix, 
or  crucified  figure,  being  a  much  later  form.  The 
cross  has  been  used  in  Christian  architecture  in  endless 
ways  and  of  every  variety  of  shape  :  carried  in  proces- 
sion, placed  on  the  altar  and  on  the  gable,  painted  on 
the  walls  to  mark  the  places  of  the  act  of  consecration, 
carved  on  gravestones ;  it  formed  the  plan  of  the  church, 
*  See  article  thereon. 


FIG.    82.      CROCKETS 

Thirteenth  century 


80 


CROSS 


and  it  was  set  up  in  the  churchyard,  at  the  wayside 
and  in  the  market-place. 

The   following  are   the   various   common   forms   of 
cross  (fig.  83):    1  Greek   or  St.  George's,  (2)  Latin, 


FIG.   83.      TYPES  Of  CROSS 

(3)  St.  Peter's,  (4)  St.  Andrew's  or  Saltire,  (5)  Tau,  (6) 
Lorraine   (from   being  the    armorial   bearing   of    the 
Dukes  of  Lorraine)  or  Patri- 
archal ;  the  upper  arm  repre- 
sents the  inscription  over  Our 
Lord's  Head,  (7)  Papal,  (8) 
Patee  or  Maltese,  (9)  Moline 
(shaped  like  a  '  mill- iron  '), 
(10)  Flory. 

CHURCHYARD    AND     WAYSIDE 

CROSSES.  No  doubt  every 
churchyard  had  a  cross  of 
some  sort,  and  probably  they 
were  mostly  large  and  of 
stone.  The  cross  usually 
stood,  it  would  seem,  on  the 
south  side  of  the  church  (the 
churchyard  was  usually  south 
of  the  church).  It  consisted 

of  a  tall   tanf  rincr  shaft    ™»r      *IG>  8*'    HEAD  or  A  CHURCHYARD 
01  a  iau  tapering  snait,  per-  CROSS,  RBEFHAM 


CROSS 


81 


haps  twelve  feet  high,  raised  on  several  steps  and 
surmounted  by  a  capital  on  which  stood  the  cross 
proper,  bearing  the  figure  of  Our  Saviour  and  some- 
times those  of  St.  John  and  the  Virgin  on  a  bracket 
on  each  side  (fig.  84),  while  on  the  reverse  there  was 
another  subject.  Wayside  crosses  appear  to  have  been 
very  numerous : 

she  doth  stray  about 
By  holy  crosses,  where  she  kneels  and  prays. 


FIG.   85.     CROSS  NEAR  PBNMOM 


82  CRUET 

COFFIN-LID   CROSS.       See  MONUMENT. 
CONSECRATION   CROSS.       See   CONSECRATION    CROSS. 
CROSS-PLAN   IN    CHURCHES.       See   CHURCH. 

GABLE  CROSS.  The  gables  of  churches  were  almost 
always  surmounted  by  a  cross  of  a  decorative  character 
and  without  the  figure  of  Our  Lord.  Those  of  the 
thirteenth  century  are  usually  either  placed  in  a  circle 
or  are  richly  floriated,  often  so  much  so  as  to  assume  a 
circular  form.  In  the  fourteenth  century  they  become 
more  architectural  and  the  angles  are  filled  with  tracery. 
In  the  fifteenth  century  the  cross  is  often  plain  or  only 
slightly  decorated. 

MARKET   CROSS.       See    MARKET   CROSS. 

PROCESSIONAL  CROSS  AND  ALTAR  CROSS.  These  gener- 
ally had  a  figure  of  Our  Lord  crucified  and  sometimes 
figures  of  the  Virgin  and  St.  John  on  brackets  at  the 
sides ;  the  same  cross  often  served  for  the  altar  and  for 
the  procession,  being  made  with  a  socket  to  fit  into 
either  a  staff  or  a  foot  (M.).  A  very  high  aumbry 
may  sometimes  be  seen  in  a  church  for  the  processions 
cross  or  for  its  staff 

CRUET,  CREWET.  A  vessel  of  silver  or 
used  in  the  middle  ages  for  holding  sacramental  wine ; 
there  was  another  for  the  water.  They  are  now  usually 
of  glass.  t 

CRYPT.  A  chamber  under  a  building,  either  whollj 
or  partly  below  ground.  A  crypt  under  a  church* 
usually  limited  to  a  small  proportion  of  the  whole  area 
extending  under  the  presbytery  only.  (See  CONFESSIO.) 

CUPOLA  (Ital.  from  Low  Lat.  cupa,  a  cup), 
dome*:  sometimes  the  word  is  applied  to  the  whole  of 
the  little  dome-covered  erection  for  a  bell  on  the  roof 
or  tower  of  a  Renaissance  building. 

CURTAIN-WALL.     A  wall  between  two  towers 
a  castle  or  fort.       »  ^  artide  thereon> 


DECORATED   PERIOD  83 

CUSP  (Lat.  cuspis,  a  point).  A  pointed  member 
projecting  from  a  Gothic  arch  towards  its  centre, 
formed  by  two  arcs  springing  from  the  curve  of  the 
arch  (fig.  86),  or  by  the  arcs  of  the  arch  itself  (fig.  87). 


FIG.    86.      CUSP  FIG.   87.      TREFOIL  ARCH 

Both  forms  (fig.  13  l.m.  and  o.p.)  were  used  at  all 
periods  from  the  twelfth  century.  They  are,  for  struc- 
tural reasons,  confined  to  small  arches.  Doors  are  more 
often  cusped  in  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth  centuries 
than  in  later  times.  (See  TRACERY.) 

CYMA.     See  MOULDING  (p.  188). 

CYMATIUM.     See  MOULDING  (p.  188). 

DADO.  The  plain  part  between  the  base  and  cor- 
nice of  the  pedestal  of  a  column,  usually  forming  about 
two  cubes.  (See  ORDER,  CLASSICAL,  p.  199-) 

DAIS.  A  platform,  raised  one  step  above  the  floor, 
on  which  stands  the  high  table  in  a  medieval  dining- 
hall  or  an  altar  in  a  church ;  also  called  a  FOOT-PACE." 

DANCETTE.  A  Norman  enrichment  generally 
called  the  zigzag.* 

DECASTYLE.     See  TEMPLE. 

DECORATED  PERIOD.  The  name  given  by  Rick- 
man  to  a  phase  of  English  architecture  without  definite 
limits  but  considered  by  him  to  begin  about  1280  and 
to  end  about  1377.  (See  also  Appendix.)  Its  chief 
characteristics  are  as  follows :  window  tracery  consists 
at  first  of  simple  geometrical  forms  such  as  circles  and 

*  See  article  thereon. 


84  DECASTYLE 

quatrefoils,  and  afterwards  of  irregular  shapes  and 
flowing  lines ;  the  ogee  arch  is  used  (except  in  the 
earliest  part  of  the  period)  in  narrow  openings  such  as 
niches  and  in  the  heads  of  window  lights ;  the  foliage 
has  at  first  the  conventional  sprays  with  three  or  five 
lobes  each  of  the  Early  English  period,  and  afterwards 
is  a  close  imitation  of  distinct  species ;  the  mouldings 
of  the  capital  and  base  have  no  deep  hollows ;  those  of 
the  arch  are  at  first  on  recessed  orders,  but  later  are 
usually  on  a  general  splayed  face  (see  MOULDINGS),  the 
rolls  have  numerous  fillets,  and  the  wave-moulding  is 
used  in  the  latter  half  of  the  period  ;  the  usual  enrich- 
ments are  the  ball-flower  and  the  four-leaved  flower, 
and  in  the  latter  part  of  the  period  the  battlement ; 
sn  vaulting  the  number  of  ribs  is  increased,  and  in  the 
lourteenth  century  lierne  ribs  are  used  ;  roof  principals 
are  of  arched  form. 

DEDICATION  CROSS.     See  CONSECRATION  CROSS. 


DENTIL.   A  Classic  and  Renais- 


fance  enrichment,  consisjing  of  a 

small  plain  rectangular  block,  used      '     '  I     1 1     | '     | ' 

mostly  in  the   bed -mould  of  the  .    "«•  88 

Cornice   (fig.  88).  DKNTIL  "NRICHMBNT 

DEVONSHIRE  FOLIAGE.  A  debased  form  of 
foliage  forming  a  wreath  round  the  capital,  used  in 
Devonshire  late  in  the  fifteenth  century. 

DIAPER.  A  pattern  carved  or  painted  on  a  wall  in 
a  medieval  building,  consisting  generally  of  squares, 
but  occasionally  of  some  other  simple  figures,  each  of 
which  contains  a  flower  or  a  spray  of  leaves,  or  similar 
device  (fig.  89). 

DIASTYLE.     See  TEMPLB. 
DIPTERAL.    See  TEMPLB. 


DOME 


85 


DIAGONAL-RIB.   In  Gothic  vaulting*  the  rib  which 

crosses  the  bay  diagonally  (fig.  259). 


FIG.    89.      DIAPER,   WESTMINSTER  ABBEY 

Thirteenth  century 

DOG-TOOTH.  The  only  enrichment  used  in  the 
thirteenth  century  ;  it  consists  of  a 
pyramid,  the  sides  of  which  are 
split  upwards  from  the  base  nearly 
to  the  point  and  slightly  opened 
out ;  it  is  used  chiefly  in  the  hollows 
of  arch  mouldings  (fig.  90). 

DOME.  A  roof  or  ceiling  of  a 
building,  of  hemispherical  form  or 
approximating  thereto.  It  is  built 
in  horizontal  courses  each  of  which 
makes  a  complete  circle.  Each 
course  is  therefore  self-supporting  as  soon  as  it  is 
finished,  and  thus  no  ribs  are  required.  As  a  dome  is 
*  See  article  thereon. 


FIG.    90 
DOG-TOOTH    ENRICHMENT 


86       DOMESTIC   ARCHITECTURE 

usually  placed  on  a  square  space  some  special  arrange- 
ment is  necessary  to  effect  the  transition  from  the  square 
to  the  circle.  This  is  usually  done  by  a  system  of  cor- 
belling beginning  in  each  angle  and  spreading  out  as  it 
rises  till  each  corbel  meets  the  next  one,  thus  forming 
a  complete  horizontal  circle.  Each  of  these  corbels  is 
called  a  pendentive*  (fig.  198,  P.).  A  vertical  drum 
usually  intervenes  between  the  pendentives  and  the 
dome. 

The  dome  was  used  by  the  Romans  but  not  by  the 
medieval  builders  except  when  under  Oriental  influence, 
hence  it  is  confined  to  Spain  and  Italy.  It  became 
popular  in  Italy  at  the  Renaissance  (sixteenth  century) 
probably  on  account  of  the  Classical  precedent,  but  it 
was  scarcely  used  in  England  till  Wren  built  St.  Paul's. 
All  the  earliest  domes  were  doubtless  of  brick ;  the 
Romans  in  the  Pantheon  used  brick  and  concrete,  but 
the  method  of  construction  is  still  under  dispute.  The 
medieval  domes  of  Italy  and  the  dome  of  St.  Peter's 
consist  of  inner  and  outer  shells,  concentric  and  with 
but  a  comparatively  narrow  cavity  between.  At  St. 
Mark's  in  Venice  there  are  inner  domes  of  brick,  each 
with  an  outer  shell  of  timber  covered  with  lead,  added 
at  a  much  later  date ;  the  springing  of  the  outer  dome 
is  higher  than  the  crown  of  the  inner.  This  system 
was  adopted  by  Wren  at  St.  Paul's  and  has  since  been 
used  by  others.  The  lantern  of  Wren's  dome  is  carried 
on  a  brick  cone  between  the  inner  and  outer  dome.  In 
Renaissance  vaulting  each  bay  is  generally  covered  with 
a  flat  saucer-shaped  dome  on  pendentives,  e.g.  the  nave 
and  aisles  of  St.  Paul's  Cathedral. 

DOMESTIC  ARCHITECTURE.     See  HOUSES. 

DOM  US  CONVERSORUM.  The  house  of  the 
conversi,  the  building  in  a  Cistercian  monastery  in  which 
lived  the  fratres  conversi,  the  lay  brothers,  men  who 

*  See  article  thereon. 


DOOR  87 

could  not  read  and  who  did  most  of  the  manual  work 
of  the  establishment. 

DONJON.  A  stronghold  or  small  castle  consisting 
of  a  round  tower.  (See  CASTLE,  p.  35.) 

DOOR,  DOORWAY.  Saxon  doorways  are  generally 
covered  by  a  plain  round  arch  of  a  single  order,*  but 
occasionally  they  have  a  triangular  head  formed  by  two 
stones  leaning  against  one  another.  Norman  doorways 
are  often  very  elaborately  ornamented  ;  they  are  usually 
roundheaded,  but  sometimes  there  is  a  lintel  and  carved 
tympanum  under  the  arch ;  the  arch  consists  of  many 
orders,  most  of  which  are  carried  on  detached  nook- 
shafts*  in  the  jamb ;  the  tympanum  is  occasionally 
carried  on  a  flat  segmental  arch  instead  of  a  lintel.  The 
early  Gothic  doorways  are  not  so  rich,  and  of  course  the 
details  are  different,  but  they  are  similar  in  general 
arrangement ;  the  lintel,  though  less  common,  is  used 
and  is  occasionally  supported  in  the  centre  by  a  column 
if  the  doorway  is  large :  these  double  doorways  have 
more  often,  instead  of  a  lintel,  sub-arches  with  tracery 
above  ;'  small  doorways  have  often  a  plain  lintel  sup- 
ported on  corbels  and  no  arch.  The  woodwork  of 
Norman  and  thirteenth-century  doors  is  usually  simple, 
but  the  hinges  are  elaborately  treated  and  are  worked 
into  large  scrolls  which  sometimes  cover  the  whole 
door.  (See  IRONWORK.)  In  the  fourteenth  century 
doorways  are  usually  simpler  and  with  fewer  orders  ; 
shafts  are  gradually  abandoned,  the  arch  mouldings 
being  carried  down  the  jamb.  The  principal  change  of 
the  fifteenth  century,  apart  from  the  details  such  as 
mouldings  which  of  course  were  in  accordance  with 
those  employed  elsewhere,  is  that  the  arch  is  placed  in 
a  rectangular  frame  formed  by  a  repetition  of  the  hood- 
mould  carried  up  vertically  from  the  springing  and 
horizontally  level  with  the  apex  (fig.  91)5  ^e  spandrels 
thus  enclosed  are  filled  with  sculpture,  tracery  or 
*  See  article  thereon. 


88 


DOOR 


FIG.    91.      DOORWAY  WITH 
DOUBLE   HOOD-MOULD 

Fifteenth  century 


heraldry  ;  sometimes  the  outer  mouldings  of  the  jamb 
follow  the  rectangular  form  of  the  hood-mould.  The 
four-centred  arch  is  of  course  com- 
mon ;  generally  some  of  the  mould- 
ings are  carried  down  the  jamb, 
while  others  spring  from  one  or 
more  very  small  shafts ;  the  hood- 
mould  is  sometimes  carried  up  in 
an  ogee  form  and  is  ornamented 
with  crockets  and  a  finial.  The 
woodwork  of  the  door  itself  be- 
comes elaborate,  the  head  being 
often  filled  with  tracery  and  taber- 
nacle work  ;  the  ironwork  is  correspondingly  simple. 

During  the  long  transition  from  Gothic  to  Renaissance 
doorways  are  in  one  style  or  the  other  or  are  a  mixture 
of  the  two,  having  debased  Gothic  mouldings  on  the 
jambs  and  on  the  arch  or  lintel,  within  a  framework  of 
pilasters  and  entablature  of  crude  classical  detail.  The 
simple  Renaissance  doorway  has  a  round  arch  with  an 
architrave  *- moulding  springing  from  an  impost,  the 
jamb  being  plain  or  panelled;  or  it  has  a  lintel  and  the 
architrave  mouldings  are  carried  round  ;  in  rusticated 
work  there  is  a  flat  arch.*  In  the  more  elaborate 
buildings  the  same  arrangement  is  preserved  but  it  is 
surrounded  by  pilasters  or  half  columns  supporting  an 
entablature,  with  or  without  a  pediment;  sometimes 
the  pediment  is  'broken,'  that  is  the  centre  is  omit- 
ted (fig.  197)  and  the  space  is  filled  by  a  shield  of 
arms  or  a  bust.  Eighteenth-century  doorways  often 
have  a  fanlight*  (fig.  98). 

The  door  itself  is  panelled  in  two,  four,  or  six  panels  ; 
the  hinges  in  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries 
have  commonly  two  ornamental  plates  of  similar  design, 
one  being  fixed  to  the  door  and  the  other  to  the  frame  ; 
these  were  given  up  in  the  eighteenth  century ;  the 

*  See  article  thereon. 


EARLY  ENGLISH   PERIOD          89 

handles  were  brass  pendant  rings  and  continued  in  use 
till  the  nineteenth  century. 

DORIC  ORDER.     See  ORDER,  CLASSICAL. 

DORMER  WINDOW.  (Dormer,  a  sleeping-room). 
A  window  projecting  from  the  slope  of  a  roof. 

DORTER.  A  dormitory,  esp.  monastic;  fr.  O.F. 
dortour. 

DORTER.     A  monkish  abbreviation  of  dormitory. 

DOSSAL.  (Lat.  dorsum,  the  back).  A  curtain 
hung  behind  an  altar  or  behind  the  seats  in  a  hall. 

DOVEHOUSE.     See  PIGEON-HOUSE. 

DRAFT.  A  smooth  strip  on  the  face  of  a  stone 
made  by  one  line  of  following  strokes  with  the  chisel. 
The  whole  face  of  every  smooth  stone  is  worked  smooth 
by  forming  a  series  of  such  strips.  Commonly,  in 
rusticated  work  (masonry  left  rough  or  artificially 
roughened),  the  edges  of  each  stone  are  generally 
worked  smooth,  and  the  stone  is  then  said  to  have 
drafted  edges. 

DRAWBRIDGE.     See  CASTLE. 

DRAWING-ROOM.  A  contraction  of  Vithdrawing- 
room,'  a  room  to  retire  to  from  the  dining-hall. 

DRESSINGS.  All  those  brick  or  stone  parts  of  a 
building  which  may  be  distinguished  from  plain  walling, 
such  as  columns,  arches,  copings,  quoins,  etc. 

DRIPSTONE.     See  HOOD-MOULD. 

DROPS.     See  GUTTAE. 

DUNGEON.  A  lower  chamber  in  a  castle,  partly 
or  wholly  underground. 

EARLY  ENGLISH  PERIOD.  The  name  given  by 
Rickman  to  a  phase  of  English  architecture  without 
definite  limits,  but  considered  by  him  to  begin  about 
1189  and  uto  end  abot  1280  (see  Appendix).  Its  chief 
characteristics  are  as  follows :  The  work  is  much  more 
refined  than  formerly,  and  the  masonry  has  much 
thinner  joints;  the  arches  are  pointed,  or  in  the  case  oi 
some  small  arches,  trefoiled ;  windows  are  long,  narrow 


90  EASTER  SEPULCHRE 

lancets,  single  or  in  groups;  two  are  sometimes  em- 
braced under  one  arch,  and  the  tympanum  is  pierced, 
producing  plate-tracery  (see  TRACERY);  the  projection  of 
the  buttress  is  greater  than  in  the  twelfth  century,  and 
the  width  is  less,  the  two  being  about  equal ;  flying  but- 
tresses are  used;  columns  are  slight,  and  are  round, 
octagonal  pr  multifoil,  and  a  large  round  column  is  often 
surrounded  by  a  number  of  small  shafts ;  the  foliage  of 
the  capital  consists  of  broad  flat  leaves  ranged  verti- 
cally round  the  bell  and  curling  over  at  the  top  with  a 
boldly  projecting  knob,  or  breaking  into  five-lobed 
tufts ;  the  foliage  of  crockets  and  of  spandrels,  etc.,  is 
of  the  same  character;  most  capitals  are  not  carved, 
but  have  rings  of  simple  mouldings  round  the  upper 
part  of  the  bell ;  the  abacus  is  deeply  undercut ;  the 
base  is  widely  spreading  and  has  two  rolls  separated  by 
a  deep  hollow ;  the  arch  consists  of  a  series  of  recessed 
orders  which  are  moulded  on  their  edges ;  the  only  en- 
richment is  the  dog-tooth ;  in  vaulting  the  ribs  are  at 
first  few,  but  they  rapidly  increase  in  number ;  the 
spandrels  next  to  the  walls  have  a  ploughshare  form ; 
roofs  are  of  a  trussed-rafter  form,  or  there  is  a  rudi- 
mentary truss  consisting  of  a  tie-beam  with  a  post 
standing  on  it. 

EASTER  SEPULCHRE.  A  place  provided  in  medi- 
eval churches  for  a  representation  of  the  burial  and 
resurrection  of  Our  Lord.  Its  position  was  in  the  chan- 
cel-on  the  north  side.  Generally  it  was  of  wood  and 
removable ;  it  was  sometimes  placed  on  an  altar-tomb, 
and  doubtless  people  often  desired  that  their  tomb 
should  be  on  the  north  side  of  the  chancel  in  order 
that  it  might  be  so  used.  Often  it  was  a  permanent 
stone  recess  in  the  wall  and  was  occasionally  of  elabo- 
rate architectural  character.  The  service  of  the  caster 
sepulchre  at  Durham  was  briefly  as  follows  : 

Uppon  good  friday  theire  was  maruelous  solemne  seruice,  in 
the  wch  after  the  passion  was  sung,  two  of  the  eldest  monkes 


EAVES  91 

did  take  a  goodly  large  crucifix  bringinge  that  betwixt  them 
to  the  lowest  steppes  in  the  quire,  and  then  one  of  the  sd 
moiikes  did  rise  and  went  a  prettye  way  from  it  with  his 
shooes  put  of,  and  uerye  reuerently  did  creepe  uppon  his 
knees  unto  the  sd  crosse  and  most  reuerently  did  kisse  it,  and 
all  the  other  monkes  after  him,  in  the  meanetime  all  the  whole 
quire  singinge  an  himne,  the  service  beinge  ended,  the  two 
moukes  did  carrye  it  to  the  sepulchre  wch  was  sett  upp  in  the 
moruiuge  on  the  north  side  of  the  quire  nigh  to  the  high 
altar,  and  there  did  lay  it,  with  another  picture  [i.e.  statue] 
of  our  sauiour  Christ,  in  whose  breast  they  did  enclose  the 
blessed  sacrament  of  the  altar,  senceinge  and  prayinge  into  it 
upon  theire  knees. 

There  was  uerye  solemne  seruice  uppon  easter  day 
between  3  and  4  of  the  clocke  in  the  morninge,  where  2  of 
the  oldest  monkes  came  to  the  sepulchre  and  did  sence  it 
sittinge  on  theire  knees,  then  they  both  risinge  came  to  the 
sepulchre,  out  of  which  they  tooke  a  maruelous  beautifull 
Image  of  our  saviour  representinge  the  resurrection,  in  the 
breast  whereof  was  enclosed  in  bright  Christall  the  holy  sac- 
rament, throughe  the  wch  christall  the  blessed  host  was  con- 
spicuous to  the  behoulders,  then  after  the  elevation  of  the  sd 
picture,  singinge  the  anthem  of  christus  resurgens,  they 
brought  it  to  the  high  altar,  the  which  anthem  beinge  ended 
the  2  moukes  tooke  up  the  picture  from  the  altar,  proceeding 
in  procession  to  the  south  quire  dore,  where  there  were  4 
antient  gentlemen  belonginge  to  the  prior  holdinge  upp  a 
most  rich  cannopye  of  purple  ueluet,  to  beare  it  over  the 
Image  carried  by  two  monkes  round  about  the  church,  the 
whole  quire  waitinge  uppon  it  with  goodly  torches  and  great 
store  of  other  lights,  all  singinge,  reioyceinge, 
and  praising  god,  till  they  came  to  the  high  altar 
againe,  whereon  they  did  place  the  Image,  there 
to  remaine  untill  the  assencion  day  (D). 


EAVES.  The  lower  edge  ot  a  roof.  If 
they  overhang  the  wall  they  are  finished 
with  a  cornice  or  a  cove  (fig.  92),  or  with  a 
level  boarded  or  plaster  soffit,  or  are  left 
plain  so  that  the  feet  of  the  rafters  or  FIG-  93 

*     ...  ,.  ,       i  EAVES  WITH 

splockets  are  seen  from  below.  PLASTER  COVE 


ECHINUS 


FIG-  93-    EGG  AND  DART 
ENRICHMENT 


ECHINUS.     See  MOULDING. 

EGG  AND  DART  OR  EGG  AND  TONGUE.  An 
enrichment  used  on  the  echinus  moulding  *  ;  it  consists 
of  eggs  placed  on  end  alternat-  .  9  •  l\  ,  IT 
ing  with  arrows  with  their  Jfc&  A<4>1 
points  downwards  (Greek,  fig. 

.,         no\ 

94  ;    human  .  ng.  yo)- 

ELEMOS1NARIA.     An  almonry.* 

ELIZABETHAN  PERIOD.  See  RENAISSANCE  ARCHI- 
TECTURE. 

EMBATTLED.     Having  battlements.* 

EMBLEM.     See  SYMBOL. 

EMBRASURE.     See  BATTLEMENT. 

ENGAGED  COLUMNS.  Columns  attached  to  a 
wall  from  which  they  stand  out  from  one-half  to  three- 
quarters  of  their  diameter  or  occasionally  moe. 

ENGLISH  BOND.     See  BOND. 

ENRICHMENT.  An  ornament  carved  or  painted  on 
a  moulding  and  repeated  either  at  long  or  short  intervals 
or  without  interruption.  It  is  distinguished  from  a 
running  ornament,  such  as  a  scroll  of  foliage,  in  being 
a  repetition  of  a  form  which  is  complete  in  itself;  the 

I 


FIG.  94.   EGG  AND  DART  ABOVE  AND  ENRICHED 
BEAD  BELOW 

term  is  moreover  generally  confined  to  well-recognized 
forms  of  a  conventional  character. 

In  Classical  work  the  enrichments  are  always  carved 
in  low  relief  on  convex  mouldings  or  on  those  with 
*  See  article  thereon. 


ENTABLATURE 


93 


compound  curves,and  the  principal  outline  of  the  enrich- 
ment is  similar  to  the  section  of  the  moulding.     Thus 
the  egg  enrichment  (fig.  94)  is  carved  on  the  convex 
ovolo  (fig.  180),  the  honeysuckle  (fig.  96)  on  the  com- 
pound curve  of  the  cyma  (fig. 
179)-     The  numerous  enrich- 
ments of  our   Norman*   are 
no  doubt  an  inheritance  from 
the  Romans  ;  they  were  aban- 
doned   during    the     twelfth 
century,    and    in    the    three 
following  centuries  two  differ- 
ent enrichments  were  never  used  in  the  same  piece  of 
work  and  were  scarcely  in  vogue  at  the  same  time. 

(See  EARLY  ENGLISH,  DECORATED,  ORDER,   PERPENDICULAR.) 


FIG.   95.      GUILLOCHE 


FIG.    96.      HONEYSUCKLE 

Elizabethan  enrichments  are  numerous,  and  are 
mostly  a  corrupt  following  of  the  Roman ;  in  Stuart 
times  they  of  course  became  more  correct. 


FIG.    97.       LEAF   AND   SPEAR 

ENTABLATURE.      In    classical    architecture    the 
horizontal  superstructure  on  the  columns.     It  consists 

*  See  article  thereon. 


94  ENTASIS 

of  three  principal  parts :  the  architrave,  the  lowest  or 
weight-carrying  member  ;  the  frieze  ;  and  the  cornice, 
formed  by  the  projection  of  the  roof.  (See  ORDERS.) 

ENTASIS.  The  slight  swelling  towards  the  centre 
of  a  classical  column ;  its  object  is  to  correct  the 
illusion  that  the  column  is  smaller  in  the  middle,  an 
effect  which  is  sometimes  produced  in  a  bright  climate. 
The  column  diminished  towards  the  top,  so  that  the 
entasis  did  not  make  the  shaft  actually  larger  in  the 
centre  than  at  the  bottom,  but  merely  made  the  dimi- 
nution in  the  lower  half  less  than  in  the  upper  half. 
Entasis  is  seen  also  in  some  medieval  spires. 

ENTRESOL  (FR.)  OR  MEZZANINE  (!TAL.).  In 
French  and  Italian  houses  of  the  Renaissance,  a  low 
storey  over  the  ground  storey,  the  two  together  being 
included  in  one  order  and  being  equal  in  height  to  the 
entrance  archway  to  the  court. 

ESCUTCHEON.  (1)  A  shield  charged  with  armor- 
ial bearings.  (2)  A  metal  plate  round  a  keyhole 
(fig.  126). 

EUSTYLE.     See  TEMPLE. 
EXTRADOS.     See  ARCH. 

FACIA,  FASCIA.     A  flat  face  in  an  entablature. 

FALDSTOOL.  The  true  meaning  is  'folding- 
stool/  a  portable  seat  which  would  fold  up.  When  the 
bishop  officiated  in  any  but  his  own  cathedral  church  a 
faldstool  was  placed  for  him  in  the  choir  (P.)  ;  possibly 
this  was  derived  from  the  portable  seat  of  the  Roman 
magistrate.  The  term  is  now  curiously  applied  to  the 
Litany*  desk. 

FANLIGHT.  A  window  in  the  tympanum  over  a 
square-headed  door  and  under  an  arch,  common  in 

*  See  article  thereon. 


FESTOON 


95 


town   houses  of  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  cen- 
turies.    The  divisions  between  the  panes  radiated,  pro- 


FIG.  98.     FANLIGHT 

ducing  a  fan-like  form  (fig.  98,  in  which  the  fan  form 
is  retained,  although  the  window  has  a  straight  top). 

FAN-TRACERY  VAULT.     See  VAULT. 
FEATHERING.    The  same  as  cusping.  * 

FERETORY.    A  wooden  structure  placed  on  the  top 
of  a  tomb.     Example :  the  shrine  of  Edward  the  Con 
fessor  at  Westminster  Abbey.     (See  MONUMENT,  p.  1 69.) 


FIG.   99.      INTERNAL  CORNICE   WITH    FESTOONS 

FESTOON.     Used  as  a  decoration  in  the  frieze  in 
Roman  and  Renaissance  architecture  (fig.  99)- 

*  See  article  thereon. 


96 


FILLET 


FIG.  100.      BOWTEl 

MOULDING 
WITH  FILLET  AT  * 


FILLET.     A  narrow  flat  band  on  a  moulding  (fig. 
100)  or  shaft,  or  between  flutes*  of  a  shaft, 
or  elsewhere. 

FINIAL.  The  ornament  on  the  top  of 
a  spire,  pinnacle,  gable,  etc. 

FIRE-BACK.  A  cast-iron  plate,  with  a 
picture  or  other  decoration  in  relief,  placed 
at  the  back  of  a  grate  in  the  seventeenth 
and  eighteenth  centuries.  (See  IRONWORK.) 

FIRE-DOGS.  A  pair  of  horizontal  iron  bars  sup- 
ported on  legs  about  six  inches  high,  on  which  to  rest 
the  ends  of  logs  placed  on  a  fire  ;  the  ends  were  turned 
up  and  rose  vertically  to  a  height  of  a  foot  or  two,  to 
keep  the  logs  from  falling  off,  and  were  terminated  in 
animals'  heads. 

FIRE-PLACE.     See  CHIMNEY. 

FLAMBOYANT.     See  TRACERY. 

FLEMISH  BOND.     See  BOND. 

FLINT-AND-STONE  WORK.  A  system  of  exter- 
nal decoration  of  buildings  in  use  in  East  Anglia  in  the 
middle  ages  (fig.  101)  ;  by  this  means 
tracery  or  inscriptions  or  other  devices 
are  produced  in  stone  on  a  ground  of 
flints,  which  have  been  split  so  as  to 
show  a  black  surface  ;  in  the  more  com- 
plex forms  the  surface  of  the  stone  is 
sunk  about  two  inches,  and  the  flints 
are  let  into  it.  In  some  late  fifteenth- 
century  work  the  stone  is  sunk  about  a 

.      J         f  .         ,  ,       .  ,  .        FIG.  101.      FLINT-At< 

quarter  of  an  inch,  and  the  sinking  is        STONE  WORK 
filled  with  a  sort  of  black  mortar.  SWANINGTON  CHURC 

FLAGON.  A  tall  vessel  with  a  handle  and  lid  for 
holding  liquor.  It  was  first  used  in  the  service  of  the 
Sacrament  after  the  Reformation  to  take  the  place  of 

*  See  article  thereon. 


FOLIAGE  97 

the  cruets  which  had  held  the  water  and  wine ;  this 
probably  explains  why  it  was  usual  to  have  a  pair  when 
one  would  have  been  enough ;  they  are  usually  cylin- 
drical orslightly  tapering. 

FLECHE  (PR.).  A  small  wooden  spire  usually 
covered  with  lead,  placed  on  the  roof  at  the  crossing 
of  the  nave  and  transepts  in  French  churches. 

FLOOR.     See  PARQUETRY,  PAVEMENT,  TILE. 

FLLTES.  Grooves  in  a  column  ;  generally  vertical 
as  in  the  Classical  columns  (see  ORDERS),  but  sometimes 
spiral  as  in  Norman  work.  The  Doric  (fig.  102  a)  has 
twenty  flutes  (early  work  sixteen)  with  sharp  edges 
between ;  the  other  orders  have  twenty-four  flutes 
separated  by  fillets  (fig.  1026). 


a.  6 

FIG.  102.      a  DORIC  COLUMN.  b  IONIC  AND  CORINTHIAN,  WITH 

CABLED   FLUTES   IN   ONE   QUARTER 

CABLED  FLUTES.  The  flutes  of  Roman  and  Renaissance 
columns  are  sometimes  filled  for  one-third  of  their 
height  with  a  plain  convex  member,  and  are  then  said 
to  be  cabled ;  the  cables  never  have  a  spiral  form  like 
a  rope  (fig.  1 02  6,  cables  are  shown  in  one  quarter  of  the 
column). 

FOLIAGE.  The  earliest  sculptured  foliage  of  which 
it  is  necessary  to  take  account  here  is  the  interlacing 
scroll-work  used  both  before  and  immediately  after  the 


98  FOLIAGE 

Conquest  on  crosses,  on  door  jambs  and  arches,  and  on 
capitals.  These  involved  patterns  form  a  kind  of  rude 
arabesque,*  but  they  are  probably  northern  in  origin. 

Soon  after  the  Norman  Conquest  the  most  important 
position  in  which  foliage  is  used  is  in  the  sculpture  of 
the  capital.*  The  block  of  convex  form  covered  with 
twining  sprays  is  soon  given  up  for  the  more  animate 
and  beautiful  capital  of  concave  outline  ornamented 
witli  leaves  growing  upright  from  the  necking  and 
bending  over  beneath  the  projecting  angles  of  the 


riO.  103.   CARVED  CAPITAL  OF  THE  THIRTEENTH  CENTURT 
BERKLEY  CHURCH 

capital  (figs.  42,  43).  The  form  of  these  leaves  varies 
a  good  deal  in  different  examples,  but  it  is  clear  that 
either  directly  or  indirectly  they  are  derived  from  the 
classical  acanthus*  (fig.  5).  Like  it  the  leaves  are 
serrated,  are  ranged  symmetrically  round  the  bell  of 
the  capital  and  curl  over  at  the  top  or  are  gathered  up 
at  the  angles  of  the  capital  (the  upper  part  of  which 
was  square)  into  volute-like  knobs.  The  best  examples 
of  this  Romanesque  acanthus  foliage  are  to  be  seen  in 
France  and  in  English  buildings  where  French  influence 
was  felt,  like  the  choir  of  Canterbury. 

But  most  examples  show  a  departure  from  the  acan- 
"  See  article  thereon. 


FOLIAGE 


99 


thus.  The  serrations  are  omitted  or  suppressed  and 
the  broad  leaves  end  in  boldly  projecting  knobs  ranged 
in  two  rows  round  the  bell.  These  knobs  of  three- 
lobed  or  five-lobed  foliage  gradually  expand  in  the  first 
half  of  the  thirteenth  century  and  form  very  exquisite 
sprays,  thrown  about  with  careless  grace  in  strong  con- 
trast with  the  stiff  crockets  from  which  they  grew 
(fig.  103).  Another  line  of  development  can  be  traced 


FIG.  104. 


FOLIAGE  OF  THE  THIRTEENTH  CENTURY 
RAUNDS  CHURCH 


from  the  little  detached  sprigs  which  are  set  rather 
formally  round  the  bell  (fig.  42).  This  foliage  reached 
perfection  about  1250,  when  it  still  retained  the  some- 
what formal  arrangement  appropriate  to  its  position ; 
but  later  it  became  more  free,  perhaps  a  little  too  free, 
and  grew  rather  confused. 

Foliage  is  used  in  the  hollows  of  mouldings,  both  as 

detached  sprays  and  as  a  running  arabesque  ;  scrolls  are 

also  used  in  the  spandrels  of  arches  ;  the  crockets*  on 

gables  (fig.   82)  are  similarly  treated.      In    all   these 

*  See  article  thereon. 


100 


FOLIAGE 


cases  the  general  character  of  the  foliage  is  the  same  ; 

the  lobes  are,  unlike  those  of  the  acanthus,  rounded  at 

the  ends;  the  outer  lobes  are  curled 

up  tightly,  and  the  central  lobe  has  a 

strong   rib   lying  in  a  deep   hollow, 

which   stops   abruptly  near  the  end 

of  the  lobe  (fig.  105).* 

In  the  latter  part  of  the  thirteenth 
century  or  early  in  the  fourteenth 
the  character  of  the  foliage  changes 
rapidly  and  entirely ;  an  exact  imita- 
tion of  partic  ular  species  is  now  aimed  THIRTi 
at  and  achieved  (fig.  106);  but  there 
is  a  great  loss  in  strength,  in  abstract  beauty  of  line 
and  modelling,  and  in  architectural  fitness.  This  is 
especially  the  case  in  capitals  where  the  foliage  is 


FOLIAGE  OF  TJ 
THIRTEENTH  CBNTURV 


FIG.  106.   NATURAL  FOLIAGE 
FOURTEENTH  CENTURY 
SOUTHWELL  MINSTER 


FIG.  107 

CARVED  CAPITAL 
FIFTEENTH  CBNTURT 


arranged  as  a  heavy  wreath  round  the  bell  rather  than 
as  living  shoots.  The  diaper,*  instead  of  having  a 
complete  little  pattern  in  each  square,  is  often  treated 
as  a  trellis  with  a  rose  tree  or  what-not  rambling  through 

1  An  English  characteristic.        *  See  article  thereon. 


FOLIAGE  101 

it.  The  plants  most  commonly  copied  were  the  oak, 
rose,  maple  and  vine. 

This  adoption  of  a  particular  species  as  a  motive  was  by 
no  means  a  mere  direct  and  literal  copying  of  a  single 
plant.  Much  skill  was  shown  in  the  disposition  of  the 
masses  to  produce  effective  light  and  shade,  and  in  the 
hands  of  a  master,  or  when  the  art  of  the  nation  was 
at  its  height,  very  beautiful  results  were  obtained.  But 
these  natural  forms  are  not  so  suitable  for  reproduc- 
tion in  stone  and  wood,  nor  are  they  so  appropriate  to 
their  architectural  surroundings  or  to  their  decorative 
functions  as  the  carving  of  the  thirteenth  century. 
Nor  did  this  treatment  lend  itself  to  adoption  as  a 
national  and  traditional  style  to  be  used  by  all  men  of 
very  various  degrees  of  skill.  Early  in  the  fourteenth 
century  it  settled  down  to  a  mere  convention,  and 
later  on  assumed  a  somewhat  cabbage-like  form  of  no 
decorative  value  (fig.  107). 

This  mannerism  continued  throughout  the  fifteenth 
century,  gradually  becoming  more  formal  and  lifeless. 
The  fully  carved  capital  was  now  seldom  used.  Isolated 
leaves  are  placed  round  the  bell  and  in  the  hollows  of 
string  courses,  or  they  are  ranged,  not  without  skill  and 
sometimes  with  good  modelling,  to  form  a  cresting 
called  brattishing*  on  the  top  of  a  cornice.  Spandrels 
are  commonly  filled  with  a  spray,  which  also  is  some- 
times well  carved.  (See  TUDOR-FLOWER.) 

The  influence  of  the  Renaissance  is  first  seen  in  the 
delicate  arabesques  both  in  stone  and  wood  which  are 
found  early  in  the  sixteenth  century  introduced  into 
otherwise  pure  Gothic.  When  the  classical  orders  were 
used  the  acanthus  followed  the  Roman  variety  or  an 
Italian  version  of  the  Roman.  The  rich  Elizabethan 
ceilings  were  decorated  with  scrolls  of  vine,  but  after 
the  introduction  of  pure  Pallaclian  architecture  by 
Inigo  Jones  these  were  abandoned.  Two  or  three 
*  See  article  thereon. 


102 


FOLIATION 


varieties  of  foliage  were  then  used :  the  acanthus  on 
Corinthian  capitals,  under  consoles  and  in  such-like 
places  ;  arabesques,  with  leaves  of  somewhat  the  same 
character  as  the  acanthus  in  pilasters,  in  spandrels  and  so 
forth  ;  festoons*  (fig.  99)  of  quite  natural  fruit,  flowers 
and  leaves  in  friezes  or  hanging  down  the  walls  tied 
with  ribbons — a  style  familiar  in  the  work  of  Grinling 
Gibbons  and  his  school ;  and  palm-branches  used  in 
spandrels  round  coats-of-arms  and  trophies.  All  these 
continued  in  use  throughout 
the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth 
centuries. 

The  fancy  of  the  carver,  how- 
ever, occasionally  broke  away 
from  these  formalities;  a  good 
traditional  arrangement  of  com- 
mon field  flowers  mingles  with 
the  cherub  heads  on  the  grave- 
stones of  the  country  church- 
yard, and  appears  even  on  one 


of    the    Severest    productions    of  FIG.  108.   FREE  CARVING  OF    THE 

the  eighteenth  century  (fig.  108).        KIGHT1 

FOLIATION.  The  trefoil,  cinque-foil,  or  other  leaf- 
form  given  to  an  arch*  or  to  piercings  in  tracery 
either  by  breaks  hxthe  main  curves  or  by  subordinate 
cusps  branching  out  from  them. 

FONT.  The  old  fonts  occupied  a  conspicuous 
and  open  place  towards  the  west  end  of  the  church, 
any  sort  of  baptistery  in  the  form  of  a  separate 
building  or  a  part  of  the  church  divided  from  the  rest 
being  unknown  in  England.  In  1236  it  was  ordered 
that  the  font  should  be  kept  covered  and  locked  (p.), 
for  it  was  the  practice  to  change  the  consecrated  water 
only  occasionally  (M.).  The  cover  often  became  a  very 


See  article  thereon. 


FREEMASON  108 

elaborate  and  lofty  wooden  erection,  and  was  in  some 
instances  fixed  and  had  an  opening  at  the  side;  this 
form  was,  perhaps,  an  introduction  from  Italy.  The 
usual  material  for  the  font  was  stone,  though  there 
are  some  thirty  examples  of  lead,  mostly  found  in  those 
parts  of  the  country  where  the  metal  was  easily  pro- 
cured ;  some  early  fonts  are  of  black  marble  or  of 
Purbeck  marble ;  for  the  post-Restoration  fonts  white 
marble  is  commonly  used. 

The  Norman  fonts  were  generally  either  square  or 
round  on  a  plain  massive  pedestal  and  were  decorated 
with  small  arcades  or  with  sculpture.  In  the  thirteenth 
century  groups  of  shafts,  so  characteristic  of  the  period, 
were  used  in  the  pedestal,  and  the  bowl  is  octagonal. 
In  the  later  middle  ages  the  bowl  was  of  the  same  shape 
and  the  pedestal  was  also  a  plain  octagon.  In  the 
fifteenth  century  the  bowl  is  often  decorated  with 
tracery,  heraldry  or  sculpture  and  the  cover  assumes 
the  form  of  a  spire.  After  the  Restoration  the  bowl  is 
commonly  very  small  and  stands  on  a  baluster-shaped 
pedestal. 

FOOT-PACE.  A  dais*;  the  term  is  now  usually 
applied  only  to  the  dais  for  an  altar. 

PRATER  (from  Old  Fr.fraitur,  short  form  of  re  fret- 
tor  from  Low  Lat.  refectorium,  a  dining-hall — H).  The 
monks'  dining-hall  in  a  monastery.* 

FREEMASON.  In  the  middle  ages  this  term  meant 
one  who  worked  freestone*  as  distinguished  from  a 
rough  mason.  Of  the  gilds  of  freemasons  little  is 
known  and  perhaps  there  is  little  to  know.  Their 
rules  must  have  differed  somewhat  from  those  of  other 
trade  gilds  because  they  had  to  move  about  from  place 
to  place  ;  that  they  did  not  usually  travel  far  seems  to 
be  proved  by  the  very  distinct  peculiarities  of  style  in 
different  districts. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


104 


FREESTONE 


FREESTONE.  Any  stone  which  can  be  easily 
dressed  with  the  chisel,  as  distinguished  from  those 
which  cannot  be  shaped  or  can  only  be  roughly  squared 
with  the  hammer. 

FRESCO  PAINTING  (It&l fresco,  fresh, cool).  Paint- 
ing done  on  fresh  plaster  while  it  is  still  wet ;  only 
so  much  of  the  wall  or  ceiling  is  plastered  with  the 
finishing  coat  as  can  be  painted  the  same  day.  The 
colour  sinks  into  the  plaster  so  that  the  process  is  more 
permanent  than  others,  but  it  is  practically  impossible 
to  make  alterations.  This  method  of  painting  was  prac- 
tised by  the  ancients  and  in  medieval  Italy,  but  not  in 
England,  where  tempera*  painting  only  was  used. 

FRET.  An  enrichment  cut  on  a  flat  surface  ;  some- 
times called  the  key-pattern  (fig.  1 09) ;  there  are  several 
varieties.  In  the  middle  ages  the  term  was  used  in 
many  senses,  e.g.  cusped,  embossed,  set  with  jewels. 


FIG.   109.      FRETS 

FRIEZE.     The  middle  division  of  the  entablature. 

(See  ORDER,  CLASSICAL.) 

FRITHSTOOL.  "Literally  the  seat  of  peace.  A 
seat  or  chair  placed  near  the  altar  in  some  churches, 
the  last  and  most  sacred  refuge  for  those  who  claimed 
the  privilege  of  sanctuary  within  them,  and  for  the 
violation  of  which  the  severest  punishment  was  decreed; 
they  were  frequently  if  not  always  of  stone "  (p.). 
Examples,  Hexham  Abbey  and  Beverley  Minster  (p.). 
*  See  article  thereon. 


GABLE  105 

FRONTAL.     See  ALTAR-FRONTAL. 

FRONTISPIECE.  The  front  of  a  building,  more 
often  the  decorated  entrance  (G.). 

I 

GABLE.  The  end  of  a  roof  of  triangular  or  other 
form ;  the  term  is  generally  applied  only  to  steep 
pitched  Gothic  roofs,  the  low  classical  gable  being 
called  a  pediment.*  There  are  two  principal  methods 
of  construction :  (l)  the  outer  part  of  the  wall  is 
carried  up  above  the  roof  and  is  finished  with  a 
coping ;  (2)  the  roof  is  carried  over  the  wall  and 
projects  more  or  less  beyond  :  this  method  is  the  more 
appropriate  for  timber  buildings.  The  gable  was 
almost  invariably  triangular  in  the  middle  ages ;  in 
the  sixteenth  century  and  early  part  of  the  seventeenth 


FIG.    HO.      CURVED   GABLB 


its  outline  was  a  succession  of  small  curves  (figs,  1 1 0, 
111)  or  was  stepped  (see  CORBIE  STONES,  fig.  81),  the 
coping  being  either  stone  or  brick ;  in  the  latter  part 

*  See  article  thereon. 


106  GALILEE 

of  the  seventeenth  century  large  ogee  ctuves  are  more 
common.  When  the  roof  projected  beyond  the  wall, 
the  edge  or  '  verge '  was  finished  with  an  ornamental 


FIG.  III.      CURVED  GABLES.      FEN  DITTON 

/>oard  called  a  barge -board,*  which  was  carved  or 
pierced  with  tracery  in  the  middle  ages  and  till  the 
middle  of  the  seventeenth  century,  after  which  time 
it  was  moulded ;  the  apex  of  the  gable  has  an  orna- 
mental post. 

OABLET.    A  small  gable,  e.g.  over  a  niche  or  buttress. 

GALILEE.  A  term  of  various  meanings  and  of 
unknown  origin.  At  Durham  Cathedral  it  is  applied 
to  a  chapel  at  the  west  end,  at  Ely  to  the  west  porch, 
at  Lincoln  to  a  porch  on  the  west  side  of  the  south 
transept. 

GALLERY.  (1 )  An  upper  floor  extending  over  a  part 
of  a  church,  hall,  theatre,  or  other  room ;  (2)  a  wide 
passage  or  room  on  an  upper  floor  connecting  distant 
parts  of  a  house  and  providing  wall  space  for  pictures; 
hence  (3)  a  whole  building  intended  for  the  exhibition 
of  pictures. 

(1)  In  a  medieval  church  there  was  a  gallery  over 
the  rood-screen  (see  UOOD-LOFT  and  PULPITOM)  ;  the 
private  chapel  of  a  large  house*  had  a  gallery  at  the 

*  See  article  thereon. 


GESSO  107 

west  end  for  the  family;  and  a  medieval  hall  had 
a  gallery  over  the  screens  passage.  Early  in  the 
seventeenth  century  galleries  were  erected  at  the  west 
end  and  in  the  aisles  of  churches/  and  Laud  was 
accused  of  removing  them  and  of  preventing  their 
erection ;  the  west  gallery  contained  the  choir  and 
band,  and  was  common  in  churches  till  the  middle 
of  the  nineteenth  century;  a  small  gallery  for  the  band 
was  also  common  in  the  assembly  rooms  of  the 
eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries.  A  rather  curious 
variation  of  this  meaning  of  the  term  is  its  application 
to  the  gradually  rising  platform  in  a  school  for  infants. 
(2)  The  gallery,  which  forms  an  important  feature  in 
a  large  Elizabethan  house/  is  derived  from  the  covered 
passages  which  connected  the  various  half-detached 
portions  of  a  medieval  house,  and  its  development 
is  in  great  part  due  to  the  fashion  of  having  portrait 
paintings.  It  sometimes  joined  buildings  which  were 
otherwise  separated ;  other  examples  are  built  against 
the  side  of  another  building,  e.g.  a  hall  which  rises  to 
the  whole  height  of  a  house. 

GARGOYLE  (usually  pron.  gurgoyle).  A  project- 
ing spout  which  drains  the  gutter  behind  a  parapet  and 
shoots  the  water  clear  of  the  walls.  It  is  sometimes  a 
lead  trough,  but  more  usually  it  is  of  stone  and  is 
carved  into  a  grotesque  creature.  It  was  gradually 
superseded  by  rain-water-heads*  and  pipes. 

GARRETT  (from  Old  Fr.  garite,  a  place  of  refuge, 
a  look-out).  A  chamber  constructed  in  the  roof,  an 
attic.* 

GEOMETRICAL  TRACERY.     See  TRACERY. 

GEORGIAN  PERIOD.  See  RENAISSANCE  ARCHITEC- 
TURE and  p.  305. 

GESSO.     A  hard  fine  plaster.     (See  PAINTING.) 
*  See  article  thereon. 


108 


GLASS 


GLASS.     The  knowledge  and  use  of  glass  is  very 
ancient,  but  its  application  to  windows  seems  to  be 


PIG.    113.      LEAD  LATTICE  GLAZING 

Probably  seventeenth  century 

comparatively  recent.  It  appears  to  have  been  used 
in  this  way  by  the  Romans  to  only  a  very  limited 
extent.  It  was  known  to 
the  Saxons,  but  did  not 
become  common  till  the 
thirteenth  and  fourteenth 
centuries.  Coloured  glass 
has  been  used  almost  as 
long  as  white  glass.  De- 
corative effects  have  also 
been  produced  at  different  '  FIG.  II3  LEAD  GLAZING  ' 

periods     by     using     white  Probably  eighteenth  century 

glass  in  leaded  patterns. 

GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE.  The  style  of  archi- 
tecture in  use  from  the  latter  part  of  the  twelfth 
century  till  near  the  middle  of  the  sixteenth. 

"  A  certain  Fantastical  aud  Licentious  manner  of  Build- 
ing, which  we  have  since  call'd  Modern  (or  Gothic  rather) 
Congestions  of  Heavy,  Dark,  Melancholy  and  Monkish  Piles, 
without  any  just  Proportion,  Use  or  Beauty,  compared  with 
the  truly  Antient"  (John  Evelyn,  1696-7). 

In  France  the  style  ran  a  course  fairly  parallel  with 
English  Gothic,  and  it  is  there  that  it  reaches  its 


GOTHIC    ARCHITECTURE         109 

highest  perfection.  Its  decline  is  characterised  by 
fantastic  elaboration,  while  ours  became  on  the  whole 
more  severe.  In  Germany  Romanesque  continued 
longer  and  was  developed  to  a  high  degree  of  refine- 
ment before  Gothic  was  introduced  from  France. 
Gothic  architecture  seems  never  to  have  become  a 
natural  manner  to  the  Italians ;  they  were  late  in 
adopting  it  and  they  gladly  threw  it  over  for  the 
classical  style  in  the  fifteenth  century. 

In  the  seventeenth  century,  under  the  influence  of 
Laud,  some  attempts  were  made  to  build  in  a  Gothic 
style,  "which,"  says  Walpole,  "we  call  King  James' 
Gothic."  This  revival,  however,  was  prompted  entirely 
by  religion  and  had  no  artistic  spontaneity. 

The  Gothic  revival  of  the  nineteenth  century  was 
the  inevitable  reaction  against  the  excessive  formalism 
and  the  unnatural  Italian  imitations  of  the  latter  hall 
of  the  eighteenth  century.  It  formed  a  part  only  of 
a  general  movement  which  included  other  arts  and 
literature. 

To  say  that  the  revived  Gothic  style  has  so  far 
failed  to  re-establish  itself  as  a  natural  and  general 
mode  of  artistic  expression,  and  that  there  has  even 
set  in  a  reaction  in  favour  of  the  Renaissance  architec- 
ture, is  not  to  say  that  the  Gothic  Revival  has  been 
without  results  or  produced  no  effect.  That  is  very 
far  from  being  the  case  and  might  with  as  much  truth 
be  said  of  the  pre-Raphaelite  movement  or  of  the 
Romantic  literature  of  the  early  nineteenth  century. 
But,  like  these,  the  Gothic  Revival  was  to  some  extent 
merely  a  symptom  of  a  general  tendency. 

That  Gothic  architecture  should  fail  to  take  root 
seems  to  us  almost  a  foregone  conclusion.  The  condi- 
tions of  the  middle  ages  and  of  the  present  day  are 
so  entirely  different;  not  only  the  conditions  which 
buildings  are  required  to  fill,  great  as  is  the  change 


110        GOTHIC    ARCHITECTURE 

in  this  respect,  but  the  conditions  under  which  build- 
ings are  produced  have  changed  even  more — have  been 
revolutionised.  Medieval  architecture  was  a  purely 
traditional  art,  passed  on  from  father  to  son  and  from 
master  to  apprentice,  and  slowly  developed  and  as 
slowly  let  die  by  the  slight  improvements  and  slight 
lapses  of  successive  generations.  There  were  no 
written  rules.  In  the  middle  ages  consequently  there 
were  no  architects — a  most  healthy  state.  It  might 
almost  as  truly  be  said  that  there  were  no  builders. 
The  contractor  and  his  contract  appear  towards  the 
end  of  the  period,  but  in  earlier  times  the  employer 
gave  his  directions,  bought  his  materials  and  paid 
the  workmen  weekly  wages  till  the  work  was  finished 
or  the  money  had  come  to  an  end.  But  at  the 
beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century  architectural  tra- 
dition was  almost  dead — killed  by  a  succession  of  im- 
portations from  Italy,  China,  Greece ;  while  there 
had  been  well-nigh  a  flood  of  books  for  a  hundred 
years  past  giving  rules  and  patterns  for  everything. 

It  is  clear  that  such  different  conditions  must  pro- 
duce very  different  results,  and  that  an  art  which 
flourishes  and  grows  rapidly  at  the  one  period  is  im- 
possible at  the  other.  But  after  all,  and  quite  inde- 
pendently of  this,  the  great  overmastering  and 
inexplicable  fact  is  that  at  the  one  time  the  country — 
and  indeed  Europe — was  full  of  artistic  and  especially 
architectural  energy  and  feeling,  while  at  the  other  it 
was  lifeless.  But  for  this  the  revived  art  would  have 
blossomed  and  perhaps  borne  fruit,  contracts  and  im- 
portations and  pattern  books  notwithstanding. 

To  state  in  a  few  words  the  qualities  of  medieval  art 
is  impossible.  Its  most  obvious  characteristics — speak- 
ing not  of  England  only  but  of  Europe  generally — are 
perhaps  the  restless  energy  with  which  it  was  pushed 
on  through  many  mutations  in  the  comparatively  short 
period  of  three  centuries ;  the  extraordinary  daring  of 


GOTHIC    ARCHITECTURE         111 

the  builders  in  construction,  their  carelessness  or  lack 
of  sensitiveness  as  to  the  attainment  of  perfection, 
their  exuberance  and  want  of  artistic  reserve  or  re- 
straint, the  lively  fancy  which  gives  so  much  in- 
dividuality to  the  work,  and,  most  remarkable  of  all, 
the  outcome  of  their  merits  and  their  frailties,  that 
indescribable  humanity  in  the  very  stones. 

This  extraordinary  outburst  of  artistic  production 
becomes  more  rather  than  less  mysterious  as  we 
examine  it.  Its  rapid  development  in  the  thirteenth 
century  is  remarkable,  but  its  complete  and  almost 
sudden  ending  in  the  sixteenth  is  dramatic.  For 
the  end  was  complete.  The  art  of  the  seven- 
teenth century  was  of  an  altogether  different  order. 
Great  architecture  was  produced,  and  the  smaller 
buildings  retained  much  of  the  character  and  much 
of  the  charm  of  medieval  work,  but  the  universality 
of  medieval  art  and  the  lavishness  of  its  beauty  were 
past.  Medieval  art  was  not  merely  an  aflair  of 
splendid  masonry  and  carpentry,  which  are  almost 
all  that  remain  to  us  now.  Along  with  these  went 
magnificent  schools  of  sculpture  and  painting  of  pro- 
foundly poetical  conceptions  and  masterly  technique, 
a  school  of  glass  painting  which  has  never  been 
approached,  working  in  iron  and  casting  in  bronze  and 
lead  and  engraving  on  brass,  gold  and  silver  work 
perfect  alike  in  design  and  in  execution,  enamelling 
applied  to  the  minutest  vessels  and  to  the  broad 
surface  of  the  shield,  tapestry,  embroidery  and  weaving, 
carvings  in  wood  and  in  ivory,  and  illuminating  on 
vellum.  No'r  was  it  only  the  arts  that  were  artistic, 
but  every  common  object  of  furniture  and  household 
use  had  form,  colour  and  character.  Dress,  armour, 
heraldry  and  coins  were  treated  with  a  sense  of  design 
with  which  the  nations  seem  to  have  been  infused. 
And  all  these  crafts,  and  this  faculty  for  giving  to 
everything  some  of  the  character  of  a  work  of  art, 


112  GRANGE 

may  be  said  to  have  reached  their  climax  between  the 
years  1 300  and  1 400. 

So  extraordinary  is  this  manifestation,  so  far  removed 
from  anything  that  is  possible  to  us,  and  so  impressive 
are  the  works  which  it  produced,  that  it  is  common 
to  find  them,  or  at  least  those  of  the  greatest  period, 
spoken  of  and  even  written  about  as  if  they  were 
altogether  above  criticism.  This  position  has  only  to 
be  stated  to  show  its  falseness.  Produced  under  a 
strong  unwritten  tradition  the  art  perhaps  maintained 
a  more  uniform  level  than  at  periods  when  individual 
architects  impart  to  their  work  their  weakness  and 
their  strength.  But,  nevertheless,  there  is  much  differ- 
ence in  quality  between  one  building  and  another, 
between  district  and  district,  between  nation  and 
nation. 

Medieval  architecture  itself  and  not  a  few  of  those 
other  arts  mentioned  above  were  entirely  the  creations 
of  the  northern  mind ;  others  came  by  contact  with 
the  East  or  by  inheritance  from  ancient  times.  Some 
have  been  surpassed  at  other  periods  and  in  other 
lands.  But  considering  their  number  and  variety, 
ncluding  as  they  do  every  branch  of  art  from  the 
greatest  to  the  least,  and  remembering  the  height  to 
which  all  were  carried,  it  may  be  said  that  Gothic 
art  taken  as  a  whole  will  rank  above  that  of  any  other 
people  or  time  of  which  we  have  knowledge. 

GRANGE  (Lat.  from  granum,  corn),  (l)  A  barn; 
granary.  (2)  A  farmhouse ;  an  old  country  house  some 
what  larger  than  the  ordinary  farmhouse.  (3)  The 
house  and  barns  on  an  outlying  property  of  a  monastery. 

GRECO-ROMAN  ARCHITECTURE.  "The  style 
of  architecture  adopted  by  many  architects  in  England 
at  the  end  of  the  last  [eighteenth]  century,  in  which 
the  severity  of  the  ancient  Greek  style  is  modified  by 
the  richness  and  elaborate  details  of  that  of  the  Roman, 


GREEK  ARCHITECTURE         113 

together  with  the  introduction  of  features  such  as  the 
arch,  adapted  to  the  requirements  of  the  style  and  of 
the  present  era  "  (G). 

GREEK  ARCHITECTURE.  The  term  is  commonly 
used  in  the  limited  sense  of  the  three  Greek  Orders*  — 
Doric,  Ionic,  and  Corinthian — as  perfectly  developed, 
and  the  arrangement  of  temples*  and  their  porticoes 
as  represented  by  the  perfected  types  of  Athens.  It  is 
clear,  however,  that  these  buildings  are  the  outcome  of 
a  long  period  of  growth  either  on  the  mainland  or  in 
the  islands,  which  has  left  practically  no  remains.  For 
the  earliest  buildings  of  the  classical  age  are  to  all 
intents  and  purposes  perfect,  and  differ  only  in  slight 
respects  from  the  latest :  in  sturdiness  of  proportions 
and  in  lack  of  refinement.  The  Doric  forms  are,  it  is 
thought,  derived  from  buildings  of  timber.  But  if  the 
details  suggest  a  timber  origin,  the  general  proportions 
are  very  far  from  doing  so.  A  portico  constructed  of 
timber  would  have  thin  columns  placed  at  wide  in- 
tervals, for  the  weight  they  would  have  to  support  is 
immaterial,  and  they  would  be  kept  upright  by  being 
planted  in  the  ground,  while  the  transverse  strength  of 
timber  allows  the  lintel  to  be  long  in  proportion  to  its 
depth.  But  in  the  Doric  stone  portico  the  columns  are 
massive  and  very  close  together,  while  the  architrave 
is  deep ;  and  moreover  the  earlier  buildings  have  the 
more  massive  proportions.  This  contrast  between  the 
actual  stone  buildings  and  what  we  suppose  wood 
buildings  to  have  been  indicates  a  long  interval  of 
time. 

The  Ionic  and  Corinthian  Orders  are  used  in  buildings 
somewhat  later  in  date  than  the  Doric,  but  they  appear 
fully  developed.  The  invention  of  the  Ionic  capital 
with  its  great  spirals,  has  been  accounted  for  by  many 
theories,  and  the  invention  of  the  Corinthian  acanthus- 

*  See  article  thereon. 


114         GREEK  ARCHITECTURE 

capital  by  a  pretty  story  (see  p.  1 96).  But  architect- 
ural forms,  like  most  other  things,  arc  not  invented, 
they  grow. 

And  so  the  foundations  of  Greek  architecture  must 
be  sought  for  not  in  invention  and  perhaps  not  on  the 
mainland,  but  in  prehistoric  cities,  and  probably  in 
those  of  the  Archipelago  and  of  Crete ;  perhaps  some 
of  the  stages,  which  connect  them,  through  what  has 
hitherto  been  known  as  Mycenaean  art,  with  the  per- 
fected Greek  art  may  yet  be  revealed. 

The  genius  of  the  Greek  as  an  artist  lay  not  in 
inventing  the  new  but  in  perfecting  the  old.  In  this 
adherence  to  tradition  he  is  an  Oriental ;  as  a  master 
of  form  rather  than  of  colour,  he  belongs  to  the  West. 
His  stern  suppression  of  self  and  his  rather  cold 
pursuit  of  the  ideal  are  his  own  peculiar  contributions 
to  art.  In  his  severity  he  leaves  the  East.  His  aim 
at  perfection  involved  loss  of  individuality  ;  the  Gothic 
nations  in  their  assertion  of  individuality  necessarily 
rejected  the  ideal. 

This  striving  after  perfection  by  the  refining  of  an 
accepted  model  is  illustrated  in  a  remarkable  way  in 
the  subtile  '  optical  corrections '  of  the  best  buildings. 
The  diminution  of  the  column  and  its  entasis,  the 
closer  spacing  of  the  columns  at  the  angles  of  the 
portico,  the  inward  lean  of  the  columns,  and  the  arch- 
ing of  the  horizontal  lines  are  all  means  to  an  end :  the 
counteracting  of  optical  illusions. 

It  is  not  surprising  to  find  that  a  people  who  showed 
by  these  precautions  what  importance  they  attached  to 
the  most  absolute  repose  should  altogether  reject  the 
arch.  The  Greeks  knew  of  and  understood  the  arch, 
and  there  are  one  or  two  instances  of  its  employment, 
but  this  fact  only  emphasises  their  refusal. 

To  most  people  who  have  seen  the  actual  buildings, 
their  white  marble  mellowed  and  stained  with  gold,  it 
will  always  remain  a  mystery  that  the  Greeks  should 


GUILDHALL  115 

have  entirely  covered  their  buildings  with  plaster  (ex- 
tremely fine  and  hard,  and  no  thicker  than  paper)1  and 
should  have  painted  that  plaster.  But  they  did  not  see 
them  as  we  see  them,  mellowed  by  time ;  and  no  doubt 
the  effect  of  large  masses  of  white  marble  with  its 
hard  lustrous  surface  was  painful  to  them.  It  must  be 
remembered  that  the  dislike  of  plaster  is  entirely 
English  and  modern,  and  we  may  take  it  that  the 
Greek  judgement  was  sound. 

GRESE,  GRECE,  GRYSE.  The  medieval  term  for 
a  step. 

GROIN  (lit.  a  fork  or  branch).  The  salient  angle 
formed  by  the  intersection  of  two  vaulting  surfaces. 

GROINED  VAULTING.  Vaulting*  consisting  of 
intersecting  surfaces  forming  salient  angles  with  or 
without  ribs,  as  distinguished  from  barrel  vaults, 
domes  and,  to  speak  accurately,  fan  vaulting. 

GROTESQUE  (from  Fr.  grotte,  a  grotto,  cave).  A 
fantastic  representation  of  a  man  or  animal. 

GUESTHOUSE.  A  building  provided  for  the 
accommodation  of  guests  in  a  monastery.* 

GUILDHALL  (properly  GILDHALL),  TOWN  HALL, 
TOLBOOTH.  It  would  seem  that  it  was  originally 
built  as  a  booth,  a  mere  roof  on  wooden  posts,  at 
which  to  collect  market  tolls.  When  a  room  was 
required  as  a  place  of  meeting  for  the  Gild  Merchant 
or  the  Town  Council,  the  easiest  and  most  con- 
venient way  of  providing  one  without  encroaching 
on  the  market-place,  the  rents  for  which  were  of 
value  to  the  town,  was  to  build  a  chamber  over  the 
Tolbooth.  And  when,  in  later  times,  the  Town  Hall 
was  rebuilt  in  stone  or  brick,  the  same  arrangement 
was  kept.  Thus  it  happens  that  so  many  of  our  old 

*  See  article  thereon.    1  The  rough  stone  was  thickly  plastered. 


116  GUILLOCHE 

Town  Halls  are  entirely  on  the  upper  floor  and  have 
a  space  open  to  the  market  underneath.  Occasionally 
they  are  built  solid  from  the  ground  like  ordinary 
houses. 

GUILLOCHE.  An  enrichment  consisting  of  two 
wavy  bauds  interlaced  (fig.  95). 

GURGOYLE.     See  GARGOYLE. 

GUTTAE  (from  Lat.  gutta,  a  drop).  Small  project- 
ing discs  on  the  mutules  of  the  Doric  cornice ;  also 
cylinders  or  truncated  cones  appearing  to  hang  with  the 
large  end  downwards  from  the  fillet  under  the  triglyphs. 
They  are  supposed  to  represent  the  pins  used  in  a 
building  constructed  of  timber.  (See  ORDER,  CLASSICAL.) 

HAGIOSCOPE  (Gk.  ayios,  holy,  and  O-KOTTOS,  a 
watcher).  A  modern  term  for  a  small  window,  loop- 
hole or  squint,*  through  which  to  watch  an  altar. 

HALF-TIMBER  WORK.    See  TIMBER  BUILDINGS. 

HALL.  (1)  The  principal  room  in  a  medieval 
house ;  whence  (2)  a  manor-house,  and  (3)  the  entrance 
vestibule  of  a  house. 

HAMMER  BEAM.  A  bracket  forming  part  of  the 
principal  truss  of  an  open  timber  roof. 

HAWK'S  BEAK  MOULDING.  The  same  as  Bird's 
beak  moulding  (fig.  177).  Not  to  be  confounded  with 
Bird's  beak  ornament  (fig.  29). 

HELIX.  A  small  leaf  in  the  Corinthian  capital ;  two 
spring  from  each  of  the  eight  caulicoli  (see  fig.  1 93). 

HERRING-BONE  WORK.  Walling  in  which  a 
row  of  bricks  or  stones  is  laid  sloping,  followed  by 
another  row  sloping  the  other  way.  It  has  been 
used  occasionally  at  all  periods  from  Roman  times 
to  the  present  day.  The  brickwork  at  the  back  of 


HOLY -WATER    STOUP 


117 


a   medieval  fireplace  was   commonly  worked   in   this 
way  (fig.  114). 


FIG.  114.      HKRRING-BONB  BRICKWORK  AT  THK  BACK  OF  A  FIREPLACE 

HEXASTYLE.     See  TEMPLE. 

HIP.     The  salient  angle  formed  by  the  intersection 
of  two  roofs  (fig.  1 1 5,  line  c  rf.) 


FIG.  115.     A  ini'1't.u  kouF.     fi,  b,  valley,     c,  d,  hip 


HIPPED  ROOF.     A  roof*  with  hips  (fig.  115). 

HOLY- WATER  STOUP  OR  STOCK.  The  basin  for 
consecrated  water  was  generally  placed  in  a  recess  to 
the  right  of  the  principal  door  of  the  church  either 
inside  or  outside.  *  See  article  thereon. 


118    HONEYSUCKLE   ENRICHMENT 

HONEYSUCKLE  ENRICHMENT.  An  enrich- 
ment* of  the  Ionic  and  Corinthian  orders  (fig.  96). 

HOOD -MOULD,  DRIP-STONE,  LABEL.  The 
outermost  ring  of  an  arch,  projecting  beyond  the  face  of 
the  wall.  It  is  used  for  architectural  effect  only,  being 
of  insufficient  thickness  to  be  of  structural  value.  It 
is  of  some  use  outside  a  building  if  it  is  undercut,  as  it 
throws  off  the  rain-water  which  runs  down  the  wall 
and  keeps  it  from  staining  the  arch.  But  it  is  not 
this  which  led  to  its  use,  for  it  is  used  inside  as  well  as 
outside  a  building,  and  the  early  hood-moulds  were  not 
undercut.  It  is  doubtless  the  successor  of  the  archi- 
trave-moulding used  by  the  Romans  in  their  arches. 
Its  section  generally  corresponds  to  that  of  the  abacus. 
(See  MOULDING.) 

HOSPITAL.  The  present  sense  of  the  word  and 
the  present  character  of  the  institution  are  both 
modern.  Till  recently  there  were  no  houses  solely  for 
the  temporary  reception  of  the  sick  except  the  'pest 
houses '  in  times  of  plague.  In  the  middle  ages  there 
were  hospitals  for  leprosy  till  that  disease  disappeared 
from  England  in  the  fifteenth  century.  The  medieval 
hospital  ministered  to  the  sick,  but  its  first  objects 
seem  to  have  been  to  provide  a  refuge  for  the  aged, 
infirm  and  destitute,  to  distribute  alms  to  poor,  and  to 
support  a  certain  number  of  chaplains  who  should  sing 
masses  for  the  soul  of  the  founder. 

The  building  was  in  some  examples  arranged  like 
those  of  a  monastic  infirmary,  that  is,  it  resembled 
a  church,  of  which  the  nave  and  aisles  were  the 
hospital  proper  and  the  chancel  formed  a  chapel. 
The  Great  Hospital,  Norwich  (fig.  11 6),  was  of  this 
type.  In  this  instance  the  other  necessary  buildings 
are  grouped  round  a  cloister  in  a  curious  compromise 
between  a  monastery  and  a  private  house.  In  other 
hospitals  (e.g.  St.  Cross,  Winchester)  the  church  is 
*  See  article  thereon. 


HOUR-GLASS    STAND 


119 


quite  distinct  from  the  other  buildings  and  the  general 
arrangement  somewhat  resembles  a  college.* 


ft  OAO 


FIG.    Il6.      A   MEDIEVAL  HOSPITAL,   NORWICH 

HOSTEL.  An  inn ;  also  a  dwelling-house  for  a 
number  of  persons,  but  not  public,  e.g.  a  house  of 
residence  for  students ;  there  were  a  considerable 
number  of  hostels  of  this  sort  at  Oxford  and  Cambridge 
in  the  middle  ages.  (See  COLLEGE.) 

HOUR-GLASS  STAND.   An  iron  frame  and  bracket 
attached  to  a  pulpit  to  hold  the  preacher's  hour-glass. 
*  See  article  thereon. 


120  HOUSE 

Several   seventeenth-century   examples   remain ;   they 
probably  were  not  in  use  earlier. 

HOUSE.  The  earliest  domestic  buildings  in  England 
date  from  the  twelfth  century.  Stone  was  then  more 
commonly  used  than  formerly,  and  consequently  several 
houses  of  the  Norman  period  have  been  preserved. 
The  stone-built  town  houses  which  still  remain  appear 
to  have  belonged  in  most  cases  to  Jews,  the  rich  men 
of  the  period,  and  a  class  which  must  often  have  found 
it  necessary  to  have  houses  that  were  capable  of  defence. 
The  best  known  are  those  at  Lincoln  and  Bury  St. 
Edmund's,  in  which  the  principal  rooms  are  on  the 
upper  floor.  It  was  a  common  plan,  in  the  larger 
private  houses,  to  reserve  the  ground  floor  for  offices 
and  store  rooms,  and  to  cover  it  with  a  stone  vault 
supported  on  a  row  of  columns  running  down  the  middle 
to  the  building ;  the  living  rooms  were  placed  above 
and  were  sometimes  reached  by  an  outside  staircase 
only.  When  the  hall  was  on  the  ground  floor  it  was 
sometimes  divided  by  arches  into  a  nave  and  aisles  like 
a  church  ;  Westminster  Hall,  built  by  William  II.,  was 
thus  divided  originally.  Probably  the  columns  were 
often  of  wood,  like  those  in  the  Bishop's  Palace  at 
Hereford  and  in  Farnham  Castle.  Whether  the  hall 
was  above  or  below  stairs,  it  occupied  the  greater  part 
of  the  house.  Hence  the  application  of  the  word  Hall 
in  very  early  times  to  the  whole  house.  The  only 
other  rooms  were  a  cellar,  not  necessarily  below  ground, 
at  one  end  of  the  hall  with  a  room  over  it,  and  at  the 
other  end  of  the  hall  the  kitchen  offices. 

It  is  in  the  reign  of  Edward  I.  that  we  see  the 
gradual  development  of  the  typical  medieval  plan, 
which  continued  with  but  little  change  in  its  essentials 
till  the  time  of  Elizabeth  (fig.  117).  The  medieval 
house  consisted  of  a  hall  going  the  whole  height  of  the 
building,  with  a  wing  of  two  storeys  at  each  end 
(fig.  1 1 8).  The  hall  had  an  open-timber  roof,  and 


122 


HOUSE 


usually  a  central  hearth.  It  was  lighted  from  both 
sides,  and  on  each  side  there  was  a  door  at  the  '  lower ' 
end,  which  was  that  nearest  to  the  kitchen.  The 
'upper'  end  of  the  hall  was  raised  a  step  to  form  a 
dai's  for  the  high-table,  which  stretched  across  the  hall, 
while  the  tables  for  the  retainers  ran  down  the  sides. 
To  check  the  draughts  from  the  doors,  short  screens, 


Il8.      A   MEDIEVAL  MANOR-HOUSE,    HORHAM    HALL 


called  'spurs/  were  projected  from  each  of  the  side 
walls  ;  afterwards  a  third  screen  was  placed  between 
them,  leaving  two  intervals,  which  may  perhaps  have 
been  hung  with  curtains;  then  the  passage  between 
the  doors,  which  itself  came  to  be  called  the  '  screens/ 
was  ceiled  over  and  thus  a  gallery  was  formed  ;  finally 
the  intervals  between  the  three  screens  were  fitted 
with  doors.  The  bay,  or  oriel  window  as  we  call  it,  is 


HOUSE  123 

another  development  of  late  times;  it  formed  a  con- 
venient retired  corner  when  houses  had  so  few  rooms. 

The  ground-floor  room  at  the  upper  end  of  the  hall 
was  often  a  sort  of  store-room  or  cellar;  over  it  there 
was  the  chamber  or  '  solar/  the  private  sitting-room 
and  bedroom  of  the  family,  to  which  they  could  retire 
after  supper,  leaving  the  hall  to  the  servants.  The 
room  sometimes  commanded  a  view  of  the  hall  through 
a  small  loophole. 

Large  houses  had  a  private  chapel  adjoining  or  near 
to  the  solar.  In  some  cases  a  gallery  extended  over 
part  of  the  chapel  for  the  accommodation  of  the  family, 
while  the  retainers  sat  below. 

Returning  to  the  lower  end  of  the  hall :  the  end  wall 
beyond  the  screens  contained  two  doors,  one  opening 
into  the  buttery,  the  other  into  a  passage  leading  to  the 
kitchen  and  larder ;  frequently  there  was  a  third  door 
to  the  pantry,  where  bread,  butter,  etc.,  were  served 
out.  The  rooms  over  the  offices  were  probably  bedrooms 
for  women-servants,  the  men  sleeping,  as  of  old,  in  the 
hall ;  but  there  is  still  a  good  deal  of  uncertainty  as  to 
the  sleeping  accommodation  for  the  opposite  sexes. 

The  house  was  gradually  enlarged  by  adding  room  to 
room,  especially  by  extending  laterally  the  wings  at 
each  end  of  the  hall.  In  course  of  time  this  led  to  the 
formation  of  a  courtyard  surrounded  by  buildings,  and 
sometimes  of  two  courts,  one  on  each  side  of  the  hall 
(fig.  1 1 9).  From  these  three  stages  of  development — 
the  central  hall  with  a  projecting  wing  at  each  end,  the 
single  court,  and  the  double  court — the  normal  plan  of 
later  times  was  derived.  The  smaller  houses,  of  course, 
continued  the  simple  primitive  arrangement  more  or 
less,  according  to  circumstances.  They  were  almost 
always  of  timber,  as  indeed  were  most  of  the  larger 
houses  except  in  districts  where  stone  was  the  more 
easily  obtainable. 

The  only  other  changes  made  in  this  plan  during 


124  HOUSE 

the  middle  ages  were  in  matters  of  detail,  tending 
chiefly  to  the  greater  seclusion  of  the  family.  The 
solar  became  more  important,  and  separate  bedrooms 
were  provided.  The  upper  rooms  at  each  end  of  the 
house,  formerly  separated  by  the  high  central  hall,  are 
now  sometimes  connected  by  a  gallery  built  out  from 
the  side  wall  of  the  hall.  The  staircase  remains  an 
insignificant  feature.  Glass  gradually  becomes  more 


FIG.    IIQ.      HADDON    HALL 

common,  the  window  is  divided  by  a  transom,  the  lower 
part  having  bars  and  a  wood  shutter  to  open,  while  the 
upper  part  has  glass  fixed. 

The  town  house  was  less  susceptible  of  variety  in 
plan  than  the  country  house.  The  lower  storey  was 
usually  a  shop,  and  there  was  a  somewhat  insignificant 
staircase  at  the  back  to  the  living  rooms  above. 

In  the  reigns  of  Henry  VIII.  and  Elizabeth  the 
larger  country  houses  generally  followed  the  courtyard 
plan.  The  plan  of  the  smaller  house,  and  sometimes 
also  of  the  larger,  assumes  the  well-known  E  shape, 
commonly  supposed  to  be  an  allusion  to  the  Queen's 


HOUSE  125 

name ;  but  the  arrangement  is  simply  a  central  range 
with  a  wing  at  each  end  and  a  porch  in  the  middle,  a 
plan  which  has  been  common  at  all  periods.  The  fourth 
side  of  the  court  was  left  open  or  was  closed  only  by  a 
wall  with  a  gateway. 

The  rooms  at  either  end  of  the  hall  are  now  more 
conveniently  arranged.  Though  many  rooms  still  open 
out  of  one  another,  and  some  rooms,  even  bedrooms, 
cannot  be  reached  without  passing  through  several 
others,  they  are  ingeniously  grouped  and  are  connected 
by  wide  galleries,  and  numerous  staircases  are  dis- 
tributed about  the  building.  The  galleries  occupy  one 
side  of  a  range,  not  the  middle  like  a  modern  passage 
with  rooms  on  each  side.  They  are  a  development  of 
the  light  covered  ways  which  connected  various  parts  of 
a  large  medieval  building,  and  they  form  an  important 
step  towards  the  modern  compact  block  of  building  as 
distinct  from  the  medieval  narrow  and  straggling  range. 
The  gallery  built  on  the  upper  floor  behind  the  hall, 
with  small  rooms  or  an  open  colonnade  below  it,  becomes 
the  great  picture  gallery,  which  is  one  of  the  most 
striking  features  of  the  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  house. 

The  hall  has  now  become  little  more  than  an 
entrance-hall  and  lounge,  though  it  retains  its  former 
grardeur  and  is  still  used  for  Christmas  revels.  The 
stately  reception-rooms  on  the  upper  floor  necessitated 
a  corresponding  enlargement  of  the  staircase  which  had 
hitherto  been  rather  a  neglected  feature.  It  is  still 
kept  apart  and  separate  from  the  hall.  It  is  wide, 
massive,  and  richly  decorated  with  carving.  The  screen, 
though  often  now  of  no  use,  is  retained  as  an  orna- 
mental feature.  Fireplaces  have  become  universal  hi 
private  houses,  and  splendid  marbles  and  luxuriant 
carving  are  lavished  upon  them.  It  is  only  in  a  few 
college  halls  that  the  primitive  central  brazier  and 
lantern  on  the  roof  are  still  used. 

Inigo  Jones  broke  entirely  with  the  traditions  of  the 


126 


HOUSE 


past  in  his  plans  as  in  his  architecture.  The  house 
becomes  a  solid  block  instead  of  a  narrow  range  with 
numerous  projections  and  broken  outline.  All  the 
reception-rooms,  as  they  were  now  called,  were  placed 
on  the  upper  floors.  The  offices  were  placed  in  a  base- 
ment below  them.  The  main  floor  was  reached  by  a 


FIG.    120.      THB  EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY  PLAN,   GOODWOOD 

wide  flight  of  stone  steps  outside  the  house.  The  inside 
staircase,  leading  only  to  the  bedrooms,  is  treated  as 
simply  as  possible. 

For  the  largest  class  of  country  house  the  favourite 
plan  of  the  eighteenth-century  architects  consisted  of  a 
central  block  connected  with  low  advanced  lodges  by 
quadrant  galleries  (fig.  120).  These  advanced  wings 
usually  contained  on  one  side  the  laundries  and  so  on, 


INCENSE   SHIP 


127 


and  on  the  other  side  the  stables.  The  reception-rooms 
were  often  effectively  grouped,  but  the  arrangement  of 
the  bedrooms  is  still  defective. 

HUNTING  TOWER.  A  tower  built  in  a  park  in 
Elizabethan  days  from  which  ladies  could  watch  deer- 
driving. 

HUTCH.     A  chest/ 

HYP^THRAL  TEMPLE.  A  temple*  which  is 
partly  open  to  the  sky. 

HYPOCAUST.  A  heating-chamber  under  the  floor 
of  Roman  baths  and  houses  in  Britain  and  elsewhere. 
There  are  two  principal  varieties  :  the  pillar  hypocaust 
and  the  channel  hypocaust.  In  the  first  the  floor  of  the 
room,  which  is  of  concrete,  is  supported  on  small  brick 
columns.  The  low  underground  chamber  thus  formed 
had  a  stoke-hole  outside  the  building,  and  very  small 
flues  from  it  were  carried  up  the  walls  in  different 
angles  of  the  room.  In  the  channel  hypocaust  the 
concrete  floor  rests  on  the  ground,  and  flues  are  formed 
under  it,  radiating  from  the  stoke-hole  to  the  various 
vertical  flues. 

IMAGE.  This  term  was  in 
the  middle  ages  often  applied 
to  a  painting  as  well  as  to  a 
statue  ;  both  painter  and  sculptor 
were  called  'imageour.' 

IMPOST.  A  flat  horizontal 
projecting  stone  placed  at  the 
springing  of  an  arch  (fig.  121). 

INCENSE  SHIP.  A  vessel 
of  silver  or  any  other  metal  of 
boat-like  shape  in  which  was 
kept  the  incense  to  be  burned 
in  the  censers  in  a  medieval 


*  See  article  thereon. 


FJC  IM    mposr  AND  ARCH 

ALSOr-IN-THE-DALB 


128  INCISED   SLABS 

INCISED  SLABS.     See  MONUMENT. 

INFIRMARY.  (1)  A  hospital*  for  the  sick.  (2) 
The  department  of  a  monastery*  in  which  the  old  and 
infirm,  the  sick  and  those  who  had  been  recently  bled 
were  received. 

INN.  (l)  A  house  of  public  entertainment/  The 
inns  of  the  middle  ages  appear  to  have  been  poor  and 
uncomfortable ;  the  monasteries  and  the  town  and 
village  gilds  supplied,  and  probably  well  supplied,  the 
wants  of  the  traveller.  But  the  suppression  of  the 
monasteries  and  gilds  and  the  increase  in  the  number 
of  travellers  brought  about  an  improvement  in  the 
inns  in  the  sixteenth  century.  The  ordinary  Eliza- 
bethan hostelry  is  built  entirely  of  timber  and  presents 
a  street  front  similar  to  the  private  house  except  that 
it  has  a  large  archway  leading  through  to  a  court- 
yard. The  court  is  square  or  more  commonly  long 
and  narrow,  and  it  is  surrounded  by  an  open  gallery 
at  the  level  of  each  storey.  The  lowest  rooms  are 
offices;  the  bedrooms  for  guests  are  on  the  upper  floors 
and  open  on  to  the  galleries.  (2)  A  place  of  residence 
for  students,  a  hostel,  a  sort  of  college,  e.g.  Lincoln's 
Inn,  London. 

INSCRIPTION.  Writings  of  all  ages  are  found  on 
buildings  but  they  are  rare  till  the  latter  part  of 
the  fifteenth  century.  The  buildings  of  that  period, 
especially  the  churches,  sometimes  have  an  inscription 
in  bold  characters  running  round  the  plinth,  parapet 
or  cornice ;  and  in  painted  windows  the  figures  often 
hold  scrolls  bearing  texts.  At  the  Reformation  texts 
were  painted  on  the  walls  of  churches  in  place  of 
the  earlier  subject  pictures.  Great  Elizabethan  houses 
sometimes  have  an  inscription  round  the  top  formed 
by  piercing  the  parapet  so  as  to  leave  the  letters 
silhouetted  against  the  sky  like  a  '  sky-sign '  ;  texts 
*  See  article  thereon. 


IRONWORK 


129 


and  moral  sayings  are  sometimes  painted  on  the  walls 
of  the  rooms,  such  as  the  following : — 

Wysdom  knowledge  and  understanding 
Ar  the  sowles  most  gloryus  clothing 
Geue  the  glory  to  god  only. 

Church  bells  almost  always  have  an  inscription,  and 
Elizabethan  communion-plate  often  has  the  name  of 
the  parish.  (See  MONUMENT.) 

INTERCOLUMNIATION.    The  distance  ,    , 

apart   at  which  columns   are   placed.     (See 

TEMPLE.) 

INTERPENETRATIONS.  The  system  of 
making  mouldings  intersect,  so  that  they  ap- 
pear to  run  through  one  another;  practised  in 
England  in  the  fifteenth  century,  but  more 
common  in  work  of  that  period  on  the  Con- 
tinent (fig.  122). 

INTRADOS.     See  ARCH. 

IONIC  ORDER.     See  ORDER,  CLASSICAL. 

IRONWORK.  In  England  as  in  France, 
the  art  of  the  smith  reached  a  high  level  in 
early  times.  The  designs  are  bold  and  well 
suited  to  the  material,  and  the  workmanship  is 
excellent.  Most  of  the  examples  of  an  early 
date  that  now  remain  are  hinges  of  doors.  Each  hinge 
generally  consists  of  a  horizontal  band  carried  right 
across  the  door,  with  scrolls  branching  out  from  it. 
Besides  the  two  hinges  there  is  often  a  central  band 
which  is  similarly  treated.  Thus  the  whole  door  was 
more  or  less  covered  with  ironwork  which  added  to  its 
strength  and  produced  a  rich  effect. 

In  the  first  half  of  the  eleventh  century  the  com- 
monest type  of  hinge  has  the  central  rib, 
with  branches  springing  out  from  it  ab- 
ruptly from  behind  the  stonework  and  form- 
ing a  crescent.  Mystic  figures  such  as  the 
swastica  and  grotesque  animal  heads  which  SWASTICA 


FIG.  112. 

AN  WTERPENE- 

TRATION 


FIG.  122  A 


130 


IRONWORK 


occur  are  probably  due  to  the  Danes,  and  there  are  also 
representations  of  Vikings'  ships.  The  door  is  some- 
times surrounded  by  a  plain  or  ornamental  band 
of  iron.  Norman  work  has  the  same  general  char- 
acter ;  the  scrolls  sometimes  end  in  elaborate  spirals, 
and  geometrical  patterns  are  used.  The  most  remark- 
able example  remaining  is  the  fragment  preserved  in 
Winchester  Cathedral,  one  of  the  few  remains  of  the 
grates  which  were  once  common.  It  formerly  pro- 
tected the  shrine  of  St.  Swithin  and  is  thought  to  date 
from  1093.  (GA.) 


FIG.    123.      A  THIRTEENTH-CENTURY   HINGE,   REEPHAM 


IRONWORK 


131 


In  the  thir  - 
teenth  century 
the  branch  work 
is  more  elaborate 
and  the  spiral  is 
more  commonly 
used ;  the  crescent  ,. 
is  less  pronounced  / 
or  is  abandoned,  / 
the  curve  of  the 
branches  being  in 
the  opposite  di- 
rection. Animal 
forms  give  place 
to  those  of  foliage, 
the  branches  are 
often  ribbed  and 
the  ends  modelled 
into  leaf-like  forms 
(fig.  123).  The 
screen  of  Queen 
Eleanor's  tomb 
in  Westminster 
Abbey  by  Thomas 
de  Leghtone  in 
1294  is  a  rich  and 
characteristic  ex- 
ample. 

In  the  four- 
teenth centuiy 
the  making  of 
ornamental  door 
hinges  died  out, 
probably  owing  to 
the  practice  of  de- 
corating the  wood- 
work. A  good 


182  IRONWORK 

deal  of  screen-work  was  done,  but  the  old  and  appro- 
priate methods  of  welding  and  modelling  the  iron  while 
hot  were  given  up,  and  the  screens  were  built  up  of 
many  separate  pieces,  fastened  together  with  tenon  and 
mortice  like  joiners'  work.  A  good  early  example  is 
the  screen  round  the  shrine  of  St.  Alban,  of  the  time  of 
Edward  I.  (GA.)  This  method,  introduced  from  Venice, 


PIG.  135.     LOCK  PLATE,  KING'S  COLLEGE  CHAPEL,  CAMBRIDGE 

is  of  Oriental  origin.  A  later  example  is  the  screen 
of  the  chapel  of  Henry  V.  in  Westminster  Abbey,  by 
Roger  Johnson  of  London.  The  system  gave  little 
opportunity  to  the  smith  for  the  practice  of  his  skill 
either  in  design  or  in  technique ;  he  lost  interest  in  his 
work  and  his  art  languished,  save  in  the  departments 
of  the  armourer  and  locksmith.  (GA.) 

In  its  relation  to  architecture  the  most  important 
smith's  work  of  the  fifteenth  and  sixteenth  centuries 
was  the  lock  plate  (fig.  125).  This  was  a  work  of  great 
beauty  and  of  extraordinary  delicacy,  chased  and  en- 
graved and  pierced  into  elaborate  and  minute  tracery, 
and  sometimes  even  carved  in  the  solid.  All  this  work 
and  the  joinery  system  of  construction  were  done  on  the 
cold  iron,  and  can  hardly  be  considered  as  appropriate 
to  the  metal. 

In  the  beginning  of  the  sixteenth  century  some 
Flemish  work  was  imported,  such  as  the  piece  of  work 
(originally  a  pair  of  gates)  in  St.  George's  Chapel, 


IRONWORK  133 

Windsor,  and  the  gates  to  Bishop  West's  chapel  in  Ely 
Cathedral,  and  such  examples  no  doubt  influenced 
English  design.  But  English  ironwork  became  prac- 
tically extinct  as  an  art.  Very  simple  railings  with 
ornamental  cresting  and  finials  were  made  to  protect 
monuments,  as  they  had  been  throughout  the  middle 
ages.  (GA.) 

The  supporting  irons  of  inn-signs  and  weather  vanes 
were  elaborate  and  decorative,  and  carried  on  the  old 
traditions.  Except  for  these  only 
small  objects  such  as  casement 
fasteners,  hinges  of  small  doors, 
and  keyhole  scutcheons  (fig.  126), 
were  made  in  Elizabethan  and 
Stuart  times. 

It  is  an  interesting  circumstance 
that  an  elaborately  decorative  treat- 
ment of  wrought  ironwork  should 
have  been  revived  at  the  end  of 
the  seventeenth  century  when  the  FIG.  n6.  A  KEYHOLE 
severest  classicism  held  sway.  But  ESCUTCH«°N.  DATBD  «6" 
already  was  the  nation  beginning  to  break  away  from 
these  bonds,  and  the  splendid  gates  made  for  Hampton 
Court  by  a  Frenchman,  Jean  Tijou,  in  1690,  set  a 
fashion  which  immediately  spread  over  the  whole 
country  and  revived  the  art,  as  it  were,  at  a  stroke 
(fig.  127). 

The  new  style  was  very  limited  in  its  application. 
It  was  almost  confined  to  gates,  generally  with  elaborate 
fixed  compositions  over  them,  and  the  like.  Good 
examples  are  to  be  found  in  front  of  many  suburban 
houses  both  of  London  and  provincial  towns ;  the  scrolls 
on  the  top  of  the  area  railings  of  town  houses  at  the 
point  where  they  join  the  house  wall  on  either  side  of 
the  front  door  are  generally  good  designs  of  the  same 
school.  Ornamental  hinges  were  never  used,  and  all 
the  internal  metal  work  of  the  house  was  of  brass. 


134 


IRONWORK 


The  most  obvious  characteristics  of  the  style  are :  the 
frequent  use  of  leaves,  either  the  acanthus  or  one  with 


FIG.   127.      HEAD  OF   GATE,   CLARE  COLLEGK,  CAMBRIDGE 

Eighteenth  century 


crinkled  edges  like  an  elongated  dock-leaf;  the  use  oi 
the  C  spiral,  and  of  a  spiral  of  which  the  outermost 
coil  is  sharply  bent  in  (fig.  128)  and  then 
curved  to  form  a  new  spiral  in  an  opposite 
direction ;  the  absence  of  the  S  spiral  and 
of  geometrical  or  architectural  forms. 

Ornamental  wrought  ironwork  died  out 
almost  as  suddenly  as  it  had  been  revived, 
early  in  the  nineteenth  century.     This  was    FIG 
no   doubt   due   partly   to   the   increase   in    EIGHTEENTH- 
the  use  of  cast-iron,  but  probably  still  more  CE 
to  the  general  meanness  of  the  architecture  of  the 
time.     There  is  no  reason  why  cast-iron  should  super- 
sede wrought,  indeed  there  are  many  reasons  why  it 


outermost 

(3 


IRONWORK  135 

should  not  do  so ;  the  two  are  in  no  way  rivals  and 
serve  quite  different  purposes.  Castings  have  in  late 
times  fallen  into  discredit  through  their  use  for  unsuit- 
able purposes  and  through  the  coarseness  and  hideous- 
ness  of  the  designs.  But  for  many  years  after  its 
introduction  cast  work  was  designed  with  robust  good 
sense.  The  earliest  examples  appear  to  be  the  fire- 
backs  ornamented  with  reliefs  of  mythological  subjects 
and  other  devices;  they  are  generally  rather  clumsy 
designs  in  low  relief,  quite  good  enough  for  their 
situation.  There  are  some  examples  of  the  sixteenth 
century,  while  those  of  the  seventeenth  are  common. 
All  through  the  eighteenth  century  and  during  the 
earlier  part  of  the  nineteenth  century  grates  and 
similar  objects  are  treated  with  the  greatest  delicacy 
and  judgment.  These  works  kept  to  the  old  tra- 
ditional ornaments,  and  the  old  founders  seem  to 
have  understood  the  importance  of  keeping  their 
decoration  minute  and  in  very  low  relief.  Heavy 
cast-iron  railings  of  good  design  were  also  used  early 
in  the  eighteenth  century,  as  at  St.  Paul's  Cathedral. 
Cast-  and  wrought-iron  were  sometimes  used  together, 
as  in  some  wrought  railings  where  the  principal  stan- 
dards have  little  vase-shaped  cast  finials. 

Until  recent  times  smelting  furnaces  in  which  the 
iron  is  extracted  from  the  ore  were  heated  with 
charcoal  because  of  the  difficulty  in  getting  a  blast 
sufficiently  strong  for  coal.  Consequently  the  furnaces 
were  situated  in  well-wooded  districts  such  as  Surrey 
and  Sussex  and  the  Forest  of  Dean.  Forges,  some  of 
which  are  still  working,  were,  it  is  said,  founded  by 
the  Cistercian  monasteries,  such  as  Tintern,  Kirkstall 
and  Furness.  Restrictions  were  put  on  Ihe  felling 
of  timber  by  Parliament  which  apprehended  danger  to 
the  State  from  the  rapid  destruction  of  forests ;  iron 
was  consequently  imported,  especially  from  Spain  and 
afterwards  from  Sweden.  Some  smelting  with  coke 


136  JAMB 

was  done  in  1624,  but  it  was  not  till  about  1750  that 
the  process  was  generally  understood  and  employed. 
At  that  time  the  chief  output  was  from  Cheshire, 
Gloucestershire,  Hereford,  Salop  and  Worcester ;  the 
Sussex  trade  was  declining.  By  1785  the  use  of  char- 
coal was  entirely  abandoned  and  works  were  moved  to 
districts  where  coal  for  fuel  and  water-power  for  the 
blast  could  be  obtained.  A  few  years  later  by  the 
application  of  the  steam-engine  the  difficulties  of 
the  blast  and  consequently  of  fuel  were  finally  sur- 
mounted, for  it  was  now  possible  to  use  crude  coal. 
From  this  time  the  trade  began  to  assume  its  modern 
proportions. 

JAMB.     The  face  of  a  recess  or  opening  in  a  wall. 

JESSE  WINDOW.  A  window  filled  with  painted 
glass  representing^the  descent  of  Our  Lord  from  Jesse. 
The  latter  is  represented  prostrate  at  the  bottom  of 
the  window,  and  from  his  body  springs  a  tree  on  the 
branches  of  which  are  figures  of  his  descendants,  and 
at  the  top  Our  Lord.  They  are  chiefly  of  the  four- 
teenth century.  A  good  example  is  the  east  window  of 
St.  Mary's  Church,  Shrewsbury.  At  Dorchester  Church, 
Oxfordshire,  stone  branches  spring  from  the  mullions. 

JOIST.  One  of  the  smaller  timbers  of  a  floor  on 
which  the  boards  immediately  rest. 

JULIET.     See  CASTLE  (p.  35). 

KEEP.     The  stronghold  of  a  medieval  castle.* 

KENTISH  TRACERY.     -See  TRACERY. 

KEYSTONE.  The  central  stone  of  an  arch.  It  is 
seldom  used  in  Gothic  work  in  England,  our  pointed 
arches  generally  having  a  joint  at  the  apex.  In 
Renaissance  architecture  there  is  always  a  keystone; 
it  sometimes  projects  as  a  bracket  to  carry  the  entab- 
lature. .  gee  article  thereon 


LANTERN  137 

KING-POST.     See  ROOF. 

KITCHEN.  In  the  middle  ages  the  kitchen  was 
generally  a  large  building  with  one  or  more  wide 
ranges,  proportionately  to  the  large  number  of  retainers 
who  eat  in  the  hall.  In  monasteries  they  are  lofty,  with 
vaults  or  open  timber  roofs ;  these  and  also,  it  would 
seem,  those  of  the  larger  houses  were  often  detached 
and  connected  with  the  other  offices  by  a  covered  way. 

LABEL.     See  HOOD-MOULD. 

LADY  CHAPEL.  The  altar  of  the  Blessed  Virgin 
was  at  first  placed  in  any  convenient  position ;  it  was 
only  in  the  fourteenth  century,  when  the  adoration  of 
her  so  much  increased,  that  it  became  common  to  build 
a  large  special  chapel.  This  was  an  almost  detached 
building  at  some  cathedrals  and  large  monastic 
churches,  as  Westminster  (Henry  VII.'s  Chapel),  and 
Ely,  and  (though  very  rarely)  at  some  parish  churches, 
such  as  Long  Melford.  The  Lady  chapel,  in  this  later 
development,  was  in  most  cases  at  the  east  end  of 
the  presbytery.  For  parish  churches  and  the  smaller 
religious  houses  it  was  more  usual  to  lengthen  the  aisle, 
thus  forming  a  large  chapel  alongside  the  chancel. 

LANCET.  A  high  narrow  window  used  in  the  end 
of  the  twelfth  century  and  beginning  of  the  thirteenth 
century ;  the  earliest  examples  have  round  heads. 

At  the  side  of  a  building  they  are  used  singly  or  in 
groups  of  two  or  three,  but  in  gable-ends,  as  the  east 
ends  of  churches,  there  are  usually  three,  five  or  seven. 
The  glass  is  generally  near  the  outer  face  of  the  wall 
and  there  is  a  wide  splay  inside.  The  inner  arch  is 
often  distinct  from  the  outer  arch,  and  drops  down  in 
front  of  it,  and  is  called  a  '  drop-arch.' 

LANTERN.  (1)  A  small  wood  tower  on  the  ridge 
of  the  roof  of  a  medieval  hall  or  other  large  building 
to  provide  an  outlet  for  the  smoke  from  the  central 


138  LARDER 

hearth  (fig.  118);  in  the  middle  ages  called  a  louver.* 
(2)  An  open-work  erection  of  timber  or  stone  found  on 
a  few  church  towers,  such  as  those  at  Newcastle-upon- 
Tyne  and  All  Saints'  Pavement,  York.  (3)  A  tower  of 
which  the  whole  or  a  considerable  part  is  open  to  and 
visible  from  the  floor,  as  for  instance,  the  central  tower 
of  Durham  Cathedral.  The  unique  central  tower  of 
Ely  Cathedral,  the  upper  part  of  which  is  of  timber,  is 
called  the  Lantern. 

LARDER.  Old  French  lardier,  a  tub  to  keep  bacon 
in  (from  Lat.  larda,  lard) ;  hence  a  room  in  which 
to  keep  bacon  and  meat  (s.).  Before  the  introduction 
of  turnips  and  other  winter  food  for  cattle  it  was  neces- 
sary to  kill  in  the  autumn,  while  they  were  still  fat,  as 
many  animals  as  would  be  required  to  provide  food  for 
the  household  till  the  following  spring.  The  larder 
therefore  had  to  be  large  enough  for  larding  or  salting 
and  hanging  great  quantities  of  meat. 

LATTEN.  Germ,  latte,  a  lath,  thin  plate,  "be- 
cause this  metal  was  hammered  out  into  thin  plates  " 
(s.).  A  mixed  metal  resembling  brass  frequently 
mentioned  in  medieval  inventories,  etc.,  composed 
chiefly  of  copper  and  zinc.  A  Flemish  brass  of  1504 
which  has  been  analysed  gives  the  following  result : 
copper  64-  per  cent.,  zinc  29|,  lead  3£,  tin  3  (MA). 
It  was  used  for  engraved  monumental  brasses,  cast 
effigies  Sj^ch  as  those  in  Westminster  Abbey  (see 
MONUMENT,  p.  170),  and  for  the  less  important  utensils 
in  churches  and  for  ordinary  domestic  utensils. 

LATTICE  (Germ,  latte,  a  lath).  An  open-work 
screen  made  of  laths,  generally  used  to  fill  a  window 
which  had  not  glass,  hence  diamond  panes  in  lead 
are  called  lattice-work.  The  wood  lattice  was  prob- 
ably very  common  when  glass  was  expensive.  (Cf. 
Second  Part  of  Henry  IV.,  II.,  ii.,  86.) 
*  See  article  thereon. 


LEADWORK  139 

LAVATORY.  The  only  lavatories  of  which  any 
account  need  be  given  here  are  those  in  the  religious 
houses,  though  a  stone  wash-hand  basin  is  occasionally 
seen  in  a  medieval  house  and  in  the  sacristy  or  other 
part  of  a  church,  as  at  Salisbury  Cathedral.  The 
monastic  lavatory  was  in  the  cloister  near  the  door  to 
the  refectory,  so  that  the  brethren  could  wash  their 
hands  before  and  after  meals.  The  most  common 
arrangement  consisted  of  a  long  stone  trough  in  a 
recess  in  the  wall  opposite  the  windows  as  at  Norwich, 
and  the  towels  hung  from  rollers  near  by.  At  West- 
minster Abbey  the  lavatory  is  a  small  room  opening 
out  of  the  west  alley  in  the  bay  next  to  the  angle, 
while  the  towels  hung  in  the  corresponding  bay  of  the 
south  alley.  At  Durham  it  was  an  octagonal  building 
projecting  into  the  cloister-garth  with  the  basins  in  the 
middle. 

LAZAR-HOUSE.  A  hospital  for  lepers  on  the  out- 
skirts of  a  medieval  town.  The  chapels  of  some  still 
exist ;  there  is  a  good  example  at  Cambridge.  There 
are  no  remains  of  any  of  the  domestic  buildings. 

LEADWORK.  Lead  was  used  for  covering  roofs  in 
early  Saxon  times  and  all  through  the  middle  ages, 
but  not  quite  so  extensively  afterwards  except  on 
domes.  There  are  about  thirty  lead  fonts*  in  England 
chiefly  of  the  Norman  period,  most  of  them  in  the 
southern  counties  (L.).  Till  the  nineteenth  century 
lead  formed  the  material  for  cisterns,  pump-heads, 
rain-water-heads*  and  pipes,  and  received  appropriate 
decoration  in  relief.  In  the  seventeenth  century 
gardens  often  contained  admirable  lead  vases  and 
statues.  The  mode  of  manufacture  consisted  of  cast- 
ing into  sheets  and  building  up  these  into  the  re- 
quired form,  or  casting  the  object  entire  in  one  piece, 
according  to  its  size  and  character.  The  material 

*  See  article  thereon. 


140  LEAN-TO 

is  now  little  used  except  for  roofing,  and  rolling  has 
almost  entirely  superseded  the  old  method  of  casting. 
(See  GLASS.) 

LEAN-TO.    See  ROOF. 

LEAVES.  A  medieval  term  for  the  folding-doors 
of  a  cupboard  or  of  a  wooden  reredos.  (See  TRIPTYCH.) 

LECTERN  (Low  Lat.  lectrinum,  a  reading-desk ; 
no  connection  with  'lecture.'  s.)  In  medieval  churches 
a  lectern  stood  at  the  north  end  of  the  high  altar 
for  reading  the  epistle  and  gospel  from,  and  there 
was  another  in  the  middle  of  the  chancel  for  music- 
books  (M.).  There  were  generally  two  desks  made  to 
turn  on  a  single  column  ;  sometimes  the  book  rested  on 
the  outstretched  wings  of  an  eagle  or  a  pelican ; 
generally  the  latter  were  of  bronze  and  the  simple 
desks  of  wood.  The  lectern  appears  to  have  been 
superseded  by  the  reading-pew  in  1603,  and  its  reintro- 
duction  into  Anglican  churches  is  so  recent  that  in 
Parker's  Glossary,  published  in  1850,  it  is  described  as 
a  desk  "used  in  the  services  of  the  Roman  Catholic 
Church." 

A  lectern  or  reading-desk  of  some  form  was  pro- 
vided in  a  college  hall,  and  in  the  frater  or  refectory 
of  a  monastery,*  where  it  was  often  a  sort  of  stone 
pulpit,  sometimes  very  elaborate,  bracketed  out  from 
the  wall. 

LENTEN  VEIL.  A  curtain  which,  before  the 
Reformation,  was  drawn  across  the  chancel  in  front  of 
the  altar  during  Lent. 

LIBRARY.  In  England,  as  elsewhere,  the  only  col- 
lections of  books  in  the  early  middle  ages  were  those 
of  the  religious  houses.  The  cloister  was  the  living- 
room  of  the  monks,  and  as  almost  every  hour  which 

*  See  article  thereon. 


LIBRARY  141 

was  not  spent  in  the  church  was  devoted  to  reading 
and  copying,  the  cloister  was  the  library.  The  books 
were  kept  in  a  cupboard  called  the  armarium,  formed  in 
the  thickness  of  the  wall  in  the  east  walk  of  the  cloister, 
between  the  door  of  the  church  and  that  of  the  chapter- 
house, as  at  Norwich  and  Kirkstall,  or  in  the  east  part 
of  the  north  walk,  as  at  Ely.  The  precentor,  acting  as 
librarian  (armarius),  gave  out  books  to  the  brethren  ; 
books  were  also  lent  to  other  houses,  to  churches  and 
to  private  persons. 

The  windows  of  the  cloister  were  in  early  times  not 
glazed,  and  in  order  to  give  the  monks- some  protection 
from  the  weather  little  studies  scarcely  larger  than 
sentry-boxes  were  erected.  These  were  called  carrells. 
Each  of  them  accommodated  one  person  and  contained 
a  desk  and  stool.  They  are  first  mentioned  in  the 
latter  part  of  the  thirteenth  century.  At  Gloucester 
recesses  or  carrells  of  stone  were  formed  against  the 
windows  when  the  cloister  was  rebuilt  between  1370 
and  1412. 

As  books  increased  in  number  it  became  necessary 
to  provide  more  accommodation  for  them  ;  the  Benedic- 
tines made  detached  wooden  presses  ;  the  Cistercians 
commonly  built  a  room  adjoining  the  sacristy  which  was 
at  the  end  of  the  south  transept,  as  at  Kirkstall,  Tintern, 
and  Netley,  and  later  they  formed  two  rooms  at  the  west 
end  of  the  chapter-house,  one  on  either  side  of  the 
entrance,  as  at  Furness  and  Fountains.  These  rooms 
and  presses  becoming  after  a  time  insufficient,  various 
other  rooms  were  fitted  up  for  the  storage  of  books, 
which  thus  became  inconveniently  scattered.  But  it  was 
not  until  the  fifteenth  century  that  special  rooms  were 
provided  ;  these  were  generally  built  over  some  already 
existing  building,  such  as  the  cloister  or  the  sacristy  at 
the  end  of  the  south  transept;  they  were  for  the 
storage  of  books  only  :  reading  continued  to  be  done  in 
the  cloister.  The  libraries  of  secular  cathedrals  of  the 


142  LIBRARY 

fifteenth  century  were  built  over  a  part  of  the  cloister, 
as  at  Lincoln,  Salisbury,  St.  Paul's,  Wells  and  Hereford, 
or  were  detached  buildings  as  at  Lichfield.  Some  at 
least  of  these  libraries  were  used  by  the  canons  as 
reading-rooms. 

Old  Library  arrangements  may  best  be  studied  at 
the  ancient  universities.  Books  were  lent  to  students 
on  deposit  of  a  pledge  before  colleges  were  founded 
and  colleges  themselves  had  libraries  (that  is,  collec- 
tions of  books)  from  very  early  times.  The  erection  of 
a  library  in  the  sense  of  a  special  building  to  contain 
books  was  an  afterthought,  the  books  being  originally 
kept  in  chests  along  with  muniments  and  other 
valuables.  The  first  college  which  contained  a  library 
among  its  original  buildings  was  New  College,  Oxford, 
founded  in  1 380 ;  in  every  college  founded  after  this, 
a  special  room  was  provided.  The  position  varies  in 
different  foundations,  but  it  was  generally  if  not 
invariably  on  the  upper  floor.  It  may  be  easily  re- 
cognised from  the  outside  by  its  uniform  range  of 
windows  placed  rather  close  together,  on  both  sides 
of  the  building. 

The  interior  arrangement  was  as  follows.  High 
substantial  desks  about  six  feet  long  with  a  steep  slope 
projected  from  the  pier  or  piece  of  wall  between  each 
pair  of  windows  on  either  side  of  the  room,  leaving  a 
passage  down  the  middle.  These  desks  were  double, 
that  is,  there  were  two  slopes,  back  to  back,  like  a 
double  lectern  in  a  church,  and  this  sort  of  desk  has 
been  called  the  lectern-type.  There  were  no  shelves, 
the  books  lay  upon  the  desk  and  were  secured  against 
removal  by  an  iron  chain  which  was  fastened  to  some 
part  of  the  cover  like  an  ordinary  clasp ;  the  other  end 
of  the  chain  was  connected  by  a  ring  to  an  iron  bar 
just  above  the  desks ;  the  end  of  this  bar  was  fastened 
with  a  lock  in  such  a  manner  that  the  ring  could  not 
be  slipped  off.  Between  each  pair  of  these  double 


LIBRARY 


143 


desks  there  was  a  bench  for  the  use  of  readers.  This 
system  was  common,  with  variations,,  to  England, 
France,  Holland,  Germany  and  Italy. 


FIG.  129.      A  BOOK-CASK  OF  THK   ;  STALL '  TYPB,   HEREFORD 

The  lectern-system  was  extravagant  of  space,  for 
each  double  desk  would  accommodate  only  from 
fifteen  to  twenty  volumes.  It  was  modified  by  separa- 
ting the  two  halves  of  the  desk  and  placing  shelves 
above  them  (fig.  1 29).  The  books  were  still  chained ; 


144  LIBRARY 


the  bars  to  which  the  chains  were  attached  were  placed 
just  in  front  of  each  shelf;  the  chains  were  fastened 
to  the  front  edge  of  the  book  cover,  and  the  book 
was  placed  on  the  shelf  with  the  edges  of  the  leaves 
outwards,  hence  these  are  still  called  '  fore-edges,' 
while  the  part  which  covers  the  binding  is  called 
the  '  back ' ;  the  title  of  the  book  was  written  on 
the  fore-edges.  On  the  end  of  each  case  was  a 
frame  containing  a  list  of  the  books  to  be  found 
in  it.  This  system,  which  has  been  called  the  '  stall 
system,'  was  introduced  early  in  the  sixteenth  century. 
It  was  generally  adopted  in  England  and  France, 
but  in  Italy  a  system  came  into  use  which  some- 
what resembles  the  seating  of  a  modern  church ;  all 
the  readers  faced  the  same  way,  and  each  row  used  a 
desk  which  was  attached  to  the  back  of  the  row  next 
in  front  of  them. 

Medieval  libraries  were  generally  divided  into  two 
classes:  a  chained  library  of  reference  or  'outer  library' 
such  as  has  been  described  and  an  ' inner  library* 
containing  books  to  be  lent.  The  buildings  were 
usually  decorated  in  a  simple  but  beautiful  and  ap- 
propriate manner,  the  glass  of  the  windows  especially 
being  enriched  with  various  devices  and  inscriptions. 
The  desks  were  massive  and  handsome  and  occasionally 
elaborately  ornamented. 

The  enormous  destruction  of  books  at  the  Reforma- 
tion made  room  on  the  shelves  for  new  printed  books 
for  a  long  time  afterwards.  Consequently  for  the  next 
hundred  years  no  new  feature  appears  in  libraries. 
But  towards  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century 
chaining  was  generally  abandoned,  and  it  was  there- 
fore unnecessary  to  have  seats  between  the  desks.  A 
seat  is  sometimes  attached  to  the  book-case ;  the  desk 
is  gradually  given  up,  and  the  shelves  are  continued 
almost  to  the  floor. 

But  in  the  seventeenth  century  a  more  important 


LICH-GATE  145 

change  was  made  than  mere  modifications  in  the  form 
of  the  book -case.  The  whole  arrangement  of  the 
library  altered.  Instead  of  projecting  from  the  walls 
into  the  middle  of  the  room,  the  bookshelves  were  now 
placed  against  the  wall.  This  plan  had  been  developed 
on  the  Continent,  and  was  introduced  at  the  Bodleian 
Library,  Oxford,  in  1 610-1 2.  It  was  used  by  Wren 
at  Lincoln  in  1674  and  at  St.  Paul's  in  1708;  at  the 
latter  the  upper  shelves  are  reached  from  a  gallery. 
At  Trinity  College,  Cambridge,  Wren  combined  in  a 
masterly  fashion  the  new  system  of  cases  against  the 
walls  with  the  old  system  of  projecting  stalls;  the 
stalls  were  placed  in  this  instance  at  considerable 
intervals,  thus  forming  a  series  of  cubicles,  with  a  table 
and  chairs  in  the  middle  of  each.  The  new  arrange- 
ment required  that  the  windows  should  be  placed  high 
in  the  wall ;  it  was  thus  inapplicable  to  the  old  build- 
ings which  had  low  windows ;  in  these,  therefore,  the 
old  arrangement  was  preserved,  even  when  they  were 
fitted  up  with  new  furniture. 

Private  collections  in  the  middle  ages  were  small 
and  easily  accommodated.  In  the  twelfth  century 
books  were  kept  in  a  chest,  on  the  edge  of  which  they 
were  rested  when  being  read.  In  the  fourteenth  and 
fifteenth  centuries  they  were  kept  in  a  cupboard ; 
while  being  read  the  book  was  laid  on  a  desk,  the 
support  of  which  was  in  the  form  of  a  screw,  so  that 
the  desk  could  be  raised  or  lowered  by  turning  it 
round  like  a  modern  music-stool.  Another  form  of 
private  lectern  had  no  screw,  but  the  supporting 
standard  was  cranked,  so  that  the  desk  could  easily 
be  pushed  aside.  An  infinite  variety  of  lecterns  in 
private  rooms  may  be  seen  in  the  pictures  in  medieval 
manuscripts.  (J.  W.  Clark,  The  Care  of  Books.') 

LICH-GATE  (from  Middle  English  lich,  a  corpse). 
A  churchyard  gateway  with  a  roof  over  it,  under  which 
the  bier  might  be  rested  at  a  funeral. 


146 


LIERNE   RIB 


LIERNE  RIB,  LIERNE  VAULT.  See  VAULT  (p. 
892). 

LIGHT  OF  A  WINDOW.  The  part  of  a  window 
between  two  mullions;  thus  a  window  with  two 
mullions  is  called  a  three-light  window ;  each  piercing 
in  the  head  is  called  a  tracery-light. 

LINEN  PATTERN.  A  decoration  used  on  panels 
in  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries,  consisting 
of  shallow  mouldings  almost  covering  the  panel ;  so 
named  from  a  supposed  resemblance  to  folded  linen. 

iiii .1.1 


iffl 


FIG.  130.      LINEN   PATTERN 

LINTEL.  A  horizontal  piece  or  stone,  wood  or 
other  material  placed  over  a  door  or  window  or  over 
columns  to  support  the  weight  above. 

LITANY  DESK.  This  was  probably  introduced  into 
English  churches  in  the  reign  of  Edward  VI. 

LOBBY.     An  inner  vestibule  or  ante-chamber. 

LOCK.     See  IRONWORK. 

LOCKER.     A    small    cupboard    in    a    wall.     (See 

AI-MERY.) 

LOCUTORY.     The  parlour  of  a  monastery.* 
*  See  article  thereon. 


LOUVER 


147 


LOFT.  An  upper  room,  a  gallery  (e.g.  rood-loft) ; 
now  usually  a  room  in  the  roof  of  a  barn  or  stable. 

LOGGIA  (Ital.  loggia,  a  lodge,  an  open  gallery).  A 
small  building  forming  a  shelter,  with  open  arches  on 
one  or  more  sides  ;  much  used  in  Italy  v 

LOXG-AND-SHORT  WORK.  The  method  of  form- 
ing angles  of  stone  walls  in  late  Saxon  times,  in  which 
flat  horizontal  slabs  alternate  with  tall  pillar-like  stones 
(fig.  131).  The  quoins  projected  a  little  from  the 
face  of  the  wall,  but  their  rough  ends  were  sunk  or 
'  rebated/  and  the  plaster  which  covered  the  wall  was 


FIG.   131. 

LONG-AND-SHORT   QUOINS 


FIG.    132. 

ORDINARY   QUOINS 


carried  over  the  rough  edges,  thus  leaving  a  pilaster 
of  uniform  width  at  the  angle  of  the  building ;  and  so 
until  the  plaster  was  hacked  off  at  the  recent  '  restora- 
tion '  of  buildings,  the  quoins  appeared  to  be  of  uni- 
form width  and  alternately  long  and  short,  whence 
the  name.  Occasionally  found  in  early  Saxon  work. 

LOOP.  A  narrow  window  in  the  parapet  of  a  castle 
for  the  discharge  of  arrows,  or  in  a  small  staircase  or 
chamber  to  admit  light,  or  in  a  barn  for  ventilation. 

LOUVER  (formerly  LOVER,  from  Old  French  loitvert, 
an  opening,  put  for  I'ouvert — s.).  A  ventilator  on  the 
roof  of  a  medieval  hall,  a  lantern.*  The  sloping  boards 
which  are  placed  in  the  louver  and  in  belfry  windows 
are  also  called  louver-boards. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


148  LOW-SIDE   WINDOW 

LOW  SIDE  WINDOW.  A  name  recently  given  to 
the  window  commonly  found  near  the  west  end  of  a 
chancel,  usually  in  the  south  wall,  but  very  often  in 
the  north  wall.  It  differs  from  other  windows  of  a 
church,  the  commonest  type  having  a  sill  considerably 
nearer  the  floor,  and  the  lights  being  divided  by  a  tran- 
som, below  which  there  are  bars  and  a  shutter,  but  no 
glass,  while  the  upper  part  is  glazed  like  other  windows. 
Some  few  examples  are  on  a  level  with  the  floor.  In 
some  chancels  which  are  raised  very  much  above  the 
ground  the  window  is  quite  inaccessible  from  the  out- 
side. 

The  use  of  these  windows  is  unknown.  Many  guesses 
have  been  made,  but  few  have  any  approach  to  prob- 
ability. Referring  to  some  few  of  them,  it  may  be  said 
that  they  were  not  for  handing  out  to  lepers  the  sacra- 
mental bread  (they  used  to  be  called  ( leper  windows '  a 
few  years  ago),  nor  for  allowing  lepers  or  others  to 
watch  the  Mass,  nor  yet  (though  this  is  much  less 
improbable  than  either  of  the  above)  to  allow  a  small 
hand  sanctus-bell,  rung  at  the  elevation  of  the  Host,  to 
be  heard  by  those  who  happened  to  be  near.  The 
latest  theory  is  that  a  lantern  was  placed  in  the  window, 
the  light  of  which  gave  protection  from  evil  spirits 
to  the  dead  who  lay  in  the  churchyard  (HN.).  Though 
there  are  some  objections  to  this  view,  it  is  not  impos- 
sible. 

LOZENGE  MOULDING.  An  enrichment  used  in 
Norman  architecture,  consisting  of  lozenges  in  relief 
placed  end  to  end. 

LUCARNE.     A  dormer  window.* 

LUNETTE.  A  round  or  oval  window  in  a  ceiling, 
vault  or  dome. 

LYCH-GATE.     See  LICH-GATE. 
LYCHNOSCOPE.     A  low-side*  window. 
*  See  article  thereou. 


MARKET  CROSS 


149 


FIG.  133 

MACHICOLATIONS 
FARNHAM    CASTLE 


MACHICOLATIONS.     Boldly  projecting  corbels  * 
carrying  the  parapet  of  a  castle  wall,  openings  being 
left  between   the  corbels  so  that  de- 
fenders   behind    the    parapet    could 
shoot  at  or  throw  down  missiles  on 
an  attacking  force  (fig.  133.) 

MANSARD  ROOF.     See  ROOF. 

MANSE.  The  house  provided  for 
a  clergyman  in  Scotland.  The  term 
was  formerly  used  in  the  same  sense 
in  England. 

MANTELPIECE.     See  CHIMNEY. 

MARBLE.  A  limestone  which  has 
been  subjected  to  such  great  natural 
heat  as  to  lose  entirely  all  trace  of 
fossil  remains  and  other  characteristics 
of  its  original  structure.  Many  varie- 
ties of  English  limestone  are  called  marbles  because 
they  will  take  a  polish,  e.g.  Purbeck  marble.  True 
marbles  are  found  in  Devonshire  and  in  Ireland,  but 
are  little  used  in  building.  In  the  middle  ages 
Purbeck  was  very  popular,  but  true  marble,  either 
British  or  foreign,  was  very  rarely  used.  In  the  reign 
of  Elizabeth  a  good  deal  was  imported  for  fireplaces 
in  great  houses  and  for  monuments  in  churches. 
Much  larger  quantities  have  lately  been  used  owing  to 
the  reduction  in  price  due  to  the  application  of 
machinery  for  sawing  it  up  and  to  the  rediscovery  of 
long-lost  quarries  in  Greece. 

MARKET  CROSS.  No  doubt  these  were  originally 
simply  devotional  crosses,  like  those  of  the  churchyard 
and  wayside,  erected  for  the  protection  of  the  town. 
They  afterwards  became  large  and  elaborate,  and  were 
surrounded  by  columns  supporting  a  roof,  above  which 

*  See  article  thereon. 


160  MARQUETRY 

rose  the  cross.  These  probably  are  due  to  a  shelter 
having  been  erected  over  the  cross  itself,  and  some 
appear  to  retain  their  original  character  though  the 
head  of  the  cross  has  always  been  destroyed.  In  some 
few  examples  the  shelter  has  an  upper  chamber.  (See 

GUILDHALL.) 

MARQUETRY.     Inlaid  work  of  wood  or  ivory. 

MARTELLO  TOWER.  A  small  circular  tower, 
generally  two  storeys  high.  The  lower  is  intended  for 
stores,  the  upper  for  troops ;  the  roof  had  a  shell-proof 
vault,  and  was  armed  with  artillery ;  the  entrance  was 
a  considerable  height  above  the  ground,  and  over  it 
were  machicolations  * ;  the  building  was  generally  sur- 
rounded by  a  ditch  and  glacis.  Many  of  these  towers 
•vere  erected  on  the  south  coast  and  in  Ireland,  Jersey 
and  elsewhere  during  the  Napoleonic  wars.  The  name 
"is  supposed  to  have  been  derived  from  that  of  a 
fort  in  Mortella  (Myrtle)  Bay,  Corsica,  which  after  a 
gallant  resistance  was  taken  in  1794  by  a  British 
naval  force.  After  a  period  of  disuse  many  of  these 
towers  have  recently  been  supplied  with  an 
improved  armament."  (English  Cyclopaedia, 
1 860).  Needless  to  say  they  are  now  entirely 
dismantled. 

MASK-STOP.  A  peculiar  termination  to 
a  hood-mould  used  in  the  thirteenth  century ; 
some  examples  have  a  slight  resemblance  to  a 
human  face  (fig.  134). 

MAUSOLEUM.  A  private  building  intended  to 
contain  one  or  more  tombs.  So  called  after  the  magnifi- 
cent sepulchre  erected  at  Halicarnassos,  in  Asia  Minor, 
by  his  widow  Artemisia  in  memory  of  Mausolus,  King 
of  Caria,  who  died  353  B.C. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


MIT,RE  151 

MEGALITHIC  MASONRY.  Prehistoric  work  in 
which  stones  of  very  great  size  are  used,  such  as  Stone- 
henge. 

M  ERLON.   One  of  the  higher  parts  of  a  battlement.* 

METOPE.  A  space  between  two  triglyphs  in  the 
Doric  frieze.  (See  ORDERS.) 

MEMBER.     A  single  item  in  a  series  of  mouldings. 

METAL-WORK.  (See  IRONWORK,  LEADWORK,  LATTEN.) 

MEZZANINE.     (See  ENTRESOL.) 

MEZZO-RELIEVO.     (See  RELIEVO.) 

MID-WALL  SHAFT.  A  single  shaft  dividing  the 
lights  of  a  Saxon*  belfry  window. 

MINSTER  (shortened  form  of  monasterium,  a 
monastery).  The  term  is  now  habitually  applied  to 
certain  cathedral  churches,  e.g.  York,  which  was  not 
monastic,  while  some  which  were  monastic  churches 
are  not  so  called.  It  is  a  component  part  of  some 
place  names  (e.g.  Whitminster)  and  may  indicate  the 
presence  of  monks  in  early  Saxon  days,  but  monasterium 
was  in  early  times  used  for  any  large  church. 

MINARET.     A  tall  thin  tower  of  a  mosque. 

MISERERE  (from  Lat.  misereri,  to  pity).  A 
peculiar  sort  of  seat  in  a  choir-stall  of  a  church  ;  it 
has  hinges  at  the  back  so  that  it  can  be  lifted  up  and 
leant  against  the  back ;  on  the  under  side  of  the  seat 
was  fixed  a  bracket  which  formed  a  small  seat  on  which 
aged  priests  and  monks  were  allowed  to  rest  when 
others  were  standing. 

MISERICORDE.  A  room  in  a  monastery*  forming 
a  second  dining-hall.  In  this  room  it  was  permissible 
to  eat  meat,  which  was  not  allowed  in  the  refectory. 

MITRE.  The  line  formed  by  the  intersection  of  two 
similar  surfaces  or  mouldings ;  e.g.,  by  the  mouldings  at 
*  See  article  thereon. 


152 


MOAT 


the  corner  of  an  ordinary  picture-frame.  In  joinery  the 
joint  generally  coincides  with  the  mitre  and  is  called  a 
mitre-joint ;  in  masonry  the  joint  cuts  square  across  one 
set  of  mouldings,  and  the  mitre  is  worked  on  the  other 
piece.  (See  fig.  195.) 

MOAT.     See  CASTLE. 

MODILLION.  A  bracket  under  the  projecting  part 
of  a  cornice.  It  commonly  consists  of  two  volutes 
curving  in  opposite  directions  and  has  an  acanthus  leaf 
under  it  (figs.  135,  136). 


PIG.  135.      CARVED  MODILLION 


FIG.  136.      PLAIN  MODILLIONS 


MODULE.  The  unit  of  measurement  used  in  de- 
scribing the  classical  orders ;  the  module  generally  used 
is  the  diameter  or  semi-diameter  (usually  the  latter)  of 
the  column  at  the  bottom  of  the  shaft. 

MONASTERY  (Lat.  monasterium,  a  monastery, 
from  Gk.  povturr-qs,  one  dwelling  alone).  A  house  for 
members  of  one  of  the  religious  orders,  Monks,  Friars 
or  Canons  Regular.1  It  will  perhaps  be  convenient  to 
say  a  few  words  on  these  three  classes  of  'the  religious' 
as  they  were  called,  before  describing  their  houses. 

Monks  are  members  of  a  community  which  dwells 
apart  from  general  society,  as  distinguished  from 
Secular  Canons,  Canons  Regular,  Friars,  and  Hermits. 
In  the  Greek  Church  monks  have  continued  to  follow 

1  See  Appendix. 


MONASTERY  153 

the  Rule  of  Basil  the  Great  (329-79)  without  varia- 
tion ;  monachism  in  the  Latin  Church,  though  based 
upon  the  Rule  of  St.  Benedict  (480-542),  is  very 
varied  owing  to  the  successive  reformations  of  the 
Benedictines  leading  to  the  establishment  of  practi- 
cally new  orders.  Moreover  in  England,  Scotland  and 
Ireland  there  existed,  at  the  time  of  the  landing  of 
St.  Augustine,  monasteries  not  under  the  Rule  of  St. 
Benedict  which  had  survived  the  Saxon  invasion ; 
these  were,  however,  brought  under  obedience  to 
Rome.  The  monks'  life  was  to  be  one  of  seclusion,  of 
prayer  and  study.  Their  houses,  therefore,  were  built 
in  lonely  places.  If  the  remains  are  now  found  in 
towns,  it  is  these  which  have  grown  up  round  the 
monasteries.  The  canons  regular,  i.e.  canons  living 
under  a  Rule,  held  a  position  between  the  monks  and 
the  secular  canons  of  the  cathedrals,  though  approxi- 
mating more  nearly  to  the  former.  They  are  said  to 
have  been  founded  in  the  middle  of  the  eleventh 
century,  but  their  origin  is  acknowledged  to  be 
obscure.  The  institution  of  the  friars  formed  a  new 
departure.  The  monk  had  no  personal  possessions, 
but  the  community  could  hold  property.  With  the 
friars  there  was  neither  individual  nor  collective 
ownership ;  they  maintained  themselves  by  begging. 
Their  ideal,  the  reverse  of  that  of  the  monk,  was  one 
of  work  among  worldly  men.  The  friary  was  there- 
fore placed  in  the  heart  of  the  city.**  The  monastery 
contained  all  the  buildings  necessary  to  the  sedentary 
life,  to  a  self-supporting  community  and  a  community 
which  became  a  very  large  landowner,  while  their 
church,  however  large,  was  practically  the  private 
chapel  of  the  monastery.  The  friary  gave  bare  ac- 
commodation to  the  brethren,  while  its  church  was 
essentially  a  preaching  church.  (See  Appendix.) 

Each   of  the   religious   orders  developed  a  special 
arrangement   of  its   buildings,  to  which  every  house 


154  MONASTERY 

of  the  order  adhered  fairly  closely.  The  plan  of  the 
church  grew  out  of  the  common  traditional  plan,  with 
variations  to  suit  the  views  and  ritual  of  each  order ; 
the  arrangement  of  the  secular  buildings  was  dictated 
by  the  practical  requirements  of  the  Rule.  The 
differences,  whatever  their  o'rigin,  are  in  most  cases 
confined  to  details.  As  the  Benedictines  were  the 
first  to  develop  a  typical  plan,  and  as  their  houses 
became  more  numerous  in  England  than  those  of  any 
other  order,  it  will  be  convenient  to  describe  the  ordinary 
arrangement  of  one  of  these,  and  then  to  notice  the 
points  in  which  other  orders  departed  from  it. 

The  church*  was  generally  cruciform,  and  in  most 
of  the  larger  examples  the  transepts,  as  well  as  the 
nave  and  presbytery,  had  aisles.  In  Norman  times 
the  east  end  terminated  in  an  apse  or  in  a  group  of 
apses,  but  towards  the  end  of  the  twelfth  century 
or  early  in  the  thirteenth  century  the  presbytery  was 
lengthened  and  the  end  made  square.  The  presbytery 
generally  occupied  the  eastern  limb  of  the  cross.  The 
choir  of  the  monks  stretched  across  the  transepts  and 
about  one-third  of  the  way  down  the  nave.  It  was 
separated  by  the  pulpitum*  from  the  rest  of  the  nave, 
which  formed  the  church  of  the  novices  and  servants, 
being  entirely  distinct  from  the  choir,  with  separate 
entrances,  altars  and  stalls. 

The  cloister  and  secular  buildings  were  placed  on 
the  south  side  of  the  church  for  the  sake  of  warmth, 
unless,  as  was  often  the  case,  some  peculiarity  of  th« 
site  made  it  more  convenient  to  put  them  on  the 
north.  Round  the  cloister  were  ranged  the  common 
buildings  used  daily  by  the  monks,  and  beyond  these 
fay  various  special  buildings  (fig.  137). 

The  cloister,  which  was  the  living-place  of  the 
monks,  was  at  first  covered  by  a  simple  lean-to  roof, 
supported  on  stone  or  wood  posts  standing  on  a  low 
*  See  article  thereon. 


ELY 

CATHEDRAL,  CHURCH  8t 
CONVENTUAL-  BUILDINGS 

3PO 


PIG.  137.      CATHEDRAL  CHURCH   AKD  BEKBDICTINB   MONASTERY,   KLT 


156  MONASTERY 

wall.  Then  a  high  wall  with  windows  took  the  place 
of  the  posts,  and  the  passages  were  often  vaulted  and 
covered  with  lead  roofs.  But  the  cloister  long  retained 
its  character  of  a  mere  covered  way  with  open  sides. 
Gradually  more  shelter  was  obtained  by  glazing  first 
the  upper  parts  of  the  windows  and  then  the  whole. 
Often  a  series  of  little  studies  like  sentry-boxes  and  not 
very  much  larger,  called  carrells,*  were  placed  against 
the  windows.  Books  were  kept  in  an  armarium*  or 
cupboard,  or  in  later  times  in  a  library. 

In  another  part  of  the  cloister,  sometimes  the  west 
walk,  the  novices  were  taught.  The  stone  bench 
which  runs  round  the  cloister  is  often  marked  with 
little  sinkings  about  the  size  of  the  bowl  of  a  salt-spoon 
in  groups  of  nine.  These  were  doubtless  for  playing 
some  such  game  as  '  Morris,'  which  still  survives 
in  our  villages.  There  is  another  door  into  the  church 
in  the  north-west  angle  of  the  cloister ;  it  led  into  the 
part  west  of  the  pulpitum,  and  so  would  serve  for 
novices  and  others  who  were  not  admitted  to  the 
choir. 

In  the  east  pane  or  walk  of  the  cloister  there  is 
a  series  of  doors  leading  into  several  buildings  of 
importance.  The  first  opens, — in  many  examples, — 
into  a  passage  leading  to  the  monks'  cemetery.  Next 
comes  a  large  doorway  with  a  window  on  each  side : 
this  is  the  entrance  to  the  Chapter-house  (fig.  138). 
The  normal  shape  for  the  chapter-house  was  oblong, 
either  square-ended  or  apsidal.  The  grand  polygonal 
chapter-houses  with  which  we  are  familiar  were  built 
chiefly  in  the  thirteenth  and  fourteenth  centuries,  and 
for  the  most  part  by  the  secular  canons  ;  these  and 
some  few  of  the  rectangular  chapter-houses  have 
vestibules,  but  usually  there  is  none,  and  the  entrance 
has  not  even  a  door. 

Proceeding  south,  we  come  to  the  staircase  which 
*  See  article  thereon. 


MONASTERY 


157 


goes  up  to  the  dormitory,  and  then  to  a  series  of  small 
rooms  under  the  dormitory,  such  as  the  Common- 
house  or  room  in  which  great  fires  were  kept  burning 
in  winter  to  which  the  monks  were  allowed  occasion- 
ally to  go  to  warm  themselves,  and  a  passage  leading  to 


FIG.  138.      ENTRANCE  TO  CHAPTER-HOUSE,  ST.  RADEGUND'S 
CAMBRIDGE.      C.   Il8o 

the  infirmary.  Over  the  whole  of  this  range  is  the 
Dormitory.  From  it  another  staircase,  in  addition 
to  that  from  the  cloister,  descends  direct  into  the 
transept,  so  that  when  the  monks  rose  for  matins 
at  midnight  they  could  enter  the  church  and  return 
without  going  out  into  the  cloister.  At  the  south  end 
of  the  dormitory  and  on  the  same  floor  is  a  large 


158 


MONASTERY 


Necessary-house,  containing  a  great  number  of  closets 
divided  by  wood  partitions ;  a  stream  of  water  was 
carried  under  it  in  an  artificial  cut. 

To  the  south  of  the  cloister  stands  the  Refectory  or 
Prater,  the  common  dining-hall  of  the  monks,  entered 


/» 


FIG.  139.      REFECTORY   LECTERN,   CHESTER 

by  the  doorway  in  the  south-west  angle  of  the  cloister. 
It  is  usually  on  the  ground  floor,  but  is  sometimes 
raised  on  vaulted  cellars.  Within  the  frater  there  is  a 
lectern  corbelled  out  from  one  of  the  side  walls,  from 
which  one  of  the  brethren  read  aloud  while  the  others 
ate  in  silence  (fig.  139).  The  Lavatory*  is  in  the 

*  See  article  thereon. 


MONASTERY  159 

cloister  near  the  frater  door.  It  consists  of  a  long 
stone  trough  in  a  recess,  and  roller  towels  hung  near 
by;  there  is  a  good  example  at  Norwich.  The 
Kitchen,  in  the  greater  houses  at  least,  is  often  a  large 
and  lofty  detached  building  at  the  west  end  of  the 
frater ;  that  at  Durham  is  a  well-known  example.  On 
the  west  side  of  the  cloister  there  are  usually  the 
Cellarer's  Hall,  where  the  ordinary  guests  were 
entertained,  and  cellars  used  for  storage  and  other 
purposes.  Here  also  is  commonly  a  Parlour,  where 
monks  might  see  their  friends  or  deal  with  traders, 
The  almoner  who  dispensed  broken  victuals  to  the 
indigent  had  his  quarters  near  the  gate. 

The  most  important  of  the  outer  ring  of  buildings  is 
the  Infirmary  for  the  aged  and  the  sick  and  infirm. 
Those  who  had  recently  been  bled  were  also  admitted 
in  order  to  recover  their  strength.  The  building  is 
usually  to  the  east  of  the  cloister,  and  connected  with 
it  by  a  covered  way.  It  is  planned  like  a  church, 
with  a  very  long  nave  and  aisles  and  a  chancel.  The 
east  part  of  the  nave  is  cut  off  by  a  cross  wall  with  a 
doorway.  The  part  to  the  west  of  this  wall  is  the 
infirmary  proper,  and  the  part  to  the  east  formed, 
with  the  chancel,  a  chapel.  The  aisles  were  in  later 
times  often  cut  up  into  a  series  of  small  rooms  by 
blocking  up  the  arches  and  building  cross  walls. 

The  Misericorde*  was  a  hall  which  generally  had 
some  connection  with  the  infirmary,  but  its  position 
and  name  vary  in  different  monasteries ;  it  was 
provided  for  those  who  were  allowed  to  eat  meat, 
for  meat  might  not  be  eaten  in  the  frater,  and  hence 
occasionally  the  whole  convent  dined  there.  As  time 
went  on  these  occasions"  became  more  and  more  frequent, 
till  at  last  the  frater  was  deserted  for  almost  the  whole 
year. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


160  MONASTERY 

The  Cemetery  of  the  monks  was  usually  to  the  east 
and  south-east  of  the  church.  It  was  distinct  from  that 
of  the  lay  brothers  and  the  public.  Burials  were  some- 
times made  in  the  church,  in  the  chapter-house,  in  the 
cloister ;  never  in  the  cloister-garth. 

Early  in  the  tenth  century  an  order  of  reformed 
Benedictines  was  founded  at  Cluny ;  hence  they  were 
called  Cluniacs.  They  came  to  England  in  the  second 
half  of  the  eleventh  century.  They  observed  a  very 
gorgeous  ritual ;  their  buildings  were  elaborately 
decorated  but  did  not  differ  very  materially  from  those 
of  the  Benedictines. 

The  Cistercian  order,  the  second  offshoot  from  the 
Benedictines,  took  its  rise  about  1100  at  Citeaux 
(Latin,  Cistercium).  It  came  to  England  in  1128  and 
spread  rapidly,  especially  in  Yorkshire.  In  its  archi- 
tectural development  it  is  one  of  the  most  interesting 
and  important  of  the  monastic  orders.  The  Rule, 
which  was  drawn  up  chiefly,  if  not  entirely,  by  an 
Englishman,  Stephen  Harding,  was  one  of  extreme 
severity.  Houses  were  to  be  planted  in  wild  and 
desolate  places.  Manual  work,  as  well  as  devotion 
and  study,  was  required  of  the  brethren ;  each 
establishment  was  to  be  self-supporting,  was  to  pro- 
duce all  that  it  required.  It  is  due  to  this  cause  that 
towns  did  not  grow  up  round  their  monasteries,  as 
they  did  round  those  of  the  Benedictines  such  as 
Bury.  Absolute  simplicity  was  to  be  observed  both  in 
ritual  and  in  architecture.  There  was  to  be  but  one 
tower,  central  and  low,  no  unnecessary  turrets  or 
pinnacles,  no  triforium,  no  pictures  on  walls  or  in  glass, 
crosses  were  to  be  of  wood  and  candlesticks  of  iron. 
From  these  causes  Cistercian  houses  differ  both  in 
their  architectural  character  and  in  the  number  and 
disposition  of  their  buildings  from  those  of  the 
Benedictines  (fig.  140). 

The  Church  has  a   very  short  eastern  limb  (until 


162  MONASTERY 

lengthened  in  later  times)  with  a  square  end.  Chapels, 
divided  by  solid  walls,  project  from  the  east  side  of  the 
transepts.  The  monks'  choir  was  in  the  crossing  and 
the  eastern  part  of  the  nave;  the  west  part  of  the 
nave  was  the  church  of  the  fratres  conversi,  or  lay 
brothers.  These  conversi  formed  a  distinct  and  im- 
portant class  in  a  Cistercian  house,  where  so  many 
industries  were  practised.  The  aisles  were  separated 
from  the  nave  by  high  screen-walls,  against  which 
stalls  were  placed. 

The  Chapter-house  was  square  or  oblong  and  divided 
by  columns  and  arches.  The  Refectory  which  was 
similarly  divided  was  placed  at  right  angles  to  the 
south  pane  of  the  cloisters,  instead  of  parallel  with  it. 
The  kitchen  abutted  on  the  cloister.  In  other  respects 
the  secular  buildings  have  a  general  resemblance  to 
those  of  the  Benedictines.  A  small  library*  is  pro- 
vided between  the  transept  and  the  chapter-house  or 
between  the  cloister  and  the  chapter-house. 

The  Carthusian  order  was  founded  in  1086  at 
Chartreuse,  near  Grenoble,  whence  they  took  their 
name.  (Hence,  also,  the  '  Charterhouse '  in  London 
and  the  '  Certosa '  at  Pavia.)  The  life  was  extremely 
ascetic,  and  not  only  was  the  separation  of  the  com- 
munity from  the  world  required,  but  the  isolation 
of  each  individual  from  his  brother  monks.  The 
buildings,  therefore,  differ  radically  from  those  of  all 
other  orders.  A  separate  cell  and  garden  is  provided 
for  each  monk.  On  certain  days  the  brethren  all 
dined  together,  but  ordinarily  they  met  only  at  Matins 
and  Mass.  The  church,  refectory,  chapter-house,  and 
other  buildings  common  to  the  whole  community 
are  small.  The  cells,  which  are  really  small  houses, 
are  ranged  round  a  court  and  connected  by  a  cloister. 
Between  the  houses  and  the  cloister  there  is  a  corridor, 
accessible  only  to  the  Superior.  Food  was  passed  into 
*  See  article  thereon. 


MONASTERY  163 

each  house  through  a  hatch  so  contrived  that  the 
occupant  could  not  see  out  through  it.  The  house 
contains  a  living-room,  a  bedroom,  a  closet  for  keeping 
fuel  (for  the  room  was  warmed  by  a  fire  in  winter), 


Scale  of  feet 


FIG.    141.      CHURCH    OF   THE    HOLY  SEPULCHRE,   CAMBRIDGE 

and  there  was  a  garden  in  which  the  occupant  might 
work.  The  order  was  introduced  into  England  by 
King  Henry  II.  The  best -preserved  buildings  are 
those  of  Mount  Grace,  Yorkshire,  founded  about  1397. 


164  MONIAL 

After  the  Benedictines  the  most  numerous  were  the 
Augustinians,  an  order  of  Canons  living  under  rule. 
Their  churches  often  had  no  aisle  or  only  one.  The 
dining-hall  is  often  on  the  upper  floor. 

The  Gilbertine  order,  the  only  one  of  English  origin, 
was  founded  in  1148  by  Gilbert  of  Sempringham, 
at  Sempringham,  in  Lincolnshire.  Monasteries  were 
double,  with  a  men's  part  and  a  women's  part. 

The  Friars'  churches  consisted  of  long,  simple  build- 
ings, with  large  naves  for  great  congregations.  They 
were  sometimes  built  without  aisles  or  transepts,  some- 
times they  had  one  very  large  transept.  There  is  occa- 
sionally a  large  open  space  on  one  side,  and  an  outside 
pulpit  for  outdoor  preaching. 

The  only  one  of  the  Military  orders  whose  buildings 
require  notice  is  that  of  the  Knights  Templars.  The 
famous  Temple  Church  in  London  is  said  to  have  been 
built  in  imitation  of  the  church  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre 
at  Jerusalem.  The  few  other  round  churches  were 
probably  founded  with  the  same  idea  and  under  the 
influence  of  the  Templars  (fig.  141). 

MONIAL.     See  MULLION. 

MONOLITH.     A  column  cut  out  of  a  single  stone. 

MONSTRANCE  (Lat.  monstrare,  to  show).  A  vessel 
of  silver  or  other  metal  with  a  glass  side,  used  in 
medieval  churches  to  contain  and  show  the  Host. 
The  word  is  sometimes  applied  to  a  reliquary.* 

MONUMENT.  EXTERNAL.  The  memorials  of  the 
Saxons  are  not  numerous  owing,  no  doubt,  to  the 
ravages  of  the  Danes.  They  used  headstones  with 
crosses  and  interlacing  wicker-work  pattern  carved 
in  low  relief  (fig.  142);  some  of  their  sculptured 
stones  appear  to  be  coffin -lids.  The  Danes  them- 
selves have  left  a  number  of  stones  carved  with  crosses 

*  See  article  thereon. 


MONUMENT 


165 


and  bearing  inscriptions  in  Runic  characters  cut  on 
the  angle  (BL.). 

After  the  Norman  Conquest  both  the  recumbent 
slab  and  the  upright  headstone  were  used,  sometimes 
both  together,  the  foot  of  the  headstone  being  fitted 
into  a  notch  in  the  slab,  and  sometimes  there  was  a 


FIG.    149.      GRAVBSTONK,   LITTLB  SHELFORD 

cross  at  the  foot  as  well  as  at  the  head.  Probably  the 
graves  of  the  poor  had  wooden  crosses  only.  The 
headstones  seem  generally  to  have  had  circular  heads 
carved  with  more  or  less  ornamented  crosses.  The 
slabs,  which  taper  like  coffin -lids,  were,  no  doubt, 
generally  merely  coverings  of  graves,  for  burial  in  a 
coffin  was  exceptional  (BL.).  The  slabs  are  carved 
with  a  cross  in  low  relief  (fig.  143) ;  those  of  the 
thirteenth  century  are  often  sloped  down  on  each  side 
from  a  central  ridge  like  a  roof  (fig.  68),  and  they  are 
then  described  as  'coped,'  i.e.  worked  like  the  coping* 
of  a  wall.  More  rarely  the  stone  was  carved  with  an 
effigy,  in  low  relief  during  the  twelfth  century  but 
becoming  bolder  or  being  fully  in  the  round  in  the 
thirteenth.  Sometimes  the  device  is  done  in  incised 
lines  filled  with  black  composition,  and  the  profession 
or  trade  of  the  person  commemorated  is  indicated  by  a 
symbol,  as  a  priest  by  a  chalice,  a  mason  by  a  pair  of 
compasses.  Vfery  rarely  is  there  any  inscription,  and 
it  is  not  improbable  that  they  were  ready-made  things 
kept  in  stock  (BL.).  The  crosses  on  the  recumbent 
*  See  article  thereon. 


166 


MONUMENT 


slabs  of  the  thirteenth  century  usually  have  circular 
heads  (fig.  68) ;  there  is  a  peculiar  scroll  design  issuing 
from  about  the  middle  of  the  shaft,  which  may  perhaps 
represent  the  cords  by  which  a  processional  cross  was 


FIG.  144.      CROSS,  RHUODLAM 


PIG.  145.      GRAVE-SLAB,   RHUDDLAN 


steadied  while  being  carried  (fig.  265).  The  slabs  of  the 
fourteenth  century  are  more  usually  flat,  they  taper 
towards  the  foot  like  those  of  the  thirteenth  century. 
The  cross  is  foliated  and  there  are  no  scrolls  (fig.  145). 
The  slabs  of  the  fifteenth  century  are  rectangular,  (BL.) 
being  as  wide  at  the  foot  as  at  the  head.  The  head- 


MONUMENT  167 

stone,  in  the  few  examples  remaining,  is  an  actual 
cross,  not  a  cross  carved  on  a  circle ;  it  is  decorated 
with  cusps  and  with  the  other  ornaments  commonly 
used  at  the  time. 

It  is  generally  difficult  to  say  whether  these  slabs 
were  originally  in  the  church  or  churchyard.  Prob- 
ably almost  all  were  in  the  churchyard.  Burial  in  the 
church  became  more  common  as  time  advanced,  but  in 
early  days  it  was  rare. 

Built-up  churchyard  monuments  covered  by  a  slab 
were  used  in  the  fourteenth  century,  but  they  appear 
to  have  been  low — hardly  so  high  as  the  knee.  But 
in  the  fifteenth  century  they  were  made  as  high  as 
a  table ;  they  were  formerly  called  '  high  tombs,'  and 
are  now  commonly  spoken  of  as  '  altar  tombs '  from 
their  resemblance  to  stone  altars.  The  slab  seems 
generally  to  have  been  plain,  the  sides  are  ornamented 
with  traceried  panels  and  there  is  often,  towards  the 
end  of  the  century  and  in  the  first  half  of  the  sixteenth 
century,  a  short  inscription,  such  as  "Here  lieth 
Thomas  Brond  whos  soule  God  Pardon." 

Churchyard  monuments  of  the  period  from  the  Re- 
formation to  the  Restoration  are  rare.  Crosses  of  any 
kind  were  disallowed  during  a  great  part  of  the  time, 
though  as  a  matter  of  fact  they  were  put  up.  Some 
high  tombs  of  a  plain  character  were  built. 

After  the  Restoration,  besides  the  high  tombs  of  the 
well-to-do,  there  were  two  common  forms  used  by  the 
poorer  folk :  the  straight-sided  headstone  with  the  top 
cut  into  an  ornamental  profile  and  the  upper  part 
of  the  face  above  the  inscription  carved  with  cherubs' 
heads  and  flowers ;  and  the  long  plain  board  supported 
on  two  posts  at  the  head  and  foot  of  the  grave. 
Though  both  kinds  are  devoid  of  any  Christian  symbol- 
ism and  their  uncouth  rhymes  have  become  proverbial, 
these  humble  memorials  are  in  their  way  well  designed 
and  are  infinitely  superior  to  the  productions  which 


168  MONUMENT 

have  followed  upon  the  '  revival  of  taste '  in  the  nine- 
teenth century. 

INTERNAL  MONUMENTS.  We  now  come  to  the  con- 
sideration  of  monuments  within  the  church. 

The  earliest  memorials  are  the  flat  slabs  which 
formed  part  of  the  pavement  of  the  church.  A  cross 
was  carved  or  incised  upon  them,  or  they  were  sculp- 
tured with  an  effigy  in  low  relief  like  the  monuments 
of  the  churchyard.  Effigies  in  high  relief  or  com- 
pletely in  the  round  must  generally  have  been  in  an 
arched  recess  in  the  wall ;  the  arch  is  generally  low  in 
the  thirteenth  century  and  the  slab  raised  but  slightly 
above  the  floor.  This  type  of  monument  increased  in 
magnificence  in  the  thirteenth  century ;  the  arch  was 
made  more  lofty  and  its  hood -mould,  pinnacles  and 
heraldry  occupy  the  wall  space  above ;  the  tomb 
itself  is  raised  to  the  height  of  an  altar  and  is 
frequently  made  wide  enough  to  receive  the  effigies 
of  both  man  and  wife ;  its  front  is  decorated  with  little 
niches  containing  statuettes.  The  slab  at  this  stage 
is  seldom  carved  in  relief.  It  is  sometimes  plain,  but 
generally  has  an  effigy  in  the  round  or  a  brass.  In 
cathedrals  and  large  churches  these  tombs  are  often 
placed  under  one  of  the  arches  between  the  choir 
and  aisle  or  between  the  nave  and  aisle,  so  that  they 
can  be  seen  from  both  sides.  The  canopy  is  in  these 
cases  of  every  degree  of  elaboration,  from  the  flat 
wooden  ceiling  over  the  tomb  of  the  Black  Prince  at 
Canterbury  to  the  rich  stone  arch  of  the  Valance  tomb 
at  Westminster.  The  idea  of  this  type  "  was  doubtless 
taken  from  the  hearse  [i.e.  the  canopy]  and  the  lights 
which  covered  the  coffin  when  the  funeral  service  was 
performed.  Thus  first  we  see  a  basement  with  little 
figures  of  the  relatives  as  mourners ;  on  the  top  of  this 
is  the  recumbent  effigy  of  the  deceased,  with  angels 
at  the  head  and  an  animal  at  the  feet,  while  over  all 
is  a  lofty  pedimented  stone  canopy  supported  by 


MONUMENT  169 

columns  and  buttresses  rising  from  the  angles  of  the 
basement"  (BU.).  In  some  of  the  great  monuments 
of  this  class  made  in  the  fifteenth  century  the  space 
covered  by  the  canopy  includes  a  chantry  chapel ;  the 
tomb  is  placed  at  the  west  end  of  the  space,  leaving  at 
the  east  end  just  sufficient  room  for  a  small  altar  and 
for  a  celebrant. 

The  favourite  position  for  a  tomb  was  on  the  north 
side  of  the  choir.  This  position  may  have  been  chosen 
in  order  that  the  top  of  the  tomb  might  be  used  as 
an  Easter  Sepulchre,*  which  was  on  the  north  side. 

The  great  shrines*  of  the  patron  saints  of  some  of  our 
abbey  churches  occupied  a  central  position  immediately 
behind  the  high  altar.  The  tomb  of  Edward  the 
Confessor,  built  by  Henry  III.,  in  Westminster  Abbey, 
is  almost  the  only  example  remaining,  though  the  exact 
positions  in  which  others  formerly  stood  is  well  known, 
and  the  worn  pavement  still  bears  witness  to  the 
stream  of  pilgrims  who  came 

The  holy  blisful  martir  for  to  seke, 

That  hem  hath  holpen,  whan  that  they  were  seke. 

A  shrine  of  this  class  consisted  of  at  least  four  distincr 
parts  :  (a)  the  stone  or  marble  basement ;  (6)  the  altat 
at  one  end  of  it ;  (c)  the  feretory,  that  is  the  actual 
shrine  or  wooden  coffin  ;  (d)  the  cover  of  the  feretory, 
a  wooden  framework  hung  from  the  vaulting  above 
and  raised  by  means  of  a  counterpoise  (BU.).  The 
feretory  was  covered  with  gold  and  silver  plates  and 
decorated  in  various  ways.  The  fourteenth-century 
basement  of  the  supposed  shrine  of  St.  Etheldreda  at 
Ely  is  a  vaulted  space  open  at  the  sides ;  at  Westminster 
it  is  solid,  but  the  north  and  south  sides  are  pierced  with 
three  niches  each ;  "  it  was  in  these  that  sick  people 
were  frequently  left  during  the  night,  in  the  hopes  of  a 
cure  being  effected  by  the  intercession  of  the  Saint"  (BU.). 
*  See  article  thereon. 


170  MONUMENT 

Some  of  these  high  shrines  had  near-by  a  chambet 
provided  for  a  special  watcher;  there  is  an  example 
at  St.  Albans. 

The  treatment  of  effigies  varies  at  different  periods. 
Some,  especially  in  early  times,  are  inappropriately 
treated  as  though  they  had  been  standing  in  a  niche, 
and  as  if  figure  and  niche  together  had  been  laid  down. 
They  sometimes  have  also  at  the  head  two  figures  of 
angels,  or  these  only  without  the  niche,  kneeling  or 
flying  down  or  bearing  away  the  soul — the  most  beau- 
tiful treatment  which  this  part  of  the  tomb  can  receive. 
Generally  the  head  rests  on  a  pillow  or  on  a  tilting- 
helmet.  The  hands  are  raised  or  joined  in  prayer,  or 
occasionally  in  late  figures  are  parted  as  if  meant  to 
suggest  ecstasy.  In  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth  centu- 
ries the  figures  of  knights  have  the  legs  crossed — a 
conventional  attitude  having  no  reference  to  crusades 
as  is  sometimes  supposed. 

The  figures  are  generally  cut  in  stone,  but  some  of 
the  early  examples  are  of  Purbeck  marble.  Some  of 
the  greatest,  such  as  those  of  Henry  III.  and  Queen 
Eleanor,  the  wife  of  Edward  I.  (superb  works  by  the 
Englishman  William  Torel),  were  cast  in  bronze  and 
gilt.  The  figure  of  William  de  Valence  (1296)  is  of 
oak  covered  with  thin  plates  of  copper,  engraved  and 
enamelled — a  work  probably  of  Limoges,  for  "  the 
artistic  execution  of  the  figure  is  very  much  worse  than 
would  have  been  the  case  in  England  in  12.Q6"  (BU.). 
The  effigy  of  Henry  V.  was  of  oak  overlaid  with  silver. 
There  are  some  few  effigies  remaining  of  plain  oak ;  it 
is  said  that  after  1 280  they  were  as  common  as  stone, 
but  that  their  use  was  discontinued  about  fifty  years 
later  (PH.).  In  late  medieval  times  alabaster  was  much 
used.  It  was  frequently,  perhaps  generally,  covered 
with  a  thin  coat  of  gesso*  and  painted.  Important 
tombs  were  protected  by  strong  ironwork. 
*  See  article  thereon. 


MONUMENT  171 

In  the  reigns  of  Elizabeth  and  James  I.  several  new 
types  of  monument  were  used. 

The  canopied  tomb  is  no  doubt  a  development  of  the 
medieval  tomb,  but  instead  of  being  placed  under  an 
arch  it  stands  clear  in  a  transept  or  chapel.  The  tomb 
resembles  the  medieval  tomb  and  bears  a  recumbent 
effigy.  %  The  side  is  carved  with  small  figures  in  relief, 
not  placed  in  niches  as  formerly,  but  kneeling  in  two 
files  facing  one  another,  boys  on  one  side  and  girls  on 
the  other :  they  are  the  children  of  the  deceased. 
There  are  a  few  weeping  cherubim.  The  canopy  is  a 
classical  entablature  supported  on  four  columns,  and 
surmounted  by  pediment-like  arrangements  of  strap- 
ornament*  with  great  displays  of  heraldry. 

A  class  of  monument  holding  a  half-way  position 
between  these  and  the  mural  monuments  is  the  monu- 
ment of  rather  large  dimensions  containing  a  full- 
sized  sarcophagus  or  a  life-size  figure,  but  placed  high 
up  on  the  wall,  half  recessed  and  half  projecting  on 
corbels. 

The  mural  monument  was  perhaps  suggested  partly 
by  the  medieval  niche,  and  partly  by  the  mural  brasses 
contained  in  little  flat  canopied  slabs,  which  had  come 
into  fashion  in  the  fifteenth  century.  (See  BRASSES  belotv.) 
They  generally  consist  of  a  round-arched  recess,  con- 
taining a  kneeling  figure  or  a  bust,  and  surrounded 
by  a  classical  composition  ;  these  are  often  of  a  modest 
and  satisfactory  design. 

The  best  Elizabethan  figures  retain  the  medieval 
feeling,  and  are  dignified ;  but  some  are  placed  in  a 
would-be  easy  attitude,  resting<*he  head  on  the  hand, 
as  if  suffering,  as  contemporary  writers  satirically 
suggest,  from  a  tooth-ache.  Lord  Bacon  sits  in  his 
chair  above  the  altar  with  his  hat  on. 

A  great  variety  of  material  was  used.  Parts  of  the 
tomb,  the  figure  and  the  entablature,  were  commonly 

*  See  article  thereon. 


172  MONUMENT 

of  plain  marble  or  alabaster,  the  top  of  the  tomb  of 
black  touchstone,  the  columns  of  richly -coloured 
marbles  with  white  capitals;  and  coloured  marble 
panels  and  friezes  were  inserted.  The  effigies  were 
generally  painted.  The  larger  monuments  were  railed 
round. 

After  the  time  of  James  I.  the  great  tomb  became 
less  common.  The  canopy  and  architecture  generally 
were  gradually  abandoned  and  the  composition  became 
more  and  more  an  affair  of  sculpture.  There  is  the 
greatest  diversity  of  idea  and  arrangement ;  the  most 
common  variety  consists  of  a  representation  of  a  marble 
sarcophagus,  and  above  it  a  group  of  allegorical  and 
other  figures,  such  as  Fame  crowning  the  departed  with 
a  laurel  wreath  ;  the  background  to  the  figures  is  usually 
a  large  plain  slab  of  marble. 

At  the  same  time  the  mural  monument  became  more 
common  ;  it  was  also  smaller  and  simpler.  The  elabor- 
ate architecture  with  the  deep  recess  was  abandoned 
for  a  flat  treatment  more  appropriate  to  the  position. 
The  later  mural  monuments  are  usually  devoid  of  sculp- 
ture except  perhaps  for  a  portrait  medallion.  There 
is  a  coat-of-arms  under  a  simple  pediment,  and  a  long 
inscription.  The  last  form  that  need  be  noticed  is  the 
white  marble  coffer  or  urn  on  a  black  slab. 

The  medieval  custom  of  placing  over  the  tomb  of  a 
man  his  helmet,  shield,  sword  and  gauntlets  was  con- 
tinued till  comparatively  late  times,  and  the  trophies 
retained  something  of  their  medieval  form.  The 
painted  heraldic  achievements  which  we  call  hatch- 
ments are  also  a  survival  of  medieval  use. 

BRASSES.  The  great  authority  on  this  subject  considers 
that  monumental  brasses  were  derived  from  two  older 
forms  of  monument,  namely  :  (a)  Incised  stone  slabs ; 
(6)  Limoges  enamels  (HA.).  Of  incised  slabs  there  are 
few  examples  in  this  country ;  they  were  probably  from 
the  first  more  common  on  the  Continent,  and  certainly 


MONUMENT  173 

were  so  in  the  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  centuries,  when 
they  were  still  as  much  used  as  brasses.  The  design 
whether  a  figure  or  a  cross  was  cut  into  the  stone 
and  the  incision  filled  with  lead  or  some  composition. 
The  resemblance  between  the  two  forms  of  memorial  is 
obvious,  and  they  would  clearly  require  no  very  great 
difference  in  general  design  or  treatment  of  detail. 
The  change  of  material  was  due  to  the  enamellers. 
The  art  of  enamelling  was  introduced  from  Byzantium 
into  France  and  Western  Europe  in  the  twelfth  cen- 
tury, and  it  was  applied  to  the  memorials  of  the  dead 
by  the  craftsmen  of  Limoges.  The  whole  surface  of 
the  copper-plate  was  covered  with  enamel.  The  design 
consisted  of  a  figure  on  a  diapered  ground,  under  a 
niche,  and  with  an  inscription.  These  works  of  art 
were  necessarily  small  on  account  of  their  costliness. 
After  a  while  the  effigy  is  left  as  a  plain  metal  surface 
surrounded  by  an  enamelled  ground.  The  details  of 
the  costume,  and  to  a  slight  extent  the  modelling  of 
the  figure  and  folds  of  the  drapery,  were  indicated  by 
engraved  lines,  as  had  been  done  in  the  incised  stone 
slabs,  and  the  lines  were  filled  with  enamel.  Till  the 
end  of  the  middle  ages  enamel  continued  to  be  used 
very  commonly  in  the  heraldic  bearings  and  some  other 
parts.  Work  of  this  class  may  be  described  as  parcel- 
enamel.  In  the  next  stage  the  enamelled  background 
is  omitted,  and  finally  the  brass  plate  is  cut  to  the  out- 
line of  the  figure  and  let  into  a  corresponding  sinking 
in  the  stone  (MA.). 

The  material  used  for  brasses  was  a  mixture  of  copper 
and  zinc  called  laton  or  latten,*  prepared  chiefly  at 
Cologne.  Most  English  brasses  were  engraved  at 
Isleworth,  near  London,  but  there  were  also  some 
provincial  manufactories  (MA.).  A  few  particularly 
magnificent  examples  are  entirely  the  work  of 
foreigners  and  are  known  as  '  Flemish  brasses.'  The 
*  See  article  thereon. 


174  MONUMENT 

matrix  or  stone  into  which  the  plate  is  sunk  is  almost 
invariably  Purbeck  marble. 

The  most  usual  position  for  brasses  is  the  floor,  but 
they  are  also,  after  the  fourteenth  century,  placed  on 
the  slabs  of  altar  tombs  and  occasionally  on  the  walls. 

The  art  was  probably  introduced  into  England  in 
the  first  half  of  the  thirteenth  century,  but  the  earliest 
example  remaining  is  dated  1277.  The  works  done  in 
the  reigns  of  the  two  first  Edwards  are  of  greater 
artistic  and  technical  excellence  than  any  of  a  later 
time;  the  figures  are  life-size  and  boldly  drawn  with 
deeply  incised  lines.  The  inscription  runs  round  the 
margin  of  the  slab  and  the  letters  are  commonly  each 
cut  on  a  separate  piece  of  metal  (MA.).  Canopies 
inappropriate  to  a  recumbent  figure  were  introduced 
in  the  reign  of  Edward  II.  In  the  two  following 
reigns  brasses  became  more  varied  and  magnificent, 
and  most  classes  are  represented  instead  of  only  great 
personages  and  their  wives  as  formerly.  The  figures 
are  now  of  all  sizes,  but  are  usually  about  four  feet 
high.  The  drawing  is  rather  more  conventional  than 
formerly  but  is  nevertheless  of  great  beauty  (MA.). 
The  border  inscription  is  always  on  a  continuous  strij 
of  metal  and  a  second  inscription  is  placed  below  the 
figure.  Floriated  crosses  are  used  sometimes  inste 
of  effigies,  and  some  of  them  have  quatrefoil  heads 
enclosing  whole  or  half  figures.  "  Bracket  brasses 
appear  at  the  same  time,  in  which  the  figures  are 
represented  upon  a  canopied  bracket,  or  sometimes 
kneeling  at  its  foot,  and  supplicating  certain  saints 
above"  (MA.).  These  were  discontinued  in  the  first 
half  of  the  fifteenth  century,  and  in  figure  brasses  the 
figures  are  smaller. 

The  decline  in  the  art  begins  to  be  more  evident  in 
the  third  quarter  of  the  fifteenth  century.  The  simple 
recumbent  attitudes  of  the  early  brasses  with  the 
hands  raised  in  prayer  are  abandoned  and  the  figures 


MOULDING  175 

are  often  represented  in  half-profile  with  the  hands 
apart  and  standing  on  grassy  ground.  Shading  begins 
to  take  the  place  of  the  earlier  flat  and  more  suitable 
treatment.  Brasses  representing  shrouded  skeletons 
become  common  especially  in  the  eastern  counties. 
These  faults  are  much  more  conspicuous  in  the  last 
quarter  of  the  fifteenth  century  and  in  the  first  half  of 
the  sixteenth ;  the  drawing  is  often  bad  and  the  treat- 
ment is  pictorial ;  the  figures  are  represented  kneeling 
at  desks.  Mural  brasses  become  common.  The  art 
continued  to  decline  till  its  practice  was  abandoned  in 
the  latter  part  of  the  seventeenth  century  (MA.). 

MORTICE  OR  MORTISE.  A  hole  cut  in  a  piece 
of  wood  to  receive  the  end,  called  a  tenon,*  of  another 
piece. 

MOSAIC  (Gk.  /xoweios,  belonging  to  the  Muses, 
artistic — s).  A  surface  formed  of  small  pieces  of  stone, 
marble,  tile  or  glass,  used  on  walls,  vaults,  floors  and 
columns.  Much  employed  by  the  ancients  and  in  the 
early  Christian  churches  in  Italy  and  in  the  East.  It 
was  used  by  the  Romans  in  Britain  for  their  floors  and 
probably  also  for  walls  and  vaults.  The  art  was  never 
practised  by  the  English ;  all  the  work  in  Westminster 
Abbey,  namely  the  shrine  of  Edward  the  Confessor, 
the  pavement  round  it,  the  tomb  of  Henry  III.,  and 
the  pavement  in  front  of  the  altar,  was  done  by  Italians. 
These  works  date  from  the  latter  half  of  the  thirteenth 
century,  and  are  the  only  or  almost  the  only  medieval 
examples  in  England. 

MOULDING.  A  concave  or  convex  surface  forming 
a  groove  or  staff,  or  a  combination  of  the  two,  of 
uniform  profile  at  all  points  throughout  its  length, 
sunk  in  or  projecting  from  the  face  or  edge  of  some 
part  of  a  building  or  piece  of  furniture. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


176  MOULDING 

An  individual  and  definite  part  of  a  moulding  or  a 
single  moulding  in  a  series  is  called  a  member.  A 
carved  or  painted  ornament  repeated  at  regular  inter- 
vals on  a  moulding  is  called  an  enrichment.*  A  plain 
or  slightly  concave  surface  cutting  off  an  edge  is  called 
a  chamfer.* 

In  Gothic  architecture  the  art  of  moulding  steadily 
develops  by  a  series  of  slight  changes.  It  is  used 
principally  for  capitals  and  bases,  string  courses  and 
plinths,  mullions  and  tracery,  and  particularly  for 
arches.  In  Renaissance  architecture,  as  in  its  parent 
Roman,  the  arch  is  scarcely  moulded  at  all,  nor  is 
the  string  course  and  plinth,  but  the  cornice  is  elabor- 
ately moulded.  In  short  each  style  employed  mould- 
ings to  emphasise  and  ornament  the  feature  which  was 
its  special  characteristic — in  Gothic  the  arch,*  in  Classic 
the  entablature.*  In  any  style  the  positions  in  which 
mouldings  are  used,  the  general  arrangement  of  a 
group,  and  the  plane  on  which  it  is  worked,  is  of  as 
great  or  greater  importance  than  the  form  of  the  indi- 
vidual mouldings. 

Saxon  work  shows  the  influence  of  Roman  archi- 
tecture in  nothing  more  plainly  than  in  its  mouldings. 
Those  of  the  arch,  which  is  of  one  order*  only,  are  few, 
simple  and  shallow ;  they  are  worked  on  the  face,  the 
soffit  being  plain,  and  they  spring  often  from  an  impost 
which  is  a  rude  copy  of  the  entablature. 

The  half-way  position  which  Romanesque  holds  be- 
tween Roman  and  Gothic  is  illustrated  by  its  treatment 
of  the  arch.  Like  Gothic  and  unlike  Roman  work  it 
is  of  many  orders  and  is  elaborately  ornamented,  but 
the  ornaments,  though  much  corrupted,  are  borrowed 
indirectly  from  the  Roman  entablature  and  consist  of 
enrichments  rather  than  mouldings  (fig.  190).  Norman 
mouldings  were  in  fact  very  few  and  very  simple. 
They  consist  of  a  hollow  chamfer  under  the  hood-mould 
*  See  article  thereon. 


MOULDING 


177 


(fig.  146)  and  a  bowtel,  round  or  pointed,  on  the  edge  of 
the  outer  order  with  a  shallow  hollow  on  the  face,  while 
the  inner  order  is  often  plain  (fig.  147).  Thus  the 
arrangement  of  recessed  orders  is  well  preserved. 


FIG.    146. 
NORMAN  ARCH-MOULD 


FIG.   147. 
NORMAN  ARCH-MOULD 


FIG.    148.      THE    BOWTEI. 


It  is  this  recessed  arrangement  rather  than  the  shape 
of  the  individual  members  which  distinguishes  early 
work  from  late.  As  the  mouldings  are  elaborated  the 


178 


MOULDING 


separation  between  the  orders  is  lost,  and  the  edges  of 
the  orders  become  rounded  off  till  the  face  of  the  arch 
gradually  becomes  a  wide 
splay  instead  of  a  series  of 
recesses  (fig.  155  c,  d). 

In  the  thirteenth  century 
the  bowtel*  is  still  used,  and 
there  are  deep  and  wide 
hollows  on  the  face  and  on 
the  soffit.  Before  long  these 
hollows  are  followed  by 
smaller  rolls  (fig.  150),  and 
in  the  latter  part  of  the 
century  fillets  are  added  in 
larger  numbers  (fig.  148^). 
In  plain  work  the  hollow 
chamfer  is  used  (fig.  153). 
The  hood-mould  has  a  deep 
hollow  and  the  upper  edge  is 
rounded  (fig.  151). 

In  the  fourteenth  century 
the  angle  bowtel  is  pushed 
back  (fig.  154),  and  the 
smaller  rolls  are  developed 
(fig.  1 52).  The  hollows  are 
still  deep,  but  they  are  less  open 
tween  two  orders  is  sometimes  concealed  by  a  hollow, 
and  so  the  division  is  lost  (fig.  152).  There  is  a 
growing  liking  for  the  chamfer,  but  instead  of  the 
earlier  concave  form  it  is  given  a  wavy  profile  and 
is  called  the  'wave'  moulding  (fig.  156);  often  the 
outer  order  of  an  arch  has  this  moulding  and  the 
inner  order  a  plain  chamfer ;  the  '  sunk  chamfer ' 
is  also  used.  The  hood-mould  loses  its  hollow  (fig. 
157). 

The  wave  moulding  changes :  it  is  smaller,  and  the  con- 

*  See  article  thereon. 


149.      POINTED   BOWTKL  AND 
PLAIN    HOOD-MOULD 

Early  thirteenth  century 

The  joint   be- 


MOULDING 


179 


some- 


vex  part  is  reduced.  The  f  ogee '  is  perhaps  the  most  char- 
acteristic moulding  of  the  fifteenth  century  (fig.  159); 
it  is  sometimes  followed  by  a  fillet  and  hollow, 
times  by  the 
same  moulding 
reversed,  form- 
ing a  '  double 
ogee'  (fig.  160). 
The  hollows  are 
contracted,  or 
else  they  are 
made  extremely 
shallow  and  open 
and  are  called 
'casements'  (fig. 
161).  The  hood- 
mould  mostoften 
has  a  sloping  or 
wavy  top  and  a 
hollow  or  an 
' ogee '  under- 
neath (fig.  160). 
The  mouldings 
are  now  worked 
so  exactly  on  a 
splayed  face  that 
they  all  die  into 
a  plain  splayed 
jamb  or  pier  (fig. 
159).  They  are 
often,  however, 
continued  down  to  the  floor,  or  the  hood-mould  or  other 
single  member  springs  from  a  tiny  shaft  and  capital. 

The  general   character  of   other  mouldings   agrees 
with  that  of  the  arch  mould.      Thus  the  abacus*  of 
the  capital*  (fig.  1 62),  the  annulet*  (except  in  Norman 
*  See  article  thereon. 


bd 


FIG.    ISO.      MOULDINGS   ON   RECESSED  ORDERS  AND 
WITH   WIDE   HOLLOWS 

Early  thirteenth  century 

a,  hood-mould ;  i,  arch-mould ;  c,  shaft ;  d,  jamb 
e,  plan  of  abacus  ;  f,  section  of  abacus  ;  g,  base 


FIG.  151.     BOLD  MOULDINGS 

OF   THE  THIRTEENTH 

CENTURY 


FIG.  IS».      ELABORATE   MOULDINGS   OF   THE  FOURTEENTH 
CENTURY.      LOSS  OF   THE  RECESSED   ORDERS 


FIG.  153.    THE  HOLLOW  CHAMFER. 

ARCH   AND  HOOD  OF  A  RECESS 

ON  ONE  STONE. 


FIG.  154.   THE  BOWTEL  PUSHED  BACK 

Fourteenth  century 


MOULDING 


181 


times)  and   the   string  course*    (fig.   163)  are  at  all 
periods  very  similar  to  the  hood-mould. 

The  base*  in  Norman  times  is  poorly  moulded 
(figs.  20,  164),  but  it  gradually  develops  (figs,  165,  149, 
150),  and  in  the  thirteenth  century 
it  has  two  rolls  with  a  deep  hollow 
between  (fig.  169),  and  has  a  re- 
semblance to  the  Attic*  base  (fig. 
17 a)  only  it  is  much  wider  and  shal- 
lower. The  hollow  is  lost  at  about 
the  same  time — the  end  of  the  thir- 
teenth century — as  the  hollow  in  the 
hood-mould  and  abacus  (figs.  167,  22). 
In  the  fifteenth  century  the  base  is 
drawn  out  into  a  series  of  small 
mouldings,  high  but  of  slight  pro- 
jection (figs.  168,  23). 

The  curious  idea  of  ornamenting  ARC^SDX V 
the  capital  with  a  series  of  horizontal 
rings  was  developed  in  the  twelfth 
and   thirteenth   centuries   (fig.   44). 


FIG.  155-      DIAGRAM  OP 


J 


FIG.  156.     WAVE     MOULDING 


FIG.  157.      THE  SUNK   CHAMFER 

Fourteenth  century 

*  See  article  thereon. 


FIG.  158.      MOULDING  OF  SMALL  ARCH 

Fourteenth  century 


FIG.  159.     Fourteenth  century  FIG.  160.     Fifteenth  century 

MOULDINGS  ON  THE  SPLAYED   FACE 


FIG.  l6l.   THE  CASEMENT.  FIG.  162.   NORMAN  ABACUS 


b  c  d  t  f 

FIG.  163.     STRING  COURSES 

«.  £|  Norman  ;  c,  thirteenth  century  ;  d,  fourteenth  century 
'if  >  fifteenth  century 


tin.  164. 

NORMAN    BASE 
MOULDING 


FIG.  165. 

TRANSITIONAL   BASE 
MOULDING 


FIG.  l66.      BASE 

Thirteenth  century 


FIG.    167.      BASK 
Fourteenth  century 


FIG.   168.     BASE 
Fifteenth  century 


FIG.     169. 

CAPITAL  AND  BASK 
Thirteenth  century 


184  MOULDING 

At  first  they  are  simply  treated  (figs.  169,  170),  but  in 
the  fourteenth  century  they  are  often  over-elaborated 
(fig.  1 72) ;  they  dwindle  again,  however,  in  the  follow- 
ing century,  leaving  little  or  nothing  but  the  '  necking ' 
or  small  moulding  at  the  bottom  of  the  capital  and  the 
abacus  (fig.  1 73) ;  the  mouldings  and  the  general  out- 
line are  weak. 

The  Renaissance  architects  followed  the  Romans  in 
their  mouldings  though  they  sometimes  refined  them 
and  varied  them.  The  Romans  had  betrayed  their  in- 
artistic temperament  in  their  mouldings  as  much  as  in 
anything.  They  were  as  coarse  and  clumsy  as  those  of 
the  Greeks  were  subtile  and  refined  (fig.  180).  Both 
peoples  made  less  use  of  mouldings  than  the  medieval 
builders.  The  individual  mouldings  were  not  so 
numerous  nor  were  the  combinations  so  varied ;  they 
followed  more  closely  a  traditional  arrangement. 

The  Greek  Doric  order  (fig.  192)  has  hardly  any 
mouldings  :  a  single  member  under  the  abacus  and  not 
much  more  on  the  cornice.  The  Ionic  and  Corinthian 
orders  are  rather  more  elaborate ;  they  have  the 
beautiful  Attic  base  (fig.  17  a) ;  the  entablature  has  more 
mouldings,  but  the  effect  is  produced  chiefly  by  the 
projection  of  the  cornice  and  by  the  mutules*  or 
brackets  and  by  enrichments. 

The  Romans  used  scarcely  more  mouldings  than  the 
Greeks ;  their  ostentation  chiefly  found  vent  in  the 
excessive  use  of  enrichments.  When  they  used  the 
arch,  however,  they  had  the  sense  to  give  it  the  very 
simple  moulding  of  the  architrave  and  no  more 
(fig.  181).  They  used  the  same  moulding  round  doors 
and  windows ;  hence  it  is  that  we  get  this  section 
almost  universally  used  round  our  doors  and  windows. 

MOULDINGS  IN  WOOD  are  always  much  smaller  than 
those  of  stone,  as  is  only  suitable  to  the  material  and  to 
the  character  of  the  objects  for  which  it  is  used.  The 
chief  examples  of  the  middle  ages  arc  those  on  the 


FIG.  170.      CAPITAL  FIG.  171.     CAPITAL  PIG.  Iy».      CAPITAL 

Late  thirteenth  century         Fourteenth  century  Fourteenth  century 


FIG.    173.      CAPITALS  FIG.  174.      INTERNAL  WOOD  CORNICE 

Fifteenth  century 


FIG.  175.      ASTRAGAL  («)  AND  APOPHYGE  (*)  FIG.  176.      BEAD 


186  MOULDING 

timbers  of  open  roofs  (fig.  174),  on  church  screens  and 
mullions  (fig.  187). 

In  the  thirteenth  and  fourteenth  centuries  the  mould- 
ings are  always  refined  and  effective,  but  they  often 
resemble  diminutive  stone  mouldings.  This  is  not  quite 
fortunate,  for  a  fibrous  material  like  wood  demands  a 
different  treatment  from  a  granular  one  like  stone.  In 
the  fifteenth  century  this  was  better  understood.  The 
framing  of  panelling  has  mouldings  running  down  the 
middle  of  the  framing  (fig.  195  a),  and  the  panels  them- 
selves, in  late  work,  have  a  peculiar  sort  of  moulding 
worked  upon  them  called  the  linen*  pattern. 

Till  the  end  of  the  sixteenth  century  all  wood  mould- 
ings were  '  stopped,' — that  is,  they  are  finished  off  in 
some  way  near  the  end  of  the  piece  of  timber  on  which 
they  are  worked,  or  they  are  ( returned,' — that  is,  they 
are  turned  round  in  such  a  way  as  to  meet  the  mould- 
ings of  some  other  piece  of  timber  (fig.  195  A).  In 
later  work  the  timbers  are  cut  so  that  the  joint  between 
them  follows  the  mitre*  of  the  mouldings  (fig.  195 
An  '  Oxford  frame  '  and  an  ordinary  picture-frame  illus- 
trate the  first  and  last  of  these  three  methods.  The 
mouldings  of  panelling  of  the  later  period  are  always 
worked  on  the  edge  of  the  framework. 

In  panelling  of  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  cen- 
turies the  mouldings  are  much  larger,  and  are  often  on 
a  separate  piece  of  wood,  which  is  nailed  on  the  edge 
of  the  framework.  In  that  case  they  are  made  to  pro- 
ject beyond  the  face  of  the  panelling,  and  are  called 
'bolection'*  mouldings.  But  in  many  buildings  till  the 
end  of  the  seventeenth  century  the  old  style  of  small 
stopped  mouldings  is  used. 

The  following  are  the  names  of  the  commonest  Clas- 
sical and  Renaissance  mouldings  : — 

ASTRAGAL.     A  small  convex   moulding  used  at  the 
bottom  of  the  Corinthian  capital  (fig.  1 75). 
*  See  article  thereon. 


FIG.  178.       CAVETTO  FIG.  179.      CYMA 

a,  Cyma  recta 
PIG.  177.  HAWK'S  BEAK  6>  Cyma  reversa 


FIG.  l8l.  FIG.  l8a. 

ARCHITRAVE  a,  Scotia 

MOULDING  *,  Torus 


PIG.  183.      OGEK  PIG.  184.      QUIRK  PIG.  t8  5.      REEDING 

a,  Simple  ogee 
t.  Quirked  ogee 


188  MULLION 

BEAD.  A  small  circular  convex  moulding  either  on 
an  angle  or  flush  with  a  surface  (fig.  1 76). 

BIRD'S  BEAK. — An  undercut  moulding  used  on  the 
capital  of  the  Greek  anta  (fig.  177). 

CAVETTO.  A  concave  moulding  approximating  to  a 
quarter  of  a  circle  (fig.  178). 

CYMA.  Called  also  the  cyma  recta.  A  moulding  of 
which  the  upper  part  is  concave  and  the  lower  part 
convex  (fig.  1 79  «).  In  the  cyma  reversa  the  upper  part 
is  convex  and  the  lower  part  concave  (fig.  1 79  &)• 

CYMATIUM.  "A  name  given  by  Vitruvius  to  the 
groups  of  mouldings  which  serve  to  cap  each  part  or 
subdivision  of  the  entablature,  or  separate  it  from  the 
next.  The  name  has  no  reference  to  the  form  or  number 
of  the  mouldings.  .  .  .  But  another  set  of  writers 
.  .  .  have  strangely  applied  the  name  to  the  ogee 
moulding,  and  this  error  is  generally  adopted  "  (P.). 
The  word  is  from  Kvpdriov,  a  little  wave,  so  perhaps 
Vitruvius  is  wrong  and  the  other  set  of  writers  "  right. 

ECHINUS.     The  ovolo  of  the  Greek  Doric  capital. 

OVOLO  (ovum,  an  egg)  or  ECHINUS  A  convex  moulding 
approximating  to  the  quadrant  of  a  circle  (fig.  1 80) ;  its 
enrichment  is  the  egg-and-dart. 

SCOTIA.  A  concave  moulding,  forming  half  an  ellipse, 
in  the  Attic  base  (fig.  182). 

TORUS.  A  semi-circular  convex  moulding,  similar 
to  the  astragal  but  larger  (fig.  1 82). 

(See  also  ABACUS,  APOPHYGE,  BED-MOULDING,  CORONA.) 

MULLION  OR  MONIAL.  A  vertical  division  in  a 
window.  In  England  it  is  generally  of  stone  or  wood, 
according  to  the  character  of  the  building,  but  occa- 
sionally of  brick.  It  originated  in  the  gradual  reduction 
of  the  pier  between  two  coupled  lancets.  (See  TRACERY.) 
In  the  thirteenth  and  fourteenth  centuries  it  generally 
has  plain  splays  or  chamfers,  but  often  in  the  four- 
teenth century,  and  nearly  always  in  the  fifteenth,  the 
chamfers  are  slightly  hollowed  (fig.  186  a);  in  woodwork 


NECESSARIUM  189 

they  are  sometimes  entirely  moulded  (fig.  187).  Tudor 
mullions  have  convex  mouldings  (fig.  1866).  In  pure 
Renaissance  work  the  mullion  is  not  used. 


FIG.  l86.      MULLION  FIG.   187.      WOOD   MULLION 

MUTULE.  A  broad  flat  member  projecting  slightly 
from  the  soffit  of  the  corona  of  the  cornice  in  the 
Doric  order*  and  supposed  to  have  originated  in  the 
boards  pinned  to  the  overhanging  ends  of  the  rafters. 

NAIL-HEAD  ORNAMENT.  An  enrichment  some- 
what like  nail  heads,  used  in  the  Norman*  period. 

NAGS.     Sec  TEMPLE. 

NARTHEX.  A  large  porch  across  the  end  of  a 
basilican  church/  to  which  were  admitted  those  who 
were  not  in  full  communion. 

NAVE  (Lat.  navis,  a  ship;  because  the  Church  of 
Christ  was  commonly  likened  to  a  ship).  The  central 
part  of  a  church  ;  the  term  is  sometimes  applied  to  the 
corresponding  part  of  a  secular  building. 

NEBULE  ORNAMENT.  A  shallow  Norman  en- 
richment consisting  of  a  wavy  line;  the  term  is  perhaps 
borrowed  from  heraldry. 

NECESSARIUM.  A  necessary  house,  a  privy.  In 
the  middle  ages  they  were  carefully  arranged,  either 
singly  or  in  groups,  in  private  houses  ;  in  monasteries* 
they  were  ranged  in  a  long  row  in  a  separate  building 
under  which  a  ditch  or  stream  was  carried. 
*  See  article  thereon. 


190 


NECK  OF  A  CAPITAL 


NECK  OF  A  CAPITAL.  The  part  of  a  capital 
from  the  neck  moulding  up  to  the  bell  mould- 
ings or  to  the  bend  over  of  the  foliage.  The  neck 
moulding  is  the  small  projecting  ring  quite  at  the 
bottom  of  the  capital. 

NEWEL  (from  La,t.  mtc-,  stem  of  mix,  a  nut ;  from 
its  central  position — s.).  Formerly  the  central  post  or 
pillar  of  a  spiral  staircase,  whether  of  wood  or  stone ; 
the  term  is  now  used  also  of  the  angle  posts  in  a 
straight  staircase. 

NICHE  (Ital.  nicchia,  a  niche,  a  shell-like  recess 
in  a  wall ;  from  Ital.  nicchio,  a  shell — s. ;  the  head  of 
a  Renaissance  niche  was 
often  shaped  like  a  shell.) 
A  recess  in  a  wall  for  a 
statue  or  other  object ; 
in  the  middle  ages  called 
a  tabernacle,*  and  Inigo 
Jones  applies  this  term 
to  the  niches  of  classical 
architecture  (P.). 

Previous  to  the  end  of 
the  thirteenth  century 
the  niche  had  generally 
a  flat  or  rounded  back 
and  was  covered  by  a 
simple  arch  with  perhaps  :^- 
a  gablet  over  it.  In  the 
fourteenth  century  there 
is  often  a  projecting 
canopy  formed  by  pend- 
ing out  the  arch,  which 
in  this  case  is  an  ogee, 
from  the  face  of  the  wall 
as  it  rises ;  it  is  orna- 


BISHOPS  PALACE,   ELY 


*  See  article  thereon. 


NORMAN   PERIOD 


191 


mented  with  crockets  and  a  finial.  In  the  fifteenth 
century  there  are  three  small  arches  carrying  a  half 
hexagonal  dome  or  spire  (fig.  188);  the  back  of  the 
niche  is  also  a  half  hexagon ;  the  ceiling  which  is  con- 
sequently a  complete  hexagon  is  ornamented  with 
minute  vaulting. 

Elizabethan  niches  vary,  according  to  circumstances, 
from  a  debased  Gothic  to  pure  classic.  The  Renais- 
sance niche  is  generally  semi-circular  or  semi-elliptical 
in  plan.  It  is  covered  by  a  half  dome  which  is  either 
plain  or  coffered  or  is  ornamented  with  a  large  shell, 
(fig.  67).  A  niche  for  a  lamp  is  sometimes  found  in 
medieval  churches  and  other  buildings ;  occasionally 
there  is  a  small  flue  to  carry  off  the  smoke  (M.). 

NOOK-SHAFT.  A  shaft  in  the  nook  or  recess  of 
a  jamb  (fig.  1 50). 

NORMAN  PERIOD.  The  name 
given  by  Rickman  to  a  phase  of 
English  architecture  during  the 
time  of  the  Norman  kings ;  it  is 
without  definite  limits,  but  con- 
sidered by  him  to  begin  at  1066 
and  to  end  about  1 1 89  (see  Appen- 
dix). Its  chief  characteristics  are 
as  follows :  The  construction  is 
massive  ;  the  masonry  is  rough 
with  thick  joints ;  the  arches*  are 
round,  or  in  some  of  those  of  small 
span  are  trefoil ;  the  walls  are  often 
decorated  by  small  arcades  of 
various  forms,  in  some  of  these  the 
adjoining  arches  intersect  in  a 
peculiar  way  (fig.  1 89)  ;  the  parapet 
often  projects  and  is  carried  on  a 
corbel  table ;  the  buttresses  are 

*  See  article  thereon.  INTERSECTING  ARCHES 


192 


OCTOSTYLE 


doorways  are  often 
are   round,   or  are 


very  wide  and  of  slight  projection 
very    highly   decorated ;    columns 
rectangles  either  simple  or  with 
recesses  at  the  angles  contain- 
ing small  shafts,  or  are  a  com- 
bination   of   these    forms ;    the 
bases  are  low  and  insignificant ; 
the    capitals  *    are    of    various 
forms ;  vaults  are  either  barrel- 
shaped  or  groined  ;  large  build- 
ings generally  had  wooden  roofs 
of  the   'trussed -rafter'    form;   FIG' I9°" 
the  mouldings  are  few  and  simple ;  the  enrichments 
(fig.    l.QO)  are  various  and   elaborate,  the   commonest 
being   the   zigzag,   billet,  chevron,  bird's    beak,  star, 
nail-head. 


OCTOSTYLE.     See  TEMPLE. 

OFF-SET,  SET-OFF.  A  ledge  formed  by  the  upper 
part  of  a  wall  being  thinner  than  the  lower  part. 
Often  formed  inside  a  building  to  carry  floor-joists,  and 
outside  for  architectural  effect  or  economy  or  for  other 
reasons ;  the  latter  are  always  more  or  less  weathered, 
i.e.  sloped,  to  throw  off  the  rain.  The  most  familiar 
examples  are  afforded  by  Gothic  buttresses.* 

OGEE.  A  compound  curve  partly  convex 
and  partly  concave ;  the  term  is  applied  es- 
pecially to  arches*  and  mouldings.* 

OILLET.  A  small  loophole  in  the  wall  of 
a  castle  for  the  discharge  of  missiles. 

OPISTHODOMUS.     See  TEMPLE. 

ORATORY.  A  small  private  chapel  or  closet  for 
prayer  in  a  house  or  church. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


FIG.   IQ1 
OGEK 
ARCH 


ORDER  193 

ORDER,  CLASSICAL.  The  column  and  entabla- 
ture in  Greek  and  Roman  architecture.  It  includes 
the  capital,  the  base  (if  any),  the  pedestal  (if  any), 
and  the  stylobate  or  platform  if  this  is  low,  but  if  it  is 
high  enough  to  contain  rooms  and  form  a  storey  it  is 
usually  considered  as  a  separate  order. 

The  term  Order  means  not  only  the  features  men- 
tioned above,  but  it  supposes  a  definite  architectural 
treatment.  For  the  several  orders  do  not  represent 
styles  in  vogue  at  different  periods  or  in  different  coun- 
tries, but  merely  recognised  types.  One  order  is  not 
the  parent  of  another,  like  the  various  phases  of  Gothic 
architecture ;  nor  do  they  merge  into  one  another  in 
any  way,  but  each  remains  a  distinct  type  which  varies 
but  slightly  in  different  buildings.  Each  order  is  seen 
well  advanced  towards  full  development  in  the  earliest 
examples ;  we  know  little  of  its  period  of  growth. 

The  principal  orders  are  the  Doric,  the  Ionic  and 
the  Corinthian.  These  were  all  perfected  by  the 
Greeks.  The  sequence  in  which  they  have  been  named 
is  to  some  extent  chronological ;  that  is,  Doric  buildings 
are  generally  the  oldest;  but  the  orders  overlap  and  are 
even  used  together  in  the  same  building.  The  Romans 
adopted  and  varied  them  and  added  others  which  are 
really  modifications  of  them,  as  will  be  described 
presently. 

The  general  principles  of  all  are  the  same  :  Columns 
support  a  lintel,  above  which  is  a  decorated  band  and  a 
projecting  cornice.  There  is  a  difference  in  the  pro- 
portions of  the  three,  but  even  this  is  slight  as  com- 
pared, for  example,  with  the  difference  between 
different  periods,  or  even  between  different  buildings 
of  the  same  period  in  Western  architecture.  The 
difference  is  chiefly  in  the  details  and  especially  in  the 
capitals. 

The  Greek  Orders.  The  Greek  Doric  order  is  the 
simplest  and  the  most  massive  (fig.  192).  It  has  a 


D 

! 


ORDER  195 

stylobate,  usually  of  three  high  steps.  The  columns 
are  thick  in  proportion  to  their  height :  they  have 
twenty  elliptical  flutes  separated  only  by  sharp  edges ; 
there  is  no  base  and  the  capital  consists  only  of  an 
abacus  square  in  plan  and  in  section,  with  a  single 
moulding  under  it.  The  architrave  is  plain  ;  the  frieze 
is  divided  by  triglyphs,  or  slight  projections  with 
vertical  grooves,  leaving  square  spaces  called  metopes 
which  are  sometimes  carved ;  the  cornice  is  simple, 
its  soffit  or  lower  side  has  flat  mutules  studded  with 
guttae.  The  columns  are  about  five  and  a  half  diameters 
high,  and  the  intercolumniation  or  clear  space  between 
the  columns  is  about  one  diameter  and  a  third ;  the 
height  of  the  entablature  is  rather  more  than  twice 
the  diameter  of  the  column. 

The  Greek  Doric  order  is,  it  is  thought,  derived 
from  buildings  of  timber.  The  architrave  is  said  to 
be  the  successor  of  the  wooden  beam  placed  on  the  top 
of  wooden  posts  stuck  in  the  ground ;  the  triglyphs  to 
represent  the  ends  of  beams  resting  on  the  lintel  and 
running  back  to  the  wall,  the  metopes  being  the  fill- 
ing in  of  the  spaces  between  the  beams ;  the  sloping 
soffit  of  the  cornice  is  the  projection  of  the  roof,  the 
rafter-feet  being  reproduced  in  the  mutules,  and  the 
pins  used  for  the  framing,  in  the  guttae ;  this  theory 
accounts  also  for  the  absence  of  a  base  to  the  column. 
The  hypothesis  must  be  accepted  till  we  have  good 
grounds  for  abandoning  it.  We  have  similar  examples 
(e.g.  in  Egypt)  of  archaic  forms  perpetuated  in  per- 
fected architecture. 

The  Ionic  order  is  much  more  slender  in  its  pro- 
portions and  more  ornamented  (fig.  192).  It  has  a 
stylobate  of  three  steps,  rather  similar  to  that  of  the 
Doric ;  the  column  has  twenty-four  semi-circular  flutes 
separated  by  flat  fillets ;  it  has  a  moulded  base  and  a 
remarkable  square  capital,  which  shows  two  large 
volutes  or  spirals  on  the  front  face  and  two  on  the 


196  ORDER 

back.  (A  general  idea  of  its  form  can  be  gained  by 
rolling  up  a  strip  of  paper  from"  each  end  and  then 
placing  it  with  the  scrolls  downwards  over  an  inverted 
tumbler.)  The  capital  of  the  angle  column  had  volutes 
on  both  its  outer  faces,  the  outermost  angle  having 
a  single  volute  placed  diagonally.  The  entablature 
is  light  and  slightly  decorated  with  mouldings  and 
enrichments.  The  columns  are  between  eight  and 
nine  diameters  high  and  a  little  more  than  two 
diameters  apart.  The  entablature  is  about  two  diameters 
high,  that  is,  rather  less  than  the  intercolumniation. 

The  origin  of  the  Ionic  capital  has  been  explained 
by  various  theories,  none  of  which  has  for  long  com- 
manded acceptance.  The  difficulty  lies  in  the  want 
of  early  examples  showing  different  stages  of  develop- 
ment. It  may  be  noted  that  the  spiral  is  a  favourite 
device  of  many  primitive  peoples,  and  had  been  an 
especially  favourite  device  in  Mycenaean  art. 

In  its  general  proportions  the  Corinthian  order  is 
very  like  the  Ionic  (fig.  192).  It  was  the  latest  to 
develop,  and  there  are  very  few  Greek  examples.  It 
will  be  more  particularly  described  in  speaking  of  the 
Roman  orders.  Its  most  striking  feature  is  its  capital, 
carved  with  foliage. 

The  explanation  of  the  origin  of  the  Corinthian 
capital  is  more  venerable  and  more  poetical,  but  it  is 
not  more  satisfactory  than  the  theories  as  to  the  volute. 

"A  virgin  of  Corinth  being  now  grown  up,  fell  sick  and 
died  :  The  Day  after  her  Funeral,  her  Nurse  having  put  into 
a  Basket  certain  small  Vessels  and  Trifles  with  which  she  was 
wont  to  divertise  her  self  whilst  she  lived,  went  out  and  set 
them  upon  her  Tomb ;  and  least  the  Air  and  Weather  should 
do  them  any  injury,  She  cover'd  them  with  a  Tyle :  Now  the 
Basket  being  accidentally  plac'd  upon  the  Root  of  an 
Acanthus,  or  great  Dock,  the  Herb  beginning  to  sprout  at 
the  spring  of  the  Year,  and  put  forth  Leaves,  the  Stalks 
thereof  creeping  up  along  the  Sides  of  the  Basket,  and  meet- 
ing with  the  Edge  of  the  Tyle  (which  jetted  out  beyond  the 


ORDER  197 

Margine  of  the  Basket)  were  found  (being  a  little  more 
ponderous  at  the  Extremes)  to  bend  their  Tops  downwards, 
and  form  a  pretty  kind  of  Valuta.  At  this  very  time  it  was 
that  the  Sculptor  CalKmacktu  (who  for  the  Delicateness  of 
his  Work  upon  Marble  and  Genteelness  of  his  Invention, 
was  by  the  Athenians  surnamed  Catatcchnos,  that  is  to  say, 
Industrious)  passing  near  this  Monument,  began  to  cast  an 
Eye  upon  this  Basket,  and  to  consider  the  pretty  Tenderness 
of  that  ornamental  Foliage  which  grew  about  it,  the  Manner 
and  Form  whereof  so  much  pleased  him  for  the  Novelty, 
that  he  shortly  after  made  Columns  at  Corinth  resembling 
this  Model,  and  ordain'd  its  Symmetries,  distributing  after- 
wards in  his  Works  Proportions  agreeable  to  each  of  its 
other  Members  in  Conformity  to  this  Corinthian  Mode." 
(A  Parallel  of  the  Antient  Architecture  ivith  the  Modern. 
By  Roland  Freart.  Ed.  by  John  Evelyn,  Lond.,  1723.) 

There  may  be  nothing  impossible  in  this  pretty  story, 
but  it  is  to  the  last  degree  improbable  and  need  not  be 
seriously  considered.  'Invention,'  however  'genteel/ 
has  never  been  the  parent  of  architectural  features : 
these  are  the  fruit  of  a  slow  growth. 

The  Greeks  occasionally  used  another  order,  the 
Caryatid  or  Persian,  in  which  human  figures  take  the 
place  of  columns.  The  side  portico  of  the  Erechthaeum 
at  Athens  is  a  famous  example.  The  figures  of  Persians 
were  used  in  another  building. 

The  Greeks  carried  their  architectural  forms  to  an 
extraordinary  pitch  of  refinement.  Every  curve  was  of 
the  most  subtile  delicacy,  not  only  of  volutes  and  the 
like,  but  in  the  sections  of  all  mouldings.  The  greatest 
judgment  was  exercised  in  the  general  proportions,  in 
the  details  and  in  the  character  and  disposition  of  the 
sculpture. 

Their  sensitiveness  to  form  is  perhaps  most  strikingly 
shown  in  the  '  optical  corrections '  which  they  made  in 
their  buildings  and  especially  in  those  of  the  Doric 
order.  The  diminution  of  the  column  upwards  gives  it 
great  apparent  rather  than  actual  stability ;  its  entasis 


198  ORDER 

or  swelling  in  the  middle  is  to  counteract  an  appearance 
of  hollowness  which  it  would  otherwise  have,  principally 
through  the  strong  sunlight  behind  it  flowing  round  the 
edges  to  a  greater  extent  in  the  middle  part  of  the 
column  than  near  the  entablature  and  stylobate.  In 
order  to  prevent  the  appearance  of  weakness  at  the 
angle  of  a  temple  which  is  entirely  surrounded  by 
columns,  the  angle  column  is  made  rather  thicker  than 
the  others  and  the  space  between  it  and  the  next  is 
reduced.  But  in  order  to  give  a  look  of  still  greater 
stability  to  the  whole  building,  all  the  columns  are 
given  a  very  slight  slope  inwards.  The  horizontal  lines 
are  subjected  to  similar  corrections.  To  prevent  any 
possible  appearance  of  sinking  in  the  middle  they  are 
all  bowed  upwards ;  this  is  so  boldly  done  that  to  any- 
one standing  at  the  corner  of  the  Parthenon  the 
arching  of  the  steps  is  quite  obvious.  Even  the  sloping 
lines  of  the  pediment  are  curved  in  this  way.  It  will 
be  hardly  necessary  to  point  out  that  these  minute 
corrections  required  extraordinary  accuracy  and  enor- 
mously increased  the  trouble  and  cost  of  building. 

The  Roman  Orders.  The  Roman  Doric  has  a  general 
resemblance  to  the  Greek  Doric,  but  is  less  massive. 
The  flutes  of  the  column  are  sometimes  omitted,  the 
capital  is  elaborated  and  spoilt. 

The  Romans  used  another  variety  of  this  order  which 
they  called  the  Tuscan ;  the  triglyphs  and  ornaments 
are  omitted  and  the  mouldings  are  fewer  and  bolder. 

Again,  in  the  Ionic  order  the  Romans  followed  the 
Greeks.  The  volutes  are  smaller  and  less  beautifully 
formed. 

It  was  in  the  Corinthian  order  that  the  Roman  most 
delighted  (fig.  193);  he  used  it  with  many  variations 
and  with  great  effect.  The  capital  was  very  similar 
to  that  of  the  Greek  order.  There  was  generally 
added  a  small  volute  in  the  centre  of  each  side, 
making  eight  volutes  in  all.  The  acanthus  leaves 


ORDER 


199 


were  elaborated,  giving  great  richness  with  a  loss  of 
refinement.  The  abacus  was  sometimes  enriched  with 
egg  and  dart,  as  were  also  parts  of  the  architrave.  The 
cornice  was  very  richly  treated  and  often  has  modillions 
carved  with  acanthus ;  the  frieze  was  sometimes  sculp- 
tured with  vulgar  ornament,  and  sometimes  instead  of 
being  flat  had  a  convex  section  ;  the  column  was  fluted 
or  plain.  (See  also  CAULICOLE  and  HELIX.) 

The  Romans  used  yet  another  order,  which  is  called 
the  Composite,  because  its  capital  is  a  combination  of 
the  Ionic  and  Corinthian  (fig.  19'1)-  The  order  is  really 
a  variety  of  the  Corinthian.  The  abacus  has  the  plan 
of  the  Corinthian  abacus— a  square  with  convex  sides. 
Under  the  projecting  angles  there  are  large  volutes 
placed  diagonally  and,  in  some  cases,  springing  from 
behind  the  band  of  egg  and  dart  borrowed  from  the 
Ionic.  The  lower  part  of  the  capital  has  rows  of 
acanthus  like  the  Corinthian.  The  column  is  sometimes 


FIG.    193.      CORINTHIAN  CAPITAL 


FIG.  194.      COMPOSITE  CAPITAL 


plain,  sometimes  fluted;  in  some  examples  the  flutes 
are  filled  to  one-third  of  their  height  with  a  staff  or 
bead,  and  are  said  to  be  '  cabled.' 

In  the  Ionic,  Corinthian  and  Composite  the  Romans 
sometimes  placed  each  column  on  a  square  pedestal 
with  »  moulded  capital  and  base.  They  raised  some  of 


200  ORDER 

their  buildings  on  a  stylobate  or  podium  high  enough 
to  constitute  a  separate  order,  and  they  also  sometimes 
used  an  '  Attic  order,'  a  low  plain  wall,  over  their  main 
order.  In  buildings  of  several  storeys  they  decorated 
each  storey  with  an  order,  placing  the  Doric,  as  the 
most  sturdy,  at  the  bottom,  and  the  Corinthian,  as  the 
most  ornate,  at  the  top. 

The  orders  were  also  used  in  connexion  with  arches. 
It  is,  however,  only  in  rare  instances  that  the  arch 
springs  from  the  entablature ;  generally  it  rises  from 
a  pilaster  placed  against  the  column,  which  is  high 
enough  to  allow  the  entablature  to  pass  over  the  top  of 
the  arch.  The  order  in  such  a  case  is  in  fact  a  mere 
ornament  placed  against  the  wall.  This  use  of  the 
order  allowed  the  Romans  to  widen  the  intercolumnia- 
tion  to  any  extent,  for  the  entablature  was  carried  by 
the  wall,  and  its  strength  had  not  to  be  considered. 

The  terms  which  are  used  to  describe  the  various 
forms  of  porticoes  and  the  spacing  of  the  columns  are 
given  in  the  article  TEMPLE  (p.  26 1). 

These  terms  and  the  rules  for  the  proportions  of  the 
orders  and  their  parts  are  the  work  of  Vitruvius  (first 
century  B.C.),  the  only  ancient  writer  on  architecture 
whose  works  are  extant,  and  of  the  Italian  architects  of 
the  Renaissance.  The  rules  were  carried  to  an  absurd 
degree  of  elaboration,  being  applied  to  the  minutest 
members.  They  were  not  followed  by  the  Romans, 
and  doubtless  were  undreamed  of  by  the  Greeks. 

But  even  in  ancient  work  each  order  does  fqjlow  to 
some  extent  the  same  general  proportions  in  most  ex- 
amples, and  thus  it  is  possible,  within  wide  limits,  to 
lay  down  rules.  The  fact  is  that  the  proportions  of  the 
orders  were  based  on  a  different  principle  from  that  to 
which  we  are  accustomed  in  Gothic  architecture.  With 
us  the  number  of  members  or  parts  is  increased  or 
diminished  according  as  the  building  is  large  or  small, 
but  their  size  does  not  vary  much.  In  the  classical 


PAINTING  201 

orders  the  number  of  members  remains  constant,  and 
their  size  is  increased  or  diminished.  The  unit  of 
measurement  is  usually  half  the  diameter  of  the  column 
at  the  base,  and  is  called  a  module. 

ORDER  OF  AN  ARCH.  One  ring  of  stones  or 
bricks  in  an  arch.  If  the  arch  consists  of  several  con- 
centric rings  it  is  said  to  be  of  several  orders. 

ORIEL.  A  bow-window  in  a  Gothic  building  eithe 
standing  on  the  ground  or  corbelled  out  from  the  wall 
There  is  some  obscurity  about  the  use  of  the  term  in 
the  middle  ages.  Professor  Skeat  suggests  that  it  is 
derived  from  uureolum,  that  which  is  ornamented  with 
gold,  as  the  vault  of  a  bow-window  frequently  was  in 
the  middle  ages. 

ORIENTATION.  The  placing  of  a  building  with 
one  end  towards  the  east.  There  has  been  a  tendency 
at  all  times  and  in  many  religions  to  make  the  door  of 
a  place  of  worship  on  the  east  side  so  that  the  rising 
sun  should  shine  in.  The  earliest  Christian  churches  * 
had  the  entrance  to  the  east,  perhaps  in  imitation  of 
the  Temple  at  Jerusalem  or  of  Greek  temples. 

OSSUARIUM.     A  bone-house.     See  CHARNEL  HOUSE. 
OVOLO.     See  MOULDING  (fig.  180). 

PACE.     See  FOOT-PACE. 
PAINTED   GLASS.     See  GLASS. 

PAINTING.  Colour  has  at  all  times  been  used  on 
the  walls,  ceilings  and  other  parts  of  buildings  in 
England,  both  in  pictures  and  in  decorative  devices. 
In  medieval  buildings,  both  sacred  and  secular,  the 
subjects  were  chosen  from  the  Scriptures,  from  legends 
of  the  saints,  and  from  myths  or  moral  tales  and 
*  See  article  thereon. 


202  PAINTING 

miracles.  In  motive  they  were  perhaps  more  often 
devotional  than  educational  or  purely  decorative.  After 
the  Reformation  there  was  very  much  less  painting ; 
in  churches  the  subjects  were  limited  to  the  Scriptures, 
and  to  portions  only  of  these  ;  in  secular  buildings  pro- 
fane subjects  were  more  common. 

Few,  if  any,  examples  earlier  than  the  Conquest 
remain,  but  buildings  were  certainly  painted  and  there 
are  contemporary  allusions  to  the  fact ;  for  example,  in 
8l6  a  canon  was  issued  requiring  bishops  to  see  that 
before  consecrating  a  church  it  contained  a  picture  of 
its  patron  saint  (K.).  Norman  paintings  are  fairly 
numerous.  They  consist  of  pictures  of  Christ  in  Majesty 
and  of  scenes  from  His  life  ;  figures  of  St.  Michael  and 
of  St.  Thomas  of  Canterbury  and  of  apostles  and  saints; 
a  great  variety  of  decorative  patterns,  architectural 
forms,  scrolls  and  stiff  foliage,  imitation  hangings  and 
occasionally  sentences.  The  work  retains  some  of  its 
Norman  characteristics  as  late  as  1 220  (K.). 

In  the  reign  of  Henry  III.  the  art  made  good  pro- 
gress owing,  no  doubt,  to  the  encouragement  of  the 
king  and  the  introduction  of  foreign  artists.  Most  of 
the  work  was,  however,  done  by  Englishmen,  as  is  clear 
from  the  character  of  the  work  and  from  the  recorded 
names  of  the  painters  who  were  often  (perhaps 
generally)  professional  laymen  whether  the  building 
was  ecclesiastical  or  secular  (K.)  The  work  of  this  and 
the  following  reigns,  though  not  without  some  archaic 
mannerisms,  is  full  of  beautiful  feeling,  and  will  compare 
with  the  contemporary  work  of  Italy  and  perhaps  with 
that  of  France.  The  principal  subjects  are  scenes  from 
the  life  of  Our  Lord;  and  the  Virgin,  St.  Catherine, 
St.  Thomas  of  Canterbury,  St.  Edmund  and  other 
saints,  the  figures  being  often  placed  in  medallions; 
St.  Michael  weighing  souls  ;  myths  or  moralities  such  as 
the  wheel  of  Fortune.  The  curious  practice  prevailed 
of  plastering  even  the  finest  work  and  then  painting  it 


PAINTING  203 

with  a  representation  of  masonry.  Diapered  hangings 
were  also  represented  and  rather  formal  scrolls  of 
foliage  are  very  common.  Examples  of  painting  are 
also  found  outside  buildings. 

"  The  paintings  of  the  fourteenth  century  do  not 
show  any  marked  advance  over  those  of  the  preceding 
era,  though  a  greater  diversity  of  subjects  was  then 
introduced  and  the  pictures  seem  on  the  whole  to  have 
been  more  skilfully  executed.  The  same  careful  atten- 
tion to  the  due  preparation  of  the  wall  surface  appears 
often  to  have  been  neglected"  (K.).  The  subjects  in 
the  chancel  are  generally  scenes  from  the  New  Testa- 
ment, though  these  are  also  often  found  in  other 
parts  of  the  church,  with  legends  of  the  saints  and 
'  moralities ' ;  the  '  Doom '  or  Last  Judgment  is  usually 
painted  on  the  wall  above  the  chancel  arch.  The  most 
popular  saints  were  St.  Margaret,  St.  Edward  the 
Confessor,  St.  Anthony,  St.  Sebastian,  and  especially 
St.  Catherine  of  Alexandria  and  St.  Thomas  a  Becket. 
St.  Nicholas  who  was  very  popular  is  comparatively 
seldom  found.  The  moralities  are  'The  Seven  Deadly 
Sins,'  'The  Seven  Acts  of  Mercy'  and  'The  Seven 
Sacraments '  (K.).  The  decorative  patterns  are  elabor- 
ate and  beautiful ;  arabesques  of  flowers  and  fruit  are 
naturally  treated,  powderings  and  scrolls  are  also  used, 
and  heraldry  becomes  more  common.  Architectural 
members  are  in  this  as  in  the  preceding  and  succeed- 
ing periods  emphasised  with  colour  and  gilding,  and 
the  naturally  carved  foliage  of  this  period  seems  to 
have  been  boldly  and  yet  delicately  treated  in  this  way. 

The  greater  number  of  extant  examples  of  medieval 
painting  appear  to  belong  to  the  fifteenth  century,  but 
these  are  often  found  to  have  been  painted  over  earlier 
pictures  which,  where  exposed,  are  generally  found  to 
be  still  in  a  state  of  good  preservation.  There  is  a 
very  great  variety  of  subjects  owing  to  the  increased 
intercourse  with  other  countries  and  the  settlement  of 


204  PAINTING 

foreigners  in  the  eastern  counties.  The  most  common 
are  scenes  from  the  life  of  Our  Lord,  from  the  long 
apocryphal  life  of  the  Virgin,  the  Doom,  the  life  of 
St.  Catherine,  the  murder  of  St.  Thomas  of  Canter- 
bury, St.  George  the  patron  saint  of  England  and  of 
soldiers,  the  moralities  of  the  preceding  period  to  which 
were  added,  '  Les  Trois  Rois  morts  et  les  Trois  Rois 
Vifs '  and  the  '  Dance  of  Death  '  (K.). 

Perhaps  the  most  remarkable  phenomenon  is  the 
growth  in  the  popularity  of  St.  Christopher.  A  picture 
of  him  carrying  the  infant  Christ  across  the  river  was 
probably  painted  on  every  church  and  is  still  found  in 
many.  The  painting  was  large  and  in  a  conspicuous 
position,  generally  near  the  principal  entrance,  for  the 
belief  was  that  anyone  who  looked  on  it  was  safe  for 
that  day  from  violent  death.  Pictures  of  the  Holy 
Trinity  seem  also  to  have  been  common,  but  most  were 
destroyed  by  special  order  during  the  Commonwealth 
(K.).  Usually  the  Father  is  seated  on  the  Throne  sup- 
porting the  crucified  Saviour  in  front  of  him  while  the 
Holy  Spirit,  in  the  form  of  a  dove,  hovers  above.  The 
coronation  of  the  Virgin  was  probably  common  also, 
though  it  is  not  found  very  often  now.  Decorative 
painting  includes  many  patterns,  powderings,  natural 
foliage,  birds  and  beasts ;  architectural  features  are 
enriched  with  jwitterns,  such  as  the  spiral  scroll,  the 
chevron  ;  the  monograms  of  Christ,  the  Virgin  and 
some  of  the  most  well-known  saints  are  common. 

The  screens  which  formerly  existed  in  every  church 
were,  beyond  question,  invariably  richly  coloured.  The 
great  majority  of  the  remaining  examples  are  of  the 
fifteenth  century ;  there  are  some  few  of  the  four- 
teenth, while  those  of  the  thirteenth  are  rare.  The 
panels  of  the  lower  part  were  sometimes  decorated 
with  a  pattern,  but  were  often  painted  with  the  figures 
of  the  apostles  and  evangelists,  St.  Paul  and  St.  John 
Baptist,  the  Doctors  of  the  Western  Church  (SS.  Am- 


PAINTING  80S 

brose,  Augustine,,  Gregory,  Jerome),  SS.  Mary  Magda- 
lene, Catherine,  Margaret,  Agatha,  Agnes,  George, 
Anthony,  Apollonia,  Blaise,  Lawrence,  Sebastian,  and 
others,  and  the  English  saints  Edmund,  Edward  the 
Confessor,  Edward,  King  and  Martyr,  Wolstan,  and 
Thomas  of  Canterbury.  The  mullions  and  tracery  of 
the  upper  part  were  entirely  covered  with  colour  and 
gilding,  the  various  mouldings  being  painted  with  dif- 
ferent colours  and  enriched  with  patterns  and  spirals 
and  powderings  of  flowers  and  leaves.  The  panels 
forming  the  front  of  the  rood  gallery  were  doubtless 
painted  with  figures  of  saints  like  those  of  the  lower 
part,  but  few  examples  remain.  The  chancel  arch  was 
often  filled  with  a  partition  on  which  was  painted  the 
scene  of  the  Crucifixion  or  other  subject. 

A  few  examples  of  painted  wood  reredoses  remain. 
The  best  known  are  those  at  Westminster  Abbey  and 
Norwich  Cathedral.  Sculptured  stone  and  alabaster 
reredoses  and  monuments  were  also  painted. 

Open  timber  roofs  were  decorated  with  monograms 
and  sprays  of  foliage  and  other  devices  on  the  rafters 
and  boarding,  while  the  mouldings  were  enriched  with 
the  chevron  and  spiral.  Wood  ceilings,  both  flat  and 
canted,  and  wood  vaults  were  treated  rather  more 
elaborately.  Peterborough  Cathedral,  St.  Albans  Abbey, 
and  the  Great  Hospital  at  Norwich  are  good  examples. 
In  the  case  of  a  church  the  whole  roof  or  ceiling  is 
sometimes  decorated,  but  often  only  the  easternmost 
bay  of  the  chancel  or  aisle  or  nave,  because  that  part 
would  be  over  an  altar  or  the  rood. 

Although  churches  now  contain,  and  no  doubt  always 
did  possess,  the  greater  number  of  paintings,  it  must  be 
remembered  that  other  buildings — the  secular  parts  of 
monasteries,  castles,  and  private  houses — were  also 
decorated  in  this  way. 

At  the  Reformation  the  first  order  for  the  destruc- 


206  PAINTING 

tion  of  images,  relics  and  shrines  was  made  in  154-1. 
This  order  probably  applied  also  to  paintings.  Texts 
from  Scripture  were  painted  in  their  place.  These 
were  destroyed  by  Queen  Mary,  and  were  painted 
again  in  the  reign  of  Elizabeth.  Fragments  of  them 
are  not  uncommon.  With  this  exception  little  paint- 
ing has  been  done  in  churches  since  the  reign  of 
Henry  VIII.  There  was  sometimes  at  the  east  end  an 
oil-painting  of  some  scene  from  the  Old  or  New  Testa- 
ment, or  figures  of  Moses  and  Aaron,  or  of  Time  and 
Death,  and  sometimes  the  Ten  Commandments,  painted 
on  wood,  surrounded  with  a  decorative  border. 

Wall  painting  in  secular  buildings  was  killed  by 
the  introduction  of  easel  pictures  on  canvas  or  panel, 
and  these  do  not  fall  within  the  scope  of  this  article. 
There  are  a  few  instances  of  subject-pictures,  verses 
and  decorative  patterns,  architectural  forms,  such  as 
square  or  arched  panels,  and  imitation  of  marble.  The 
ceilings  of  great  houses  were  occasionally  painted  with 
pictures  after  the  Restoration. 

A  few  words  may  be  said  about  the  processes.  The 
wall  paintings  were  done  in  tempera  or  'distemper.' 
The  wall  was  finished  with  a  coat  of  very  fine  plaster, 
which  was  allowed  to  dry.  The  colours  were  mixed 
with  '  size,'  a  sort  of  glue  made  by  boiling  down  parch- 
ment. Some  paintings,  even  as  early  as  the  fourteenth 
century,  are  believed  to  be  in  oil  colours.  Fresco '  was 
not  used.  In  paintings  on  wood  the  process  was  simi- 
lar, but  more  delicate  and  minute  in  finish.  The  surface 
was  covered  with  a  thin  coat  of  gesso,  that  is,  fine  hard 
plaster  about  as  thick  as  notepaper,  and  the  size  used 
for  mixing  the  colours  was  made  from  eggs  beaten  up 
with  the  juice  of  shoots  of  the  fig-tree.  Oil  colours 
seem  also  to  have  been  used  on  gesso  as  a  ground  or 
preparation  for  lempera  (K.). 

PALACE  (from  Lat.  palatium,  originally  a  building 
on  the  Palatine  hill  in  Rome,  especially  a  palace  of 


PANEL  207 

Nero  on  this  hill — s.).  In  England  the  term  is  applied 
only  to  royal  and  episcopal  residences  and  to  one  or 
two  great  country  houses,  e.g.  Blenheim. 

PALLADIAN  SCHOOL  OF  ARCHITECTURE.  A 
style  of  architecture  founded  upon  the  work  of 
Andrea  Palladio,  1518-80,  an  architect  of  Vicenza  and 
Venice,  whose  manner  was  adopted  by  Inigo  Jones 
in  his  Whitehall  Palace  and  other  buildings  and  thus 
introduced  into  England. 

PALMETTE.  An  ornament  in  classical  architecture 
like  a  palm  leaf,  carved  or  painted  on  mouldings,  etc. 

PANE  (Fr.  pan,  a  pane,  piece,  pannell,'  from  Lat. 
pannus,  a  cloth,  rag,  patch — s.).  (l)  A  piece  of  glass 
in  a  window.  (2)  [rare]  A  subdivision  of  some  part  of 
a  building,  e.g.  one  walk  or  alley  of  a  cloister,  the 
space  between  two  timbers  in  a  half-timber  building. 

PANEL  (dim.  of  PANE).  A  board  placed  in  a  frame ; 
hence  any  surface,  no  matter  what  the  material,  sur- 
rounded by  a  frame  or  by  a  moulding. 

Single  panels  of  various  shapes,  as  trefoil,  quatrefoil, 
are  used  in  masonry  of  all  periods  as  a  decoration  or  to 
contain  sculpture  or  painting. 

PANELLING.  A  series  of  panels.  Used  in  woodwork, 
as  decoration  in  stonework  and  in  the  plaster-work  of 
walls  and  ceilings. 

Wood  panelling  on  walls  was  probably  used  at  all 
periods,  certainly  very  extensively  from  the  time  of 
Henry  VII.  From  his  time  to  the  middle  of  the  seven- 
teenth century  the  panels  are  small  and  nearly  square  ; 
the  mouldings  are  worked  partly  on  the  edges  of  the 
styles  and  rails,  dying  away  as  they  approach  the  angle 
of  the  panel,  and  partly  as  grooves  on  the  centre  of  the 
framing.  The  panels  themselves  are  often  worked  with 
a  peculiar  series  of  mouldings  bearing  some  resem- 
blance to  a  folded  cloth,  whence  they  are  called  '  linen- 
panels.' *  From  the  beginning  of  the  seventeenth 


208 


PAN  TILE 


century  the  more  correctly  classical  buildings  have  very 
large  panels,  with  an  ovolo  moulding  on  the  edge  of  the 
framing  or  a  bolection  moulding,  that  is,  one  projecting 


nr 


1  a  b  c 

riG.   195.     METHODS   OP    FRAMING   PANELLING 

beyond  the  face  of  the  framework  ;  the  mouldings  are 
always  mitred,  that  is,  they  intersect  at  the  angles 
like  an  ordinary  picture-frame. 

PAN  TILE.    See  TILE,  ROOK. 

PARADISE,  PAR  VIS.  "A  court  or  atrium  in 
front  of  a  church,  usually  surrounded  with  cloisters, 
either  wholly  or  in  part.  Sometimes  the  term  is 
applied  to  a  churchyard  or  cemetery  or  to  the  principal 
or  regular  cloister-garth  of  a  monastery.  In  the  latter 
sense  it  may  be  used  to  include  the  buildings  that  sur- 
round the  regular  cloister.  It  is  not  unusual  to  find  a 
memorial  of  the  paradise  preserved  in  the  name  of  a 
street  or  court.  Many  towns  which  once  possessed 
monasteries  have  a  paradise  street.  .  .  .  The  ancient 
plan  of  St.  Gall  shows  a  '  paradisus '  at  each  end  of  the 
church  (fig.  59).  Spon,  in  the  account  of  his  travels 
in  1675,  calls  the  pronaos  (see  TEMPLE)  of  the  Parthenon 
at  Athens  a  parvis.  Some  modern  writers  have  applied 
the  term  parvis  to  the  room  often  found  over  church 
porches,  but  apparently  without  any  authority"  (P.). 
A  room  over  a  church  porch  (s.).  Not  a  room  over  a 
church  porch  (N.E.D.). 


PARLOUR  209 

PARAPET.  A  low  wall  rising  above  the  gutter  of 
a  roof.  In  a  castle  it  is  generally  battlemented  and 
has  oillets,  in  churches  and  other  buildings  it  varies 
according  to  the  fashion  of  the  period. 

The  Norman  parapet  is  low  and   has  a  continuous 
coping;   in  the  thirteenth   century  it  has  sometimes 
battlements l    and     sometimes     is 
pierced  with  tracery ;  these  features 
become  more  common  in  the  four- 
teenth  century;   in   the  fifteenth 
century,  though  it   has   generally 
plain    battlements   (fig.    196),    the 
parapet  is,  in  elaborate  worK,  some-  FIG.  196.   PARAPET  WITH 
times  pierced  with  tracery  as  well    STEPPED  BATTLEMENTS 
as  battlemented.     Elizabethan  parapets  are  sometimes 
pierced  with  strapwork*  or  have  a  large  inscription.* 
The  later  parapets  are  plain  or  take  the  form  of  a 
balustrade.* 

PARCLOSE.  A  screen-  to  separate  a  chapel  from 
the  rest  of  a  church  or  for  other  similar  purpose. 

PARGETTING.  Plaster-work.*  The  term  appears 
formerly  to  have  been  used  in  several  senses,  some- 
times for  plain  plastering  on  walls,  but  usually  for  such 
as  was  made  ornamental ;  it  is  now  seldom  used. 

PARLOUR.  (1)  A  private  sitting-room  in  a 
medieval  house  at  the  upper  end  of  the  hall ;  not 
always  to  be  distinguished  from  the  solar*  ;  the  family 
withdrew  into  it  more  and  more  as  time  went  on,  as 
Piers  Ploughman  complains.  Its  place  was  taken  by 
the  modern  drawing-room  (the  'withdrawing  room'), 
but  the  name  was  transferred  to  the  smaller  room 
which  the  family  used  more  habitually  than  the 
drawing-room.  This  room  being  now  almost  a  thing 
of  the  past  the  word  parlour  is  becoming  rare,  except 
in  some  special  buildings,  e.g.  the  '  Mayor's  parlour '  in 

*  See  article  thereon.        1  Except  in  churches. 
p 


210  PARQUETRY 

a  town  hall,  the  parlour  of  an  inn.  (2)  A  room  in  a 
monastery  in  which  monks  were  allowed  to  see  their 
friends  from  the  outer  world. 

PARQUETRY.  Flooring  formed  of  a  veneer  of  hard 
polished  wood  on  a  ground  of  ordinary  deal  boards. 

PARVIS.     See  PARADISE. 

PASCAL  CANDLESTICK.     See  CANDLESTICK. 

PATEN.  A  flat  'open*  dish,  especially  that  usec 
for  the  bread  at  the  Holy  Communion.  In  the  middle 
ages  they  were  of  silver  or  gold  as  prescribed  for 
chalices  in  84-7.  They  have  usually  a  depression  of 
four,  eight  or  ten  lobes,  with  an  engraving  of  the 
Manus  Dei,  or  of  the  head  of  Our  Lord,  or  other  device. 

The  paten  of  the  sixteenth  century  was  made,  when 
tnrned  upside  down,  to  fit  on  to  the  Communion  cuj 
as  a  cover.  It  has  a  saucer-shaped  depression,  a  narro\ 
rim  with  a  standing  flange  to  keep  it  in  position  wher 
placed  on  the  cup,  and  a  short  concave  stem.  The 
date  is  often  engraved  on  the  foot,  and  in  the  dish  tht 
initials  IHS.  The  patens  of  the  seventeenth  anc 
eighteenth  centuries  are  not  fitted  to  make  a  cover  to 
the  cup ;  they  are  much  larger  and  resemble  ordinary 
domestic  salvers. 

PATERA  (Lat.  patera,  a  dish).  A  flat  circular 
ornament  on  an  architrave  or  frieze. 

PAVEMENT.  A  floor  of  tile,  marble  or  stone. 
Pavements  of  stone  and  Purbeck  marble  were  used  in 
the  middle  ages,  but  tile  seems  to  have  been  preferred 
for  the  best  buildings.  At  the  Renaissance  stone  and 
true  marble,  or  the  two  mixed,  were  more  common. 

PAVILION  (Fr.  pavilion,  a  tent, '  so  called  because 
spread  out  like  the  wings  of  a  butterfly ' ;  from  Lat. 
papilio,  a  butterfly,  a  tent — s.).  A  name  given  to  parts 
of  a  Renaissance  house  which  are  detached  or  nearly 


PENDENTIVE 


211 


detached  from  the  main  building,  such  as  corner  towers 
in  Elizabethan  houses,  and  the  low  projecting  wings 
of  a  Georgian  house.  They  are  usually  square  and 
covered  with  a  pyramidal  roof. 

PEDESTAL.  The  columns  of  the  classical  orders  * 
were  sometimes  raised  on  square  pedestals. 

PEDIMENT.  The  gable  of  a 
Classical  or  Renaissance  building. 
It  is  generally  triangular,  but  is 
sometimes  bowed  and  sometimes, 
in  both  triangular  and  bowed  pedi- 
ments, the  central  part  is  omitted, 
forming  what  is  called  a  'broken 
pediment'  (fig.  197).  FIG.  197.  BROKEN  PEDIMENT 

PELE-TOWER.  "This  term  is  almost  peculiar  to  the 
northern  parts  of  the  kingdom ;  it  seems  to  have 
signified  a  small  fortress,  dwelling,  or  tower  capable  of 
being  defended  against  any  sudden  marauding  expe- 
dition "  (P.). 

PELLET  ORNAMENT.  A  Norman  enrichment 
consisting  of  balls  or  flat  discs. 

PENDANT.  (1)  A  boss  or  other  part  hanging 
down  from  a  stone  vault,  characteristic  of  late  Gothic 
work.  (2)  A  similar  feature  in  an  Elizabethan  plaster 
ceiling.  (3)  A  post  forming  part  of  the  truss  of  an 
open  timber  roof,  placed  against  the  wall  to  receive  the 
curved  brace. 

PENDENTIVE.  "The  portion  of 
a  groined  ceiling  supported  by  one 
pillar  or  impost  and  bounded  by  the 
ridges  of  the  longitudinal  and  trans- 
verse vaults.  .  .  .  Also  the  portion 
of  a  domical  vault  which  descends 
into  the  corner  of  an  angular  building 
*  See  article  thereon. 


FIG.    1C, 
DOME  ON  PENDENT  IVE? 


212  PENTESTYLE 

when  a  ceiling  of  this  kind  is  placed  over  a  straight- 
sided  area"  (P.)  (fig.  198).     See  also  DOME. 

PENTESTYLE  or  PENTASTYLE.     See  TEMPLE. 

PENTHOUSE  (Lat.  appendicium,  an  appendage ; 
corrupted  from  pentice,  but  the  present  form  of  the 
word  is  as  old  as  Shakespeare).  A  hanging  roof,  a 
lean-to  roof  bracketed  out  from  a  wall.  (See  SHOP.) 

PERIPTERAL.    See  TEMPLE. 
PERISTYLE.     See  TEMPLE. 

PERPENDICULAR  PERIOD.  The  name  given  by 
Rickman  to  a  phase  of  English  architecture  without 
definite  limits,  but  considered  by  him  to  begin  about 
1377  and  to  end  about  1547.  (See  Appendix.)  Its 
chief  characteristics  are  as  follows  :  Window  tracery 
consists  entirely  of  vertical  members ;  doorways  often 
have  two  hood-moulds,  one  following  the  arch,  the 
other  being  horizontal  and  turned  down  at  each  end  to 
meet  the  inner  hood-mould  at  the  springing  of  the 
arch ;  the  columns  usually  consist  of  small  half-shafts 
alternating  with  wide  shallow  hollows,  the  half-shafts 
only  having  capitals  and  bases ;  capitals  are  small 
and  are  more  usually  moulded  than  carved ;  the 
bases  are  high  but  are  of  slight  projection ;  the 
arches  are  either  of  two  arcs  forming  a  blunt  point 
or  they  consist  of  four  arcs  and  are  known  as  'four- 
centred  ' ;  mouldings  are  worked  on  the  splayed  face 
and  consist  of  small  members,  such  as  ogees,  separ- 
ated by  a  wide  shallow  hollow  called  a  casement,  they 
are  usually  carried  down  the  jambs  of  doors  and  often 
also  down  large  columns ;  enrichments  are  («)  leaves 
placed  in  hollow  mouldings  at  intervals,  (6)  leaves  join- 
ing one  another  as  an  upright  cresting  on  a  cornice, 
(c)  small  battlements;  two  kinds  of  vault  are  used, 
(l)  groining  somewhat  similar  to  that  of  the  preced- 
ing periods,  (2)  fan-vaulting ;  roofs  are  often  of 


PEW  218 

the  hammer-beam  type  and  then  are  of  fairly  steep 
pitch,  but  in  late  work  especially  they  become  flat  and 
the  purlins  rest  directly  on  a  heavy  tie-beam. 

PERSIAN  ORDER.     See  ORDER:  CLASSICAL,  p.  199. 

PEW  (<  Old  Fr.  put,  an  elevated  space  ;  puye,  an  open 
gallery  with  rails — hence  applied  to  an  enclosed  space 
or  to  a  raised  desk  to  kneel  at — from  Lat.  podium*  a 
balcony ' — s.).  The  original  sense  is  preserved  in  the 
term  'Royal  Pew'  at  St.  George's  Chapel,  Windsor, 
the  '  Prior's  Pew '  in  conventual  churches,  as  at 
St.  Bartholomew's,  Smithfield.  The  family  pew  in 
the  private  chapel  was  sometimes  in  a  raised  gallery, 
the  servants  sitting  below.  The  transition  from  the 
original  sense  to  the  more  common  secondary  meaning 
was  perhaps  due  to  the  large  family  pews  made  in 
some  churches  after  the  Reformation ;  they  were 
enclosed  by  screens,  but  were  not  raised  above  the 
floor  of  the  church.  The  term  was  applied  to  ordinary 
seats  in  the  middle  of  the  fifteenth  century  (p.)  and 
perhaps  earlier.  It  is  uncertain  when  churches  were 
first  furnished  with  seats  in  the  present  fashion,  but 
numerous  examples  of  the  fifteenth  century  remain. 
The  passages  are  wide,  and  the  seats  which  are  fixed 
to  a  continuous  kerb  have  plenty  of  room  between 
them.  They  are  often  low  benches  without  backs, 
but  with  ends  finished  with  poppy-heads.*  Another 
and  probably  a  later  type  has  a  panelled  back  and 
square-framed  ends  with  traceried  panels  and  little 
buttresses  stuck  against  the  framing.  Probably  the  same 
patterns  were  followed  in  the  sixteenth  century  with 
little  change  except  in  details.  In  the  first  half  of  the 
seventeenth  century  the  seats  had  sometimes  low, 
square -framed  ends  and  backs,  but  there  are  also 
examples  of  the  high-panelled  pews  with  doors,  which 
became  universal  in  the  eighteenth  century  and  con- 

*  See  article  thereon. 


214 


PICTURE 


tinued  to  be  so  till  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth 
century.  Laud  had  ordered  in  1636  that  pews  were 
not  to  be  much  above  a  yard  high. 

PICTURE.  This  word  is  often  used  in  old  writings 
for  carved  reliefs.  (See  also  PAINTING.) 

PIER.  An  isolated  mass  of  masonry,  e.g.  the  wall 
between  two  windows  if  these  are  at  all  near  together; 
a  large  column  such  as  those  of  the  arcade  between  the 
nave  and  aisles  in  a  Norman  church  as  distinguished 
from  the  more  slender  pillars  and  columns,*  or  the  still 
slighter  and  often  purely  decorative  shaft.* 

PIER-ARCHES.  A  name  given  by  some  modern 
writers  to  the  nave-arcades,  i.e.  the  arches  between 
the  nave  and  aisles. 


PIGEON-HOUSE.  In 
pigeons  were  an  important 
article  of  food  the  pigeon- 
house  of  the  manor  and  of 
the  monastery  was  a  large 
detached  building  with 
nests  for  several  thousand 
birds.  It  was  generally 
square  or  round  in  plan 
(fig.  199)  and  had  at  the 
apex  of  the  roof  an  open- 
ing, protected  by  a  small 
upper  roof, for  the  entrance 
and  exit  of  the  birds.  The 
inner  face  of  the  walls  was 
honeycombed  with  small 
recesses  for  the  nests.  In 
the  centre  there  was  a 
revolving  post  with  two 
horizontal  arms  at  right 

*  See  article  thereon. 


the     middle     ages    when 


PIGEON-HOUSE 


PLASTER-WORK  215 

angles  to  each  other  projecting  from  the  top  and 
bottom ;  on  the  ends  of  these  arms  a  ladder  was  fixed. 
By  this  means  easy  access  could  be  had  to  every  nest. 

PILASTER.  A  flat  rectangular  column,  fluted  or 
unfluted,  placed  against  a  wall. 

PILLAR.     See  COLUMN. 

PINNACLE.  A  small  solid  tower,  usually  sur- 
mounted by  a  spire,  rising  from  the  top  of  a  wall  or 
buttress.  Pinnacles  are  rare  at  the  end  of  the  twelfth 
and  in  the  first  half  of  the  thirteenth  centuries,  but 
become  more  and,  more  common  up  to  the  end  of  the 
medieval  period.  The  early  examples  are  generally  in 
the  form  of  an  octagonal  column  with  a  capital  and  a 
low  spire,  or  a  cluster  of  shafts  with  or  without  arches 
above  them.  From  the  latter  part  of  the  thirteenth 
century  the  smaller  pinnacles  are  usually  square  and 
have  a  gablet  on  each  side  from  which  rises  a  crocketed 
spire ;  the  sides  sometimes  have  niches ;  the  larger 
pinnacles,  such  as  those  at  the  angles  of  a  building, 
are  small  octagonal  turrets,  often  pierced ;  in  late  work 
they  are  elaborated  with  diminutive  architecture, 
having  pinnacles,  buttresses  and  even  flying  buttresses 
of  their  own. 

PISCINA.  A  lavatory.  It  is  found  in  almost  every 
church  and  consists  of  a  shallow  stone  bowl  in  a  small 
niche  in  the  south  wall  of  the  chancel  near  the  altar ; 
it  has  a  drain  and  was  used  for  washing  the  Communion 
vessels.  The  niche  is  often  double  and  has  two  bowls. 
There  is  sometimes  a  narrow  stone  shelf  at  the  back  of 
the  niche. 

PLASTER-WORK.  There  can  be  little  doubt  that 
at  every  period  and  in  every  part  of  the  world  most 
buildings  have  been  covered  with  plaster  internally 
and,  unless  built  of  the  finest  masonry  (though  not 


216  PLATE-TRACERY 

even  all  those  buildings  are  to  be  excepted),  externally 
also.  The  practice  of  leaving  rubble  or  other  rough 
walls  uncovered  is  entirely  English  and  modern.  (See 
also  pp.  147,  209). 

Plaster-work  in  relief,  called  'pargetting,'*  was  pro- 
bably used  in  the  middle  ages,  though  it  seems  that 
no  examples  earlier  than  the  sixteenth  century  remain. 
It  was  used  by  Henry  VIII.  at  his  palace  of  Nonesuch 
and  there  are  many  examples  of  Elizabeth's  reign. 
Of  these  examples  the  most  remarkable  are  the  deco- 
rated ceilings.  The  whole  surface  is  divided  into 
panels  of  varied  shapes  containing  devices,  the  broad 
bands  which  divide  the  panels  being  moulded  and 
ornamented  with  a  scroll  of  vine.  The  outsides  of 
houses  are  also  decorated  with  patterns  which  are 
often  similar  to  those  of  lead -glazing  in  windows, 
only  larger.  Human  and  grotesque  figures  are  also 
moulded  in  low  relief,  especially  in  some  parts  of  the 
eastern  counties  where  elaborate  half-timber  work  was 
less  used.  These  methods  continued  till  the  Civil  War 
and  perhaps  later.  Another  form  of  decoration,  com- 
mon in  the  humbler  buildings,  still  practised  but 
probably  of  remote  antiquity,  consists  of  large  panels 
filled  with  a  small  stamped  pattern  divided  by  broad 
flat  bands. 

The  ceilings  of  the  later  Renaissance,  that  is,  sub- 
sequent to  the  Restoration,  are  enriched  with  plaster- 
work,  but  the  treatment  is  quite  different  from  that  of 
Elizabethan  times.  Instead  of  a  repeating  pattern  of 
small  panels,  there  is  a  central  device  with  scroll-work 
disposed  round  it,  or  the  ceiling  is  divided  up  into 
large  deeply  recessed  square  cells  or  coffers*  richly 
moulded  ;  this  latter  method  is  much  used  for  vaults 
and  domes.*  (See  also  GESSO,  STUCCO.) 

PLATE-TRACERY.     See  TRACERY. 
*  See  article  thereon. 


217 


PORCH 

PLINTH  (TrXfvflos,  a  brick,  tile, 
plinth).  A  projecting  base  of  a  wall 
or  column.  In  most  buildings  of  the 
middle  ages  it  has  a  plain  chamfer 
(fig.  200),  in  the  more  elaborate  it  is 
richly  moulded,  and  in  late  buildings 
panelled  and  otherwise  decorated.  In 
the  early  buildings  of  the  Renaissance 
the  plinth  is  moulded,  but  from  the 
beginning  of  the  seventeeth  century  it 
is  a  plain  square  projection. 

PODIUM  (Gk.  TroSiov,  a  little  foot). 
The  base,  plinth,  or  stylobate  of  a 
Classical  or  Renaissance  building ;  it 
is  either  plain  or  consists  of  steps  or  is 
treated  like  the  pedestal  of  a  column, 
with  base  and  cornice. 

POPPY- HEAD.  The  finial  of  a 
bench-end. 

PORCH    (Lat.    porticus,    a    porch).   FIG.  200.    PLINTH 
The  early  church*   of  the  Celtic  type    Fifteenth  century 
had  a  small  porch  at  the  west  end ; 
that  of  the  basilican  type  had  a  large  narthex  stretching 
across  the  end  of  the  building  with  three  outer  and 
three  inner  doorways ;   in  the  fully  developed  Saxon 
church  the  porches  were  on  the  north  and  south  sides. 
The   medieval   church   and   the   medieval   house  had 
commonly  a  porch  only  in  front  of  the  principal  side- 
entrance.     In  the  fifteenth  century  there  is  often  a 
room  over  the  porch,  and  occasionally  in  earlier  work. 

The  south  porch  of  the  cathedral  church  of  Canter- 
bury is  described  by  Eadmer,  writing  in  the  first 
quarter  of  the  twelfth  century,  as  being  habitually  used 
as  a  supreme  court  of  law  which  was  known  as  the 

*  See  article  thereon. 


218  PORTCULLIS 

Sidhdure.  Porches  also  contained  altars  in  early  times. 
Before  the  Reformation  parts  of  the  marriage,  baptism, 
and  churching  services  were  performed  at  the  church 
door ;  it  was  probably  rather  to  serve  as  a  shelter  on 
such  occasions  than  to  keep  the  church  warm  that  a 
porch  was  erected,  for  there  was  generally  no  outer 
door  nor  glass  in  the  windows. 

PORTCULLIS  (a  'sliding  door '— s. ;  according  to  p. 
cullis  is  '  a  gutter,  groove,  channel ').  An  open  grating 
in  the  gateway  of  a  castle*  made  to  rise  and  fall  in  a 
groove  like  a  sash  window. 

PORTICO.     See  TEMPLE. 

POSTERN.     A  small  private  entrance  to  a  castle,* 
town,  monastery,  or  other  building.     (See  p.  41.) 

POST1CUM.     See  TEMPLE. 

POWDERING  ROOM.  A  small  closet  partitioned 
off  in  the  corner  of  a  bedroom  in  a  house  of  the  eight- 
eenth century,  into  which  the  occupant  could  retire  to 
have  his  or  her  hair  powdered. 

The  powder  was  showered  on  from  a  'powdering- 
horn '  like  salt  from  a  muffineer,  and  it  was  therefore 
necessary  to  protect  the  clothes.  There  seem  to  have 
been  several  ways  of  doing  this ;  either  the  person  put 
on  a  '  powdering  gown ' ;  or  two  curtains  were  hung 
across  the  powdering  room  and  the  hairdresser  stood 
on  one  side  and  the  person  to  be  powdered  stood  on 
the  other  and  put  his  head  through  the  division 
between  the  curtains,  drawing  them  round  his  neck ; 
or  the  hairdresser  went  into  the  powdering  room  and 
closed  the  door,  and  the  person  to  be  operated  upon 
stood  outside  and  put  his  head  through  a  hole  con- 
trived in  the  door  and  fitted  with  a  falling  shutter, 
the  lower  part  of  the  hole  and  the  bottom  edge  of  the 
shutter  being  so  shaped  as  to  fit  closely  round  the  neck. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


PULPIT  219 

PRECEPTORY.  A  subordinate  establishment  of  the 
Knights  Templars,  governed  by  a  Preceptor. 

PRESBYTERY.  The  part  of  a  church  occupied  by 
the  priests.  In  the  Canons  churches  of  cross-plan  the 
east  part  only  of  the  east  limb  of  the  cross  is  generally 
the  presbytery  and  the  west  part  the  choir ;  in  a 
monastic  church  the  presbytery  often  extends  up  to 
the  east  arch  of  the  crossing.  (See  CHURCH). 

PRIORY.  A  monastery  governed  by  a  prior  or 
prioress ;  of  lower  standing  than  an  abbey ;  but  many 
of  the  greatest  monasteries  were  priories  from  the  fact 
that,  originally  abbeys,  the  churches  had  been  made 
cathedrals  and  the  abbacy  had  been  merged  in  the 
bishopric. 

PROCESSION  PATH.  The  whole  route  covered 
by  the  procession  in  going  round  the  church  before 
High  Mass  on  Sundays. 

PRODOMUS.     See  TEMPLE. 
PROSTYLE.     See  TEMPLE. 
PSEUDO-DIPTERAL.     See  TEMPLE. 
PSEUDO-PERIPTERAL.     See  TEMPLE. 

PULPIT  (Lat.  pulpilum,  a  stage,  scaffold).  There  are 
no  early  pulpits  in  England,  and  it  may  be  doubted  if 
there  were  many  pulpits  in  churches.  The  earliest 
that  remain  appear  to  be  very  late  fourteenth  century ; 
but  even  these  are  very  rare,  and  the  greater  number 
of  medieval  examples  are  late  fifteenth  century  or  early 
sixteenth.  They  are  of  wood  and  of  stone,  and  some- 
times stand  at  some  distance  from  the  east  end  of  the 
nave.  In  the  Injunctions  of  Edward  VI.  in  1547  it  was 
ordered  that  the  parish  "shall  provide  a  comely  and 
honest  pulpit "  in  those  churches  which  have  not  one, 
and  the  epistle  and  gospel  were  to  be  read  from  there 
or  from  other  convenient  place.  Many  pulpits  of 
inferior  workmanship  evidently  date  from  the  reigns  of 


220  PULPITUM 

Elizabeth  and  James  I.  Later  pulpits  were  often  made 
very  high  on  account  of  the  erection  of  galleries.  They, 
and  some  of  the  earlier  examples,  often  had  sound- 
ing-boards,* but  these,  though  frequently  of  excellent 
design  and  good  workmanship,  have  been  very  generally 
removed  in  the  process  of  '  restoration.' 

PULPITUM.  A  gallery  or  loft  between  the  nave 
and  the  ritual  choir  of  a  cathedral  or  conventual 
church.  The  choir  often  extended  into  the  nave.1 
The  pulpitum  was  supported  by  two  solid  walls  which 
crossed  the  nave  thus  enclosing  one  of  its  bays  ;  in  the 
middle  of  each  of  these  walls  there  was  a  doorway. 
One  bay  further  west  there  was  generally  another  wall 
forming  a  reredos  to  the  principal  altar  of  the  nave ; 
there  were  two  doors  in  this  wall,  one  at  each  end. 
A  screen  of  some  sort  was  also  extended  across  each 
aisle  so  as  to  make  the  separation  of  the  choir  from 
the  nave  complete.  The  pulpitum  supported  the  great 
crucifix  or  rood  with  its  attendant  figures  of  the  Virgin, 
St.  John  and  angels,  and  also  the  organs  and  perhaps 
singers.  (See  also  MONASTERY,  PULPIT,  SCREEN.) 

PURBECK  MARBLE.  A  hard  limestone  capable 
of  taking  a  high  polish,  found  in  the  isle  of  Purbeck 
on  the  Dorsetshire  coast.  It  was  much  used  in  the 
thirteenth  century  for  thin  shafts  and  sometimes  also 
for  carved  capitals,  and  in  the  fifteenth  century  for 
altar  tombs  and  for  the  matrixes  of  brasses. 

PURLIN.  A  horizontal  longitudinal  beam  in  a  roof, 
supported  by  the  principals  and  strengthening  the 
common  rafters. 

PYCNOSTYLE.     See  TEMPLE. 

PYX.  A  vessel  to  contain  the  reserved  sacrament. 
It  was  hung  over  the  high  altar.  "  A  pulley  or  a  sort 
of  crane  was  fixed  there  with  gear  for  raising  and 

*  See  article  thereon.        1  See  Appendix. 


RAIN-WATER   HEAD  221 

lowering,  and  the  pyx  was  hung  by  a  cord  or  chain 
attached  to  a  ring  on  its  top.  Above  it  was  hung  the 
canopy,  a  round  tent-shaped  thing  of  linen  or  silk, 
kept  in  form  by  a  metal  ring,  and  sometimes  highly 
ornamented.  The  pyx  itself  was  veiled  in  the  pyx 
cloth,  which  was  a  square  napkin  with  a  hole  in  the 
middle  through  which  the  suspending  cord  passed,  and 
weighted  tassels  at  the  four  corners  which  kept  it  down 
close  by  the  pyx"  (M.). 

QUADRANGLE.  A  term  used  at  Oxford  for  the 
courtyard  of  a  college  ;  called  at  Cambridge  and  other 
places  a  court. 

QUARREL,  QUARRY  (Lat.  quadrus,  square).  A 
square  or  diamond  pane  of  glass ;  a  square  paving- 
stone  or  tile. 

QUATREFOIL.  A  window,  or  compartment  of  a 
window,  or  panel  formed  into  four  leaves  by  cusping. 

QUATRO-CENTO  (lit.  'four  hundred').  A  short 
expression  for  the  century  which  began  in  1401,  used 
especially  in  connexion  with  art. 

QUIRK  (from  Welsh  chwiori,  to  turn  briskly — s.).  A 
sharp  groove  between  a  moulding  and  a  fillet  (fig.  1 84). 

QUOIN.  A  corner-stone.  (See  LONG-AND-SHORT  WORK.) 

RAFTER.     See  ROOF. 

RAIN-WATER  HEAD,  CISTERN  HEAD.  An 
iron  or  lead  tank  at  the  top  of  a  pipe  acting  as  a  funnel 
to  receive  the  rain-water  from  a  roof-gutter. 

In  early  times,  if  there  was  a  parapet,  the  roof 
water  was  discharged  through  a  gargoyle*  by  which  it 
was  thrown  clear  of  the  building.  It  seems  that  it 
was  in  the  fifteenth  century  that  this  system  began  to 
be  superseded  by  pipes.  But  in  some  buildings,  even 
late  in  the  seventeenth  century,  the  pipes  were  not 
*  See  article  thereon. 


222  RAMP 

continued  to  the  ground,  but  were  bent  out  about  half- 
way down  the  wall  to  form  gargoyles.  Lead  was  used 
for  both  the  heads  and  the  pipes  (which  were  generally 
square)  till  the  nineteenth  century,  when  it  was  super- 
seded by  iron  as  being  cheaper.  Iron  gutters  were 
fixed  to  overhanging  eaves  at  the  same  period.  In  the 
seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries  there  had  been 
a  lead  gutter  on  the  top  of  a  wood  or  stone  cornice, 
and  before  the  seventeenth  or  at  least  before  the 
sixteenth  century  there  was  probably  not  often  a 
gutter  of  any  sort.  Where  the  eaves  overhang,  the 
gutter  can  be  conveniently  connected  to  the  pipe  by 
a  '  swan-neck '  without  any  cistern  head,  hence  they 
are  much  less  used  than  formerly. 

Rain-water  heads  were  generally  treated  in  a  more 
or  less  decorative  way.  They  frequently  bear  the  date 
of  the  building  or  heraldic  or  other  devices.  The 
early  examples  are  generally  rectangular  boxes,  some- 
times of  considerable  length,  with  decorated  fronts, 
but  in  later  times  the  form  becomes  elaborate. 

RAMP.  A  steep  slope,  e.g.  in  the  part  of  a  hand- 
rail of  a  staircase  which  is  steeper  than  the  rest ;  the 
slope  of  a  garden  wall  which  is  higher  in  one  place 
than  in  another. 

READING-DESK,  READING-PEW.  A  pew  oc- 
cupied by  the  clergyman  in  English  churches  *  during 
the  eighteenth  and  first  half  of  the  nineteenth 
centuries.  It  formed  a  part  of  what  was  nicknamed 
a  '  three-decker '  after  the  old  man-of-war,  the  clerk's 
pew  being  at  A  rather  lower  level  just  in  front  of  it 
and  the  pulpit  behind  it  being  raised  considerably 
above  it  (See  also  LECTERN.) 

REBATE,  RABBET.  A  continuous  rectangular 
recess  cut  on  the  edge  of  a  solid.  It  is  used  chiefly 

*  See  article  thereon. 


RELIGIOUS  HOUSE  223 

for  jointing  boards  or  for  fitting  one  object  to  another, 
e.g.  in  a  picture-frame  for  holding  the  glass,  but  it  is 
also  used  as  an  architectural  feature. 

REBUS  (Lat.  rebus,  by  things).  The  representation 
of  a  proper  name  by  means  of  a  picture.  A  very 
favourite  form  of  pun  in  the  middle  ages,  both 
in  heraldry  and  in  architecture.  The  rebus  of  Walter 
Lyhart,  Bishop  of  Norwich,  was  a  hart  lying  in  the 
water.  Anyone  whose  name  ended  in  'ton'  always 
used  a  barrel  or  tun  as  a  part  of  his  rebus. 

RECTILINEAR  PERIOD.  The  same  as  PERPEN- 
DICULAR* PERIOD. 

REEDING.     See  MOULDING  (fig.  185). 

REFECTORY.  A  dining-hall,  especially  that  of  a 
monastery*  (p.  158). 

REGULA.  A  band  below  the  taenia*  under  each 
triglyph. 

REGULARS.  Religious  orders  living  under  a 
'  Rule.' 

RELIC  CHAMBER.  A  chamber  in  a  cathedral  or 
other  large  church  in  which  the  relics  of  saints  were 
preserved. 

RELIEVING  ARCH.     See  ARCH. 

RELIEVO,  RELIEF.  A  modelled  surface,  as  dis- 
tinguished from  sculpture  which  is  '  in  the  round,'  i.e. 
completely  detached  from  any  background.  Basso- 
relievo :  low  relief,  in  which  the  object  has  less  than 
half  its  natural  projection.  Mezzo-relievo :  middle  re- 
lief, in  which  the  object  has  half  its  natural  projection. 
Alto-relievo:  in  which  the  object  has  more  than  half  its 
natural  projection. 

RELIGIOUS  HOUSE.     See  MONASTERY. 
*  See  article  thereon. 


224  RELIQUARY 

RELIQUARY.  A  vessel  to  contain  the  relic  of  a 
saint,  such  as  a  piece  of  bone.  It  often  had  a  glass 
side  so  that  the  relic  could  be  shown :  whence  it 
is  sometimes  called  a  '  monstrance/  which  is  a  term 
more  properly  applied  to  a  vessel  for  showing  the 
Host. 

RENAISSANCE  ARCHITECTURE.  The  architec- 
ture founded  upon  the  classical  styles  at  the  period  of 
the  general  revival  of  letters.  The  term  is  used  in  the 
following  article  as  including  the  work  of  the  sixteenth, 
seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries,  notwithstanding 
that  in  the  first  part  of  this  period  there  is  a  strong, 
and  even  preponderating  admixture  of  Gothic  feeling 
and  detail,  and  that  this  reappears  in  the  middle  of 
the  seventeenth  century,  while  the  term  'new  birth'  is 
scarcely  applicable  to  the  decadent  work  of  1790.  The 
period  may  be  .divided  into  (a)  Tudor  or  Elizabethan, 
the  period  of  transition  from  medievalism ;  (6)  Stuart 
or  Jacobean,  the  climax,  which  begins  with  Inigo  Jones 
and  ends  with  Wren ;  (c)  Hanoverian  or  Georgian,  the 
period  of  decline. 

TUDOR  OR  ELIZABETHAN  PERIOD.  This  was  an  age  of 
transition  from  Gothic  to  pure  classical  architecture. 
It  coincides  fairly  closely  with  the  sixteenth  century ; 
and  is  exemplified  in  the  great  houses  of  the  nobility, 
many  of  which  were  built  at  this  time,  especially  in 
Elizabeth's  reign.  Very  little  church  work  was  done. 
The  general  disposition  of  a  building  is  medieval :  a 
skyline  broken  with  many  chimneys,  gables,  and 
turrets ;  wide  square-headed  windows,  with  mullions 
and  transoms  ;  numerous^  oriel  windows.  But  the  walls 
are  often  covered  with  classical  pilasters  and  entabla- 
tures, and  the  doorways  and  fireplaces  were  enriched 
with  classical  compositions.  These  details  are  thought 
by  some  to  have  been  generally  executed  by  foreign 
workmen,  Italians  at  the  beginning  of  the  sixteenth 


RENAISSANCE   ARCHITECTURE    225 

century,  and  afterwards  by  Germans;  others  consider 
them  to  be  the  work  of  Englishmen.  The  wall  is  often 
finished  with  a  parapet  pierced  with  a  sort  of  tracery 
known  as  strap-work,*  more  Gothic  than  classical  in 
feeling.  The  rooms  are  panelled  in  small  square  panels 
with  minute  mouldings,  and  the  ceilings  are  decorated 
with  plaster-work  in  relief. 

The  half-timber  houses  are  picturesquely  treated,  and 
are  decorated  with  fantastic  carvings  or  with  modelled 
plaster-work.  In  the  general  plan  of  the  large  houses 
as  well  as  of  the  small  there  is  a  tendency  to  abandon 
the  courtyard  and  to  adopt  an  E-shaped  figure. 

STUART  PERIOD.  This  period  coincides  closely  with 
the  seventeenth  century  and  with  the  Stuart  dynasty, 
for  it  may  be  said  to  begin  with  the  first  appearance  of 
Inigo  Jones  as  an  architect  in  1610  and  to  end  in  1701 
when  Wren  had  finished  the  bulk  of  his  work.  Inigo 
Jones  revolutionised  English  architecture.  He  brought 
back  from  Italy  a  thorough  knowledge  of  classical 
architecture  as  practised  by  Palladio  and  other  Italian 
architects ;  he  discarded  the  lingering  Gothic  traditions 
and  the  straggling  medieval  plan  (fig.  201).  He  was 
the  first  English  architect  in  the  modern  sense  of 
the  word,  that  is  to  say,  he  was  the  first  to  design 
buildings  from  beginning  to  end  without  taking  upon 
himself  in  addition  the  duties  of  builder  or  clerk  of 
works  or  general  supervisor  and  accountant. 

The  Roman  Orders*  are  now  used  for  the  first  time 
with  discrimination  and  restraint.  Sometimes  each 
storey  is  marked  by  a  separate  order  in  which  case  the 
most  substantial,  the  Doric  or  Tuscan,  is  placed  lowest, 
the  Ionic  or  Composite  next,  and  the  lightest,  the  Corin- 
thian, at  the  top.  Often  two  storeys  are  included  in  one 
order.  In  either  case  the  lowest  storey,  especially  if  not 
the  most  important,  may  be  treated  as  a  podium*  and 
rusticated.*  When  arches  are  used  they  spring  from 
*  See  article  thereon. 


RENAISSANCE   ARCHITECTURE   227 

pilasters  between  the  main  columns,  though  in  some 
cases  it  was  permissible  to  let  them  spring  from  the 
entablature  of  a  main  order.  They  are  invariably 
round,  and  generally  have  a  projecting  keystone,  either 
plain  or  shaped  like  a  corbel  to  support  the  entablature. 
The  '  flat-arch '  is  very  commonly  used  over  windows  in 
rusticated  stonework  and  in  brickwork.  The  vaulting 
is  quadripartite  in  square  bays  and  has  no  ribs.  Win- 
dows are  high  and  narrow,  sometimes  arched  but 
usually  square-headed  ;  the  jambs  and  head  have  the 
usual  architrave  moulding  * ;  there  is  sometimes  a  com- 
plete entablature,  with  or  without  a  pediment,  over  the 
head.  Large  windows  are  divided  into  three  lights ; 
the  side  lights  are  narrow  and  are  covered  by  an  entabla- 
ture, the  central  light  is  wide  and  arched ;  these  are  called 
Venetian  windows.  Doorways  are  made  to  correspond 
to  them.  Ceilings  are  often  enriched  with  elaborate 
plaster-work*  on  a  large  scale.  The  framework  of  the 
roof  never  shows  internally.  In  the  more  correctly 
classical  buildings  the  roof  is  low-pitched  and  as  it  is 
almost  always  hipped  there  are  no  gables  except  where 
a  pediment  is  required  for  architectural  effect.  The 
simpler  buildings  often  have  steep  roofs  with  curved 
gables,*  and  overhanging  eaves  instead  of  a  balustrade 
(fig.  92).  In  the  latter  part  of  the  seventeenth  cen- 
tury the  'mansard  roof  was  introduced  from  France. 
Panelling  is  now  on  a  large  scale,  the  mouldings  are 
mitred  at  the  angles  and  sometimes  bolection  mouldings 
are  used. 

While  Palladian  architecture  was  at  its  height  a  sort 
of  picturesque  Gothic,  called  '  King  James'  Gothic,'  was 
still  occasionally  used,  especially  in  churches,  and  was 
continued  till  the  Civil  War. 

HANOVERIAN.1  The  work  of  the  eighteenth  century 
does  not  differ  from  that  of  the  seventeenth  so  much 

*  See  article  thereon.        l  Or  Georgian. 


228  RERE-ARCH 

in  the  use  of  new  forms  or  new  combinations,  as  in 
a  general  deterioration  in  the  quality  of  the  design. 
Wren  was  not  appreciated  by  his  pedantic  contem- 
poraries who  aimed  at  what  they  considered  greater 
correctness.  Architecture  became  a  fashionable  amuse- 
ment for  the  gentleman  of  leisure.  About  the  middle 
of  the  century  Chinese  and  other  exotic  fashions  began 
to  appear,  and  soon  afterwards  the  publication  of 
Stuart  and  Revett's  Antiquities  of  Athens  introduced 
for  the  first  time  a  knowledge  of  Greek  architecture, 
the  taste  for  which  soon  became  a  mania.  At  the 
same  time  or  soon  after  there  began  that  revived  taste 
for  Gothic  art,  which  was  to  engross  the  talent  of  the 
nineteenth  century. 

RERE-ARCH.     See  ARCH. 

REREDOS  (tautological,  from  Middle  English  rere, 
rear,  back,  and  Fr.  dos,  from  Lat.  dorsum,  back — s.  Cf. 
dossal).  A  wall  or  screen  of  stone  or  wood  with  sculp- 
tured or  coloured  decoration  behind  an  altar.  A  large 
medieval  reredos  was  perhaps  most  often  of  the 
elaborately  sculptured  type,  containing  subjects  from 
Scripture  or  legend  with  many  single  figures  of  saints 
in  niches  or  tabernacles,  as  at  Winchester.  Many 
small  churches  contained  sculptures  in  stone  or  ala- 
baster in  a  simple  architectural  framework.  These 
sculptures  were  no  doubt  invariably  coloured.  Other 
churches  had  pictures  painted  on  stone  or  on  wood  like 
those  at  Westminster  and  Norwich ;  these  were  called 
'tables.'  A  'table  with  leaves'  was  what  is  now 
called  a  triptych,  a  painted  wood  panel  with  folding 
leaves.  Frequently  instead  of  a  reredos  there  was  a 
dossal.* 

RERE-DORTER.     A  necessarium.* 
RESONATOR.     In  some  medieval  churches  a  row 
*  See  article  thereon. 


RIDEL  229 

of  large  earthenware  jars  has  been  found  under  the 
choir  stalls  or  in  the  walls.  These  have  been  called 
resonators  or  acoustic  jars  because  it  is  supposed  that 
their  object  was  to  increase  the  sound  of  the  singing. 
Similar  jars  are  described  by  Vitruvius,  V,  5. 

RESPOND.     A  half-column  terminating  an  arcade. 

RETABLE.  A  name  apparently  modern,  given  to 
the  shelf  at  the  back  of  an  altar  on  which  are  placed 
the  cross  and  candlesticks. 

RETABULUM.  This  name  has  been  given  to  a 
painted  wood  reredos. 

RETAINING-WALL.  A  wall  which  supports  a 
terrace  of  earth. 

RETICULATED  TRACERY.     See  TRACERY. 

RETRO-CHOIR.  That  part  of  the  choir  which  is 
behind  the  high  altar. 

RETURN.  A  change  in  the  direction  of  any  con- 
tinuing or  repeating  object;  for  examplej  a  cornice 
returns  at  the  angle  of  a  building ;  in  a  chancel  where 
there  are  stalls  against  the  side  walls,  and  two  or  three 
more  stalls  against  the  screen  facing  east,  the  stalls  are 
said  to  be  '  returned,'  and  those  against  the  screen  are 
called  '  return  stalls.' 

REVEAL.  The  surface  between  the  outer  face  of  a 
wall  and  the  frame  of  a  door  or  window. 

REVESTRY.    See  VESTRY. 

RIB.  The  narrjw  arch  on  the  groin  or  on  the 
surface  of  a  vault  or  a  similar  member  at  the  ridge ; 
the  narrow  mouldings  on  a  panelled  wood  ceiling. 

RIDEL.  A  curtain  projecting  from  the  wall  at  each 
end  of  an  altar. 


230  RIDGE 

RIDGE.  The  angle  at  the  apex  of  a  roof;  tile  roofs 
are  covered  with  a  ridge-tile  made  for  the  purpose  and 
orten  of  a  decorative  character. 

RINGING  GALLERY.  The  west  tower  of  a  church 
often  has  a  gallery  for  the  ringers  about  twelve  feet 
from  the  floor ;  they  are  common  in  Norfolk. 

ROCOCO  (Fr.  rococo,  from  roc,  rock-work).  A  style 
characterised  by  a  peculiar  grotto-like  style  of  orna- 
ment, in  vogue  during  the  reigns  of  Louis  XIV.  and 
Louis  XV. 

ROMAN  ARCHITECTURE.  The  Romans  adopted 
the  architectural  forms  of  the  Greeks,  that  is  to  say 
they  adopted  the  three  Greek  orders/  Doric,  Ionic  and 
Corinthian.  On  these  they  made  variations  ;  one  form 
of  their  Doric  we  call  Roman  Doric,  and  it  is  held 
by  some  that  Tuscan  is  a  variation  on  Greek  Doric. 
They  made  a  curious  compound  of  Ionic  and  Corin- 
thian which  is  called  Composite  but  is  really  a  form 
of  Corinthian  with  volutes  borrowed  from  the  Ionic 
capital.  The  Corinthian  was  their  favourite  order  and 
the  one  with  which  they  were  most  successful. 

In  Roman  architecture  the  column  and  entablature 
are  often  used  structurally,  as  the  Greek  had  used 
them.  But  in  many  buildings,  such  as  the  Colosseum, 
they  are  merely  decorative  and  are  attached  to  a  wall 
which  is  pierced  with  arches.  In  buildings  of  this 
class  consisting  of  several  storeys,  one  order  is  used  as 
a  decoration  for  each  storey,  the  entablatures  marking 
the  levels  of  the  several  floors.  The  arches  usually 
spring  from  low  pilasters  placed  against  the  main 
columns  and  the  entablature  passes  over  them.  The 
same  system  is  followed  in  the  triumphal  arches,  like 
that  of  Titus,  where  the  arch  played  a  still  more 
important  part. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


ROOD  «S1 

The  arch  in  one  form  or  another  was  used  with  great 
boldness  and  became  the  really  dominant  feature  in 
Roman  architecture.  Vaults  of  immense  size  like  those 
of  the  Basilica  of  Maxentius  at  Rome,  domes  like 
that  of  the  Pantheon,  and  the  long  arched  aqueducts 
which  supplied  the  city  with  water,  are  the  buildings 
in  which  the  Roman  shows  his  strength. 

The  Roman  was  essentially  an  engineer ;  his  art  was 
always  coarse  and  was  often  brutal.  His  greatest 
successes  after  his  purely  utilitarian  works  were  pro- 
bably the  vast  complex  buildings,  such  as  the  baths 
and  palaces  and  the  many-columned  basilicas  or  public 
halls.  He  was  a  first-rate  planner.  He  had  an  extra- 
ordinary knowledge  of  materials,  and  his  mortar  and 
concrete  have  become  almost  proverbial.  His  appli- 
ances for  warming  his  houses,  for  draining  them  and 
for  supplying  them  with  water  and  making  them 
generally  comfortable  were  wonderful.  His  power  as 
an  engineer  lay  in  these  directions  and  in  the  splendid 
strength  of  his  construction,  for  it  is  doubtful  if  he 
had  inventive  genius  even  as  an  engineer,  and  he  had 
not  to  deal  with  the  nicely  opposed  thruste  and  the 
slender  frame  of  Gothic  construction. 

ROMANESQUE  ARCHITECTURE.  The  archi- 
tecture in  England  and  on  the  Continent  in  which  the 
influence  of  Roman  buildings  and  tradition  is  seen; 
our  Norman*  is  one  phase  of  it. 

ROOD  (the  same  word  as  rod).  The  Cross.  The  early 
Christians  used  the  cross  as  a  symbol,*  but  it  was 
without  the  figure  of  Our  Lord,  and  they  never  repre- 
sented the  scene  of  the  Passion.  In  the  earliest 
crucifixes  the  figure  is  draped  in  a  long  plain  coat  and 
the  arms  are  horizontal ;  it  is  only  in  later  times  that 
the  attitude  becomes  more  natural  and  the  treatment 
generally  more  realistic. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


232       ROOD-LOFT  AND   SCREEN 

The  crucifixes  on  the  rood-lofts  in  churches  were 
generally  large,  often  life-size,  and  were  probably 
coloured  more  or  less  naturally ;  figures  of  the  Virgin 
and  St.  John,  with  angels,  were  often  placed  on  either 
side.  No  crucifix  of  this  class  remains  in  England, 
but  there  are  some  examples  both  of  painted  and 
sculptured  roods  in  other  positions,  and  there  are  several 
contemporary  descriptions. 

ROOD  -  LOFT  AND  SCREEN.  In  the  earliest 
churches*  the  presbytery  or  chancel*  had  been  separ- 
ated from  the  nave  by  a  screen.  Through  all  the 
changes  in  church  arrangement  this  separation  was 
kept.  It  survived  in  very  many  places  the  Reforma- 
tion and  the  reign  of  Puritanism,  and  in  not  a  few 
was  only  removed  in  the  eighteenth  or  nineteenth 
centuries.  Screens  are  still  fairly  common  ;  they  are 
most  numerous  in  the  eastern  counties  and  in  Devon- 
shire. The  lower  part  is  always  panelled,  the  panels 
being  often  painted  with  figures  of  saints.  The  upper 
part  is  open,  with  mullions  and  tracery,  which  were 
also  decorated  with  colour.  There  is  a  wide  opening 
in  the  middle  fitted  with  folding  doors. 

The  erection  of  a  loft  or  gallery  on  the  top  of  the 
screen  was  probably  a  development  of  comparatively 
late  times  (p.  says  the  fourteenth  century  or  later)  ;  the 
rood  is  much  earlier.  The  loft  of  a  parish  church  is  not 
the  same  thing  as  the  pulpitum  *  of  a  cathedral  or  con- 
ventual church,  but  it  was  suggested  by  it  and  served 
some  of  the  same  uses  (M.).  On  it  was  placed  the  repre- 
centation  of  the  Passion.  It  was  often  large  enough  to 
contain  also  the  small  organs  of  the  period  and  a 
number  of  singers.  It  has  been  thought  by  some  that 
the  epistle  and  gospel  were  read  from  the  rood-loft,  but 
this  seems  doubtful.  The  loft  was  reached  by  a  ladder 
or  wooden  staircase  or  by  a  small  stone  staircase  con- 
trived in  one  of  the  piers  of  the  chancel  arch  or  built 


ROOF  233 

purposely  in  a  turret ;  this  staircase  with  its  upper  and 
lower  doors  generally  remains. 

In  some  large  churches  the  screen  and  loft  extended 
across  the  aisles  as  well  as  the  nave.  In  a  small  aisle- 
less  church  altars  were  placed  against  the  screen  on- 
each  side  of  the  doorway. 

There  are  a  number  of  rood-lofts  extant  in  fairly 
perfect  condition,  chiefly  in  Wales  and  the  West 
of  England.  Under  the  projection  of  the  loft  there 
is  generally  a  cove  or  vaulting,  above  which  there  is 
a  rich  cornice  and  a  piece  of  panelling  forming  the 
front  of  the  gallery.  It  seems  that  the  loft  itself  was 
sometimes  called  the  '  candle-beam ' ;  in  other  cases  the 
candle-beam  is  the  beam  on  which  the  rood  and  figures 
stood,  and  on  which  were  placed  numerous  lights  from 
which  it  derives  its  name. 

In  many  churches  the  chancel  arch  was  partly  or 
entirely  filled  with  a  tympanum  of  boarding.  On 
this  was  painted  the  whole  scene  of  the  Passion  or 
accessories  to  the  figures  which  stood  on  the  loft ;  or 
there  was  a  picture  of  the  Last  Judgement. 

ROOF.  So  far  as  regards  construction  roofs  may  be 
conveniently  divided  into  two  classes,  namely,  open 
timber  roofs  in  which  the  constructive  timbers  are 
visible  from  below  and  are,  therefore,  of  a  more  or  less 
decorative  character ;  concealed  roofs,  below  which . 
there  is  a  ceiling,  consisting  either  of  an  independent 
vault,  or  of  boarding  or  plaster  either  flat  or  arched 
or  of  any  other  form,  attached  to  the  timbers  of  the 
roof.  Some  roofs  partake  of  the  characteristics  of  both 
classes. 

The  open  timber  roof  was  the  form  most  commonly 
used  in  England  throughout  the  middle  ages  for 
churches,  halls  and  other  large  one-storeyed  buildings. 
It  is  a  peculiar  characteristic  of  English  architecture 
and  was  gradually  developed  into  very  elaborate  and 


234  ROOF 

beautiful  forms.  On  the  Continent,  from  the  compara- 
tive scarcity  of  good  timber  and  from  other  causes, 
it  was  little  used  and  stone  vaulting  was  more  common. 
Of  Norman  roofs  few,  if  any,  remain  ;  they  probably 
resembled  those  of  the  thirteenth  century,  of  which 
there  are  a  fair  number  of  examples.  These  belong  to 


FIG.  202.      TRUSSED-RAFTKR  ROOF,   PARTLY  CEILED 

the  class  known  as  trussed-rafter  roofs,  that  is,  each 
pair  of  rafters  is  framed  together  by  a  system  of  ties 
and  struts  so  as  to  form  a  complete  truss  in  itself 
(fig.  202).  In  later  roofs  the  rafters  are  not  so  framed, 
but  were  strengthened  by  purlins,  carried  on  framed 
trusses  or  principals,  placed  at  considerable  intervals. 
The  two  methods  are  often,  in  the  thirteenth  cen- 
tury and  sometimes  also  at  later  periods,  combined 
in  a  somewhat  unscientific  way,  by  using  a  rudimentary 
principal  in  a  trussed-rafter  roof  (fig.  203).  There  are 
no  principal  rafters  ;  the  principal  truss  consists  of  a  very 
strong  tie-beam,  on  the  centre  of  which  stands  a  post 
cut  into  the  form  of  a  column,  with  capital  and  base. 
This  column  supports  a  central  purlin.  The  purlin 
helps  to  support  the  collars  which  stiffen  the  rafters. 
The  purlin,  therefore,  gives  but  an  indirect  support 


ROOF  235 

to  the  rafter,  and  any  weight  which  the  tie-beam 
carries  comes  upon  the  very  middle  of  it.  The  heavy 
tie-beam  is,  however,  of  use  in  tying  in  the  wall-plates, 
and  thus  preventing  the  rafters  from  spreading  and 
pushing  out  the  walls.  The  central  post  is  sometimes 


FIG.  203.      TRUSSED-RAFTER   ROOF,   WITH   RUDIMENTARY  PRINCIPAL 

called  a  king-post ;  it  must  not  be  confused  with  the 
modern  king-post,  which  hangs  from  the  ridge  and 
supports  the  middle  of  the  tie-beam  (fig.  209). 

The  simple  trussed-rafter  roof  had  very  frequently, 
perhaps  more  often  than  not,  a  ceiling  either  of 
boarding  divided  up  into  panels  by  small  ribs,  or  of 
plain  plaster,  attached  to  the  struts  and  collars  and 
thus  forming  a  polygonal  barrel,  sometimes  called  a 
'waggon-ceiling.'  Each  side  of  the  polygon  is  called 
a  '  cant/  whether  there  is  a  ceiling  or  not ;  thus  the 
roof  shown  in  fig.  202  is  said  to  be  of  seven  cants. 


236  ROOF 

In  the  fourteenth  century  the  trussed-rafter  roof 
continues  to  be  used,  but  roofs  with  framed  principals 
and  purlins  become  much  more  common.  The  princi- 
pal truss  has  generally  an  arched  form  which  exerts  a 
considerable  thrust  on  the  walls  (fig.  204) ;  this  thrust 
is,  however,  reduced  as  much  as  possible  by  making 


FIG.  204.      FOURTEENTH-CENTURY  ROOF 

the  arched  struts  spring  from  corbels  a  good  distance 
below  the  top  of  the  wall.  When  the  principals  are 
far  apart  intermediate  principals  of  a  slightly  different 
form  are  used  (fig.  204),  or  the  purlins  and  ridge  are 
strengthened  by  wind-braces  or  struts  springing  from 
the  sides  of  the  principal  ratter  (fig.  205). 

About  the  middle  of  the  fourteenth  century  an  im- 
portant modification  was  made.  The  arched  strut  oi 
the  principal  instead  of  resting  on  the  wall  springs 
from  a  horizontal  bracket  called  a  hammer-beam,  rest- 
ing on  the  top  of  the  wall  and  supported  by  a  curved 


ROOF  237 

strut ;  hence  this  form  of  roof  is  called  a  hammer- 
beam  roof  (fig.  206).  The  bracket  supports  a  vertical 
post  placed  under  the  principal  rafter  at  the  point 
where  the  weight  of  the  purlin  comes.  The  weight 
of  this  post  is  counteracted,  partly  by  the  weight  of 


FIG.  805.      ROOF  WITH   WIND-BRACES,  CONWAY  CHURCH 

the  principal  rafter,  which  rests  on  the  other  end  of 
the  hammer-beam,  and  partly  by  a  strut  under  it, 
springing  from  a  corbel  some  way  down  the  wall.  The 
upper  part  of  the  principal  is  strengthened  by  a  collar 
or  by  another  hammer-beam  and  post,  or  by  curved 
struts,  forming  an  arch  with  its  apex  quite  close  to 
the  ridge.  The  hammer-beam  is  sometimes  carved 


238 


ROOF 


into  the  form  of  an  angel,  or  an  angel  stands  upon 
it  in  front  of  the  vertical  post.  The  spandrels  above 
and  below  the  hammer-beam  are  generally  filled  with 
rich  and  delicate  tracery.  This  form  of  roof  lends  it- 
self to  many  variations  and  to  a  highly  decorative  treat- 


no.  90&      HAMMER-BEAM  ROOF,  COCHWILLAK 

ment.  The  finest  and  best-known  examples,  and  also 
the  earliest,  is  that  of  Westminster  Hall,  1397.  The 
hammer-beam  roof  continued  throughout  the  fifteenth 
century,  and  was  occasionally  in  use  till  late  in  the 
seventeenth  century ;  but  as  architecture  declined  in 
the  latter  half  of  the  fifteenth  century  it  was  to  a 
great  extent  superseded  by  nearly  flat  roofs.  In  these 


FIG.  207.      HAMMER-BEAM   ROOFS 


FIG.  20g.      KING-POST  ROOF  FIG.  2tO.      QUEEN-POST  ROOF. 


FIG.  ail.      MANSARD  ROOF 


240  ROOF 

a  heavy  tie-beam  is  used  which  either  has  sufficient 
camber  to  give  the  necessary  slope  to  the  roof  or  else 
it  carries  a  principal  rafter  of  rather  greater  inclina- 
tion. The  trussed  rafter-roof  continues  in  use. 

The  open  timber  roof  derives  its  chief  beauty  from 
the  admirable  form  of  the  timbers,  from  its  delicate 
gradations  of  light  and  shade,  and  from  the  just  balance 
in  the  system  of  framing,  giving  it  something  of  the 
character  of  a  living  organic  structure.  But  it  also 
received  other  decorations  of  form  and  colour.  The 
members  of  the  principal  truss,  and  often  also  the 
common  rafters,  were  moulded,  the  spandrels  were 
filled  with  delicate  tracery,  the  cornice  and  hammer- 
beam  were  enriched  with  carving.  The  mouldings 
and  other  parts  were  coloured,  and  monograms  and 
sprays  of  foliage  were  painted  on  the  rafters  and  on 
the  boarding  between  them. 

From  the  beginning  of  the  seventeenth  century  the 
roof  is  generally  hidden  by  a  ceiling,  the  form  of 
which  has  no  relation  to  that  of  the  roof  and  is 
generally  flat.  Only  practical  considerations,  therefore, 
have  to  be  taken  into  account  in  designing  the  roof. 
For  roofs  of  from  25  feet  to  40  feet  span  the  com- 
monest form  is  a  'king-post'  roof  (fig.  209),  and  for 
spans  of  more  than  40  feet  a  '  queen-post'  roof  (fig.  210). 

The  material  used  in  the  middle  ages  was  oak.  It 
is  often  contended  that  a  roof  is  of  chestnut,  but  the 
many  specimens  submitted  to  the  Cambridge  School 
of  Forestry  have  proved  to  be  oak.  In  the  seven- 
teenth century  the  use  of  foreign  deal  became  more 
common  and  is  now  practically  the  invariable  rule. 
Occasionally  in  the  middle  ages  a  small  roof  was  made 
entirely  of  stone  by  corbelli  ng  out  the  courses  tillthey 
met  at  the  ridge,  the  structure  being  strengthened  by 
arched  ribs.  Thatch  was  a  common,  probably  the 
most  common  roof-covering  for  medieval  houses  both 


ROSE. WINDOW  241 

in  town  and  country  ;  for  churches  and  for  the  greater 
houses  tiles  were  generally  used.  Roofs  were  covered 
with  lead  even  in  Norman  and  Saxon  times ;  in  many 
fifteenth -century  churches  the  pitch  is  too  flat  to 
admit  of  any  other  material.  In  some  parts  of  the 
country,  e.g.  Gloucestershire  and  Northamptonshire, 
thin  slabs  of  stone  were  and  still  are  used  like  slates, 
but  slates  do  not  seem  to  have  been  in  general  use 
till  the  latter  part  of  the  seventeenth  century,  when 
thatch  becomes  less  and  less  common. 

In  the  latter  part  of  the  seventeenth  century  a  new 
sort  of  roof  was  introduced  from  France,  called  a 
Mansard  roof,  after  the  inventor.  The  lower  part  of 
the  roof  is  steep  pitched  and  the  upper  part  much 
flatter.  Both  slopes  are  slated  or  the  steep  part 
covered  with  plain  tiles  and  the  flat  part  with  pan  tiles. 
This  sort  of  roof  was  the  result  of  planning  buildings 
in  square  blocks,  which  became  common  in  the  seven- 
teenth century ;  these  would  have  required  a  roof 
of  great  height  if  one  of  ordinary  construction  had 
been  used.  Sometimes  such  a  building  is  covered  by  a 
number  of  small  roofs  which  are  concealed  behind  a 
high  parapet,  but  these  do  not  afford  space  for  garrets 
as  does  the  Mansard. 

The  following  are  the  most  common  terms  in  use. 
Span :  the  clear  space  between  the  opposite  walls.  Span- 
roof:  one  which  has  a  central  ridge.  Lean-to  roof:  one 
which  has  only  one  slope,  generally  placed  against  a 
higher  building,  e.g.  over  the  aisle  of  a  church.  Pitch  : 
the  angle  the  roof  makes  with  the  horizon.  Hipped  roof: 
one  which  does  not  terminate  in  a  gable,  but  in  a  slope 
like  the  sides  of  the  roof;  the  angle  formed  by  the 
meeting  of  two  slopes  is  called  a  hip.  Valley :  the  line 
of  intersection  where  one  roof  joins  another. 

ROSE-WINDOW.  A  name  sometimes  given  to  a 
large  circular  window  filled  with  tracery.  (See  also 

CATHERINE-WHEEL   WINDOW,   TRACERY.) 
R 


242  ROUGH -CAST 

ROUGH-CAST.  A  rough  plaster  used  for  covering 
the  outsides  of  buildings,  made  with  lime  and  gravel 
and  thrown  on  to  the  wall. 

RUBBLE.     Masonry  of  unshaped  stones. 

RUNIC  CROSS,  RUNIC  PATTERN.  The  early 
crosses  (generally  covered  with  interlacing  patterns) 
found  in  Ireland,  Wales,  lona,  etc.  They  are  Celtic  or 
derived  from  Celtic  work.  So  called  from  rune,  one  of 
the  old  characters  used  for  incised  inscriptions  (s.). 
The  elaborate  interlacing  patterns  are  believed  to  be 
derived  from  wicker-work.  They  continued  in  use  into 
Norman  times. 

RUSTICATION.  Masonry  in  which  the  beds  and 
joints  are  squared  but  the  faces  of  the  stones  are  left 
rough.  The  term  is  also  applied  to  the  following 
variations  on  this  treatment :  the  stone  is  worked  to 
a  true  surface,  projecting  slightly  beyond  the  face  of 
the  wall,  and  is  then  artificially  roughened ;  the  stone 
is  worked  to  a  smooth  projecting  surface  and  the  edges 
are  chamfered,  rebated  or  moulded.  Rustication  is  used 
chiefly  in  the  basement  storey  to  give  an  appearance 
of  strength,  in  Renaissance  buildings. 

SACRARIUM.     See  SANCTUARY. 
SACRING  BELL.     See  SANCTUS  BELL. 

SACRISTY.  The  sacrist's  room  or  vestry*;  a  room 
in  or  attached  to  a  church,  in  which  were  kept  the 
vessels  belonging  to  the  altar,  the  vestments  and  other 
ornaments.  It  stood  generally  on  the  north  side  of 
the  chancel,  and  often  contained  an  altar.  Sometimes 
there  was  a  chamber  over  it,  and  occasionally  a  charnel- 
house*  or  place  for  bones  below. 

SADDLE-BACK  COPING.  A  coping  which  rises  to 
a  sharp  ridge  like  a  roof. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


SAXON   ARCHITECTURE         243 

SADDLE-BACK  ROOF.  The  roof  of  a  tower  which 
has  a  ridge  and  terminates  in  gables  instead  of  being 
of  the  usual  pyramidal  form. 

SADDLE-BAR.  A  horizontal  iron  bar  placed  across 
a  window  partly  for  the  purpose  of  securing  the  glass 
and  partly  to  prevent  persons  from  entering  the  build- 
ing through  the  window. 

SALIENT.  An  angular  projection  from  a  castle* 
wall,  commanding  a  length  of  wall  on  each  side  of  it. 

SALON,  SALOON.  A  large  state  apartment  in  a 
palace  or  great  house. 

SANCTUARY,  SACRARIUM.  (1)  A  chancel ;  the 
east  part  of  a  chancel.  (2)  The  precincts  of  a  church, 
including  the  churchyard,  which  gave  protection  to  a 
fugitive  criminal.  While  he  remained  there  the  culprit 
could  be  watched  to  prevent  his  escape,  but  he  could 
not  be  molested.  If  he  chose  to  confess  his  crime  he 
was  given  a  definite  time  in  which  to  make  his  way  to 
the  nearest  port  and  to  leave  the  country.  Particulars 
of  the  way  in  which  anyone  c  taking  sanctuary '  was 
received  at  Durham  are  given  in  the  Rites  of  Durham. 
(See  also  FRITHSTOOL.) 

SANCTUS  BELL,  SACKING  BEL*L.  A  bell  rung 
at  the  consecration  of  the  Host.  Sometimes  a  small 
hand-bell;  sometimes  a  larger  bell  hung  in  the  bell- 
cote  over  the  chancel  arch. 

SARCOPHAGUS.  A  stone  tomb.  '  Made  of  lime- 
stone which  was  supposed  to  consume  the  corpses 
(Pliny);  from  the  Gk.  <rap/<o<£ayos,  flesh-consuming'  (s). 

SAXON  ARCHITECTURE.  The  architecture  of 
England  from  the  time  of  the  settlement  of  the  Saxons 
to  the  Norman  Conquest.  It  seems  to  have  been  in- 

•  See  article  thereon. 


244 


SAXON   ARCHITECTURE 


Huenced  to  some  extent  by  the  buildings  which  the 
Romans  had  left  in  England, 
and  Roman  materials  were 
re-used.  The  construction 
was  at  first  good,  and  it  was 
therefore  possible  to  make 
the  walls  thin.  In  the 
eleventh  century,  after  the 
devastation  wrought  by  the 
Danes,  the  quality  of  the 
work  deteriorated  (M.). 
No  buildings  other  than 
churches  now  remain.  The 
houses  were  doubtless  al- 
most invariably  of  wood  and 
so  probably  were  many  of 
the  churches. 

Saxon  towers  are  usually 
tall  and  thin.  They  are 
divided  into  stages  of  about 
equal  height  by  a  series  of 
off-sets,  each  stage  being 
rather  narrower  than  the 
one  below  it  (fig.  212). 
The  belfry  windows  have  a 
strongly  marked  character 
of  their  own.  They  are 
divided  by  baluster-shaped 

Columns   Set   in   the    middle  FIG.  212.    SAXON  TOWER,  ST.  BENET'S, 
of  the  wall  and  Supporting  CAMBRIDGE 

a  long  stone  running  from  inside  to  outside  to  carry 
the  arches.  Thus  the  Saxon  towers  strongly  resemble 
those  of  the  early  churches  in  Rome,  by  which  they 
were  no  doubt  largely  influenced.  They  were  pro- 
bably surmounted  by  a  low  pyramidal  spire  of  stone  or 
wood,  or  by  a  roof  with  a  gable  over  each  face  of  the 
tower.  The  baluster-shafts  were  copied  from  Roman 


SCAGLIOLA  245 

work  and  were  used  in  other  parts  besides  the  towers. 
Arches  are  always  round  and  of  a  single  order*  or  ring. 
Door  jambs  are  not  splayed  or  rebated.  Windows  are 
small,  and  in  early  churches  are  splayed  on  the  inside 
(fig.  213  a).  They  are  sometimes  complete  circles. 

It  is  in  the  inferior  buildings  of  later  times  that 
those  features  which  are  so  readily  recognised  as 
Saxon  are  found.  The  angles  are  built  in  <long-and- 
short"  work  (fig.  212),  whereas  [in  the  earlier  build- 
ings they  had  been  done  in  the  usual  way ;  windows 


a  6 

FIG.   SI3.      PLANS  OF   SAXON  WINDOWS 


are  splayed  outside  as  well  as  inside  so  that  the  open- 
ing is  narrowest  in  the  middle  of  the  wall  (fig.  2136); 
the  head  of  a  door  is  sometimes  a  triangle  formed  by 
two  stones  leaning  against  one  another;  capitals  are 
rudely  sculptured  or  moulded;  barrel  vaults  are  used 
over  small  spans.  A  remarkable  and  curious  feature 
is  the  pattern  formed  on  the  face  of  a  wall  by  narrow 
vertical  strips  of  stone,  with  some  diagonal  and  arch- 
shaped  pieces.  It  is  rather  suggestive  of  wood- 
framing  and  is  by  some  thought  to  be  derived  from 
timber  buildings  ;  it  is  probably  a  Danish  feature  (w.). 
Others  maintain  that  the  system  is  a  rude  imitation  of 
the  pilasters  and  entablatures  of  the  Romans. 

The  walls  were  plastered  inside  and  outside.  Roofs 
were  probably  covered  with  thatch  or  oak  shingles. 
Glass  was  not  unknown  but  was  rarely  used. 

SCAGLIOLA.  "  A  species  of  plaster  or  stucco  in- 
vented at  Carpi  in  the  state  of  Modena  by  Guido 
Sassi,  between  1600  and  1649-  It  is  sometimes  called 
mischia,  from  the  mixture  of  colours  introduced  in  it. 
*  See  article  thereon. 


246  SCALLAGE 

It  was  not,  however,  till  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth 
century  that  the  art  of  making  scagliola  was  brought 
to  perfection  "  (G.). 

SCALLAGE,  SCALLENGE.    A  term  used  in  Here- 
fordshire and  the  west  of  England  for  a  lichgate  (G.). 

SCANTLING.     The  dimensions  of  a  piece  of  timber 
in  breadth  and  thickness. 

SCOTIA.     See  MOULDING  (fig.  182). 

SCOTTISH  ARCHITECTURE.     See  Appendix. 

SCREEN.  (1)  In  the  earliest  Christian  churches* 
screens  were  used  for  separating  the  chancel*  from 
the  nave.  In  the  middle  ages,  as  the  number  of  altars 
increased,  numerous  screens  were  erected  to  form  sepa- 
rate chapels.  They  were  generally  of  wood  but  some- 
times of  stone  and  occasionally  of  iron.  In  the  ordi- 
nary parish  church  the  evidence  of  five  screens  is 
usually  to  be  seen,  namely,  the  rood-screen*  cutting 
off  the  chancel,  a  screen  under  the  easternmost  arch 
of  each  aisle,  and  a  screen  crossing  each  aisle  from  the 
easternmost  column  thus  forming  an  enclosed  chapel 
at  the  end  of  each  aisle.  The  lower  part  of  these 
screens  was  filled  with  boarding;  the  upper  part  had 
mullions  and  tracery.  (2)  The  lower  end  of  the  hall  in 
a  medieval  house  *  was  crossed  by  a  screen,  forming  a 
passage  between  the  two  opposite  doors.  It  would 
seem  that  at  first  there  were  two  short  screens  called 
'spurs'  projecting  from  the  side  walls  of  the  hall,  a 
third  screen  was  then  placed  between  them ;  finally 
doors  were  fitted  in  the  openings,  and  a  floor  built 
from  the  screen  to  the  end  wall  of  the  hall,  forming 
a  gallery  over  the  passage,  which  passage  itself  came 
to  be  called  'the  screens.'  (3)  A  stone  colonnade  in 
front  of  a  building,  forming  a  sort  of  fence,  is  sometimes 
called  a  screen.  This  is  more  common  in  Renaissance 
architecture  than  in  Gothic. 


SCULPTURE  247 

SCULPTURE.  The  word  is  commonly  limited 
to  representations  of  the  figures  of  human  beings  and 
of  animals  to  the  exclusion  of  the  carving  of  foliage.* 
It  will  be  taken  in  this  sense  here,  and  it  will,  more- 
over, be  considered  only  in  its  application  to,  or 
association  with  architecture. 

The  earliest  remaining  sculpture  of  which  we  shall 
take  account  here — the  Saxon  and  early  Norman — is 
almost  always  in  relief;  early  sculpture  completely  in 
the  round  is  rare.  The  relief  is  shallow  and  there  is 
little  or  no  modelling;  indeed  the  subject  is  almost 
entirely  on  one  plane.  Low  relief  is  susceptible  oi 
the  highest  possible  artistic  treatment,  but  almost 
everything  depends  on  the  most  delicate  modelling  oi 
the  surface.  Early  sculpture  however  is  not,  strictly 
speaking,  modelled  at  all;  the  outline  is  very  distinctly 
shown  against  the  background,  and  the  rest  of  the 
form,  such  as  the  features  and  folds  of  the  drapery, 
is  indicated  by  incised  lines.  But  the  design,  though 
rude,  is  vigorous  and  is  well  composed  to  fill  the 
required  space.  Most  of  the  remaining  examples 
are  figures  in  niches  and  subjects  in  the  tympana 
of  doorways.  The  'Prior's  door/  Ely,  is  a  good  ex- 
ample. 

The  art  made  extraordinary  progress  during  the 
latter  part  of  the  twelfth  century,  and  the  work  of  the 
second  quarter  of  the  thirteenth  century  is  very  fine. 
There  are  some  good  monumental  effigies  of  that  period 
in  stone  and  in  Purbeck  marble.  The  figures  still  have 
some  archaic  stiffness  and  the  attitudes  are  occasion- 
ally strained.  But  the  work  continues  to  improve,  and 
in  the  latter  part  of  the  thirteenth  century  it  is 
particularly  beautiful,  the  attitudes  have  a  simple 
grace  and  the  expression  of  the  features  is  very  sweet. 
This  is  perhaps  the  greatest  period  of  sculpture  as 

*  See  article  thereon. 


248  SCULPTURE 

applied  to  building,  for  the  Greek  simplicity  of  the 
drapery  harmonises  perfectly  with,  and  seems  to  form 
part  of,  the  architecture.  The  bronze  effigy  of  Queen 
Eleanor  on  her  monument  in  Westminster  Abbey 
and  the  figures  in  stone  on  the  Eleanor  monuments 
are  the  most  famous  examples  of  this  period. 

In  the  fourteenth  century  some  of  the  early  manner- 
isms are  dropped,  such  as  the  conventional  treatment 
of  the  hair  and  the  peculiar  and  at  the  same  time 
beautiful  modelling  of  the  lower  eyelid.  The  work  is 
less  idyllic  and  the  expression  less  cheerful.  The  por- 
traiture of  the  individual  becomes  much  more  pro- 
nounced. This  is  analogous  to  the  natural  foliage 
of  the  period.  There  is  no  attempt  at  portraiture 
in  the  Eleanor  monument,  but  the  figure  of  Queen 
Philippa  is  clearly  a  good  likeness.  The  principal 
effigy  of  a  monument  and  the  statuettes  in  the  niches 
round  it  are  simply  and  very  beautifully  treated. 

The  Purbeck  marble  used  for  the  sepulchral  effigies 
of  the  thirteenth  century  was  abandoned.  Figures 
were  carved  in  stone  or  marble  or  wood,  others  were 
of  wood  overlaid  with  metal,  either  silver  or  copper, 
and  a  few  were  cast  in  bronze. 

In  the  fifteenth  century  there  is  a  still  further 
advance  to  naturalness  of  attitude  and  individuality  of 
feature.  The  drapery  is  not  so  simple  and  the  whole 
treatment  is  richer  and  more  elaborate. 

The  work  at  this  time  varies  very  much  in  quality. 
Many  examples  are  careless  and  clumsy.  A  great 
number  of  small  alabaster  reredoses,  for  example,  were 
turned  out  presumably  at  'popular'  prices  from  the 
works  in  Nottinghamshire  and  Derbyshire.  These, 
like  all  the  work  of  this  and  of  the  previous  cen- 
tury, with  doubtless  much  of  the  thirteenth  century, 
were  coated  with  a  fine  layer  of  plaster  and  richly 
coloured. 

The  Reformation  of  course  killed  architectural  sculp- 


SEDILE  249 

ture  as  completely  as  it  killed  mural  painting,  and 
it  has  never  been  used  on  a  large  scale  since.  Monu- 
mental effigies  of  the  reigns  of  Elizabeth  and  James 
are  often  finely  conceived  and  dignified  in  pose,  but  the 
artist  was  seriously  handicapped  by  the  costume  of  the 
time. 

In  later  Renaissance — the  work  of  Inigo  Jones  and 
of  Wren — figures  of  saints  are  occasionally  placed  in 
niches,  but  more  often  Justice,  Science  and  so  forth, 
recline  on  the  slopes  of  the  pediment  or  stand  on  the 
pedestals  of  the  balustraded  parapet,  or  a  group  is 
placed  in  the  tympanum.  "The  Statues,"  says  Wren 
in  his  description  of  one  of  his  designs,  "will  be  a 
noble  ornament,  they  are  supposed  of  plaister,  there 
are  Flemish  artists  that  doe  them  cheape"  (w.  &  c.). 
Evelyn,  Wren's  contemporary,  has  some  interesting 
remarks  about  medieval  sculpture : — 

"  When  we  meet  with  the  greatest  Industry  and  expen- 
sive Carving,  full  of  Fret  and  lamentable  Imagry;  sparing 
neither  of  Pains  nor  Cost ;  a  Judicious  Spectator  is  rather  Dis- 
tracted and  quite  Confounded,  than  touch'd  with  that 
Admiration,  which  results  from  the  true  and  just  Symmetric, 
regular  Proportion,  Union  and  Disposition  ;  Great  and  Noble 
manner,  which  those  August  and  Glorious  Fabrics  of  the 
Antients  still  Produce."  (Evelyn  :  An  Account  of  Architects 
and  Architecture.) 

SEDILE  (pi.  SEDILIA,  Lat.).  A  seat,  especially  one 
for  clergy  on  the  south  side  of  the  chancel.  This  is  a 
survival  of  the  stone  bench  which  ran  round  the  apse 
in  early  churches  (M.),  and  there  are  some  examples  of 
early  sedilia  which  retain  the  form 
of  an  ordinary  bench  terminated  by 
a  massive  stone  arm-rest  (fig.  214). 
The  medieval  sedilia  are  recessed 
and  consist  of  three  seats,  "except  in 
great  '  quires,'  where  they  were 
generally  four"  (M.),  and  in  a  few 


250        SEPULCHRAL   MONUMENT 

examples  which  have  only  two  seats.  The  seats  were 
often  arranged  at  three  different  levels  corresponding  to 
three  steps  in  the  floor.  The  recesses  are  arched  and 
sometimes  elaborately  treated  and  the  piscina*  is  often 
included  in  the  same  architectural  composition.  In 
small  plain  churches  the  sedilia  is  sometimes  formed 
by  carrying  down  the  recess  of  a  window. 

SEPULCHRAL  MONUMENT.     See  MONUMENT. 
SEPULCHRE,  EASTER.     See  EASTER  SEPULCHRE. 
SET-OFF.    See  OFF-SET. 
SEVERY.    See  BAY. 

SGRAFFIATO-WORK,  SGRAFFITO- WORK. 
(Ital.  sgraffiaio,  scratched).  A  method  of  wall  decor- 
ation effected  by  putting  on  a  coat  of  coloured  plaster 
and  then  a  coat  of  white  plaster  ;  parts  of  the  second 
coat  are  then  scratched  off  showing  the  coloured  coat 
underneath.  By  this  means  a  design  in  two  flat 
colours  can  be  easily  carried  out. 

SHAFT  (Anglo-Saxon  scafan,  to  shavCj  from  being 
shaved  smooth — s.  Cf.  shaft  of  a' spear  or  arrow).  A 
column*  excluding  the  capital  and  base  and  annulet. 

SHINGLE  (Lat.  scindere,  to  cleave— s.).  A  tile 
made  of  split  oak ;  frequently  used  on  steep  roofs  in 
the  middle  ages.  .  . 

SHIP.     See  INCENSE  SHIP. 

SHOP.  The  medieval  shop  was  a  place  where 
goods  were  made  as  well  as  sold,  and  the  master  with 
his  family  and  apprentices  lived  in  the  upper  storeys 
of  the  house.  The  building  was  almost  invariably  of 
wood  till  the  eighteenth  century.  The  shop  window 
was  fitted  with  two  folding  shutters ;  the  lower  of  these 
was  hinged  at  the  bottom,  and  was  let  down  during 
the  day  into  a  horizontal  position  to  form  a  table 
*  See  article  thereon. 


SHRINE  251 

standing  out  in  the  street,  on  which  were  exhibited 

objects   for   sale ;    the   top 

shutter    was    hung    by    its 

upper  edge,  and  was  raised 

to   form  a  pent-house  roof 

to  shelter  the  stall.     "With 

your  hat  pent  -  house   like 

o'er  the  shop  of  your  eyes," 

says  Moth,  in  Loves  Labour  s 

Lost.     The   door  was   like 

the  stable  door  of  the  pre-          "G-  "5-    MEDIEVAL  SHOP 

.     J  rrvi    .  _.         f-       lL  NORTH   ELMHAM 

sent  day.    This  sort  of  shop 

front  was  general  till  the  first  half  of  the  eighteenth 

century,  when  glass  windows  were  gradually  introduced. 

SHRINE  (Lat.  scrinium,  a  chest,  box — s).  A  sepul- 
chre to  contain  the  relics  of  a  saint,  generally  erected 
behind  the  high  altar  in  a  cathedral  or  monastic 
church.  A  shrine  of  the  first  class  consisted  of  "at 
least  four  distinct  parts  :  (1)  the  stone  basement,  at  the 
east  [or  west]  end  of  which  was  (2)  the  altar.  The  use 
of  the  stone  or  marble  basement,  which  was  frequently 
perforated  with  small  niches,  was  to  support  (3)  a 
wooden  structure  covered  with  plates  of  gold  or  silver, 
and  often  enriched  with  jewels  and  enamels.  In  order 
to  preserve  the  precious  metals  from  the  atmosphere, 
and  at  the  same  time  to  cover  up  the  feretory,  as  the 
top  part  was  called,  when  it  was  not  desired  to  show  it, 
there  was  (4)  the  cooperculum,  or  a  wooden  covering, 
suspended  from  the  vaulting  above  by  ropes,  and  lifted 
by  means  of  a  counterpoise.  Shrines  of  lesser  dimen- 
sions were  kept  in  all  sorts  of  places,  such  as  above 
and  within  altars,  and  were  moreover  often  carried  in 
procession.''  In  the  niches  of  the  basement,  mentioned 
above,  "sick  people  were  frequently  left  during  the 
night,  in  the  hopes  of  a  cure  being  effected  by  the 
intercession  of  the  Saint "  (BU.). 

The  only  shrine  in  England  of  which  any  part  re- 


25*  SHRIVING -PEW 

mains  undisturbed  is  that  of  Edward  the  Confessor  in 
Westminster  Abbey ;  the  basement  is  believed  to  have 
stood  since  it  was  first  built  by  Henry  III. ;  it  is  the 
work  of  an  Italian ;  the  upper  part  is  of  the  time  of 
Queen  Mary.  At  St.  Albans  there  is  the  thirteenth- 
century  shrine  of  the  patron  saint  recently  recon- 
structed in  its  original  place.  At  Ely  the  fifteenth- 
century  shrine  of  St.  Etheldreda  had  been  re-erected, 
but  not  in  its  original  position.  At  Canterbury  there 
are  no  remains  of  Becket's  shrine,  but  its  position  is 
known  and  the  old  pavement  is  worn  by  the  pilgrims 
who  visited  it. 

SHRIVING-PEW.     See  CONFESSIONAL. 

SKIRTING.  A  low  plinth  or  base,  generally  of 
wood,  placed  against  the  walls  of  a  room  because  it 
offers  a  better  resistance  to  injury  than  plaster. 

SOFFIT.  The  under  side  of  a  cornice,  lintel,  arch, 
staircase,  etc. 

SOLAR,  (prob.  from  Lat.  solarium,  a  part  of  the 
house  exposed  to  the  sun,  a  balcony).  A  loft  or  upper 
chamber,  a  rood-loft  (occasionally) ;  especially  the 
upper  chamber  reserved  for  the  private  use  of  the 
family  in  a  medieval  house.* 

SOMMER.  A  principal  beam  in  a  floor  or  partition 
into  which  smaller  joists  or  studs  are  framed.  Rare. 

(See  BREAST-SOMMER.) 

SOUNDING-BOARD.  A  wooden  canopy,  generally 
flat,  over  a  pulpit.*  The  earliest  examples  are  of  the 
seventeenth  century ;  they  were  common  then  and  in 
the  eighteenth  century.  (See  TYPE.) 

SPAN  OF  A  ROOF  OR  ARCH.  The  clear  space 
between  the  supporting  walls  or  piers. 

SPANDREL.  A  space  enclosed  between  the  ex- 
trados  of  an  arch  and  some  rectangular  lines  such  as  a 

*  See  article  thereon. 


SPUR 


253 


label,  or  between  an  arch  and  its  foliation,  or  other 
triangular  area  such  as  the  surface  of  a  vault  between 
two  adjacent  ribs. 

SPIRE.     The  tapering  roof  of  a  tower,  turret  or 
pinnacle  as  distinct  from  the  tower  itself;   the  word 
steeple  includes  both  tower  and  spire.    (See  STEEPLE.) 
SPITAL.     The  medieval  abbreviation  of  hospital.* 
SPLAY.     A   large    chamfer*;    a  surface   which   is 
oblique  to  the  general  wall  surface,  as  the  splayed  jamb 
of  a  window. 

SPLOCKET,  SPROCKET.  A  piece  of  wood  nailed 
on  to  the  foot  of  a  rafter  and  overhanging  the  wall,  so 
as  to  form  a  projecting  eaves  to  the  roof  (fig.  21 6). 


FIG.  ai6.      SPLOCKETS 


FIG.  217.      NORMAN  BASE  WITH  SPURS 


SPUR.  When  a  circular  base*  of  a  column  stands  on 
a  square  or  octagonal  plinth  the  spandrel*  is  often  filled 
by  a  spray  of  foliage,  a  tongue  or  a  grotesque,  called  a 
spur,  particularly  in  work  previous  to  the  middle  of  the 
thirteenth  century  (fig.  217). 

The  screen*  of  a  medieval  hall  was  sometimes  called 
the  spur. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


254 


SQUINCH 


SQUINCH.     An  arch  or  lintel  built  across  the  angle 
of  a  tower  to  carry  the  side 
of  an  octagonal  spire  (fig.  218). 

SQUINT.  A  small  loophole 
cut  obliquely  through  a  wall 
or  pier  in  a  church  to  allow 
a  view  of  the  high  altar ;  they 
seem  not  infrequently  to  have 
been  arranged  for  the  con- 
venience of  the  lord  of  the 
manor  who  occupied  a  transept 
as  a  private  pew.  FIG.  ai8.  SQUINCH  ARCH 

STAINED  GLASS.     See  GLASS. 

STALL.  A  seat  separated  by  arms  from  others 
adjoining  it ;  used  especially  of  seats  in  church  choirs. 
They  are  arranged  along  the  north  and  south  walls 
and  are  returned  along  the  chancel  screen  ;  hence 
those  facing  east  are  called  'return*  stalls.'  The  seat  is 
generally  made  to  rise  on  hinges  at  the  back  so  as  to 
form  a  small  elevated  seat  called  a  miserere*  for  the 
ease  of  the  aged.  Cathedral  and  monastic  stalls  have 
generally  high  canopies  of  rich  tabernacle  work. 

STANCHION.  An  upright  bar  of  iron  in  a  window 
fixed  to  the  saddle-bars.* 

STAR  ORNAMENT.  An  enrichment  used  in 
Norman*  architecture. 

STEEPLE.  A  tower  including  any  superstructure 
whether  spire  or  lantern;  the  term  seems  to  have 
been  used  for  church  *  towers  only ;  it  is  now  less 
common,  but  is  still  used  in  the  villages. 

Saxon  towers  were  usually  tall  and  thin ;  they  had 
no  buttresses  and  were  divided  into  well-marked  stages 
by  off-sets,  each  stage  being  rather  narrower  than  the 
one  below  it  (fig.  212).  The  lower  windows  are  mere 

*  See  article  thereon. 


STEEPLE  255 

loopholes ;  the  belfry  stage  has  generally  a  two-light 
window  divided  by  a  mid-wall  shaft.  The  top  of  the 
tower  in  almost  every  example  has  been  altered  at 
a  later  date  ;  it  probably  had  a  low  pyramidal  spire  of 
stone  or  wood.  At  Sompting  each  face  of  the  tower 
is  finished  with  a  gable,  from  the  apex  of  which  rises 
the  hip  of  the  spire  (fig.  219).  Norman  towers  are 
low  and  massive,  they  have  sometimes  the  flat  pilaster 
buttress  of  the  period ;  the  lower  windows  are  larger 
and  the  belfry  stage  is  often  arcaded  and  has  a  pair 
of  two-light  windows  on  each  side.  No  spires  remain ; 
probably  they  were  low  pyramids. 

In  the  Gothic  period,  while  the  details  follow  the 
variations  of  the  style,  neither  the  general  proportions 
nor  the  degree  of  richness  afford  much  indication  of 
the  date ;  there  is  however  a  good  deal  of  local 
character.  In  the  south-east  of  England  the  tower 
is  usually  rather  low  and  plain  without  spire  or  pin- 
nacles, and  the  staircase  turret  is  carried  up  above  the 
parapet ;  when  there  is  a  spire  it  is  commonly  of  timber 
covered  with  lead  or  with  shingles  (fig.  220).  Small 
churches  have  often  a  small  wooden  tower  with  a  spire 
erected  on  the  nave  roof  at  the  west  end  (fig.  27). 
On  the  other  hand,  in  the  south-west,  especially  in 
Somersetshire,  the  towers,  particularly  those  of  the 
fifteenth  century,  are  lofty  and  elaborate  and  are 
crowned  with  pinnacles. 

In  the  south  midlands  there  is  often  no  tower,  but 
the  west  wall  is  carried  up  above  the  roof  to  form  a 
bell-cote,*  being  pierced  with  one  or  more  arched  open- 
ings in  which  the  bells  hang,  and  finished  with  a  gable 
(fig.  26).  Further  north  we  come  to  stone  spires,  at 
first  springing  from  the  face  of  the  wall  and  with 
broaches  at  the  angles  (fig.  221),  but  in  later  times 
rising  from  behind  a  parapet.  In  East  Anglia  there 
are  no  spires  with  the  solitary  but  very  notable 
*  See  article  thereon. 


256 


STEEPLE 


exception  of  Norwich  Cathedral.  Small  towers  were 
sometimes  circular  because  they  were  built  of  flint, 
and  stone  for  the  quoins  was  difficult  to  come  by.  The 
several  parts  of  Cambridgeshire  show  in  a  rather 


FIG.   219.      SPIRE 
PROBABLY  OP  SAXON 

FORM 
SOMPTING 


FIG.  220. 
SHINGLE  SPIRE 


FIG.    221.      BROACH  SPIRE 
KING'S   CLIFF,   NORTHAMPTONSHIRE 


remarkable  way  the  influence  of  the  neighbouring 
counties.  Thus  the  west  tower  of  Ely  follows  a  type 
which  is  found  in  Lincolnshire  and  Northamptonshire, 
that  is,  the  upper  stage  is  octagonal  while  high 
detached  turrets  rise  from  the  angles  of  the  square 
lower  part.  This  arrangement  is  rather  French  and 
did  not  spread  far  or  become  common  in  England. 


STILL-ROOM 


257 


On  the  Welsh  border  the  towers  are  usually  rather 
low  with  a  flat  pyramidal  roof,  or  they  are  small  wooden 
turrets  on  the  roof  like  those  in  the  south-east.  In 
the  north  there  are  no  spires,  and  the  towers  are 
usually  severe. 

After  the  Reformation  few 
churches  and  consequently  few 
steeples  were  built  till  after 
the  Fire  of  London,  when  Sir 
Christopher  Wren  produced  his 
remarkably  varied  and  original 
designs  for  the  City  churches. 
These  steeples  consist  of  a 
tower  of  which  the  lower  part 
is  always  perfectly  plain  while 
the  top  stage  contains  a  large 
belfry  window  and  is  enriched 
with  pilasters  and  entablature. 
The  spire  never  follows  the 
simple  Gothic  form,  and  it  is 
generally  an  elaborate  com- 
position. These  steeples  served 
as  models  for  the  eighteenth- 
century  architects. 

STELE.  The  stone  often 
placed  at  the  head  of  the  grave 
of  a  Greek :  it  was  about  five 
feet  high,  two  and  a  half  feet 
wide  and  nine  inches  thick, 
and  was  carved  in  low  relief  with  a  scene  supposed  to 
represent  the  death  of  the  person  commemorated  or 
some  other  subject  (fig.  222).  Early  stele  are  narrow ; 
fourth-century  examples  when  carved  are :  height  is  to 
width  as  six  is  to  five,  or  thereabouts. 

STILL-ROOM.     A   room   in    which    cordials    and 
home-made  liqueurs  were  prepared. 


FIG.  332.      GREEK  STELE 


S 


258       STOCK  FOR   HOLY   WATER 

STOCK   OR  STOUP   FOR   HOLY   WATER.     See 

HOLY-WATER  STOCK. 

STRAIGHT  JOINT.  A  vertical  joint  in  a  wall 
continuing  through  two  or  more  courses. 

STRAP  WORK.  A  kind  of  tracery  used  in  parapets 
and  elsewhere  in  Elizabethan  architecture  (fig.  223). 


FIG.   223.      STRAP-WORK,   ST.  JOHN  S   COLLEGE,  CAMBRIDGB 

STRING  COURSE.  A  projecting  horizontal  course 
in  a  wall.  In  Classical  and  Renaissance  architecture  it 
is  deep  and  plain  (fig.  224)  ;  in  Gothic  it  is  shallow  and 
moulded  (fig.  225). 


FIG.  334. 
RENAISSANCE  STRING  COURSE 


GOTHIC  STRING   COURSE 


SYMBOL  259 

STRUT.  "  In  carpentry,  any  piece  that  keeps  two 
others  from  approaching  and  is  therefore  in  a  state  of 
compression  in  contradistinction  to  a  tie  "  (p.). 

STUART  PERIOD.    See  RENAISSANCE  ARCHITECTURE. 

STUCCO  (Ital.).  The  term  seems  to  have  been 
introduced  into  England  in  the  nineteenth  century; 
it  is  generally  confined  to  smooth,  hard  plaster  of 
various  kinds  applied  to  the  outside  walls  of  buildings 
to  imitate  masonry. 

STUD.  One  of  a  series  of  vertical  members  in  a 
timber  partition  or  wall ;  laths,  to  carry  the  plaster,  are 
nailed  to  them,  or  the  spaces  between  them  are  filled 
with  brick  or  pugging.  (See  p.  274.) 

STYLOBATE,  STYLOBATA.  The  platform  upon 
which  stand  the  columns  in  front  of  or  surrounding  a 
classical  building  (compare  PODIUM). 

SUMMER.     See  SOMMER. 

SYMBOL,  SYMBOLISM.  The  pagan  practice  of 
using  symbols  to  represent  ideas  was  continued  by  the 
early  Christians,  but  it  gradually  gave  way  to  the  desire 
to  depict  actual  scenes.  For  instance  the  Cross  is  used 
in  early  days;  the  scene  of  the  crucifixion  only  in 
later  times ;  the  symbols  of  the  peacock  for  the 
Resurrection  and  the  circle  for  Eternity  are  found 
in  the  Catacombs,  but  rarely  in  the  later  middle 
ages. 

Pictures  of  saints  and  martyrs  bearing  the  instru- 
ments of  their  death  or  of  their  torture,  or  other 
emblems,  are  common  throughout  the  middle  ages  and 
in  later  times,  but  these  are  not  strictly  symbols.  (See 
Appendix.) 

It  may  be  safely  said  that  symbolism  has  not  given 
birth  to  any  architectural  form,  but  has  been  invari- 
ably invented  to  suit  already  existing  features  which 


260  SYSTYLE 

had    arisen    from    practical    considerations ;    in  a   few 
instances  it  has  perpetuated  a  feature,  as,  for  instance, 
the  cruciform  plan  of  a  church. 
SYSTYLE.     See  TEMPLK. 

TABERNACLE.     A  niche.* 

TABLE.  A  medieval  term  for  a  panel  on  which  a 
picture  was  painted ;  a  triptych*  was  called  a  '  table 
with  leaves.' 

TAENIA,  TENIA.  The  fillet*  at  the  top  of  the 
architrave  and  of  the  frieze  in  the  Doric  entablature. 
(See  ORDERS.) 

TAPESTRY.  A  woven  material,  decorated  with 
embroidery,  used  for  covering  the  walls  of  medieval 
buildings.  It  was  superseded  in  the  sixteenth  century 
by  a  cheaper  material  known  as  'painted  cloths.' 

TEMENOS.  The  sacred  enclosure  surrounding  a 
Greek  temple. 

TEMPERA.  Painting  in  transparent  colours  made 
by  mixing  the  powdered  pigment  with  water  and 
parchment-size  for  wall  paintings  on  plaster,  or  with 
water  and  yolk  of  egg  for  paintings  on  panel.  The 
ground  is  a  hard  surface  of  very  fine  plaster,  about  as 
thick  as  drawing-paper,  by  the  Italians  called  gesso. 
Most  English  medieval  paintings  were  done  in  this 
way.  (See  FRESCO  and  PAINTING.) 

TEMPLE.  The  arrangement  of  the  Greek  temple 
varies  in  different  examples,  but  the  normal  plan  may 
be  described  as  follows.  There  was  a  chamber  or 
naos  (cell(i)  which,  in  the  larger  peripteral  examples, 
was  divided  by  columns  supporting  a  gallery  into 
central  space  and  aisles.  Behind  the  naos  there  ws 
in  some  instances  an  inner  ceFa,  The  naos  might 
be  entered  through  a  vestibule  (fig.  232),  and  in  front 
*  See  article  thereon. 


TEMPLE 


261 


was  the  pronaos  or  portico.  Behind  the  naos  was  a 
similar  portico  called  the  oplsthodomos  or  posticum 
(fig.  227). 


FIG.  226. 

PORTICO  in  anfis, 
DISTYLE 


FIG.  227. 

PORTICO  in  ant  is, 

DISTYLE 


FIG.  328. 

PROSTYLE  PORTICO, 
TETRASTYLE 


The  pronaos  or  principal  entrance  was  almost  always 
towards  the  east,  and  at  the  further  end  of  the 
naos,  facing  the  entrance,  was  the  statue  of  the  god, 
and  in  front  of  it  an  altar.  The  building  was  often 
surrounded  by  a  row  of  columns  forming  a  peristyle, 
and  is  said  to  be  peripteral,  or  by  two  rows,  when 
it  is  called  dipteral.  If  there  is  a  wide  peristyle  with 
one  row  of  columns  the  building  is  said  to  be 
pseudo-dipteral.  There  were  no  windows,  and  the 
method  of  lighting  is  still  doubtful.  '  Hypaethral ' 
temples  had  apparently  a  large  hole  in  the  roof  called 
an  opaion.  Where  the  roof  was  covered  with  Parian 
marble  it  is  said  that  sufficient  light  would  pass 
through  the  slabs,  which  were  about  two  inches  thick  ; 
there  seems  to  be  evidence  that  some  of  these  slabs 
were  pierced  with  holes  through  which  light  was 
admitted.  The  suggestion  that  there  was  an  hypaethral 


FIG.  230. 

TETRASTYLE   PSEUDO-PERIPTERAL 
TEMPLE 


JUEEE 

FIG.  229. 

HKXASTYLE   PERIPTERAL 
TEMPLE 


™        ™ 

icu 

•• 

FIG.  231. 
OCTOSTYLE  PER1PTERAI 
TEMPLE 

FIG.  233. 
DBCASTYLE   DIPTERAL  TEMPLE 


TEMPLE  263 

opening  over  the  gallery  above  the  aisles,  forming  it 
into  a  sort  of  clear-storey,  is  unsupported  by  evidence. 
In  considering  any  theory  it  must  be  remembered, 
firstly,  that  in  the  bright  climate  of  Greece  a  very 
small  aperture,  very  often  the  mere  open  door,  would 
admit  enough  light  even  for  a  congregational  service ; 
and  secondly,  that  the  Greek  temple  was  not  built  for 
congregational  services,  but  as  a  shrine  for  the  statue 
of  a  god,  before  which  sacrifice  was  offered  to  him, 
only  the  priest  and  the  privileged  few  entering  the 
naos,  the  people  remaining  without  in  the  temenos*  or 
enclosure ;  and  lastly,  for  a  ritual  such  as  this  a  well- 
lighted  temple  was  not  required,  and  the  mystery  of 
gloom  was  perhaps  preferred. 

The  Romans  seem  to  have  been  indifferent  to  orienta- 
tion. At  the  end  opposite  to  the  entrance  there  was 
often  an  apse  or  alcove  ;  the  temples  dedicated  to  Vesta 
were  circular.  Sometimes  instead  of  a  peristyle  they 
placed  half-columns  against  the  side  walls  ;  the  building 
is  then  described  as  pseudo-peripteral.  This  had  been 
seldom  or  never  done  by  the  Greeks. 

The  portico  is  described  by  the  number  and  arrange- 
ment of  the  columns.  In  small  and  early  temples  the 
sides  were  enclosed  by  walls  and  two  columns  were 
placed  between  the  ends  of  these.  The  walls  are 
called  antce  and  the  portico  is  said  to  be  in  antis.  In 
the  larger  porticoes  the  side  walls  are  very  short  or 
become  mere  pilasters,  and  columns  are  placed  in 
front  of  them ;  the  portico  is  then  called  prostyle. 
If  there  is  a  portico  of  this  sort  at  each  end  the 
building  is  called  amphi-prostyle.  A  portico  of  two 
columns  is  called  distyle ;  one  of  four  columns,  tetra- 
atyle  ;  of  six  columns,  hexastyle  ;  eight  columns,  octostyle; 
ten,  decastyle ;  twelve  (rare),  dodecastyle.  Examples  of 
an  uneven  number  of  columns  are  very  rare.  Pente- 
style  has  five  columns.  The  addition  of  a  peristyle  gives, 
in  many  examples,  two  rows  of  columns  to  the  portico ; 


264 


TENON 


in  that  case  it  is  the  number  in  the  outer  row  which 
gives  its  name  to  the  portico. 

When  the  intercolumniation  or  space  between  the 
columns  is  one  diameter  and  a  half  of  a  column  it  is 
said  to  be  pycnostyle ;  when  two  diameters,  systyle ; 
when  two  diameters  and  a  quarter,  euslyle  ;  when  three 
or  four  diameters,  diasfyle;  when 
four  or  five  diameters,  arceostyle. 
When  columns  are  grouped  in 
couples  the  arrangement  is  called 
arceosystyle. 

TENON.  The  end  of  a  piece 
of  wood  shaped  so  as  to  fit  into 
a  mortice  or  hole,  in  another 
piece  (fig.  233.) 

TERCENTO  (lit.  'three  hun- 
dred ').  Italian  work  of  the 
fourteenth  century. 

TERRA -COTTA  (Ital.,  lit. 
baked  earth).  A  variety  of  brick  FIG 
made  from  a  specially  prepared 
clay  and  baked  at  a  high  temperature,  so  that  the 
surface  becomes  partially  vitrified.  It  was  used  from 
very  early  times  and  was  common  in  Italy  throughout 
the  middle  ages.  It  was  imported  into  England  from 
Italy  early  in  the  sixteenth  century,  chiefly  as  medal- 
lions. Since  about  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth 
century  great  quantities  have  been  manufactured  in 
England  and  it  is  now  largely  used,  especially  in  towns, 
owing  to  its  power  of  resisting  the  disintegrating 
influences  of  a  smoky  atmosphere. 

TESSELLATED  (from  Lat.  tessellatus,  checkered, 
from  lessella,  a  small  cube  of  stone,  dimin.  of  tessera,  a 
die  used  for  playing — s.).  A  mosaic*  on  a  floor,  wall  or 

*  See  article  thereon. 


TENON  AND  MORTICE 


THEATRE  265 

vault,  composed  of  small  cubes  (tesserae)  of  stone,  marble, 
earthenware  or  glass. 

TESSERA.     See  TESSELLATED. 

TESTER.     A  canopy  over  a  bed,  pulpit  or  altar. 

TETRASTYLE.     See  TEMPLE. 

THATCH.  Formerly  (and  still  in  rural  parts) 
called  thack,  which  would  seem  to  be  more  correct. 
"The  old  word  to  thack,  theak,  or  thatch,  frequently 
signifies  no  more  than  to  cover,  and  is  used  in  reference 
to  tiles,  lead,  or  other  materials  "  (P.).  Thatch  is  now 
made  of  reed  (the  most  durable  material),  straw,  sedge 
or  flags. 

THEATRE  (Gk.  0eao/zou,  I  see).  The  earliest 
form  of  theatre,  or  place  especially  intended  for  shows, 
in  England  was  the  Round  or  amphitheatre,  a  circular 
area  surrounded  by  earth- banks,  of  pre- Roman  age. 
It  is  said  that  these  were  at  one  time  common  all  over 
the  country  and  that  they  were  used  for  bull-baiting, 
bear-baiting,  sports  and  pastimes  and  for  spectacles  of 
all  kinds,  including,  in  some  cases  at  least,  miracle- 
plays.  There  are  some  remarkable  examples  remain- 
ing in  Cornwall.  The  sloping  ban^  is  cut  into  steps 
to  form  tiers  of  seats,  though  one  at  St.  Just,  which 
is  one  hundred  and  twenty-six  feet  in  diameter, 
formerly  had  stone  seats.  With  these  may  be  com- 
pared Chaucer's  description  of  the  lists  in  the  Knight's 
Tale: 

That  swich  a  noble  theatre  as  it  was 
1  dar  vvel  seyn  that  in  this  world  ther  nas. 
The  circuit  a  myle  was  aboute, 
Walled  of  stoon,  and  diched  al  with-oute. 
Round  was  the  shap,  in  maner  of  compas, 
Ful  of  degrees,  the  heighte  of  sixty  pas, 
That,  whan  a  man  was  set  on  o  degree 
He  letted  nat  his  felawe  for  to  see. 


266  THEATRE 

But  the  early  drama — the  Miracle-plays  and  Passion- 
plays,  the  Morals  or  Moralities,  and  the  Interludes  and 
Pageants, — generally  had  no  fixed  abode.  Often  the 
performance  was  in  a  church.  Sometimes  it  formed 
part  of  a  great  annual  procession,  being  given  in  the 
street  on  a  high  stage  on  wheels ;  this  perambulating 
theatre  was  of  two  storeys,  the  upper  being  the  stage 
and  the  lower  a  room  where  the  actors  apparelled 
themselves. 

In  the  reign  of  Elizabeth  a  great  number  of  com- 
panies of  actors  were  formed,  each  under  the  protection 
of  the  sovereign  or  a  noble,  and  called  his  'servants.' 
These  companies  travelled  about  the  country  and  gave 
their  performance  in  any  place  that  was  available,  such 
as  the  inn-yard  of  a  country  town.  An  inn-yard  was  in 
many  ways  suitable.  It  was  entirely  surrounded  by 
buildings,  the  various  rooms  of  which  were  entered 
from  galleries  open  to  the  yard.  These  galleries  gave 
good  covered  accommodation  to  the  well-to-do ;  the 
poorer  folk  or  '  groundlings '  stood  about  on  the  ground. 
A  rude  stage  was  erected  in  the  centre  of  the  yard ; 
there  was,  of  course,  no  scenery.  At  the  end  of  the 
sixteenth  century  or  at  the  beginning  of  the  seven- 
teenth the  stage  was  probably  moved  to  one  side  of  the 
yard,  and  the  part  of  the  lowest  gallery  over  it  could  be 
used  by  the  players  for  the  upper  stage  which  was 
required  by  the  early  drama. 

Plays  were  also  given  in  the  halls  of  large  country- 
houses  and  of  the  Inns  of  Court  and  of  the  colleges  at 
Oxford  and  Cambridge  both  before  and  after  the  estab- 
lishment of  regular  theatres.  The  spectators  sat  at  the 
dais  end  of  the  hall;  the  players  occupied  the  lower 
end  against  the  screen,  the  two  doors  of  which  served 
for  their  entrances  and  exits,  and  the  musicians'  gallery 
no  doubt  served  for  the  upper  stage  already  alluded  to. 

The  first  theatre  of  modern  type  in  England  was 
The  Theatre,  built  in  1576  in  Finsbury  Fields.  In  1598 


THEATRE  267 

it  was  rebuilt  on  the  Bankside  (on  the  Surrey  side  of 
the  river)  as  The  Globe.  It  was  octagonal  in  form,  and 
was  built  of  timber ;  the  central  space,  the  pit,  was 
open  to  the  sky,  only  the  galleries  and  a  part  of  the 
stage  being  covered  in. 

In  this  and  other  early  theatres,  as  the  Curtain, 
Fortune,  Rose,  Hope,  Swan,  Newington  Butts,  Black- 
friars,  there  was  a  small  gallery  over  the  back  part  of 
the  stage.  This  gallery  was  required  by  the  form  of 
many  of  the  old  plays,  and  it  was  put  to  a  variety 
of  uses  (fig.  234).  It  served  for  a  balcony  or  upper 
window,  as  in  '  Romeo  and  Juliet,'  or  for  the  ram- 
parts o r  ihe  walls  of  Angiers  in  '  King  John ' ;  or 
for  the  performance  of  a  play  within  a  play,  as  in 
'  Hamlet.'  But  its  chief  use  was  that  it  enabled  the 
actors  to  present  two  scenes  at  the  same  time,  as,  for 
instance,  the  Council-chamber  and  the  ante-chamber 
in  '  Henry  VIII.'  (v.  2). 

Both  the  gallery  and  the  part  of  the  stage  under  it 
were  hung  with  curtains,  which  parted  in  the  middle 
and  were  drawn  aside.  The  stage  projected  boldly  out 
into  the  central  area,  so  that  the  sides  as  well  as  the 
front  were  exposed.  There  was  no  scenery  beyond  a 
few  conventional  properties,  such  as  a  tomb  or  a  smoking 
cauldron.  A  trap-door  in  the  floor  seems  to  have  been 
considered  necessary.  Some  of  the  early  playhouses 
were  large  '  public  '  theatres,  others  were  smaller,  called 
private,  and  entirely  covered  in.  Theatres  were  also 
distinguished  as  ' summer'  or  open,  and  'winter'  or 
covered  theatres. 

The  theatre  of  Shakespeare's  day  seems  to  owe 
something  to  each  of  those  places  which  have  been 
mentioned  above  as  the  scene  of  early  play-acting.  The 
circular  or  polygonal  form  was  probably  derived  from 
the  '  round '  ;  some  of  the  details  of  the  stage  from  the 
miracle-play,  the  stage  of  which  was  provided  with  a 
trap-door.  In  the  tiers  of  wooden  galleries  we  see  the 


THEATRE 


hostelry,  in  the  open  central  space  the  hostelry-yard 
in  which  the  'groundlings'  stood.  The  two  doors  in 
the  screen  at  the  lower  end  of  a  hall  in  a  private  house 
or  college  continued  as  features  in  the  background  of 
the  stage  into  the  eighteenth  century. 

Scenery  was  very  much  elaborated  in  the  masques 


FIG.    234.      THE   FORTUNE   THEATRE,    LONDON 

designed  by  Inigo  Jones  early  in  the  seventeenth 
century  and  was  carried  still  further  by  Sir  William 
Davenant  fifty  years  later. 

In  the  time  of  Charles  II.  there  were  but  two 
small  theatres  in  London.  The  stage  still  projected 
and  the  central  space  was  still  open  to  the  sky.  The 
whole  building  was  covered  in  towards  the  end  of  the 


TILE  FLOOR  269 

seventeenth  century  or  early  in  the  eighteenth.  Foot- 
lights were  introduced  by.Garrick  in  1765  after  a  visit 
to  France.  The  stage  still  projected  boldly  into  the 
auditorium  in  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century 
although  it  was  at  the  same  time  deeply  recessed. 

THURIBLE.     See  CENSER. 

TIE-BEAM.  A  horizontal  timber  forming  part  of  a 
roof*  and  resting  on  the  two  side  walls  of  the  build- 
ing (figs.  203,209,210.) 

TILE  FLOOR.  Most  medieval  paving  tiles  are 
square,  from  four  to  six  inches  each  way  and  about  an 
inch  thick.  They  are  either  plain  or  have  a  simple 
pattern  on  each  tile  (fig.  235) ;  sometimes  the  design 


FIG.  235.      RED  AND  BUFF  PAVING  TILE  FIG.  236.      TILE   PAVEMENT 

Thirteenth  century  ICKLINGHAM 

extends  over  several  tiles.  Occasionally  tiles  of  several 
different  shapes  are  used,  fitting  into  one  another  to 
form  a  pattern  (fig.  236),  and  there  are  a  few  ex- 
amples, as  in  Prior  Crauden's  Chapel  at  Ely,  in  which 
a  large  picture  is  wrought  in  tiles  of  two  colours. 
The  body  of  the  tile  is  usually  red  with  the  device  of 
foliage,  figures,  heraldry  or  grotesques  in  buff.  A  deep 
sinking  was  made  in  the  red  clay  and  this  was  filled 

*  See  article  thereon. 


FIG.    237.      PAVEMENT   OF    INCISED   TILES,    BANGOR 

Probably  early  fourteenth  century 


TIMBER  BUILDING  271 

with  white  clay;  the  whole  was  then  covered  with 
a  glaze  which  turned  the  white  into  yellow  and  gave  the 
red  a  richer  colour.  Sometimes  the  pattern  was  simply 
incised  (fig.  237).  Black  tiles  are  occasionally  found 
and  sometimes  a  green  glaze  was  used.  In  and  after 
the  sixteenth  century  pavements  of  tile  were  less 
used  for  the  better  class  of  buildings  and  stone  and 
marble  became  more  general.  The  art  of  making  orna- 
mental tiles  died  out  and  was  not  revived  till  the  nine- 
teenth century. 

TILE  HANGING.  The  walls  of  timber  houses, 
especially  in  the  south  of  England,  are  commonly  pro- 
tected by  tiles  fixed  like  those  of  a  roof,  and  the 
practice  is  an  old  one.  The  tiles  are  either  plain 
rectangles  or  the  lower  edges  are  curved.  The  system 
affords  a  good  protection  against  driving  rains  and  is 
known  as  '  weather  tiling.'  ^ 

TILE,  ROOF.  Roof-tiles  may  be  divided  into  two 
classes  :  (1)  Plain  tiles,  which  are  flat  and  are  laid  edge  to 
edge  like  slates,  each  course  overlapping  by  about  three 
inches  the  course  next  but  one  below  it.  (2)  Curved  tiles 
of  various  forms ;  in  these  the  vertical  edges  overlap, 
in  consequence  of  which  a  course  need  only  overlap  the 
next  course  below  it,  instead  of  the  next  but  one.  The 
reason  of  this  will  at  once  be  apparent  by  arranging  on 
a  table  sheets  of  paper  about  twice  as  long  as  they  are 
wide.  The  commonest  and  oldest  form  is  the  pantile, 
which  resembles  the  marble  tile  used  by  the  Greeks. 
Sometimes,  instead  of  the  edges  overlapping,  both  edges 
are  turned  up  and  covered  by  another  tile ;  this  is  the 
Italian  method  and  was  used  by  the  Greeks  and  Romans. 

TIMBER  BUILDING.  Half-timber-work  as  it  is 
now  called,  because  the  timbers  which  show  on  the  face 
are  about  the  same  width  as  the  spaces  between,  was  the 
general  method  of  construction  for  houses*  in  the  middle 

*  See  article  thereon. 


272  TIMBER   BUILDING 

ages  and  remained  the  most  common  till  the  eighteenth 
century. 

The  artistic  treatment  varies  in  different  districts. 
The  system  reached  its  highest  development  in  the 
well-timbered  districts  of  Gloucestershire,  Hereford- 
shire, Shropshire,  Cheshire,  and  south  Lancashire.  It 
would  seem  that  in  East  Anglia  it  was  not  much  used 
and  that  the  houses  were  entirely  covered  with  plaster 
and  were  at  an  earlier  period  than  in  other  parts  built 
of  brick. 

The  practice  of  making  the  upper  storeys  of  houses 
overhang  was  due  to  the  use  of  timber.  It  not  only 
gave  more  space  in  the  upper  rooms,  but  it  was,  if  any- 
thing, rather  stronger  than  if  the  wall  had  been 
vertical :  the  weight  of  the  upper  wall  on  the  ends  of 
the  joists  counter-balanced  the  weight  of  the  floor ; 
some  of  the  timbers  could  be  more  strongly  joined,  and 
^;he  brackets  under  each  projection,  which  would  have 
been  in  the  way  inside  the  house,  gave  rigidity  to  the 
building.  Each  projection  also  pro- 
tected the  wall  below  it  from  the  rain. 

The  normal  system  of  framing  was 
as  follows  (fig.  239) :  A  plate  was  laid 
on  a  low  wall  about  level  with  the  floor 
and    into   this   were    tenoned    upright 
studs  about  8  inches  by  5  inches  with 
their  broad  faces  outwards,  and  from 
8  inches  to  12  inches  apart.     Stronger 
posts  were  placed  at  intervals  of  o  or 
6   feet.      The   studs    and    posts    were 
framed  into  another  plate  at  the  top.     On  this  plate 
rested  the  floor  joists  of  the  upper  storey.     They  were 
of  similar    scantlings   to   the  stud,   and    there    were 
stronger  beams  over  the  large  posts. 

The  beams  and  the  common  joists  projected  beyond 
the  wall  a  distance  of  from  one  foot  to  three  feet. 
Curved  brackets,  springing  from  the  large  posts, 


TIMBER   BUILDING 


273 


supported  the  ends  of  the  principal  beams.  On  the 
ends  of  the  beams  and  joists  was  laid  another  plate, 
and  on  this  was  constructed  the  framing  of  the  upper 
storey  in  the  same  way  as  that  of  the  lower  storey ; 
and  so  with  the  third  storey.  To  give  the  house 
lateral  stiffness,  curved  struts  were  placed  along  its 


FIG.    239.      TIMBER    HOUSE,   SHREWSBURY 

face  in  the  angles  between  the  posts  and  plates  (fig 
239).  If  the  house  was  at  the  corner  of  a  street,  so 
that  its  upper  storey  had  to  project  on  two  sides,  the 
angle  post  was  very  substantial  and  was  shaped  out  of 
a  naturally  curved  piece  of  timber  so  as  in  itself  to  form 
a  strong  bracket  under  the  angle  post  of  the  upper 
storey ;  in  order  that  the  floor  joists  might  project  on 


274 


TIMBER  BUILDING 


both  sides  of  the  house  they  were  framed  in  a  peculiar 
way  into  a  diagonal  beam  (fig.  240). 

The  spaces  between  the  timbers  are  usually  filled 
with  a  mixture  of  clay  and  straw  called  pugging  in 


FIG.   840.      FRAMING  OF  THE  FLOOR  IN  A  CORNER  HOUSE 

which  stakes  are  embedded,  the  pugging  being  covered 
inside  and  out  with  a  thin  coat  of  plaster.     Sometime 
'  brick-nogging  '*   is  used  instead  of  pugging  and  is  lef 
exposed  to  view.     In  the  western  counties  the  timbers 

*  See  article  thereon. 


TRACERY  275 

are  commonly  tarred  and  the  plaster  is  whitewashed, 
but  in  the  south-east  the  timber  is  allowed  to  weather 
a  natural  grey  and  the  plaster  is  coloured  yellow. 

In  the  plainer  buildings  the  framing  was  generally 
simple ;  the  plates  were  moulded  or  carved  with  a 
scroll,  the  brackets  sprang  from  small  shafts  cut  on  the 
posts,  the  angle  posts  were  rather  more  richly  orna- 
mented, the  barge-boards  were  moulded,  carved  or 
traceried.  In  the  west  the  framing  itself  was  often 
elaborated,  being  divided  into  square  panels  containing 
devices  formed  by  variously  cut  timbers  (fig.  238) ; 
small  oriel  windows  project  under  the  overhanging 
storey  and  sometimes  have  tracery. 

TOLBOOTH.     See  GUILDHALL. 
TOMB.     See  MONUMENT,  SHRINE. 
TOOTH   ORNAMENT.     See  DOG-TOOTH. 
TORUS.     See  MOULDING  (fig.  182). 

TOUCH -STONE.  A  medieval  name  for  a  hard 
black  stone  capable  of  taking  a  polish  ;  sometimes  used 
for  the  tops  of  tombs  in  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth 
centuries ;  '  so  called  from  its  supposed  identity  with 
or  resemblance  to  the  lapis  Lydius,  or  touch-stone,  used 
by  goldsmiths  in  assaying  the  quality  of  gold  by  the 
test  of  aqua  fortis '  (p.). 

TOWER.     See  CASTLE,  CHURCH,  HOUSE,  STEEPLE. 

TOWER-LIGHT.  A  loophole  in  a  tower;  any 
window  in  a  tower ;  one  of  the  tracery-lights,  like  a 
loophole,  in  a  Perpendicular  window. 

TOWN-HALL.     See  GUILDHALL. 

TRABEATED  (Lat.  trabs,  a  beam).  A  system  of 
architecture  in  which  the  lintel  is  used. 

TRACERY.  The  beginnings  of  tracery  are  to  be 
found  in  the  blind-storey  or  triforium  of  large  churches 
and  in  the  windows,  but  it  was  in  early  times  copied  in 


276 


TRACERY 


FIG.    241.       ROUND 
CUSPED   WINDOW 


wood  screens  and  this  use  of  it  continually  increased 
till  in  the  fifteenth  century;  it  was  also  applied  to  solid 
surfaces  such  as  sides  of  chests  and  finally  to  walls. 

It  is  remarkable  that  tracery  and  cusping  were  used 
much  earlier  in  circular  windows  than  in  others,  and  at 
most  periods  were  in  a  more  advanced  stage  of  elabora- 
tion (fig.  241).  The  commonest  form  in 
early  round  windows  is  a  series  of  straight 
mullions  radiating  from  a  central  circle 
to  a  ring  of  tracery  round  the  circum- 
ference. These  are  sometimes  called 
wheel  windows.  Otherwise  the  tracery 
follows  the  vogue  of  the  period.  Round 
windows  were  little  used  in  the  later 
middle  ages. 

In  the  twelfth  century  it  became  a  common  practice 
to  group  together  two  or  more  lancet  windows,  or  a 
number  of  small  arches  forming  the  triforium-gallery 
arcade  (fig.  242).  The  flat  piece  of  masonry  left  above 
the  small  arches  was  sometimes  pierced  with  a  circle  or 
quatrefoil  or  by  a  group  of  circles 
(fig.  243.)  This  forms  what  is 
known  as  Plate-tracery  and  it  is 
the  parent  of  all  later  forms  of 
tracery.  The  decorative  effect 
of  this  treatment  must  have 
been  at  once  apparent,  and  the 
idea  was  rapidly  developed  in  the 
first  half  of  the  thirteenth  cen- 
tury. Gradually  the  two  windows 
were  brought  close  together  with  FIG-  '**•  TRIFOR  ;CADB 
only  a  narrow  mullion  between  them ;  inside  the 
building  they  were  placed  in  a  single  arched  recess, 
and  outside  the  whole  group  was  embraced  under  one 
hood-mould  (figs.  244,  245). 

Broad  and  irregular  pieces  of  the  stone  '  plate '  were 
still  left  between  the  lancets  and  the  piercing  in  the 


TRACERY 


277 


head.  These  spaces  were  gradually  reduced  by  en- 
larging the  top  piercing  and  so  shaping  it  as  to  make 
it  fill  as  much  of  the  tympanum  as  possible.  The 
remaining  spaces  were  next  pierced  so  that  the  stone 
bar  between  any  two  lights  was  never  wider  than  the 


FIG.   243.      EARLIEST  PLATE  TRACERY,  GREAT  ABINGTOK 

mullion  (fig.  245).  This  is  called  Bar-tracery,  a  term 
which  includes  all  the  later  forms  of  tracery.  This 
stage  was  reached  rather  before  the  middle  of  the 
thirteenth  century.  The  more  important  members  are 
emphasised  by  being  made  wider  and  thicker  from 
inside  to  outside  than  the  less  important. 


278 


TRACERY 


At  first  the  heads  of  the  lights  are  plain  arches, 
although  in  plate  tracery  they  had  sometimes  been 
foliated ;  but  the  circle  in  the  head  has  bold  cusps, 
usually  three,  four  or  five.  In  the  latter  part  of  the 
thirteenth  century  the  heads  of  the  lights  are  cusped 


FIG.  244. 


DEVELOPED  PLATE-TRACEKY 
BALSHAM 


FIG.  245.      EARLY   BAR-TRACERY 
CASTOR 


also,  but  never  with  more  than  two  cusps.  The  cusping 
springs  from  the  flat  soffit  of  the  arch  or  circle,  and 
is  called  soffit  cusping  (figs.  246  a,  248).  In  the  latter 
part  of  the  thirteenth  century  the  cusp  is  no  longer 
confined  to  the  soffit,  but  includes  nearly  the  whole  of 
the  chamfer  or  moulding  which  forms  the  innermost 
member  of  the  tracery  bar  (fig.  246  6).  Sometimes 
the  whole  bar  follows  the  line  of  foliation  (fig.  253, 
trefoil). 


TRACERY 


279 


Hitherto  the  tracery  had  consisted  of  simple 
symmetrical  forms  such  as  circles,  trefoils  and  quatre- 
foils,  whose  perimeters,  although  they  touch  at  points, 
are  distinct ;  the  heads  of  the  lights  are  simple  two- 
centred  arches.  This  is  called  Geometrical  tracery. 

In  the  earliest  tracery  attention  was  concentrated  on 


FIG.  346.      a,   SOFFIT  CUSPING.      6,   LATER  CUSPING 

the  piercings,  and  the  aim  was  to  give  these  a  good  form. 
Pieces  of  stone  of  awkward  shape  were  left  between 
them  (fig.  244).  In  later  work,  as  we  shall  presently 
see,  the  lines  of  the  stonework  were  the  chief  con- 
sideration, and  the  graceful  flow  of  these  was  the  first 
thought  of  the  designer,  the  form  of  the  tracery-lights 


FIG.  247.      GEOMETRICAL   TRACERY 
WESTMINSTER  ABBEY 


FIG.  248.       GEOMETRICAL  TRACERY 
WITH  SOFFIT  CUSPING 


FIG.  250. 
FLOWING   TRACERY,  GRANTCHESTKR 


FIO.  849.      GEOMETRICAL  TRACF.RV 
LICHFIELD  CATHEDRAL 

Early  fourteenth  century 


Kli;.  251. 
FLAMBOYANT  TRACERY 


TRACERY 


281 


received  less  attention  (fig.  254).  At  the  period  we 
have  now  reached  there  is  a  fairly  equal  balance 
between  the  claims  of  the  piercing  and  of  the  masonry 
(figs.  247,  249). 

Early  in  the  fourteenth  century  the  heads  of  the 
lights  become  ogee-shaped  (fig.  252),  the  boundary 
lines  of  adjacent  piercings  coincide,  the  lines  are  sinu- 
ous, the  piercings  are  no  longer  symmetrical  (fig.  250) ; 
this  tracery  is  called  Flowing.  The  cusps  are  sharper 
and  more  numerous,  the  heads  of  the  lights  having 
four  instead  of  only  two,  and  the  cusping  of  the  tracery 
corresponds.  Geometrical  tracery  continues  in  use 
and  the  two  are  sometimes  combined.  At  the  same 


J; 

r- 


FIG.  a5a.      RETICULATED  TRACERV,  MERTON   COLLEGE,  OXFORD 

time  also  another  variety  called  Reticulated  tracery 
is  used  (fig.  252) :  in  this  the  window  head  is  filled 
with  a  simple  pattern  repeated  without  variety,  with- 
out subordination  and  without  conformity  to  the  arch 
in  which  it  was  placed.  Occasionally  a  peculiar  form 
of  cusping  is  used  consisting  of  two  cusps  close  to- 
gether, or,  as  it  might  be  called,  of  a  split  cusp.  This 
is  called  Kentish  tracery  (fig.  253). 


282 


TRACERY 


In  English  flowing  tracery  the  forms  are  generally 
full  and  round  and  the  design  as  a  whole  keeps  some- 
thing of  its  geometrical  character  (fig.  250).  But 


PIG.  253.      KENTISH  TRACERY 

occasionally  in  England  and  more  often  in  Scotland 
the  influence  of  France  is  seen  in  a  loss  of  all  structural 
form  and  in  a  peculiar  upward  tendency  giving  a  flame- 
like  form  to  the  tracery,  whence  it  is  called  Flam- 
boyant (fig.  251).  This  variety  has  often  a  very  weak 
appearance.  But  it  is  possible  ttiat  it  was  the  upward 
trend  of  the  lines  which  led  to  the  next  development, 
in  the  latter  part  of  the  fourteenth  century,  in  the 
direction  of  greater  strength.  Some  of  the  bars  are 
made  quite  straight  and  vertical  (fig.  255).  This 
characteristic  becomes  more  and  more  pronounced 
(fig.  256)  till  all  flowing  lines  are  lost  (fig.  257). 
Hence  it  is  called  Perpendicular  tracery.  This  form 
is  peculiar  to  Great  Britain.  Windows  of  the  fifteenth 
century  often  have  a  transom  with  sub-arches  and 
sometimes  short  pieces  of  transom  are  introduced  into 
the  tracery.  The  cusps  are  more  pronounced  than 


254.       FLOWING    TRACERY    APPROACHING  TO   FLAMBOYANT 
CHESTER  CATHEDRAL 


FIG.  255.      THE   BEGINNING  OF 
PERPENDICULAR  TRACERT 

Late  fourteenth  century 


FIG.  256. 

ADVANCE  TOWARDS 
PERPENDICULAR  TRACERY 


284 


TRANSEPT 


formerly  and  have  blunt  points.  Sometimes,  especially 
in  niches  and  screens,  there  are  minor  cusps  on  the  arcs 
of  the  main  cusps. 

At  the  end  of  the 
fifteenth  century 
tracery  had  become 
very  monotonous  and 
lifeless,  and  of  course 
it  ceased  altogether 
with  the  rest  01 
Gothic  architecture 
in  the  sixteenth 
century.  It  was  oc- 
casionally used  in 
the  Gothic  revival  in  ^ 
the  time  of  Charles  "I 
I.  (See  also  WINDOW.)  "\ 


FIG.   357.      PERPENDICULAR  TRACERY 

Late  fifteenth  century 


STUMP  TRACERY.  In 
late  German  Gothic 
"  a  kind  of  tracery  which  is  formed  of  flowing  lines  with 
the  ramifications  ending  abruptly  with  projecting 
stumps  or  stool-pieces,  as  if  they  had  been  cut  off, 
producing  in  some  degree  the  effect  of  feathering 
[or  cusping].  Professor  Willis  has  designated  this  stump 
tracery"  (P.). 

TRANSEPT.  The  cross  arm  of  a  church*  or  other 
building.  Sometimes  the  north  and  south  transepts 
together  are  spoken  of  in  the  singular,  sometimes  in 
the  plural.  In  England  additional  transepts  besides 
the  main  transepts  were  often  built,  sometimes  further 
east  as  at  Canterbury,  at  the  extreme  east  end  as  at 
Durham  or  at  the  west  end  as  at  Ely. 

TRANSITIONAL    PERIOD.     A    name    given    by 
Sharpe   to   a   phase   of  English   architecture  without 
*  See  article  thereon. 


TRIFORIUM  285 

definite  limits,  but  considered  by  him  to  begin  about 
1 145  and  to  end  about  1  lf)0.  (See  Appendix.)  Its  charac- 
teristic is,  as  its  name  implies,  a  mingling  of  Norman 
and  Gothic  features.  (See  NORMAN,  EARLY  ENGLISH.) 

TRANSOM.  A  horizontal  bar  in  a  window.  It  was 
first  used  in  the  thirteenth  century.  Its  object  was  in 
some  cases  to  stiffen  the  mullions,*  in  others  to  form  a 
convenient  division  between  the  shutter  with  which,  in 
domestic  work,  the  lower  part  of  the  window  was 
closed,  and  the  upper  part  which  was  filled  with  glass. 
It  was  rarely  used  in  churches  before  the  fifteenth 
century,  but  it  then  became  common  and  had  a  small 
arch  under  it.  (See  TRACERY,  WINDOW.) 

TREFOIL.  (1)  A  three-lobed  panel  or  tracery- 
light.  (2)  A  three-lobed  leaf  characteristic  of  thir- 
teenth-century carving. 

TRELLIS.  A  lattice  or  grating  formed  of  cross- 
bars. 

TRIBUNE.  A  raised  seat  or  throne  for  the  emperor 
or  judge  in  a  Roman  basilica.  It  was  placed  in  a 
central  position  against  the  wall  of  the  apse ;  it  was 
the  origin  of  the  seat  of  the  bishop  or  celebrant  in  the 
early  Christian  churches.* 

TRIFORIUM.  An  upper  storey  over  the  aisle  of  a 
cathedral  or  large  church,  with  arches  (called  the 
triforium  arcade)  in  the  wall  between  it  and  the  nave. 
It  is  derived  from  the  Roman  pagan  basilica  and  was  in 
early  Christian  days  used  for  the  accommodation  of 
women.  In  English  work  of  the  eleventh  and  twelfth 
centuries  it  is  lofty,  being  about  the  same  height 
as  the  clear-storey  and  nearly  as  high  as  the  lowest 
storey.  But  it  is  gradually  reduced  in  height  and 
finally  is  omitted. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


286 

TRIGLYPH  (Gk.,  lit.  thrice-cut,  hence  presum- 
ably '  cut  into  three ').  An  ornament  of  the  Doric 
frieze  consisting  of  a  slightly  projecting  block  with 
two  vertical  V-shaped  grooves  and  two  half-grooves  or 
chamfers  on  the  edges.  One  is  placed  over  each  column 
and  one  over  each  interval.  They  are  supposed  to 
represent  the  end  of  beams  used  in  early  timber 
buildings.  (See  GREEK  ARCHITECTURE  and  ORDER.) 

TRIL1THON.  A  prehistoric  erection  consisting  of 
three  large  stones :  two  pillars  and  a  lintel,  like  those 
at  Stonehenge. 

TR1PTICH,  TRIPTYCH.  A  wooden  reredos  con- 
sisting of  a  central  painted  panel  with  two  folding  doors, 
on  the  inner  sides  of  which  also  pictures  were  painted. 
It  was  a  common  form  of  reredos  in  England  in  the 
middle  ages  and  was  called  '  a  table  with  leaves.' 

TRIUMPHAL  ARCH.  (1)  An  archway  erected 
over  a  road  or  street  as  a  memorial,  e.g.  the  Arch  of 
Titus  and  others  in  Rome.  (2)  The  arch  forming  the 
entrance  from  the  nave  to  the  apse  in  a  basilican 
church,  always  highly  decorated. 

TRUSS.  A  system  of  timbers  so  framed  together 
as  to  be  self-supporting  and  capable  of  bridging  over  a 
space  or  forming  a  bracket,  e.g.  a  framed  principal  of 
a  roof. 


FIG.  858.   TUDOR  FLOWER  OR  BRATTISHING 

TUDOR  FLOWER.  An  upright  leaf  used  in  close 
repetition  as  a  cresting  in  work  of  the  fifteenth  century 
called  also  brattishing*  (fig.  258). 


VAULT  287 

TUDOR   PERIOD.     See  RENAISSANCE  ARCHITECTURE. 

TURRET.  A  small  tower;  in  churches  generally 
used  for  a  staircase,  or  for  a  bell ;  in  castles  for  various 
purposes. 

TUSCAN   ORDER.     See  ORDER. 

TYMPANUM  (Lat.  tympanum,  a  drum,  tympanum). 
The  space  enclosed  between  a  lintel  and  an  arch  or 
between  an  entablature  and  the  sloping  cornice  of  a 
pediment  (fig.  6). 

TYPE.  'The  canopy  over  a  pulpit,  also  called  a 
sound-board'*  (o.). 

UNDERCROFT.  A  storey  in  a  medieval  building 
on  the  level  of  the  ground,  or  partly  underground, 
used  as  a  store  place  or  as  menial  offices,  the  principal 
rooms  being  on  the  first  floor. 

URN  A  common  ornament  in  Roman  and  Re- 
naissance architecture,  especially  on  the  pedestals  of  a 
balustrade,  on  gate  piers  and  similar  places.  Urns  made 
of  lead  were  much  used  in  gardens  in  the  eighteenth 
century.  Probably  derived  from  the  sepulchral  urns 
of  the  Romans. 

VALLEY.  A  re-entering  angle  formed  by  the 
intersection  of  two  roofs*  (fig.  115,  line  a  b.) 

VANE  A  weathercock ;  vanes  were  in  use  in  the 
times  of'  the  Saxons,  and  in  after  ages  were  very 
extensively  employed  (P.). 

VASE.     See  URN. 

VAULT  (1)  An  arched  ceiling  or  roof  of  brick, 
stone,  etc.';  hence  (2)  a  chamber  so  covered ;  and 
hence  (3)  a  tomb. 

Probably  there  are  no  pre-Conquest  vaults  in  fcng- 

*  See  article  thereon. 


288  VAULT 

land  except  those  which  cover  the  narrow  spaces  in  the 
confessios  *  of  Saxon  churches. 

Small  Norman  buildings  were  sometimes  covered 
with  a  barrel-vault  like  a  railway  tunnel,  also  called  a 
waggon-vault  from  its  resemblance  to  the  tilt  of  a 
waggon.  More  often  the  aisles  of  a  church  have 
groined  vaulting,  while  the  nave  being  wider  and 
higher  has  a  wooden  roof  only.  A  groined  vault  is 
one  formed  by  the  intersection  of  two  barrel-vaults  at 
right  angles,  the  groin  being  the  angle  formed  by  the 
meeting  of  the  two  surfaces  and  crossing  the  area 
diagonally.  The  transept  of  Durham  about  1100  is  an 
early  example  of  a  large  vault.  The  early  groined 
vaults  like  those  of  the  Romans,  of  which  they  were 
rude  copies,  have  no  ribs,  but  about  1 1 00  both  trans- 
verse and  diagonal  ribs  were  added. 

The  introduction  of  ribs  allows  a  change  in  con- 
struction. The  vault  without  ribs  retains  its  tunnel- 
like  construction,  the  whole  vault  surface  forming  an 
arch  across  the  building.  But  when  ribs  are  used 
these  are  built  first  and  the  spandrel  filling  is  then 
thrown  across  from  rib  to  rib  in  a  succession  of  oblique 
arches,  each  course  being  arched  so  that  when  com- 
pleted it  is  self-supporting.  This  apparently  sudden 
change  in  construction  was  perhaps  a  development  of 
the  system  of  ribs  which  was  sometimes  used  under 
Norman  barrel-vaults  and  which  continued  throughout 
the  middle  ages  wherever,  as  in  bridges,  a  barrel-vault 
was  used. 

The  construction  of  ribbed  groining  with  the  round 
arch  involves  some  difficulties.  The  diagonal  ribs 
being  much  longer  than  the  transverse  ribs,  rose  to  a 
greater  height  if  both  were  made  semi-circular.  This 
produced  inconvenient  forms  in  the  spandrels,  and 
various  expedients  were  resorted  to,  such  as  stilting  the 
transverse  ribs  and  depressing  the  diagonals,  in  order 
*  See  article  thereon. 


PLANS   OF   VAULTS 


FIG.    259. 

i.  Without  and  with  ridge-ribs.  2.  Sexpartite  vault  over  nave.  3.  Inter- 
mediate ribs  (a)  added ;  the  ridge-rib  (6)  stopped  against  them,  and  (c) 
continued  beyond  to  the  wall.  4.  The  same.  5.  More  intermediate 
ribs  added.  6.  Fourteenth-century  lierne  vault. 


290 


VAULT 


to  make  the  crowns  of  the  two  more  nearly  at  the  same 
level. 

By  the  introduction  of  the  pointed  arch  at  the  end  of 
the  twelfth  century  these  difficulties  were  got  over. 
The  number  of  ribs  is  small,  a  cross  rib,  wall  rib  and 
diagonal  rib  only  being  used  (fig.  259,  !)•  The  diagonal 
rib  is  made  semi-circular  or  nearly  so,  while  the  wall 
rib  forms  a  sharply -pointed  arch.  This  produces  a 
twist  in  the  spandrel-filling  between  the  two  ribs, 
especially  in  oblong  vaults  where  the  difference  be- 
tween the  diagonal  and  the  shorter  side  is  consider- 
able, and  the  twist  is  sometimes  increased  by  stilting 
the  shorter  rib.  Hence  this  form  of  vault  has  been 
called  ploughshare  vaulting.  The  courses  in  each 
spandrel  form  approximately  equal  angles  with  the 
two  ribs  on  which  they  rest ;  consequently  the  courses 
meet  the  ridge  at  an  angle  (fig.  26 1). 


FIG.  260.      VAULTING   RIBS 

(c)  Cross  rib ;  (d)  diagonal  rib ; 
(r)  ridge  rib  ;  («>)  wall  rib 


PIG.  261. 

VAULTING  SURFACES 
Arrangement  of  courses 


In  large  churches  the  bays  of  the  aisles  are  generally 
nearly  square,  while  the  nave,  being  about  twice  as 
wide,  has  oblong  bays  about  twice  as  wide  as  they  are 
long  (fig.  259,  -0-  And  so  sometimes  two  bays  of  the  nave 
are  included  under  one  square  vault  (fig.  259,  #)•  In 
this  case  an  additional  groin  is  used,  similar  to  the 
diagonals  but  crossing  the  building  at  right  angles. 
The  bay  has,  therefore,  three  groins  instead  of  two 
dividing  it  into  six  cells  instead  of  four,  and  it  is  there- 
fore called  a  sexpartite  vault,  the  ordinary  plan  being 

*  See  article  thereon. 


VAULT 


291 


quadripartite.     This  kind  is  more  common  in  France 
than  in  England. 

Before  the  end  of  the  thirteenth  century  the  number 
of  ribs  was  increased.  Intermediate  ribs  are  introduced 
between  the  diagonal  and  transverse  and  between  the 
diagonal  and  wall  (fig.  259,  plans  3,  4  a).  Now  a  pair 
of  these  ribs  forms  an  arch  which  leans  towards  the 


FIG.   262.      L1ERNE  VAULTING 

centre  of  the  vault.  It  has  therefore  a  tendency  to  fall 
in  that  direction.  In  order  to  counteract  this  a  ridge 
rib  (6)  is  placed  between  the  apex  of  the  inclined  ribs 
and  the  centre  of  the  vault.  This  ridge  rib  was  after- 
wards extended  to  the  extremity  of  the  vault  (c) ;  but 
this  continuation  is  of  no  structural  use. 

Early  in  the  fourteenth  century  an  important  altera- 
tion is  made  in  the  curvature  of  the  ribs.  The  curve  of 
the  diagonal  rib  approximates  to  the  ellipse  which 
would  be  formed  by  the  intersection  of  two  cylindrical 
spandrel  surfaces  of  regular  form.  This  change  makes 
a  considerable  difference  in  the  appearance  of  the  vault. 


292 


VAULT 


The  ploughshare  form  is  also  abandoned.  Thus  the 
form  of  the  vault  approximates  more  to  a  series  of 
intersecting  cylinders.  The  courses  of  the  spandrel- 
filling  are  now  made  horizontal,  so  that  they  are  parallel 
with  the  ridge  (fig.  ~J()l). 

About  the  middle  of  the  fourteenth  century  a  further 
modification  is  made  by  the  introduction  of  lierne  ribs, 
that  is,  ribs  which  do  not  spring  from  the  shaft  or  wall, 


FIG.    263.      PLAN    OK    KAN-VAULTING 

but  cross  the  spandrels  from  rib  to  rib,  producing  star- 
shaped  patterns.  This  variety  is  known  as  lierne  vault- 
ing (fig.  259,  plan  6,  and  fig.  262). 

No  further  change  of  importance  was  made  in  the 
ordinary  vault.  But  in  the  fifteenth  century  a  new 
form  known  as  fan-vaulting  was  developed  and  was 
frequently  used,  especially  in  diminutive  work,  though 
the  ordinaiy  groined  vault  continued  to  be  the  more 
common.  In  this  variety  numerous  ribs  spread  out  at 
equal  angles  and  with  the  same  curve,  producing,  when 
seen  from  below,  a  fan-like  appearance  (fig.  263). 

The  character  of  any  vault  is  determined  by  con- 
sidering the  form  of  the  mass  of  masonry  above  any 
one  shaft.  In  the  early  vaults  one  of  these  masses 


VESTIBULE  293 

forms,  roughly,  an  inverted  half-pyramid  with  concave 
sides,  and  a  plan  taken  through  it  gives  a  parallelo- 
gram. The  angles  of  the  half-pyramid  were  gradually 
rounded  off  by  altering  the  curve  of  the  groins  so  as  to 
make  them  less  prominent.  In  fan-vaulting  the  bundle 
of  ribs  forms  an  inverted  half-cone  with  concave  sides, 
and  its  plan  is  a  semicircle.  It  is  this  which  gives  to 
fan-vaulting  its  distinctive  character.  The  method 
of  construction  was  also  different.  In  a  groined  vault 
the  ribs  are  true  arches ;  they  were  built  first  indepen- 
dently of  the  spandrels  which  were  filled  in  afterwards 
and  rested  on  the  ribs.  In  the  fan-vault  the  ribs  and 
spandrels  are  one ;  there  is  a  complication  of  ribs,  but 
they  are  mere  ornaments  worked  on  the  surface  of  the 
cone.  Towards  the  close  of  the  fifteenth  century  fan- 
vaulting  achieved  some  remarkable  developments,  such 
as  at  Christ  Church,  Oxford;  Henry  VII.'s  Chapel, 
Westminster ;  and  St.  George's  Chapel,  Windsor. 

Renaissance  vaults  followed  those  of  the  Romans, 
that  is,  they  were  groined  vaults  formed  by  intersecting 
barrels  and  had  no  ribs.  The  centre  of  each  bay  was 
sometimes  formed  into  a  low  saucer-shaped  dome. 

VAULTING  SHAFT.  A  shaft  placed  against  a 
wall  to  carry  vaulting. 

VERANDAH,  VARANDAH,  VERANDA  (Portu- 
guese). A  slightly-built  loggia  or  portico  for  sitting 
under ;  strictly  a  covered  balcony  (s.).  Introduced  into 
England  early  in  the  nineteenth  century 

VERGE-BOARD.     See  BARGE-BOARD. 

VESICA  PISCIS  (Lat.,  a  fish's  bladder).  A  name 
given  by  Albert  Dtirer  (p.)  to  a  pointed  oval  form  used 
frequently  in  the  middle  ages  as  an  aureole  or  glory 
round  the  figure  of  Our  Lord  or  of  the  Virgin  in  sculp- 
ture, pictures,  glass  and  seals. 

VESTIBULE.  A  porch,  entrance-hall,  lobby,  ante- 
chamber. 


«94  VESTRY 

VESTRY,  REVESTRY,  SACRISTY.  A  room 
attached  to  a  church  in  which  to  keep  and  put  on 
vestments.  It  was  commonly  on  the  north  side  of  the 
chancel  in  medieval  times.  (See  SACRISTY.) 

VILLA  (Lat.  villa,  a  farm-house,  lit.  small  village — s.). 
A  detached  suburban  house.  Among  the  Romans  a 
country-seat. 

VISE,  VICE.  An  old  term  for  a  spiral  staircase 
round  a  column  called  a  newel.  It  is  sometimes  of 
wood  but  generally  of  stone. 

VITRUVIAN  SCROLL.  An  ornament  consisting 
of  a  series  of  spirals  somewhat  resembling  waves. 

VOLUTE.  A  spiral ;  the  distinguishing  feature  of 
the  Ionic  capital,  surviving  in  early  Norman  capitals. 
Seldom  or  never  used  in  the  middle  ages.  (Sec  ORDER.) 

VOUSSOIR.     One  of  the  stones  or  bricks  of  an  arch. 

WAGGON-VAULT  OR  CEILING.  See  ROOF  (p.  235), 
VAULT  (p.  288). 

WAINSCOT  (from  Old  Dutch  tvaeghc-schot ,  wall- 
boarding — s.).  (1)  Wood  panelling  on  a  wall.  (2)  Oak 
imported  from  the  Baltic ;  originally  for 
making  panelling  but  now  used  for  other 
purposes. 

WALL-PLATE.  A  piece  of  timber  lying 
on  a  wall  to  receive  the  ends  of  rafters  or 
joists. 

WARD.     See  CASTLE. 

WARMING-HOUSE.     See  CALEFACTORY. 

WATER-TABLE.    See  WEATHERING. 

WEATHERING  OR  WATER-TABLE. 
A  sloping  surface   covering  an   off-set   or       FIC  2(5 
projection  of  a  wall  or  buttress  to  throw  WEATHERING  OF 
off  the  rain  (fig.  264). 


ZIGZAG  295 

WEATHER-BOARDING.  Horizontal  boards  nailed 
on  to  the  wall  of  a  timber- framed  building;  the  boards 
overlap  and  the  upper  edges  are  made  thin  so  that 
they  may  fit  more  closely. 

WEATHERCOCK.     See  VANE. 
WEATHER-TILING.    See  TILE  HANGING. 
WICKET.     A  small  door  formed  in  a  large  one. 

WIND-BEAM,  WIND-BRACE.  A  diagonal  strut 
in  a  roof  from  a  principal  rafter  to  a  purlin  to  prevent 
the  roof*  from  swaying  longitudinally. 

WINDOW.  In  the  early  middle  ages  when  glass 
was  expensive  windows  were  small  and  frequently  un- 
glazed  even  in  churches.  Early  windows  (to  about  1250) 
are  rebated  probably  to  receive  a  wooden  frame  which 
held  the  glass.  In  later  times  the  glass  was  fixed  into 
a  groove  in  the  wood  or  stonework.  Windows  which 
were  not  glazed  were  perhaps  sometimes  filled  with 
horn  or  with  a  wooden  lattice/ as  those  of  butchers'  shops 
in  the  country  still  are.  All  through  the  middle  ages 
the  glass  was  not  made  to  open  ;  the  window  was  divi- 
ded by  a  horizontal  transom,  the  part  above  the  transom 
being  glazed  and  the  part  below  fitted  with  iron  bars 
and  a  wooden  shutter.  Subsequently  (probably  in  the 
sixteenth  century)  the  glass  was  fitted  into  iron  case- 
ments. Sashes  were  introduced  in  the  latter  part  of 
the  seventeenth  century.  A  'Venetian'  window  is  a 
triple  window,  the  central  division  being  wide  and 
arched,  while  the  side  openings  are  narrow  (generally 
one-third  of  the  central  part)  and  covered  by  an  entab- 
lature. These  have  been  in  use  since  the  time  of  Inigo 
Jones.  (Sec  also  GLASS,  TRACERY.) 

ZIGZAG.  A  shallow  Norman  enrichment  used 
chiefly  on  string-courses. 

*  See  article  thereon. 


PIG.    965.      COFFIN-LID 

Thirteenth  century 


APPENDIXES 

I.     ADDITIONAL  ARTICLES. 


BYZANTINE  ARCHITECTURE.  The  architec- 
ture of  Byzantium,  the  ancient  Constantinople,  an 
ecclesiastical  style  which  may  be  said  to  have  begun 
with  the  removal  of  the  seat  of  Empire  from  Rome  by 
Constantine  about  A.D.  330,  and  to  have  continued  till 
the  conquest  of  Constantinople  by  the  Turks  in  the 
fifteenth  century.  During  this  long  period,  or  at  least 
from  the  sixth  century  to  the  fifteenth,  although  it  had 
its  periods  of  greatness  and  of  decline,  it  changed  but 
little  in  character ;  it  did  not  develop  by  a  steady 
progress  as  did  the  architecture  of  Western  Europe. 

The  building  work  done  under  Constantine  was  re- 
markable in  quantity,  costly,  sumptuous,  and  elaborate, 
but  it  was  done  in  hot  haste  with  poor  materials,  and 
art  was  at  that  time  in  a  degraded  state,  as  may  be 
seen,  for  instance,  in  the  Arch  of  Constantine  at  Rome. 
None  of  Constantine's  work  remains  at  Constantinople 
except  the  two  vast  columned  cisterns.  The  Church 
of  the  Nativity  at  Bethlehem  was  built  by  him,  and 
resembles  his  church  of  St.  Peter  at  Rome  in  being  a 
simple  basilica  church  (fig.  57).  The  style  was  based 
on  a  combination  of  Roman  ideas  and  Oriental  feeling. 
Much  of  the  plan  and  arrangement  of  the  building  is 

297 


298  APPENDIX 

Human,  such  as  the  apse  and  the  narthex  and  the 
marble  lining  —  a  system  which  the  Romans  had 
borrowed  from  the  East.  The  scheme  of  decoration, 
on  the  other  hand,  was  Eastern,  in  being  a  scheme 
of  colour  rather  than  of  form. 

Byzantine  architecture  reached*  its  climax,  appar- 
ently somewhat  suddenly,  in  the  reign  of  the  Emperor 
Justinian  (527-565).  He  did  a  vast  amount  of  build- 
ing of  every  sort.  Besides  his  great  church  of  Sta 
Sophia  he  built  or  rebuilt  twenty-five  other  churches, 
many  hospitals,  bridges,  aqueducts,  and  fortresses.  Sta 
Sophia  (the  Divine  Wisdom)  was  built  about  532.  Its 
plan  may  be  described  as  a  Greek  cross  inscribed  in  a 
square,  with  a  narthex  at  the  west  end.  The  chief 
feature  is  the  great  dome  over  the  central  square 
formed  by  the  crossing  of  the  arms.  Domes  had  been 
used  before  this,  but  in  a  tentative  way  and  on  a  small 
scale.  The  dome  of  Sta  Sophia  is  more  than  a  hundred 
feet  across,  and  pendentives  are  boldly  used  to  bring 
the  square  to  a  circle  and  so  form  a  base  for  the  dome. 

During  the  same  period  notable  buildings,  more 
or  less  Byzantine  in  style,  were  produced  in  Italy. 
S.  Apollinare  Nuovo,  S.  Vitale,  S.  Apollinare  in  Classe, 
all  at  Ravenna,  were  built  in  the  first  half  of  the  sixth 
century.  But  the  incursions  of  the  Northmen  and 
an  accumulation  of  other  misfortunes  in  the  year  566' 
checked  art  in  Italy  for  a  century  and  a  half.  Early 
in  the  eighth  century  there  was  a  revival,  and  S.  Maria 
in  Cosmedin  at  Rome  was  built  between  772  and  795. 

Sta  Sophia  was  left  without  a  rival.  No  great  dome 
was  again  attempted.  The  later  churches  are  small, 
scarcely  larger  than  an  ordinary  sitting-room,  and 
though  they  all  have  domes  these  are  on  a  diminutive 
scale.  The  churches  in  Athens  are  of  the  eighth  and 
ninth  centuries.  The  two  monastic  churches  of  S.  Luke 
of  Stiris  in  Phocis  (just  north  of  the  Gulf  of  Corinth) 
are  of  the  eleventh  century,  which  has  been  called  the 


BYZANTINE   ARCHITECTURE    299 

second  great  period  of  Byzantine  architecture  (Messrs. 
Schultz  and  Barusley).  The  beautiful  little  church  at 
Daphni,  near  Athens,  is  probably  of  the  twelfth  or 
thirteenth  century.  S.  Mark's  at  Venice  is  of  the 
eleventh  century. 

The  general  plan  of  the  Byzantine  church  is  based 
on  the  Greek  cross  of  four  equal  arms,  with  wide 
aisles  projecting  as  much  as  the  transepts,  and  with  a 
dome  over  the  crossing.  In  Sta  Sophia  and  in  early 
buildings  generally  the  dome  springs  direct  from  the 
pendentives,  but  in  later  work  it  is  mounted  on  a 
drum.  The  church  is  entered  through  a  large  porch 
or  narthex  extending  across  the  west  end.  The  east 
end  terminates  in  three  apses,  circular  within  and 
polygonal  outside.  The  sanctuary  is  cut  off  by  a 
screen  called  the  iconostasis,  consisting  of  columns 
supporting  a  lintel  or  entablature.  The  choir  is  en- 
closed by  a  low  screen  carved  and  pierced  with  very 
delicate  patterns. 

In  the  bright  climate  of  the  East  windows  are  not 
important.  They  are  small  and  simple  round  arched 
openings,  sometimes  filled  with  thin  pierced  slabs  of 
white  marble.  The  base  of  the  dome  or  the  drum,  if 
there-  is  one,  is  surrounded  by  a  number  of  small 
windows. 

Construction  is  simple  and  direct.  In  some  im- 
portant respects  a  departure  is  made  from  the  Roman 
tradition.  First,  thrusts  of  arches  are  to  some  extent 
met  by  counter  thrusts  instead  of  by  dead  weights. 
Second — and  this  is  the  chief  contribution  of  the 
Byzantine  style  to  the  architecture  of  the  world — the 
dome  rising  from  pendentives  is  fully  developed. 
Third,  the  arch  is  sprung  direct  from  a  detached 
column  instead  of  from  a  mass  of  masonry  decorated 
with  columns  and  entablature.  Incidentally  this  latter 
change  brought  about  the  introduction  of  a  new 
feature.  In  order  to  obtain  a  larger  and  stronger 


300  APPENDIX 

surface  for  the  arch  to  spring  from  than  that  afforded 
by  the  abacus  of  the  capital,  a  block  of  marble  was 
placed  on  the  latter.  This  has  been  named  a  dosseret. 
It  has  been  thought  by  some  to  be  a  relic  of  the 
Roman  entablature,  but  it  seems  more  likely  that  it 
was  introduced  for  the  practical  reason  suggested  above. 
The  columns  are  monoliths  of  marble,  but  the  arches, 
walls,  vaults,  and  domes  are  built  of  very  large  thin 
bricks.  Outside  the  building  the  brickwork  is  exposed 
to  view,  but  internally  the  walls  are  covered  with 
marble  and  the  domes  and  vaults  with  mosaic.  The 
domes  and  vaults  are  unprotected  by  roofs. 

Byzantine  architecture  is  an  architecture  of  colour, 
not  of  form ;  in  this  it  is  thoroughly  Oriental.  The 
elaboration  of  the  colour  scheme  necessitates  a  corre- 
sponding simplicity  of  form.  The  columns  are  mono- 
liths, unfluted  and  unclustered  ;  arches  are  not 
moulded,  and  are  of  one  order  only ;  there  is  no 
window  tracery,  and  the  Roman  entablature  is  dis- 
carded. The  dome  is  the  simplest  architectural 
feature  that  can  be  conceived,  and  though  groined 
vaults  are  used  they  not  only  have  no  ribs,  but  the 
angles  are  rounded  off  so  that  the  surfaces  melt  into 
one  another.  The  carving  gives  no  bold  lights  and 
shadows,  and  is  confined  to  capitals  and  cornices. 
The  capitals  are  commonly  of  the  cushion  form.  The 
foliage  has  lost  the  bold  modelling  of  the  Corinthian 
capital,  although  it  retains  something  of  the  acanthi 
form.  It  does  not  seem  to  grow  round  the  bell  as  ii 
the  Corinthian  capital,  but  is  distributed  somewhat 
a  pattern  over  the  face  of  the  stone,  very  delicatelj 
carved  but  with  little  or  no  modelling. 

Sculptured  representations  of  the  human  figure  wer 
not  allowed.  The  mosaic  pictures  of  coloured  and  gilt 
glass  which  cover  the  vaults  and  part  of  the  walls  are 
full  of  solemn  feeling,  and  are  often  of  high  artistic 
merit.  The  icons  or  panel  paintings  of  saints  are 


SCOTTISH  CHURCH  ARCHITECTURE      801 

enriched  by  having  garments  and  crowns  of  gold 
plates. 

The  floor  is  of  opus  alexandrinum — that  is,  it  is  com- 
posed partly  of  large  pieces  of  marble  and  partly  of 
mosaic  bands  of  small  marble  tesserae. 

The  exterior  of  the  Byzantine  church  was  almost 
neglected.  The  broken  sky-line  and  the  varied  light 
and  shade  produced  by  the  different  wall-planes  often 
give  a  picturesque  effect,  but  this  seems  to  be  unstudied 
and  even  accidental.  Only  the  simplest  means  are  em- 
ployed for  architectural  decoration  such  as  cornices  and 
patterns  in  brickwork.  This  was  to  a  great  extent  due 
to  the  nature  of  the  building  materials  to  hand,  namely, 
brick  and,  to  a  limited  extent,  stone  of  indifferent 
quality.  The  use  of  marbles  brought  about  a  corre- 
ponding  development  of  the  interior. 

SCOTTISH    CHURCH    ARCHITECTURE.     The 

earliest  architectural  remains  in  what  is  now  Scotland 
are  the  primitive  churches  and  oratories  of  Celtic  type, 
of  which  many  are  to  be  found  in  the  western  and 
northern  islands.  As  in  the  more  numerous  Irish 
examples,  to  which  these  are  similar,  the  very  small  size 
and  the  square  east  end  are  the  most  characteristic 
features,  and  in  several  cases  the  small  chancel  arch 
no  larger  than  a  doorway.  Coeval  with  some  of  these 
early  churches  are  many  sculptured  cross-bearing 
stones.  Most  of  these,  however,  occur,  not  side  by 
side  with  the  early  churches,  but  on  the  mainland. 
Peculiar  to  Scotland  and  unknown  elsewhere  are  the 
strange  and  at  present  unintelligible  symbols  which 
constantly  occur  on  the  sculptured  stones  of  the  north- 
east. While  these  symbols  are  found  incised  on  an 
early  class  of  stones  upon  which  are  no  crosses,  they 
also  occur  on  the  richest  of  the  cross-bearing  slabs 
which  are  chiefly  found  in  the  north-eastern  counties 
beyond  the  Forth.  The  stones  usually  date  from  the 
seventh  and  eighth,  and  the  crosses  from  the  ninth  and 


302  APPENDIX 

tenth  centuries.1  Of  earlier  date  is  a  little  group  more 
like  the  crosses  of  Man,  Wales  and  Cumbria,  in  the 
extreme  south-west  of  Scotland,  to  which  belong  the 
well-known  Kirkmadrine  crosses  with  Latin  inscrip- 
tions commemorating  early  missionaries  of  the  church 
founded  by  St.  Ninian,  who  died  at  Whithorn  (Candida 
Casa)  about  432.  The  crosses  of  Argyllshire  and  the 
West  Highlands  are  of  a  later  date  and  more  like  the 
Irish  crosses ;  like  them  and  unlike  the  great  crosses 
of  the  north-eastern  counties,  they  stand  free  and  not 
combined  with  or  cut  upon  slabs.  Their  Celtic  art 
survived  all  through  the  middle  ages,  and  some  of 
them  are  of  quite  late  date. 

The  architectural  remains  of  the  later  or  more 
developed  Celtic  period  are  few ;  there  is  a  fine  round 
tower  of  the  Irish  type  at  Brechin  and  another  at 
Abernethy,  and  there  are  remains  of  others  in  Orkney. 
But  the  church  of  St.  Regulus  at  St.  Andrews  with  its 
tall  square  tower  is  definitely  Romanesque  and  probably 
as  late  as  the  twelfth  century,  and  so  are  the  similar 
towers  at  Markinch,  Dunblane,  Dunning,  etc.,  although 
tinged  with  a  strong  local  character.  This  local  charac- 
ter is  fainter  or  wellnigh  non-existent  when  we  come 
to  the  great  churches  of  the  latter  part  of  the  twelfth 
century,  in  which  we  see  the  beginning  of  the  English 
influence  which  continued  until  the  wars  of  the  four- 
teenth century.  It  was  during  the  twelfth  century 
that  the  parochial  and  diocesan  organisation  in  Scot- 
land was  practically  completed,  and  it  was  then  that 
the  larger  religious  houses  were  founded.  The  first  of 
them,  Dunfermline,  has  a  Norman  nave  which  resembles 
Durham ;  the  two  small  Romanesque  churches  of  Dal- 
meny  and  Leuchars.  are  well  known,  and  there  is  a 

1  Exhaustively  illustrated  and  described  in  The  Early 
Christian  Monuments  of  Scotland,  J.  Romilly  Allen  and  Joseph 
Anderson,  Edinburgh,  1903.  A  fine  series  of  examples  of  each 
kind  is  in  the  National  Museum,  Queen  Street,  Edinburgh. 


SCOTTISH  CHURCH  ARCHITECTURE     303 

good  deal  of  work  of  this  period  in  Scotland,  though 
chiefly  south  of  the  Forth,  as  for  example  at  Kelso  and 
Jedburgh. 

There  is  transitional  work  in  the  ruins  of  St.  Andrew's 
Cathedral  and  of  Arbroath  Abbey,  but  it  is  when  we 
come  to  the  thirteenth  century  that  we  realise  how 
great  an  era  of  prosperity  and  of  church  building  in 
Scotland  that  period  was,  and  how  strong  was  the 
influence  of  England.  Notwithstanding  this  English 
influence  several  thirteenth-century  buildings  show 
signs  of  the  development  of  local  characteristics.  Chief 
among  them  all  of  course  is  the  choir  of  Glasgow 
Cathedral  with  its  magnificent  crypt — or  rather  lower 
story,  for  it  has  windows  all  round — which  is  un- 
surpassed even  in  England.  The  vaulting  of  this 
lower  church  is  perhaps  the  most  elaborate  of  its 
date  in  the  whole  of  Britain,  and  its  windows  and 
many  of  its  arches  probably  the  most  acutely  pointed. 
The  arcade  of  the  choir  above  has  massive  clus- 
tered pillars  not  unlike  those  of  Exeter,  and  the 
plate-tracery  of  the  aisle  windows  is  very  elaborate. 
Thirteenth-century  work  is  to  be  found  in  most 
of  the  great  churches  of  Scotland 2  and  in  a  very 
large  proportion  of  the  small  churches  in  country 
districts.  Small  aisleless  churches  with  plain  lancet 
windows  and  no  tower  were  built  in  great  numbers  at 
this  time  all  over  Scotland,  and  more  or  less  work  of 
this  date  remains  in  almost  every  existing  medieval 
parish  church  that  was  not  made  collegiate  in  the 
fifteenth  or  sixteenth  century.  The  prosperity  of  Scot- 
land, and  with  it  the  thirteenth  century  building  era, 
came  to  an  abrupt  end  with  the  death  of  Alexander  III 
in  1286.  With  the  wars  that  ensued  the  country  was 
impoverished,  and  even  after  the  victory  of  Bannock- 
burn  in  1314  very  few  buildings  of  importance  were 

2  Coldingham,  Dryburgh,  Dundrennan,  Kilwinning,  Dun- 
blane, Brechin,  Elgin,  PJuscarden. 


304  APPENDIX 

erected.  The  Decorated  or  Middle  Pointed  period  is 
wellnigh  absent  from  Scottish  architecture.*  Sweet- 
heart Abbey  and  the  nave  of  Glasgow  show  an  advanced 
form  of  First-Pointed  rather  than  a  new  style,  although 
after  the  breach  with  England  national  character  cer- 
tainly reasserts  itself. 

In  the  latter  half  of  the  fourteenth  century  we  see 
the  growth  of  a  national  style  that  persisted  with  certain 
variations  of  form  for  some  two  hundred  years.  This 
Scottish  Third-Pointed  is  neither  Flamboyant  nor  Per- 
pendicular, nor  yet  a  mixture  of  the  two,  nor  a  mere 
copy  of  any  foreign  style,  but  an  entirely  national 
growth,  influenced  of  course  by  the  architecture  of  other 
countries — of  the  Netherlands  and  France  much  more 
than  of  England.  Its  chief  characteristics  are  its 
extraordinary  massiveness  and  the  strong  contrasts 
formed  by  the  arrangement  of  large  plain  surfaces 
side  by  side  with  very  rich  details.  Perhaps  equally 
characteristic  is  the  way  in  which  features  of  the  earlier 
styles  continued  to  be  employed  side  by  side  with 
the  later  forms.  Heavy  pillars,  clustered,  octagonal, 
or  cylindrical ;  deeply-cut  mouldings  and  foliage ;  the 
semicircular  arch ;  a  form  of  lancet  window ;  geo- 
metrical tracery ;  the  saddle-back  tower;  the  cruciform 
plan ;  the  barrel  vault — all  these  never  went  out  of 
use  in  Scotland. 

The  four-centred  arch  was  practically  unknown,  and 
Perpendicular  tracery  is  only  found  (and  that  merelj 
as  a  variant  among  other  forms)  in  less  than  half 
dozen  churches,  all  south  of  the  Forth  and   east 
Stirling   Castle.8      Apses — generally  three-sided — ar 
not    infrequent    in    the    later    churches/    and    wer 

*  Unless  it  be  held  that  the  subsequent  style  was  but 
development  of  it.    There  is  real  Decorated  work  at  Melrose 
however. 

3  Stirling,  Linlithgow,  Carnwath,  Corstorphine,  Melrose. 

4  Stirling,  Linlithgow,  Seton,  Biggar,  Midcalder,  etc. 


SCOTTISH  CHURCH  ARCH^ECTURE     305 

undoubtedly  due  to  foreign  in«ence.  The  crowns 
surmounting  the  towers  of  St.  Biles',  Edinburgh,  and 
King's  College,  Aberdeen,  are^ell  known ;  there  were 
others  at  Haddington  and  jmlithgow,  and  a  seven- 
teenth-century example  is  stfl  left  on  tne  Cross  Steeple 
at  Glasgow.  The  pointed  brrel  vault,  with5  or  without6 
ornamental  ribs  and  bosses  is  very  characteristic  of  the 
later  work  and  is  one  of  tfe  many  features  of  the  church 
architecture  of  the  tipe  which  appear  to  have  been 
adopted  from  domest^  and  defensive  practice.  The 
builders  of  the  last  lalf  of  the  fifteenth  century  and 
of  the  first  part  of  tje  sixteenth,  seem  to  have  done  all 
they  could  to  avoU  the  use  of  intersecting  vaults  and 
mitreing  roofs,  "he  windows — often  large — were  set 
low  down  in  the  *alk  so  as  n°t  *°  break  into  the  barrel 
vaults  and  the  fcairel  vault  of  a  transept  or  side  chapel 
and  the  roof  ab've  it  were  stopped  against  a  gable  built 
on  the  side  Wl  of  the  nave  so  as  to  leave  the  main 
vault  unbroten.  These  barrel  vaults  usually  carry  a 
fire-proof  rjof  of  enormous  stone  slabs.  The  whole 
construction  is  often  exceedingly  picturesque  though 
very  hearr.  Work  of  this  kind,  however,  was  not 
universal,  and  some  of  the  later  windows  are  exceed- 
ingly large  and  evidently  intended  to  show  off  Nether- 
landish stained  glass.  The  Flamboyant  type  of  tracery 
was  never  made  very  elaborate,  and  the  simpler  forms 
seem  to  have  been  preferred.  Windows  of  later  date 
were  generally  set  in  the  centre  of  the  wall,  and  the 
English  construction  of  a  deep  splay  and  rear-vault 
inside  is  almost  unknown. 

In  England  the  great  window  filled  with  painted 
glass  was  the  principal  feature  of  the  east  end,  and  the 
reredos  nearly  always  retained  its  earlier  form  of  a 
strip  of  rich  work  of  no  great  height  between  the 
altar  and  the  window ;  this  was  the  usual  treatment  of 

•  e.g.  Seton,  BothwelL  8  Crichton,  Dunglass,  etc. 

X 


806  APPENDIX 

the  wall  space  at  t.e  east  ends  of  aisles  and  above 
side  altars  in  transept^  well  as  of  that  behind  the  high 
altar.  In  Scotland,  hwever,  although  this  arrange- 
ment was  quite  commor  a  blank  or  nearly  blank  east 
wall  was  not  unknown;  and  was  the  rule  behind 
the  side  altars  of  the  fiftbnth  and  sixteenth  century 
churches.8  Altars  were  ne^-ly  always  placed  against 
the  unpierced  east  walls  of  he  transepts  of  the  late 
type  of  cruciform  church.  TU  treatment  of  the  altar 
itself  was,  of  course,  that  comton  to  all  altars  of  the 
late  Gothic  period  in  this  part  ^f  Europe,  decoration 
on  the  wall  behind  taking  the  pace  of  the  English 
window.  The  altars  do  not  seem  v>  have  been  of  the 
great  length  of  contemporary  Engish  altars,  and  in 
the  richer  churches  there  was  a  tenancy  to  the  use 
of  more  candles  above  the  riddel  pos»4  at  the  ends  of 
the  altars,  or  hanging  from  the  roof.9  One  may  gather 
from  contemporary  Netherlandish  pictures,  such  as 
those  of  the  Van  Eyck  school,  a  very  fair  idea  of 
the  arrangements  usual  in  Scotland  in  the  period 
immediately  preceding  the  Reformation.10 

While  in  England  the  reserved  Eucharist  was  almost 
invariably  suspended  above  the  altar  in  the  hanging 
pyx,  in  Scotland  the  pyx  was  placed  in  a  richly  adorned 
ambry  or  " Sacrament  House"  in  the  wall  of  the 
sanctuary  on  the  north  side  of  the  high  altar.  The 
hanging  pyx  was  used  in  some  places,  but  latterly 

7  As  at  Whitekirk,  Fowlis  Easter,  or  Innerpeffray.     But 
Sweetheart,  Melrose,  Haddington,  St  Giles,  Perth  and  Tan 
provide  examples  of  the  large  east  window. 

8  As  at  Linlithgow,  Stirling,  Dunkeld,  and  elsewhere. 

9  See  the  inventories  of  the  Cathedral  and  King's  College, 
Aberdeen,  Registrant,  Episcopatus  Aberdonensis,  ii,  Edin.,  1845, 
and  Fasti  Aberdonenses  .  .  .  Records  of  the    University  and 
King's  College,  Aberdeen,  1854. 

Irf  e.g.  "  The  Exhumation  of  St  Hubert,"  in  the  National 
Gallery,  and  the  Flemish  pictures  reproduced  in  the  Alcuin 
Club  Collections,  Nos.  V,  X. 


SCOTTISH  CHURCH  ARCHITECTURE     307 

the  Sacrament  House  became  general,  at  any  rate 
in  the  north  and  east  of  Scotland.11  Very  large 
credence  niches  are  to  be  found  in  many  Scottish 
chancels,  usually  in  the  south  wall  but  frequently  also 
in  the  east  wall.  In  one  or  two  cases  there  are  curious 
outside  spouts  to  piscinae,  as  at  Guthrie. 

Stone  rood  lofts  remain  at  Glasgow  and  lona  Cathe- 
drals, Melrose  Abbey  and  Lincluden  Collegiate  church. 
The  wall  above  the  chancel  arch  is  pierced  by  a 
second  and  smaller  arch  at  Dunblane  Cathedral,  and 
Brechin  Cathedral  has  a  large  shallow  recess  in  the 
same  position.  There  is  a  magnificent  set  of  early 
sixteenth-century  canopied  stalls  in  King's  College 
chapel,  Aberdeen,  with  a  wooden  rood  loft,  and  there 
are  remains  of  a  rood  screen  at  the  collegiate  church 
of  Fowlis  Easter  in  Forfarshire.  At  Guthrie  is  a  very 
remarkable  waggon  roof  with  paintings  on  the  panels, 
and  Aberdeen  Cathedral  has  a  very  richly  carved  and 
painted  flat  roof  upon  the  nave.  But  very  little 
medieval  woodwork  has  survived. 

No  medieval  church  plate  remains,  but  that  of  the 
sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries  is  often  of  great 
interest.12  Besides  the  early  square  handbells  of  Celtic 
type,  there  are  numerous  interesting  bells,  many  of 
them  Dutch  or  Flemish,  dating  from  the  end  of  the 
fifteenth  century  to  the  beginning  of  the  eighteenth. 
While  the  larger  churches  had  several  bells  and  occa- 
sionally carillons,  Netherlandish  practice  was  taken  as 
the  model,  and  the  English  "ring,"  tuned  to  the 
diatonic  scale,  was  unknown. 

The  Reformation  put  an  end  to  church  building,  but 

11  Good  examples,  chiefly  in  Perthshire  and  Forfarshire,  as 
at  Fowlis  Easter,  Bendochy  and  Cortachy,  and  in  Aberdeen- 
shire  and  Banffshire,  as  at  Kintore,  Kinkell,  Auchindoir,  Cullen 
and  Deskford.  See  Transactions  of  Aberdeen  and  Scottish 
Eccltsiological  Societies,  passim. 

a  Fully  illustrated  in  Old  Scottish  Communion  Plait,  T. 
Burns,  Edinburgh,  n.d. 


808  APPENDIX 

there  was  a  slight  revival  in  the  seventeenth  century, 
when  some  very  good  and  picturesque  work  was  done, 
full  of  the  old  Gothic  feeling.18  In  Scotland  the 
Renaissance  makes  itself  felt  in  architecture  earlier 
than  in  England,  but  on  the  other  hand  Gothic  feeling 
and  tradition  lingered  on  all  through  the  seventeenth 
century  in  out  of  the  way  places,  though  the  architec- 
tural remains  of  that  date  are  mostly  domestic  and  not 
ecclesiastical. 

The  old  churches  of  Scotland  are  little  known  in 
England,  because  so  many  of  them  are  off  the  tourist 
track  and  unseen  by  most  English  visitors.  But  Scot- 
land was  never  rich  in  large  parish  churches.  The 
parishes  were  of  great  extent,  and  there  were  numerous 
outlying  chapels,  and  even  in  medieval  times  churches 
with  aisles  or  with  a  tower  were  the  exception  in 
country  districts.  In  the  fifteenth  and  sixteenth  cen- 
turies, rich  people,  instead  of  enlarging  perhaps  more 
than  one  parish  church,  erected  collegiate  churches  on 
a  very  expensive  scale,  with  ashlar  walls  and  stone 
vaulting,  and  a  costly  foundation  for  canons,  preben- 
daries and  singers.  Some  of  these  churches  were  also 
parochial,  but  others  were  separate  foundations.  Some, 
like  the  famous  college  church  of  Roslin,14  were  never 
completed. 

Next  to  Glasgow  Cathedral,  perhaps  the  finest 
church  was  Elgin  Cathedral  (now  in  ruins),  which  had 
three  towers  and  double  aisles  to  the  nave.  Its  fine 
octagonal  chapter  house  is  still  standing.  Aberdeen 
Cathedral  has  a  remarkable  granite  nave  of  the  fifteenth 
century,  and  a  fine  west  front  flanked  by  two  towers 
bearing  spires  which  have  triple  crowns  of  small  battle- 

18  As  at  Dairsie,  Fife. 

14  This  extraordinary  marvel  of  richness  is  not  due  to  the 
importation  of  foreign  workmen  or  designs,  but  merely  to  a 
remarkable  development  and  combination  of  the  national 
°°Atures  of  the  time. 


SCOTTISH  CHURCH  ARCHITECTURE    809 

ments  round  them  at  intervals.  The  central  tower  and 
choir  are  gone. 

No  account  of  Scottish  church  architecture  would 
be  complete  without  some  mention  of  the  old  cathedral 
of  the  diocese  of  Orkney  at  Kirkwall,  though  really 
Norse  and  not  Scottish  work.  Largely  Romanesque 
and  transitional  in  style,  it  has  aisles  its  whole  length, 
a  central  tower,  and  apsidal  chapels  on  the  east  of  the 
transepts;  although  but  218  feet  long,  its  proportions 
are  such  that  it  looks  double  the  size.  The  diocese  of 
Orkney  formed  a  part  of  the  Norwegian  province  of 
Throndhjem  until  1468. 

The  standard  book  on  Scottish  Church  Architecture 
is  Messrs.  Macgibbon  and  Ross's  Ecclesiastical  Archi- 
tecture of  Scotland,  3  vols.,  Edinburgh. 

THEATRE  (p.  267,  line  18,  and  fig.  234).  Some 
authorities  hold'  that  the  Fortune  Theatre  was  rectan- 
gular. 


II.     A  LIST  OF  SAINTS 

WHO   ARE  MOST  COMMONLY  FOUND   IN 
PAINTING   AND   SCULPTURE    IN    ENGLAND 

WITH    THE   MANNER   IN    WHICH    THEY    ARE    REPRESENTED 

St.  Adrian  :  d.  290  ;  anvil ;  lion  ;  patron  saint  of  Germany  and 

Flanders  and  of  soldiers  ;  protector  from  the  plague. 
St.  Agatha :  d.  251 ;  holding  a  dish  containing  her  breasts ; 

pincers  or  shears. 

St.  Agnes  :  d.  304 ;  branch  of  olive,  lamb,  palm. 
St.  Aidan:  d.  651;  Bishop;  evangelist  of  Northumbria;  a  stag 

at  his  feet. 
St.  Alban :  d,  304  ?  ;  protomartyr  of  England ;  sword ;  fountain ; 

sometimes  his  head  in  his  hand ;  civilian  dress  and  mace. 
St.   Alphege:    954?- 1012;    Archbishop    of  Canterbury;    his 

chasuble  full  of  stones. 
St  Ambrose :  340  P-397  ;  Bishop  ;  beehive,  books,  two  human 

bones ;  scourge. 

St.  Andrew :  Apostle  ;  a  St.  Andrew's  cross. 
St.  Anne :  teaching  the  Virgin  to  read. 
St  Anthony :  251-356 ;  Hermit ;  a  bell,  sometimes  hung  from 

a  crutch ;  a  hog ;  fire  near ;  a  T-cross  on  his  shoulder. 
St.  Antony  of  Padua:   1195-1231;  Franciscan;  Infant  Jesus 

in  his  arms  or  on  a  book ;  flame  in  his  hand  or  on  his  breast ; 

a  mule  kneeling. 

St  Apollonia :  d.  250 ;  pincers  holding  a  tooth. 
St  Augustine  of  Canterbury  :  d.  604. 
St.  Augustine  of  Hippo :  354-430 ;  Bishop ;  books,  sometimes 

a  heart,  flaming  or  transfixed  by  a  sword. 
St  Barbara :  d.  303 ;  patron  of  armourers ;  cup  and  wafer, 

tower,  feather,  sword,  crown. 
St  Barnabas :  Apostle. 

St  Bartholomew :  Apostle ;  knife ;  his  skin  held  over  his  arm. 
St    Benedict :   480  P-542  ? ;  founder  of  Western  monachism  ; 

Benedictine  habit ;  a  broken  cup ;  asperges  or  sprinkler ;  a 

raven  with  a  loaf  in  its  beak ;  a  (broken  sieve. 


A  LIST  OF  SAINTS  811 

St.  Bernard  of  Clairvaux:  1091-1153;  beehive,  inkhorn,  pen, 
etc. ;  sometimes  a  demon  bound ;  white  habit ;  three  mitres. 
St.  Blaise :  d.  289 ;  Bishop ;  patron  of  woolcombers  ;  iron  comb. 
St.  Boniface:  680P-755;  Archbishop,  Benedictine  ;  book  trans- 
fixed by  a  sword  or  stained  with  blood ;  foot  on  prostrate  tree. 
St.  Botolph  :  d.  680  ;  Abbot. 
St.  Bridget  of  Sweden :  d.  1373 ;  founder  of  Order  of  Brigitines ; 

crozier  ;  pilgrim's  staff;  red  band  across  her  forehead. 
St  Catherine  of  Alexandria :  d.  307  ;  patron  of  Venice  and  of 

places  of  education ;  a  wheel ;  head  of  a  man  under  her  feet. 
St    Cecilia :   d.   280 ;  crown  of  roses ;   musical  instruments ; 

patron  saint  of  music. 

SL  Chad  :  d.  672 ;  patron  saint  of  Lichfield. 
St.  Christopher:  d.  364;  carrying  the  Infant  Jesus  across  a 

river. 

St.  Chrysostom.     See  St  John  Chrysostom. 
St.  Clara:  1193-1253;  founder  of  Order  of  Franciscan  nuns; 

cross,  lily,  pyx. 

St  Clement :  30  P-100 ;  an  anchor ;  Pope's  or  Bishop's  robes. 
St.  Constantine :  272  P-337  ;  Emperor ;  holds  the  Labarum  or 

standard  bearing  the  Greek  letters  X  P. 
St.  Cosmas  and  St  Damian :  d.  301 ;  always  together ;  red 

robes  ;  vessels,  surgical  instruments  ;  patrons  of  medicine. 
St  Cuthbert:  d.  687;  Bishop;  an  otter  by  his  side;  patron 

saint  of  Durham ;  holds  St.  Oswald's  head. 
St  Denis :  first  century ;  Bishop ;   patron  saint  of  France ; 

carries  his  own  head. 
St.  Dominic:  1170-1221  ;  founder  of  Dominican  Order;  black 

and  white  habit;  black  and  white  dogs  ('Domini  canes') 

with  torches  in  their  mouths  ;  star  on  forehead  ;  hly. 
St  Dorothy :  d.  303 ;  crown  of  roses  or  holding  roses  in  her 

hand. 

St  Dunstan :  924-988 ;  Archbishop  of  Canterbury. 
St  Edith  of  Wilton  :  962  P-984  ;  washing  a  beggar's  feet. 
St  Edmund :  841-870 ;  King  and  martyr ;  an  arrow,  sometimes 

piercing  a  crown  ;  a  wolf  near,  or  a  wolf  guarding  his  head. 
St   Edward :  d.   1066  ;   King  and  Confessor ;   royal  robes  ; 

sceptre  surmounted  by  a  dove ;  a  ring. 
St  Edward  :  963P-978  ;  King  and  martyr. 
St.  Egidio.    See  St  Giles. 
St  Eloy,  Lo,  or  Eligius :  d.  659 ;  Bishop ;  patron  of  Bologna 

and  of  blacksmiths  ;  an  anvil. 


312  APPENDIX 

St.  Elizabeth  :  mother  of  John  Baptist ;  usually  in  the  scene  of 

the  salutation. 
St.  Etheldreda :  630  P-679 ;  nun's  habit,  crowned ;  building  a 

church  ;  asleep  under  a  tree  ;  patron  saint  of  Ely. 
St.  Erasmus,  or  Elmo  :  d.  296  ;  bishop. 

St.  Euphemia :  d.  307  ;  a  sword  through  her  breast ;  lion  ;  lily. 
St.  Eustace :  d.  118  ;  stag  with  crucifix  (as  St.  Hubert) ;  or 

carries  two  children  across  a  river ;  or  stands  in  river,  two 

children  carried  off  by  beasts. 

St.  Faith :  d.  290 ;  carries  a  bundle  of  rods  ;  iron  hook. 
St.  Francis  of  Assisi :  1^82-1226 ;  founder  of  the  Franciscan 

Order ;  the  Stigmata  or  wounds  of  Christ ;  lamb  ;  lily. 
St.  Genevieve:  d.  512 ;  patron  saint  of  Paris;  a  distaff;  sheep; 

sometimes  a  basket  of  loaves ;  a  candle  lighted,  a  demon 

trying  to  blow  it  out  with  bellows,  angel  lighting  it 
St  George :  d.  303 ;  patron  saint  of  England,  Germany  and 

Venice,  and  of  soldiers ;  a  dragon ;  red  cross  on  white 

ground  on  banner  or  on  breast ;  white  horse. 
St  Giles  or  Egidius :  d.  725 ;  an  arrow  piercing  his  breast  or 

through  his  hand  (very  rare) ;  or  a  hind  near,  pierced  by 

an 'arrow;  patron  saint  of  Edinburgh,  of  cripples,  etc. 
St.  Gregory  the  Great :  544  P-604 ;  Pope's  robes ;  dove  on  his 

shoulder  or  hovering  over  his  head. 
St  Guthlac:  663P-714;  patron  saint  of  Crowland. 
St.  Helen  :  d.  328  ;  empress  ;  holds  large  cross. 
St.  Henry :  1421-1471 ;  King  of  England. 
St  Hubert :  d.  727  ;  Bishop ;  patron  of  the  chase ;  stag  with 

crucifix  between  its  horns. 
St  Hugh  of  Lincoln:  1135-1200;  Bishop;  Carthusian  habit; 

swan ;  three  flowers. 

St  Hugh  of  Lincoln  :  1246  P-1255 ;  boy-martyr. 
St.  Ives  or  Yvo :  d.  1303 ;  patron  saint  of  lawyers ;  lawyer's 

robes ;  sometimes  surrounded  by  widows  ana  orphans. 
St  James  the  Great :  Apostle  ;  patron  of  Spain ;  staff,  bottle, 

scallop-shell. 

St  James  the  Less  :  Apostle  ;  a  fuller's  staff  or  club. 
St  Jerome:  345-420;  in  his  study,  or  in  the  desert;  a  cardinal's 

hat,  a  lion,  a  partridge. 
St.  Joachim :  father  of  the  Virgin ;  meeting  St.  Anna  at  the 

gate ;  carries  a  staff  and  a  basket  containing  two  doves. 
St  John  Baptist :  a  lamb ;  a  tall  staff  with  a  cross-piece ;  hairy 

coat 


A  LIST  OF  SAINTS  813 

St.  John  Chrysostom  :  d.  407  ;   patriarch  of  Constantinople  ; 

chalice  and  book  of  gospels  ;  beehive. 

St.  John  de  Matha  :  d.  1213 ;  founder  of  the  Order  of  Trini- 
tarians for  the  redemption  of  captives  ;  white  habit,  with  blue 

and  red  cross  on  breast ;  fetters,  or  angel  leading  captives. 
St  John  :  Evangelist ;  eagle  ;  cup  with  serpent. 
St.  Joseph  :  a  lily. 

St  Jude  :  Apostle ;  a  halberd  or  boat. 
St.  Juliana :  end  of  third  century ;  holds  dragon  or  devil  by 

a  chain  ;  hanging  by  her  hair. 
St.  Laurence :  d.  258  ;  a  gridiron. 
St.  Lazarus  of  Bethany  :  patron  of  Marseilles. 
St.  Leonard  :  d.  559  ;  patron  of  prisoners  and  slaves  ;  vested  as 

deacon  or  abbot ;  holds  chains. 
St.  Louis  (IX):  1215-1270  ;  King  of  France;  royal  robes,  crown 

and  sceptre  or  Franciscan  habit ;  crown  of  thorns. 
St.  Lucy  :  d.  303;  patron  of  Syracuse;  protectress  from  diseases 

of  the  eye  ;  eyes  in  a  dish  ;  sword  or  wound  in  her  neck ; 

lamp. 

St.  Luke  :  Evangelist ;  an  ox  ;  a  picture  of  the  Virgin. 
St.  Margaret :  d.  306  ;  a  dragon. 
St.  Mark  :  Evangelist ;  lion  ;  pen,  ink  and  scroll. 
St.  Martha  of  Bethany:  patron  of  housewives  and  cooks;  keys 

at  her  girdle  ;  pot  of  holy  water  ;  ladle  ;  dragon  bound  at 

her  feet. 
St.  Martin  of  Tours  :  d.  397  ;  beggar  at  his  feet  or  receiving 

half  his  cloak. 
St.  Mary,  the  wife  of  Cleophas  :  mother  of  SS.  James  and  John 

and  of  SS.  Simeon  and  Joseph  ;  with  her  four  sons  bearing 

their  emblems. 

St.  Mary,  the  Blessed  Virgin  :  a  lily. 

St.  Mary  Magdalene :  patron  of  penitent  women  and  of  Mar- 
seilles ;  box  or  vase  of  alabaster ;  long  hair. 
St  Matthew:  evangelist;   an   angel  or  man;  pen,   ink  and 

scroll ;  bag  of  money  ;  a  knife  or  dagger. 
St.  Matthias  :  Apostle  ;  an  axe. 
St.  Nicholas  of  Myra  or  Bari :  d.  326  ;  Bishop  ;  ship  ;  anchor ; 

sometimes  with  three  balls  ;   or  three  children  in  a  tub ; 

patron  saint  of  Russia,  of  sailors  and  children,  and  others. 
St.  Norbert :  1092  P-1134 ;  founder  of  Order  of  Premonstraten- 

sians ;  white  habit  over  black  ;  demon  bound  at  his  feet ; 

monstrance  or  cup,  spider  over  it 


314  APPENDIX 

St.  Olaf :  eleventh  century ;  with  loaves. 

St.  Oswald  :  605  P-642  ;  King  ;  royal  robes,  large  cross. 

St.   Osyth,  Osith,  or  Sytha :     second  century ;    queen  and 

abbess ;  carries  her  head. 
St.  Paul :  Apostle ;  sword. 
St  Peter :  Apostle ;  keys  ;  fish. 

St.  Peter  Martyr  :  d.  1252  ;  Dominican  ;  a  wound  in  the  head. 
St  Philip  :  Apostle  ;  a  cross,  sometimes  T-shaped. 
St.  Radegunda  :  519  P-587 ;  crowned  abbess  ;  captive  kneeling  at 

her  feet ;  broken  fetters  in  her  hand. 
St.  Koch  :  d.  1327  ;  points  to  a  wound  in  his  leg ;   pilgrim's 

staff  and  shell ;  dog  by  his  side,  an  angel 
St.  Sebastian  :  d.  288  ;  bound  to  a  tree  or  column  and  pierced 

with  arrows. 
St.  Sidwell,  or  Sativola :  eighth  century ;  scythe  and  well ; 

carries  her  head. 

St  Simon  :  Apostle ;  a  saw ;  sometimes  fishes. 
St  Sitha.     See  St.  Zita. 
St  Stephen :  protomartyr ;  deacon's  robes ;  a  stone  striking 

his  head. 

St  Swithin  :  d.  862  ;  Bishop  of  Winchester. 
St  Sytha.    See  St.  Osyth. 
St.  Thomas :  Apostle ;  patron  of  builders  and  architects ;  a 

builder's  square. 
St  Thomas  Aquinas:  1224P-1274;  Dominican;  chalice,  star  in 

his  breast 
St  Thomas  4  Becket:  1119P-1170;  Archbishop;  Benedictine; 

a  wound  in  the  head. 
St  Ursula :  a  banner  with  a  red  cross,  sometimes  surrounded 

by  many  virgins ;  patron  saint  of  young  girls. 
St  Veronica:  holding  a  cloth  on  which  is  the  face  of  Our 

Lord. 
St  Vincent  of  Saragossa :  third  century ;  deacon ;  raven  and 

lion  by  him ;  iron  hook. 
St.  Vitus :  d.  303 ;  a  cauldron  of  oil ;  a  boy  with  a  palm ; 

generally  a  cock,  sometimes  a  lion  or  wolf. 
St.  Walstan  :  1016 ;  confessor ;  crowned  and  in  king's  robes ; 

holding  a  scythe  and  styled  opifer ;  two  calves  below. 
St  Werberga :  d.  708 ;  patron  of  Chester. 
St  Wilfrid,  or  Wilfrith  :  709  ;  Bishop  of  the  Northumbrians ; 

baptising  Pagans  ;  broken  idols. 


A  LIST  OF  SAINTS  815 

St.  Winefred :  seventh  century ;  carries  her  head ;  beheaded 
before  an  altar. 

St.  William  of  Norwich:  1132-1144;  depicted  as  being  cruci- 
fied by  Jews. 

St  Withburgha :  743 ;  a  church  in  her  hand ;  two  dovhs  at  her 

feet. 
St  Wulfstan,  Wulstan,  or  Wolstan :  d.  1095 ;  bishop ;  fixing 

his  crozier  in  St.  Edward's  tomb ;  devil  behind  him  with  a 

book  ;  giving  sight  to  a  blind  man. 
St  Zita,  Citha,  or  Sitha  :  fourteenth  century  ;  as  a  housekeeper 

with  keys,  loaves ;  or  with  rosary,  bag,  book. 

THE  FOUR  DOCTORS  OF  THE  GREEK  CHURCH 

SS.  Ambrose,  Augustine,  Gregory,  Jerome. 

THE  FOUR  DOCTORS  OF  THE  LATIN  CHURCH 

SS.  Gregory  Nazianzen,  John  Chrysostom,  Basil  the  Great, 
Athanasius  ;  a  fifth  is  sometimes  added,  namely  St.  Cyril  of 
Alexandria. 

THE  ARCHANGELS 

Gabriel,  the  angel  of  the  Annunciation. 

Michael :  the  angel  of  the  Resurrection,  receives  and  weighs 

the  souls  of  the  departed,  hence  has  scales. 
Raphael :  accompanied  Tobias  ;  represented  with  Tobias,  who 

carries  a  fish. 


For  much  of  the  matter  in  this  list  I  am  indebted  to  Saints  and 
their  Symbols,  by  E.  A.  G.  (2nd  ed.,  Lond.,  1882) ;  and  to  Emblems 
«f  Saints,  by  F.  C.  Husenbeth,  3rd  ed.  by  A.  Jessop,  1882. 


III.     A  LIST  OF  ENGLISH  ARCHITECTS 

BORN    BEFORE    THE   END    OF    THE   EIGHTEENTH    CENTURY 

Henry  Hawthorne,  fl.  temp.  Qu.  Elizabeth ;  Surveyor  to  the 

Queen  ;  gallery  at  Windsor  Castle. 
John  Shute,  fl.  1550-1570,  architect  and  limner;  wrote  Tht 

First  and  Chief  Groundes  of  Architecture. 
John   Thorpe,  fl.   1570-c.  1610,  surveyor ;    Longford   Castle, 

Wilts. 

Huntingdon  Smithson,  d.  1648,  surveyor ;  Wollaton  Hall,  Notts. 
Thomas  Holt,  1578?-! 624,  carpenter;  Oxford:  Wadham  College. 
Ralph  Symonds,  fl.  1600,  builder ;  Cambridge :  Trinity  College 

Hall. 

Bernard  Jansen,/.  1610-1630,  architect? ;  Audley  End,  Essex. 
John  Westley,  d.  1656,  bricklayer ;  and  Thomas  Grumbald, 

mason  ;  Cambridge :  Clare  College,  east  and  south  ranges 

and  bridge. 
Inigo  Jones,  1573-1652,  architect;  London:  Banqueting  House, 

Whitehall. 
John  Abel,  1597-1694,  carpenter ;  Leominster,  Herefordshire : 

Market  Hall  (now  "  The  Grange"). 

John  Webb,  1611-1672,  architect;  Ashdown  Park,  Berkshire. 
Sir  Christopher  Wren,  1632-1723,  architect;  London:  St  Paul's 

Cathedral 

Robert  Hooke;  1635-1703,  astronomer,  etc. ;  London:  Bethle- 
hem Hospital. 

William  Talnian,  d.  1700,  architect;  Chatsworth  House,  Derby- 
shire. 
Henry  Aldrich,   1647-1710,  Dean  of  Christchurch,  Oxford; 

Oxford :  Peckwater  Quadrangle,  Christchurch. 
Henry  Bell,  d.  1717,  architect;  King's  Lynn,  Norfolk:  Customs 

House. 
George  Clark,  1660-1736,  statesman  (Secretary  of  State 

War,  etc.);  Oxford:  Christchurch  Library. 
Sir  John  Vanbrugh,  1664-1726,  dramatist  and  architect ; 

hcim  Palace,  Oxfordshire. 

316 


LIST  OF  ENGLISH  ARCHITECTS    317 

Colin  Campbell,  d.  1734,  architect;  Houghton  House,  Norfolk. 
Nicholas   Hawkesmoor,    1666-1736,  architect;   London:   St. 
George's  Church,  Bloomsbury. 

Thomas  Archer,  d.  1743,  architect ;  Birmingham :  St  Philip's 
Church. 

John  James,  d.  1746,  architect;  London:  St  George's  Church, 
Hanover  Square. 

William  Kent,  1684-1748,  architect ;  London  :  Horse  Guards. 

Giacomo  Leoni,  1686-1746,  architect;  Moor  Park,  Hertford- 
shire. 

James  Gibbs,  1682-1754,  architect ;  London :  St.  Martin's-in- 
the-Fields  (Trafalgar  Square). 

Thomas  Ripley,  d.  1758,  architect ;  London :  The  Admiralty. 

Sir  James  Borough,  1690-1764,  Master  of  Gonville  and  Caius 
College,  Cambridge;  worked  with  James  Essex,  architect; 
Cambridge :  Clare  College  ChapeL 

Earl  of  Burlington,  1695-1753,  amateur ;  worked  with  Camp- 
bell, Kent,  Leoni,  Flitcroft 

Henry  Flitcroft,  1697-1769,  architect;  Woburn  Abbey,  Bed- 
fordshire. 

George  Dance,  senior,  1698-1768,  architect;  London:  Mansion 
House. 

Isaac  Ware,  d.  1766,  architect ;  London  :  Chesterfield  House. 

William  Adam,  fl.  1750,  architect ;  buildings  in  Edinburgh  and 
Glasgow. 

John  Wood,  senior,  1705?-!  754,  architect ;  Prior  Park,  Bath. 

Stephen  Wright,/.  1750,  architect;  Cambridge:  University 
Library,  east  front. 

John  Vardy,  d.  1765,  architect ;  London  :  Spencer  House. 

James  Paine,  c.  1720-1789,  architect ;  Kedleston  Hall,  Derby- 
shire. 

Sir  Robert  Taylor,  1714-1788,  architect ;  London  :  stone  build- 
ings, Lincoln's  Inn  Fields. 

John  Carr,  1723-1807,  architect ;  Harewood  House,  Yorkshire. 

James  Essex,  1722-1784,  architect ;  buildings  at  Cambridge. 

Sir  William  Chambers,  1726-1796,  architect;  London:  Somerset 
House. 

Robert  Adam,  1728-1792,  architect ;  Luton  House,  Bedford- 
shire. 

Thomas  Cooley,  1740-1784,  architect;  Royal  Exchange,  Dublin. 

George  Dance,  junior,  1741-1825,  architect;  London,  St.  Luke's 
Hospital,  Old  Street. 


318  APPENDIX 

Thomas  Harrison,  1744-1829,  architect ;  buildings  in  Lancashire. 
Henry  Holland,  1746P-1806,  architect;  London:  Brooks 's  Club. 
James Gandon,  1742-1823;  architect;  Dublin:  Customs  House. 
James  Wyatt,  1746-1813,  architect ;  Fonthill  Abbey. 
Sir  John    Soane,    1752-1836,   architect;    London:    Bank   of 

England. 
John    Nash,    1752-1835,    architect ;    London :     Buckingham 

Palace. 
William  Inwood,  1771-1843,  architect ;  London  :  St.  Pancras 

Church,  Marylebone. 
Sir  Jeffery  WyatviUe,  1766-1840,  architect ;  Windsor  Castle, 

alterations  (Gothic). 
Thomas    Rickman,  1776-1841,  architect ;    writer  on   Gothic 

architecture ;  Cambridge :  St.  John's  College,  new  court. 
William   Wilkins,    1778-1839,   architect;    London:    National 

Gallery. 
Sir   John    Smirke,    1781-1867,    architect ;    London :    British 

Museum. 
Edward  Blore,  1787  (or  1790)- 1879,  architect  and  draughtsman  ; 

Moreton  Hall,  Cheshire ;  published  Monumental  Remaint. 
Charles    Robert    Cockerell,    1788-1863,    architect;    Oxford: 

Taylorian  Institute. 
George  Basevi,  1794-1845,  architect;  Cambridge:  Fitzwilliam 

Museum. 

Sir  William  Tite,  1798-1873,  architect ;  London :  Royal  Ex- 
change. 
Sir  Charles  Barry,  1795-1860,  architect ;  London :  Houses  of 

Parliament 
Deciruus  Burton,  1800-1881,  architect ;  London :  Athenaeum 

Club,  Pall  Mali 


IV.  A  TABLE  OF  THE 
PERIODS  OF  ENGLISH  ARCHITECTURE 


Rickman. 

Sharpe. 

Saxon  to  1066 

William  I.    . 

1066 

Norman 

Norman 

William  II.  . 

1087 

1066-1189 

1066-1145 

Henry  I.      . 

1100 

Stephen 

1135 

Henry  II.    . 

1154 

Transition 
1145-1190 

Richard  I.    . 

1189 

Early  English 

Lancet 

John     .         .         . 

1199 

1189-1280 

1190-1245 

Henry  III.  . 

1216 

Edward  I.    . 

1272 

Decorated 

Geometrical 

Edward  II.  . 

1307 

1280-1377 

1245-1315 

Edward  III. 

1327 

Curvilinear 
1315-1360 

Richard  II.  . 

1377 

Perpendicular 

Rectilinear 

Henry  IV.  . 

1399 

1377-1547 

1360-15.50 

Henry  V.     . 

1413 

Henry  VI.  . 

1422 

Edward  IV. 

1461 

Edward  V.  . 

1483 

Richard  III. 

1483 

, 

Henry  VII. 

1485 

Henry  VIII. 

1509 

Tudor 

Edward  VI. 

1547 

1500-1603 

Mary    .        .        . 

1553 

Elizabeth     . 

1558 

James  I.       .        . 

1603 

Stuart  or  Jacobean 

Charles  I.     . 

1625 

1603-1689 

Commonwealth    . 

1649 

Charles  II.  . 

1660 

James  II. 
William  and  Mary 

1685 
1689 

Hanoverian  or  Georgian, 
including  Queen  Anne 

Anne   . 

1702 

1689-1800 

George  I.     .        . 

1714 

George  II.   . 

1727 

George  III.  .        . 
George  IV.  . 

1760 
1820 

Revived  styles 

William  IV. 

1830 

1800- 

Victoria       .        . 

1837 

Edward  VII. 

1901 

319 


le,  habit,  etc. 
oduced  into  E 


pq 


0! 


2      o» 

0          rH 


W 

un 


• 


— 


03 


B 

o03 

S 


11 

OO 


:  l 


CV. 

CO                                   CO 

G<                                   <O 

co 

a 

S 

n     t-~* 

«*      •* 

The  only  English  order. 
Double  houses  for  men  and 
women,  ruled  by  prioress. 
Men,whitecloakoverblack 
cassock.  Women,  black 
cloak,  hood,  and  tunic. 
Grey  cloak  and  hood,  grey 

J| 

—  i      cT 

'•fi   O  j^ 

No  houses  of  women  in  Eng- 
land. Long  black  gown, 
with  wide  sleeves  and  hood; 

white  cassock.  1250. 
White  cloak  over  brown 
tunic.  1240. 

Franciscan  nuns.  1293. 

Gown  like  a  sack.  1257. 
White,  red,  or  blue  cross. 

1  OAA 

Rule  of  St.  Augustine.  Black 
cassock.  1257. 

IS 

CO 

y    • 

Black  mantle,  with  eight- 
pointed  white  cross.  1100 
White  mantle  with  red  cross; 
c.  1140.  Suppressed  1310. 

§                     2 

«5 
G* 

$ 

a 
o 

I-H                   ^ 

o 
o* 

05 
CO 

Q<        00 

l^                     "" 

rH 

** 

to 

to 

to 

St.  Gilbert  of  Sem- 
pringham,atSem- 
pringham,  Lin- 
colnshire. 

St.  Francis,  at 

•s 

.y 

_•'§  c 
S2  °  o 

55 

Amalgamated  by 
PopeClementlV. 

•!-> 

11 

O   cS 
|| 

Carmel. 
St.  Francis  and  St. 
Clara,  at  Assisi. 

St.  John  of  Matha. 

'• 

j 

Gerard  of  Jeru- 
salem. 
Hugh  de  Payens, 
at  Jerusalem. 

h 

•    i-    CO 

•—     Jd 

co   o    t, 

o      ^ 

o  «.S 

CO 

•  r^ 

— 

£ 

r-     ^     E 

.5 

S 

CO    CO^J 

cu  CB  cu 

>H     CO  _T5 

£ 

j                                £ 

S  sf 

£ 

£ 

eg   coiS     • 

o  %£    : 

V 

• 

^     Ic 

_G 

4) 

"^  o  o    • 

•       • 

>» 

.2^  u 

*-.S  2 

J 

£ 

£M  v 

CO 

3 

8^-2 

3 

O 

S£ 

< 

^ 

iS  2 

O 

*                               * 

* 

* 

• 

•    .  . 

§ 
p 

Oj 

e 

9 

c 

'•S  ca 

V 

ee 

8  «» 

s         gi 

'•2            «•§ 

*         ai 
§         P 

Dominican 

.3 
"S 
:c 

CO 

• 

•< 

Carmelite  . 

C 

CD        •*•"  .5 

t-        '?   t« 

^S     S.3 

O     PkS 

+s     ,^'E 

55    OH 

Bonshomm 

Crossed  Fri 

£S    h 

O  —      * 

*3  i 

S'i-  1 

|K   £ 

£ 

INDEX 


Abbess :  i 
Abbot:  i 

Abel,  J.,  carpenter:  316 
Aberdeen  cathedral  :  painted 
roof,  307;  granite  nave,  308; 
west  front,  ibid. 

King's  college:  tower,  305; 
stalls,  307;  rood-loft,  ibid. 
Abernethy  tower :  302 
Adam,  R.,  architect :  317 
Adam,  W.,  architect:  317 
Agatha,  St. ,  pictures  of  :  205 
Agnes,  St.,  pictures  of:  205 
Aidan,  St.  :   his  influence  on 

architecture,  56 
Alabaster  reredoses  :  205,  248 
Alban,  St.,  shrine  of:  132 
Albert  of  Jerusalem :   founds 

Carmelite  order,  322 
Aldrich,   H.,   amateur  archi- 
tect: 316 

Alexander  III,  King  of  Scot- 
land: his  death,  303 
Alsop-in-the-Dale:  impost  and 

arch:  Fig.  121 
Altar-rails,  63 

Ambrose,  St.,  pictures  of:  205 
Andrew,  St.,  effigy  of:  xvi. 
Anthony,  St.,  pictures  of:  203, 

205 
Apollonia,    St.,    pictures   of : 

205 

Apse :  2,  49 

d'Arbrissel,     Robert :   founds 
order   of  Fontevraud,    320 


Arbroath  abbey:  303 

Archangels,  315 

Archer,  T.,  architect:  317 

Architects,  English  :  chrono- 
logical list  of,  316 

Argyllshire :  crosses,  302 

Armariu* :  141 

Arris  :  12 

Artemisia  builds  mausoleum: 
150 

Arundel  castle  :   40 

Ashdown  Park :   316 

Assisi :  321 

Assyria  :   8 

Athens  :  Byzantine  churches, 
298 

Church  at  Daphni :  299 
Erechtheum,  33 
Parthenon,  198,  208 
Temple  of  Jupiter  Olym- 
pus, base,   Fig.  19   (see   p. 
xiii.) 

Auchindoir  church :  sacrament 
house,  307 

Audley  End,  316 

Augustine,  St.,  of  Canterbury: 
his  influence  on  architec- 
ture, 57  ;  introduces  basili- 
can  plan,  55,  75  ;  not  the 
founder  of  English  mona- 
chism,  153 

Augustine,  St.,  of  Hippo, 
pictures  of :  205 

Augustinian  canons  :  164, 
320 


This  index  does  not  include  the  alphabetical  List  of  Saints. 
323 


824 


INDEX 


Augustinian  friars,  321 
Avignon  :  320 


Bacon,Francis,  Lord  Verulam, 

effigy  of:  171 
Balsham,    Bishop   Hugh   de : 

founds  Peterhouse :  67 
Balsham  church :  window,  Fig. 

244 

Bamburgh  castle,  38 

Bangor  cathedral :  tile  pave- 
ment, Fig.  237  (see  p.  xxiii.) 

Barnack  church  :  capital,  Fig. 
43 

Barry,  Sir  C.,  architect :  3*8 

Basevi,  G.,  architect    318 

Basil  the  Great,  St.  :  founds 
eastern  monachism,  153 

Bath,  Prior  Park:  317 

Bear's-breach :  2 

Beaumaris  castle  :  43  ;  corbel- 
table,  Fig.  80  (tee  p.  xvf.) 

church  :  tracery,  Fig.  252 
(tee  p.  xxiv.) 

Bee-hive  cell,  56 

Bell,  H.,  architect:  316 

Bendochy  church :  sacrament 
house,  307 

Benedic  Biscop :  his  buildings, 
56 

Benedict,  St. :  founds  religious 
order,  153,  320 

Benedictine  order:  154,  320; 
presses  for  books,  141;  re- 
formed branches  of,  160 ; 
typical  plan  of  monastery, 

fig-  *37 

Bengeo  church  plan:  Fig.  62 
Berkeley  castle,  40 

church  :  capital,  Fig.  103 
Berno  :      founds     order     of 

Cluniacs,  320 
Bethlehem  :    church    of    the 

Nativity,  297 
Bethlehem  Hospital :  316 


Beverley  minster :  frith  stool, 

104 

Biggar:  304 
Birmingham  :     St.     Phillip's 

church,  317 

Blaise,  St. ,  pictures  of :  205 
Blenheim  Palace:  the  name, 

207;  built,  316 
Bologna,  323 
Bonahommes  :  religious  order, 

323 

Borough,  Sir  J,,  amateur 
architect :  317 

Bothwell :  305 

Boule,  Monseiur :  invents  buhl 
work,  25 

Boxford  church :  relieving 
arch,  Fig.  12  (tee  p.  xiii.) 

Boyle,  Richard,  third  Earl  of 
Burlington.  Set  Burlington 

Brechin  :  cathedral,  303,  307 ; 
round  tower :  302 

Brixworth  church  :  75 

Bruno,  St. :  founds  Carthusian 
order,  320 

Burlington,  Richard,  Earl  of, 
amateur  architect  1317 

Burton,  D.,  architect:  318 

Bury  St.  Edmunds :  growth 
of  the  town  round  the  mon- 
astery, 1 60;  Jew's  house,  1 20 

Byzantium:  enamelling  intro- 
duced from,  173;  architec- 
ture of,  297 


Caernarvon  castle :  43 
Caerphilly  castle  :  40,  41 
Callimachus,  sculptor :   197 
Cambridge  :    church    of   the 
Holy  Sepulchre,  plan,  Fig. 
141 ;  church  of  St.  Bene't, 
tower,  Fig.  212;  church  of 
St.  Mary  the  Great,  mould- 
ing, Fig.  158  (gee  p.  xxi.); 
church  of  St.  Mary  the  Less, 


INDEX 


325 


charnel-house,  48 ;    mould- 
ing, Fig.  159  (tee  p.  xxi.) 

Clare  college  built:  316; 
chapel  built,  317  ;  gateway, 
fig.  127 

Colleges:  66,  221;  plays 
acted  in,  266 

Fitzwilliam  Museum :  318 
Hostels:  119 
King's  college  belfry :  19  ; 
lock  plate  in  chapel,  Fig.  125 
Lazar  house :  139 
Queen's    college,     plan  : 
Fig.  69 ;  St.  John's  college, 
new  court  built,  318 ;  strap- 
work,  Fig.  223 

St.  Radegund's  priory :  en- 
trance to  chapter-house, 
Fig.  138 

Trinity  college  :  hall  built, 
317;  library  built,  145 

University  Library :  cor- 
nice, Fig.  99  (see  p.  xvii.)  ; 
east  front  built,  318 
Cambridgeshire  steeples :  256 
Campbell,  C.,  architect:  317 
Candle-beam,  233 
Canons    regular:     152,     164, 

320 

Canons  secular :  their  chapter- 
houses, 156 

Canterbury    cathedral :      de- 
scribed by    Eadmer,    217  ; 
eastern      transept,      284  ; 
foliage,  98;  plan,  Fig.  65; 
shrine  of  "Becket,  252 
Carlisle  castle  :  38,  40 
Carmelite  Friars :  321 
Carnwath :  304 
Carpi:   scagliola  invented  at, 

245 

Carr,  J.,  architect:  317 
Carthusian  order:    162,  320; 

rule,  45,  162 
Castle  Rising :  38 
Castorchurch:  window,^. 245 


Catacombs :  259 

Cathedrals  of  secular  canons : 
their  chapter-houses,  156 ; 
their  libraries,  141 

Catherine,  St.,  of  Alexandria : 
pictures  of,  202,  203,  204 

Certosa,  Pavia:  162 

Chambers,  Sir  W.,  architect: 
3i7 

Chartreuse:  162,  320 

Chatsworth  House :  316 

Chaucer,  quoted:  169,  265 

Cheshire:  ironworks,  136;  tim- 
ber building:  272 

Chester  cathedral :  lectern  in 
refectory,  Fig.  158 ;  tracery, 
Fig.  254  (tee  p.  xxiv.) 

Chestnut  used  for  roofs :  240 

Chichester  cathedral :  19 

China,  its  architecture  imi- 
tated: no,  228 

Christ,  image  of:  210,  231; 
pictures  of:  202,  204,  205 

Christopher,  St. ,  effigy  of:  xvi. ; 
pictures  of,  204 

Cistercian  order:  160,  320; 
book-room,  141 ;  domu$  eon- 
versorum,  86 ;  iron  works, 
135 ;  rule,  160 ;  typical  plan 
of  monastery,  Fig.  140 

Citeaux:   160,  320 

Clara,  St.  :  founds  religious 
order,  321 

Clare,  St.,  nuns  of:  321 

Clark,  G.,  amateur  architect: 
316 

Clay-bats:  65 

Clement  IV.,  Pope:  amalga- 
mates Augustinian  Friars, 
321 

Cluniac  order :  160,  320 

Cluny :  160,  320 

Cochwillan  :  roof,  Fig.  206 

Cockerell,   C.    R.,  architect : 

303 
Colchester  castle :  38 


826 


INDEX 


Coldingham :  303 

Collegiate  churches  of  Scot- 
land: 308 

Cologne  brasses  :   173 

Columba,  St.  :  his  mission  to 
lona,  56 

Conisborough  castle :  35 

Coniston:  lead  glazing,  Fig. 
112  (tee  p.  xvii.) 

Constantine :  Emperor,  297 

Constantinople  :  297  ;  church 
of  Sta  Sophia,  298,  299 

Conway  castle :  43 

church  roof :  Fig.  205 

Cooley,  T.,  architect:  317 

Cornwall:  265 

Corstorphine :  304 

Cortachy  church  :  sacrament 
house,  307 

Coton  church :  keyhole  es- 
cutcheon. Fig.  126  (tee  p. 
xviii.) 

Crete:  114 

Crichton :  305 

Cross,  processional,  aumbry 
for:  3 

Crossusedasasymbol:23i,259 

Crossed  Friars  :  321 

Crucifix  :  220,  231 

Crucifixion,  pictures  of :  205, 
259 

Cullen  church :  sacrament 
house,  307 

Dairsie :  308 
Dalmeny  church  :  302 
Dance,  G.,  senior,  architect : 

317 
Dance,  G. ,  junior,  architect : 

317 

Dance  ol  Death,  pictures  of : 
204 

Danes :  destruction  by,  164, 
244  ;  their  monuments,  ib.  ; 
their  influence  on  architec- 
ture :  130,  245 


Daphni,  church  at :  299 

Davenant,  Sir  W.  :  improves 
theatre  scenery,  268 

De  Penitentia,  friars  :  321 

Derbyshire :  alabaster  works, 
248 

Deskford  church  :  sacrament 
house,  307 

Devonshire:  marble,  149; 
screens  in  churches,  232 

Doctors  of  the  Greek  and 
Latin  Churches  :  315 

Dominic  St.  :  founds  order 
of  friars,  321 

Dominican  order:  321 

Doom,  pictures  of  the:  203,204 

Dorchester  church,  Oxford- 
shire:  136 

Dosseret :  300 

Dover  castle :  38 

Dryburgh  :  303 

Dublin  :  Customs  House,  318  ; 
Royal  Exchange,  317 

Dunblane :  302,  303,  307 

Dundrennan  :  303 

Dunfermline  monastery :   302 

Dunglass  :  305 

Dunkeld :  306 

Dunning  church :   tower,  302 

Diirer,  Albert :   293 

Durham  cathedral  :  eastern 
transept,  284  ;  galilee,  106  ; 
lantern,  138  ;  lavatory,  139  ; 
monastic  kitchen,  159  ;  pas- 
cal candlestick,  28  ;  service 
of  the  Easter  sepulchre,  90  ; 
taking  sanctuary,  243;  vault- 
ing, 288 

Eadmer,  describes  Canterbury 
cathedral:  217 

East  Anglia  :  flint  and  stone- 
work, 96  ;  church  steeples, 
255  ;  screens  in  churches, 
232  ;  timber  building,  272 


INDEX 


327 


Edinburgh:  St.  Giles'  cathe- 
dral, 305,  306 

Edmund,  St.,  pictures  of:  202, 
205 

Edward  the  Confessor :  pic- 
tures of,  203,  205  ;  his 
shrine,  169,  175,  252 

Edward,  St.,  King  and  Mar- 
tyr, pictures  of,  205 

Egypt,  its  architecture,  195 

Eleanor,  Queen,  effigy  of,  170, 
248 

Elgin  cathedral :    303,  308 

Elsing  church :  tracery,  Fig. 
251  (tee  p.  xxiii.) 

Ely,  Bishop's  Palace  :  niche, 
Fig.  1 88 

Cathedral:  armarium,  141; 
base,  Fig.  166  (gee  p.  xxi.); 
capital,  Fig.  40  ;  church  and 
conventual  buildings,  plan, 
Fig.  137;  galilee,  106;  in- 
tersecting arches,  Fig.  189 
(tee  p.  xxi.) ;  ironwork,  133; 
Lady  chapel,  137;  lantern, 
138;  shrine  of  St.  Ethel- 
dreda,  169,  252;  tile  pave- 
ment, 269;  west  tower,  256; 
west  transept,  284 

Enamel:  170,  172,  173 

England :  apse  introduced,  49 ; 
basilican  planintroduced,54, 
55;  celic  plan  introduced, 
56 ;  cloister  introduced,  64 ; 
confessio  introduced,  73  ; 
dome  introduced,  86 ;  Gothic 
style,  108;  influenceon  Scot- 
tish architecture,  302,  303, 
304;  ogee  arch  introduced, 
9 ;  open  timber  roofs  peculiar 
to,  233  ;  paintings  com- 
pared with  those  of  Italy 
and  France,  202 ;  painting 
in  tempera,  104 ;  pointed 
arch  introduced,  9 ;  renais- 
sance architecture  intro- 


duced, 9 ;  sculpture,  1 70  ; 
table  of  periods  of  architect 
ture,  319 

Erechtheum :    33 

Escomb  church  :  plan,  Fig.  61 

Essex,  J.,  architect,  317 

Etheldreda,  St.,  shrine  of:  252 

Ethiopia  :  8 

Eton  college:  66 

Evelyn,  John :  quoted,  108,197, 
249 

Exeter  cathedral :  consecration 
cross,  Fig.  76 

Farnham  castle  :  40,  43,  120  ; 
machicolations,  Fig.  123; 
plan,  Figt.  49,  50 

Fen  Ditton  :  gables,  Fig.  1 1 1 

Fire-dog:  5 

First  and  Chief  Groundet  of 
Architecture:  316 

Flemish  ironwork,  132;  monu- 
mental brasses,  138,  173; 
sculptors,  249.  See  also 
Holland  and  Netherlands 

Flitcroft,  H.,  architect:  317 

Florence,  S.  Trinita:  ara- 
besque, Fig.  9  (tee  p.  xiii.) 

Fontevraud,  order  of:  322 

Fonthill  abbey :  320 

Fordham  ch.  :  consecration 
cross,  Fig.  75 

Forest  of  Dean  :  135 

Fountains  abbey :  book-room, 
141 ;  plan,  Fig.  140 

Fowlis  Easter :  church,  306 ; 
rood-screen,  307 ;  sacrament 
house,  ibid. 

France :  apse  used,  49,  57  ; 
entresol  used,  94  ;  footlights 
introduced  from, 2 69 ;  Gothic 
style,  108;  influence  on  Eng- 
lish architecture^ 7,  Figt.  63, 
66,  256,  282 ;  influence  on 
Scottish  architecture,  304; 
pointed  arch  introduced,  9  ; 
type  of  book-case  used,  143. 


328 


INDEX 


Francis,  St.  :  founds  order  of 

friars,  321 

Franciscan  order :  32 1 
Fratres  conversi  :  86 
Friars,  orders  of:  164,  321 
Frontlet :  5 
Furness  abbey :    book-room, 

141 ;  ironworks,  135 


Games  in  cloisters  :  65 

Gandon,  J.,  architect :  318 

Garrick,  D.  :  introduces  foot- 
lights, 269 

George, St. , pictures  of :  2 04 , 205 

Georgian  architecture :  227, 
3*9 

Gerard  of  Jerusalem  :  founds 
order  of  Hospitallers,  321 

Germans  working  in  England: 
225 

Germany :  Gothic  style,  109 ; 
Romanesque,  ib. ;  type  of 
bookcase  used,  143 

Gibbons,  Grinling :   102 

Gibbs,  J.,  architect:  317 

Gilbert,  St.,  of  Sempringham, 
founds  order  of  canons,  164, 
321 

Gilbertine  order :  164,321 

Glasgow :  cathedral,  303,  304, 
308 ;  stone  rood-loft,  307; 
Cross  Steeple,  305 

Glastonbury  :  consecration 
•crosses,  76 

Gloucester  cathedral:  carrells, 
32,  141 

Gloucestershire :  ironworks, 
136 ;  stone  slates,  241 ;  tim- 
ber building,  272 

Goodwood  House  :  plan  and 
elevation,  Fig.  120 

Grantchester  church :  tracery, 
Fig.  250 

Great  Abington  church  :  trac- 
ery, Fig.  243 


Greece :  architecture  imitated, 
no ;  marble,  149 

Greek  Church  :  monastic  sys- 
tem, 152 

Grumbald,  T.,  mason  :  316 

Guthrie:  307 

Haddington:    305,  306 
Haddon  Hall:  plan,  69,  Figt. 

71,  119 
Hadstock  church :  moulding, 

Fig.  149  (see  p.  xx.) 
Halicarnassos :    150 
Hall:    120;  its  Latin  name, 

13 

Hampton  Court :  gates,  133 
Hamstall     Ridware    church : 

chalice  and  paten,  Fig.  51 

(see  p.  xv.) 

Hanoverian  architecture :  227 
Harding,   St.    Stephen.      See 

Stephen  Harding,  St. 
Harewood  House :  317 
Harlech  castle :  43 
Harrison,  T.,  architect:  318 
Haslingfield     hall :      pigeon- 
house,  Fig.  199  (tee  p.  xxii.) 
Hatchments  :  172 
Haunch  of  arch  :  8 
Hawkesmoor,   N. ,  architect : 

317 

Hawthorne,  H. ,  surveyor  1316 
Heacham  church  :  moulding, 

Fig.  150  (tee  p.  xx.) 
Header :    22 
Hedingham  castle :  38 
Helion  Bumpstead  ch. :   con- 
secration cross,  Fig.  j6a. 
Henry  III,  King :  his  effigy, 

170;  his  tomb,  175 
Henry  V,  King :   his  effigy, 

170 
Henry  VI, King:  foundsKing's 

and  Eton  colleges,  70 
Hereford:  Bishop's  Palace,  120 

cathedral :   book-case,  Fig. 


INDEX 


329 


129;    Lady    chapel,    137; 
library,  142 
Herefordshire:  ironworks,  136; 

timber  building,  272 
Hexham  abbey :  confessio,  75; 

frith  stool,  104 

Higham  Ferrers  school :   tra- 
cery, Fig.  257  (see  p.  xxiv.) 
High  tomb :  5 

Holland :  bricks  imported 
from,  24 ;  stepped  gables, 
77  •  type  of  bookcase  used, 
143.  See  also  Flemish  and 
Netherlands 

Holland,  H.,  architect,  318 
Holt,  T. ,  carpenter :  316 
Hooke,  R. ,  amateur  architect : 

3i6 

Horham  Hall :  plan,  Fig.  117 
(see  p.  xviii.) ;  view  of  east 
side,  Fig.  118 
Hospitallers,  Knights :  321 
Houghton  House :  317 
Hugh    de     Payens :     founds 
order  of  Templars,  321 


Icklingham  church :  pave- 
ment, Fig.  236 

Icon :   300 

Iconottasis :  299 

Illisus,  temple  on  the  :  base, 
Fig.  1 8  (see  p.  xiii.) 

Innerpedray :  306 

Inns  of  Court,  plays  acted  in : 
266 

Inwood,  W.,  architect :  318 

lona :  stone  rood-loft  in  ca- 
thedral, 307 :  missionaries 
from,  56 ;  runic  patterns, 
242 

Ireland  :  crosses,  302 ;  marble, 
149;  martello  towers,  150; 
runic  patterns,  242 

Isleworth  :  brasses  made  at, 
173 


Italians  working  in  England  : 
224,  252 

Italy  :  its  architecture  imi- 
tated, no;  baptisteries  in 
churches,  14;  type  of 
bookcase,  143  ;  cloisters 
introduced  from,  64 ;  dome 
used,  86 ;  fresco  painting, 
104  ;  Gothic  style,  1091 
mezzanine  floor  used,  94; 
mosaic  used,  1 75 ;  terra- 
cottas imported  from,  264 

James,  J.,  architect:  317 
Jansen,  B.,  architect:  316 
Jedburgh :  303 
Jersey  :  martello  towers,  1 50 
Jerusalem :     church    of    the 

Holy  Sepulchre,  164  ;  order 

of  Templars  founded  at,  3 1 1 ; 

Temple  at,  201 
Jews'  houses  ;  1 20 
John  Baptist,  St.,  pictures  of : 

204 
John    the     Evangelist,    St., 

statues  of:  220,  232 
John  of  Matha,  St.  :   321 
Johnson,  Roger,  blacksmith: 

132 

Jones,  Inigo,  architect :  316  ; 
designs  masques,  268 ;  the 
first  English  architect,  225  ; 
introduces  Palladian  archi- 
tecture, 101,207, 2  25;  adopts 
new  type  of  house-plan,  125; 
sculpture  in  his  buildings, 
249;  uses  Venetian  window, 

295 

Justinian,  Emperor:  architec- 
ture under,  298 


Kedleston  Hall:  317 
Kelso  :  303 
Kenilworth  castle :  38 


330 


INDEX 


Kent,  W. ,  architect :  3 1 7 
Kentish  tracery:  281,  Fit;.  25 3 
Kidwelly  castle :  43 
Kilwinning:  303 
King  James'  Gothic :  109,  227 
King's  Cliff  church  :    steeple, 

Fig.  221  (tee  p.  xxii.) 
King's  Lynn :  Customs  House, 

316 
Kinkell    church  :     sacrament 

house,  307 
Kinnersley    church  :     corbel, 

Fig.  78  (tee  p.  xvi.) 
Kintone   church  :     sacrament 

house,  307 

Kirkmadrine  :  crosses,  302 
Kirkstall   abbey :     armarium, 

141  ;  book-room,  ib. ;  iron- 
works, 135 

Kirkwall  cathedral :  309 

Lacunar:  65 

Lancashire:  timber  building, 
272 

Landwade  church :  consecra- 
tion cross,Jrip.74  (fee  p.  xvi.) 

Lapis  Lydiut :  275 

Laud,  Archbishop :  decides 
question  of  altars,  63  ;  in- 
troduces credence,  79 ;  at- 
tempts Gothic  revival,  109 

Lawrence,  St.,  pictures  of:  205 

Lectern :  5 

Leeds  castle :  43 

Leightone,  Tho:nas  de,  black- 
smith :  131 

Leorainster:  market  hall,  3 1 6 

Leoni,  G.,  architect:  317 

Leper  windows  :   1 48 

Leuchars :  church,  302 

Lichfield  cathedral :    library, 

142  ;  tracery,  Fig.  249 
Limoges:  enamels,   170,  172, 

173 
Lincluden  collegiate  church : 

3°7 


Lincoln    cathedral :     galilee, 
106;  library,  142,  145 
Jew's  house,  120 

Lincolnshire :  steeples,  256 

Lindisfarne :  56 

Linlithgow  :  304,  305,  306 

Litany  desk  :  94,  146 

Little  Shelford  church :  coffin 
lids,  Figt.  68,  142,  143 

Lombardic  apse,  57 

London : 

Admiralty:  317 
Atheneeum  club :  318 
Bank  of  England  :  318 
Bridge:  25 
British  Museum :  3 1 8 
Brooks's  club  :  318 
Buckingham  Palace :  318 
Charterhouse :   162 
Chesterfield  House :  317 
City  churches :  257 
The  Fire :  257 
Fortune  Theatre:  267,309, 

fig.  234 

Horse  Guards :  317 
Houses  of  Parliament:  318 
Lincoln's  Inn :  128 
Lincoln's  Inn  Fields  :  317 
Mansion  House :  317 
National  Gallery :  3 1 8 
Royal  Exchange :  318 
St.  Bartholomew's  church, 

Smithfield  :    triforium,  Fig. 

242   (tee  p.   xxiii.) ;    prior's 

pew,  213 

St.      George's      church, 

Bloomsbury:  318 

St.  George's  church,  Han- 
over Square  =317 

St.  Luke's  Hospital :  317 
St.  Martin's-in-the-Fields: 

church,  317 

St.  Pancras  church,  Mary- 

lebone:  318 

St.  Paul's  cathedral:  built, 

316;  coupled  columns,  78; 


INDEX 


331 


dome,  86 ;  old  library,  142  ; 
present  library,  145;  rail- 
ings, 135 

Somerset  House :  317 
Spencer  House :  317 
Temple  church  :  1 64 
The  Tower:    34,  37.  43 ; 
plan   of  the  White  Tower, 
Fig.  48 

Whitehall    Palace:     Fig. 
201,  316 

Longford  castle :  316 
Long  M elf ord  church  :  137 
Luton  house:  317 
Lyhart,    Walter,     bishop    of 
Norwich  :   his  rebus,  223 

Mahometans:  9 

Mansard,  Monsieur,  inventor 

of  mansard  roof:  241 
Margaret,    St.,   pictures    of: 

203,  205 

Markinch  church  tower  :  302 
Mary,    the    Blessed    Virgin, 

pictures  of,  202 , 204 ;  statues 

of:  220,  232 
Mary  Magdalene,  St.,  pictures 

of:  205 

Mausolus,  tomb  of :   150 
Melrose    abbey :    304,    306  ; 

stone  rood-loft,  307 
Meole  Brace  church :    chest, 

Fig.  124 

Merton,  Walter  de  :  inaugur- 
ates collegiate  system,  67 
Michael,  St.,  effigy  of:  xvi. ; 

pictures  of:  202 
Midcalder,  305 
Miletus,    Temple    of    Apollo 

Didymaeus :  plan,  Fig.  232 

(tee  p.  xxiii.) 
Military  orders  :  323 
Mitchia  or  scagliola,  245 
Mole'me,   Robert  of :    founds 

Cistercian  order,  320 
Monks:   152,  320 


Monmouth:  25 

Monte  Cassino  :  320 

Moor  Park:  317 

Morris,    the    game    of:     65, 

156 

Mortella  Bay,  Corsica :    150 
Moses  and  Aaron,  pictures  of: 

206 

Mount  Carmel ;  320 
Mount  Grace,  Yorkshire  :  163 
Mycenaean  art :  114,  196 


Nash,  G. :  architect,  317 
Netherlands  :  bricks  from,  24 ; 
influence  on  Scottish  archi- 
tecture, 305 ;  stained  glass 
sent  to  Scotland,  305 ; 
church  bells  sent  to  Scot- 
land, 307.  See  also  Flemish 
and  Holland 

Netley  abbey :  book-room,  141 
Newcastle-upon-Tyne  church : 

T38 

Nicholas,  St.,  pictures  of:  203 
Ninian,  St.  :  302 
Nonesuch  Palace  :  216 
Norbert,  St. :  founds  Praemon- 

stratensian  order ;  320 
Norfolk:  ringinggalleries:  230 
Norham  castle :  38 
Norse  work  at  Kirkwall :  309 
Northampton,      St.      Peter's 

church  :  annulet,  Fig.  7 
Northamptonshire     steeples : 

256;  stone  slates,  241 
North   Elmham :    shop,   Fig. 

215 

Norway:  province  of  Throndh- 
jem  includes  diocese  of  Ork- 
ney. 3°9 

Norwich :  castle,  38 

Cathedral :  armarium,  141; 
detached  belfry,  19  ;  lava- 
tory, 139,  159;  plan,  Fig. 
63 ;  rebus  of  Bishop  Lyhart, 


332 


INDEX 


223;    reredos,    228,    205; 
school,  48;  spire,  256 

Deanery:  base,  Fig.  168 
(tee  p.  xxi.) 

Great  Hospital:  described, 
118;  painted  ceiling,  205; 
plan,  Fig.  i  L6 

St.     Andrew's     church  : 

capitals,  Fig.  45  (tee  p.  xiv.) 

Nottinghamshire :     alabaster 

works,  248 
Nuns:  321,  322 

Opus  Alexandrinum,  301 
Oriental  art:   7,  8,  9,  27,  57, 

86,  114,  132,  175,  Fig.  63 
Orkney  :    diocese    of,     309 ; 

round  towers,  302 
Oxford : 

Bodleian  Library :  145 
Christ    Church    library  : 
316;       Peckwater      quad- 
rangle, 316;  vaulting,  293 
Colleges  :  66,  221 ;  plays 
acted  in :  266 
Hostels:  119 
Merton  college :  founded, 
67  :  tracery,  Fig.  252 

New  college :  70,  142 ; 
plan,  Fig.  70 

Taylorian  Institute:  317 
Wadham  college :  316 

Paestum :  temple  of  Poseidon, 
plan,  Fig.  229  (tee  p.  xxiii.) 

Paine,  J.,  architect:  317 

Palladian  architecture :  227 

Palladio,  Andrea,  architect : 
207 ;  his  works  studied  by 
Inigo  Jones,  225 

Parian  marble :  261 

Parker,  Archbishop :  issues  in- 
quiries as  to  churches,  63 

Parthenon :  optical  corrections, 
198  ;  parvis,  208 

Parvis,  208 


Paul,  St.,  pictures  of:  204 

Pavia:  Certosa,  162 

Pediment :  2 

Penmon :  cross,  Fig.  85 

Pentice :  212 

Periods  of  English  architec- 
ture:  319 

Perth,  306 

Peterborough  cathedral: 
painted  ceiling,  205 

Philippa,  Queen,  effigy  of:  248 

Phocis,  298 

Pickering  castle :  40 

Piers  Ploughman  :  quoted,  209 

Plaster  of  Paris  :  2 

Pluscarden,  303 

Porchester  castle :  38 

Portico :  6 

Praemonstratensian  canons : 
320 

Pre"montr£ :  320 

Pre  -  Raphaelite  movement : 
109 

Purbeck  marble :  73,  103,  149, 
170,  174,  210,  248 

Raunds  church  :  capital,  Fig. 
104 

Ravenna :  churches  of,  298 

Reepham  church  :  door  hinge, 
Fig.  123;  head  of  church- 
yard cross,  Fig.  84 

Reformation,  the :  4,  46,  62, 
65,  144,  167,  205,  218,  219, 
232,  249, 257 

Religious  orders,  table  of :  320 

Repton  church  :  75 

Restoration  of  ancient  build- 
ings :  147, 220 

Restoration,  the :  63, 167,  103, 
206 

Rhuddlan  church:  grave  slabs, 
Figs.  144,  145 

Rickman,  Thos.,  architect: 
names  periods  of  architec- 
ture, 83,  89,  191.  212,  319; 


INDEX 


333 


builds  new  court,  St.  John's 
college,  Cambridge,  318 

Ripley,  T.,  architect:  317 

Ripon  cathedral :  75 

Rites  of  Durham  :  quoted,  90, 

243 

Robert,   Abbot  of   Molerae : 

founds  Cistercian  order,  320 

Robert  d'  Arbrissel:    founds 

order  of  Fontevraud,  320 
Rochester  castle :  38 
Rome:   arch  of  Constantine, 
297 

Arch  of  Titus :  230,  286, 
Fig,  194  (tee  p.  xxii.) 

Basilica   of    Maxentinus, 
231 

Basilica  Ulpia :  plan,  Fig. 
24  (tee  p.  xiii.) 

Church   of    S.    Maria   in 
Cosmedin,  298 
Churches :  244 
Colosseum:  230 
Pantheon:  86,  231 
St.  Peter's:  13,  44,  86 
St.  Peter's,  Old :  Fig.  57 
Temple  of  Fortuna  Virilis : 
plan,  tig.  230  (see  p.  xxiii.) 
Roslin  collegiate  church,  308 
Rotherham :  25 
Round  or  amphitheatre :  265 
Round  towers :    in   England, 

256  ;  in  Scotland,  302 
Royal  Arms  in  churches :  62 
Runic  characters  :   165,  242 
Ruskin,  J. :  quoted,  12 

Sacrament  house,  307 
Sacraments :  pictures  of,  203 
St.    Alban's   abbey :    painted 

ceiling,  205  ;   plan,  59  (Fig. 

64);    screen,    132;    shrine, 

252  ;    watcher's    chamber, 

170 
St.  Andrew's :  cathedral,  304 ; 

church  of  St.  Regulus,  302 


St.  Cross  hospital,  Winchester: 

118 
St.  Gall :  plan  of  church,  Fig. 

59 ;  "paradise  "  at  each  end, 

208 

St.  Ives,  Hunts :  25 
St.  Just,  Cornwall :  25 
S.  Luke  of  Stiris  in  Phocis : 

monastery,  298 
Saints,   alphabetical   list  of : 

310 
Salisbury  cathedral :  detached 

belfry,  19  ;  proportions,  59; 

lavatory,  139;  library,  142 
Sail  church  :  communion  cup, 

Fig.  51  (tee  p.  xv.) 
Salop.     See  Shropshire 
Sandwich :  25 
Sassi,   Guido :    invents   *cag- 

liolu,  245 

Scarborough  castle :  38 
Scotland :  church  architecture 

of,  301 ;  stepped  gables,  77; 

window  tracery,  282 
Scott,  Sir  G.,  quoted,  12 
Sebastian,    St.,   pictures    of: 

203,  205 
Selinus:     temple    of    Empe- 

dokles,  plan,  Fig.  228  (te» 

p.  xxiii.) 

Sempringham :  164,  320 
Seton :  304,  3°5 
Seven  Acts  of  Mercy,  pictures 

of:  203 
Seven   Deadly  Sins,  pictures 

of:  203 

Seven  Sacraments.   See  Sacra- 
ments 
Shakespeare:  quoted,  81,  138, 

212,  251,  267 

Sharpe,  Edmund:  284,  319 
Shrewsbury:   St.   Mary's 

church,  136;  timber  house, 

Fig.  239 
Shropshire  :   timber  building, 

272;  ironworks,  136 


834 


INDEX 


Shute,  J.,  architect:   316 
Sicily :     pointed    arch    intro- 
duced, 9 
Silchester  :    Romano  -  British 

church,  plan  54,  Fig.  58 
Smirke,     Sir    J.,    architect  : 

3i8 

Smithson,  H.,  surveyor:  316 
Soane,  Sir  J.,  architect:  318 
Somersetshire :  church  towers, 

255 

Sompting  church :  steeple,  255, 
Fig.  219  (fee  p.  xxii.) 

Southwell  minster  :  capital, 
Fig.  1 06 

Spain  :  dome  used,  86 ;  iron 
imported  from,  1 35  ;  pointed 
arch  used,  9 

Spiral:  its  use  as  an  orna- 
ment, 196 

Spon,  Monsieur :  quoted,  208 

Stafford:  St.  Chad's  church, 
bird's-beak  ornament,  Fig. 
29  (tee  p.  xiv.) 

Stamford :  St.  Leonard's 
priory,  capital,  Fig.  42  ' 

Stephen  Harding,  St.  : 
founds  Cistercian  order, 
160, 322 

Stirling :  304,  306 

Stonehenge:  25,  151,  286 

Stretcher:  22 

Stuart  and  Revett's  Antiqui- 
ties of  Athens:  228 

Sudbury :  lead  glazing,  Fig. 
113  (tee  p.  xvii.) 

Surrey  ironworks  :   1 35 

Sussex  ironworks  :  135,  136 

Suthdure  :  an  early  court  of 
law,  218 

Swanington  church  :  flint  and 
stone  work,  Fig.  101 ;  mould- 
ing, Fig.  153  (tee  p.  xx.) 

Swastica:  Fig.  122  A 

Sweden,  iron  imported  from: 
135 


Sweetheart  abbey  :  304,   306 
Symonds,  R. ,  builder  :    316 

Tain  :  306 

Talman,  W. ,  architect :  316 

Taylor,     Sir     R.,    architect: 

317 
Templars,  Knights:  164,  219, 

321 

Terra-cotta:  6 
Tesserae :  301 
Theatre:  5 
Thomas  of  Canterbury,  St.  : 

pictures  of,  202,  203,  204, 

205  ;   shrine  of,  252 
Thorpe,  J. ,  surveyor  :  317 
Thrasyllus,     monument     of : 

moulding,  Fig.   177  (see  p. 

xxi.) 
Three-decker  :  reading-desk 

and  pulpit,  so  called  :   222 
Throndhjem  :  province  of,  309 
Tijou,  Jean,  blacksmith:    133 
Tile,  roof :  b 
Timber  construction  imitated 

in  stone  :   113,  iq6 
Tintern    abbey  :    book-room, 

141  ;   ironworks,  135 
Tite,  Sir  W. ,  architect :    318 
Torel,  William,  sculptor  :    170 
Tortoiseshell :    25 
Treasury  of  Atreus  :  7,  3,  Fig. 

ii 

Trinitarians,  order  of:  321 
Trinity,  the  Holy,  pictures  of : 

204 
Trois  Rois  morts  et  les  Trois 

Rois  Vifs,  les,  pictures  of : 

204 
Tufa:  43 

Valance,  William  de,  effigy  of: 

170 
Vanbrugh,  Sir  J.,  architect: 

316 
Vardy,  J.,  architect :  317 


INDEX 


335 


Vatican :  44 
Vaulting:  9 
Veneer:  25 
Venice  church  of  S.  Mark, 

86,  299  ;  influences  English 

ironwork,  132 
Vitruvius  Pollio,  Marcus :   2, 

i 88,  200,  229 

Wakefield:  25 

Wales :  rood  lofts,  233  ;  runic 

patterns,  242 
Wales,  borders   of     steeples, 

257 

Walpole,  Horace,  quoted:  109 
Ware,  I.,  architect:  317 
Webb,  J.,  architect  =316 
Wells  cathedral :  library,  142 
Westley,  J.,  bricklayer  :    316 
Westminster  abbey :  apse,  49  ; 
diaper.  Fig.  89 ;  effigies,  138, 
248;   ironwork,    131,  132; 
lady  chapel  (Henry  VII. 's), 
137;  lavatory,  1 39 ;  moulded 
capital,  Fig.  44  (see  p.  xiv. ) ; 
mosaics,  175;  plan,  Fig.  66; 
reredos,  205,  228  ;  tomb  of 
Edward  the  Confessor,  95, 
169,  252  ;  tracery,  Figt.  247, 
248  ;  vaulting,  293 
Westminster  Hall:  120,  238 
Wheel  of  Fortune,  pictures  of : 

202 

Whitehall  Palace,  style  of:  207 
Whitekirk :  306 
Whithorn:  302 
Whitminster:  151 
Wilby   church :    capital.  Fig. 

170  (see  p.  xxi.) 
Wilfrid,  St. :  his  buildings,  56 


Wilkins,  W.,  architect  =318 
William  of  Wykeham :  70 
Winchester  cathedral :    iron- 
work, 130;  reredos,  228 
College,  66 

House  in  the  close,  barge- 
board,  Fig.  15  (gee  p.  xiii.) 
Windsor  Castle : 

Alterations  by  Wyatville, 

Gallery,  316 

Round  tower  or  keep,  34, 
40  ;  postern,  4 1 

St.  George's  chapel:  iron- 
work, 133;  pew,  213;  vault- 
ing, 293 
Wing  church:   75,   Figt.  55, 

56 

Woburn  Abbey :  317 
Wollaton  Hall,  316 
Wolstan,    St.,    pictures    of: 

205 
Wood,  J.,   senior,  architect: 

Worcester    ironworks,  136 
Worth  church :  plan,  Fig.  60 
Wren,  Sir  C.,  architect:  316; 
climax  of  renaissance  archi- 
tecture, 224,  225;  library  at 
Lincoln  cathedral,  145;  St. 
Paul's,  86,  302  ;  steeples  of 
city  churches,  257 ;  sculpture 
in  his  buildings,  249 
Wright,  S.,  architect:  317 
Wyatt,  J.,  architect:  318 
Wyatville,  Sir  J.,  architect: 


York  cathedral,  called  "  Min- 
ster": 151 


Prin'ed  in  Great  Britain  by  Jarrold  &  Sons,  Ltd.,  Norwich. 


UCSB    LIBRARY 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL JJBRARY  FAGLTY 


A    000652120     7